ICF 1.5.20.26

Connector reference

Connectors let you connect to external resources such as LDAP, Active Directory, flat files, and others. This guide describes all the connectors supported with Advanced Identity Cloud, PingIDM, and RCS, and how to configure them.

Any available connector works with IDM, either directly or using RCS. Advanced Identity Cloud can use any available connector through RCS.

If you are looking for Advanced Identity Cloud applications, refer to:

All connectors are available for download from Backstage, but some connectors are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, and RCS. The following table identifies which connectors are included in the default deployments:

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

Adobe Admin Console

No

No

Adobe Marketing Cloud

Yes

No

Amazon Web Services (AWS)

No

No

AWS IAM Identity Center

No

No

AS400

No

Yes

Box

No

No

Cerner

No

Yes

CSV file

Yes

Yes

Database table

Yes

Yes

DocuSign

No

No

Dropbox

No

No

Duo

No

No

Epic

No

Yes

Google Apps

Yes

No

Google Cloud Platform (GCP)

No

No

Groovy connector toolkit

Yes

Yes

HubSpot

No

No

IBM RACF

No

Yes

Kerberos

Yes

Yes

LDAP

Yes

Yes

Marketo

Yes

No

Microsoft Graph API

Yes

No

MongoDB

Yes

Yes

Oracle EBS

No

Yes

PeopleSoft

No

Yes

PingOne

No

No

PowerShell connector toolkit

No

No

Salesforce

Yes

No

SAP

No

Yes

SAP HANA Database

No

Yes

SAP S/4HANA

No

No

SAP SuccessFactors

No

No

SCIM

Yes

Yes

Scripted REST

Yes

Yes

Scripted SQL

Yes

Yes

ServiceNow

Yes

No

SSH

Yes

Yes

Webex

No

No

Workday

No

No

Configurations in this guide are simplified to show essential aspects. Not all resources support all IDM operations; however, the resources shown here support most of the CRUD operations, reconciliation, and liveSync.

Resources are external systems, databases, directory servers, and other sources of identity data, that are managed and audited by IDM. To connect to resources, IDM loads the ForgeRock Open Identity Connector Framework (ICF). ICF avoids the need to install agents to access resources, instead using the resources' native protocols. For example, ICF connects to database resources using the database’s Java connection libraries or JDBC driver, to directory servers over LDAP, and to UNIX systems over ssh.

SaaS common connectors

Software as a Service (SaaS) common connectors enable connection to cloud-based apps, data, and services. SaaS common connectors share certain code and configuration templates. When a procedure, feature, or release notes specify something as SaaS common, it applies to all SaaS common connectors.

Saas common connectors

Scripted Groovy connectors

Scripted Groovy connectors are based on the Scripted Groovy connector toolkit and share certain code and configuration templates. When a procedure, feature, or release note specifies something as Scripted Groovy, it applies to all Scripted Groovy connectors.

Scripted Groovy connectors

Name changes for ForgeRock products

Product names changed when ForgeRock became part of Ping Identity.

The following name changes have been in effect since early 2024:

Old name New name

ForgeRock Identity Cloud

PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud

ForgeRock Access Management

PingAM

ForgeRock Directory Services

PingDS

ForgeRock Identity Management

PingIDM

ForgeRock Identity Gateway

PingGateway

Learn more about the name changes in New names for ForgeRock products in the Knowledge Base.

Adobe Admin Console connector

This is a SaaS common connector.

The Adobe admin console connector allows you to manage users and groups, as well as manage user group memberships between the Adobe admin console and IDM. You need an administrator account.

Before you start

  1. Create an Adobe Admin Console developer account.

  2. Create a new project. Add User Management API, choose the type of authentication OAuth server-to-server

  3. From the credentials tab, get the client_id, client_secret, orgId, and scope.

Install the Adobe Admin Console connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

Adobe Admin Console

No

No

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/adobe-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the Adobe Admin Console connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select Adobe Admin Console Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to Adobe Admin Console Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

Base Connector Details

  • Adobe User Management API Endpoint : https://usermanagement.adobe.io/v2

  • Use Basic Auth For OAuth Token Neg : true | false

  • Max connections: Max size of the http connection pool used. Defaults to 10.

  • Connection Timeout (seconds): Defines a timeout for the underlying http connection in seconds. Defaults to 30.

Authentication

  • Token Endpoint: https://ims-na1.adobelogin.com/ims/token/v3

  • Client ID: Your Client ID.

  • Client Secret: Your Client Secret.

  • Grant type: client_credentials

  • Scope: openid, AdobeID, user_management_sdk

  • orgId: Your Organization Id

In the Scope field, the scopes must be separated by a comma.
Object Types

If necessary, add or edit your object types to have these three objects with their properties:

__ACCOUNT__
PROPERTY NAME TYPE NATIVE TYPE REQUIRED

_id

String

String

NO

email

String

String

YES

firstname

String

String

NO

lastname

String

String

NO

status

String

String

NO

username

String

String

NO

type

String

String

YES

orgSpecific

boolean

boolean

NO

businessAccount

boolean

boolean

NO

country

String

String

NO

__GROUPS__

Array

String

NO
__GROUP__
PROPERTY NAME TYPE NATIVE TYPE REQUIRED

_id

String

String

NO

groupName

String

String

YES

type

String

String

NO

adminGroupName

String

String

NO

userGroupName

String

String

NO

memberCount

Integer

Integer

NO

productName

String

String

NO

profileGroupName

String

String

NO

If configuring the connector over REST or through the filesystem, specify the connection details to the Adobe resource provider in the configurationProperties for the connector. If you are using OAuth for your connection, the minimum required properties are scope, orgId, grantType, serviceUri, tokenEndpoint, clientId, and clientSecret.

On startup, IDM encrypts the value of the clientSecret.

Sample Configuration 
{
    "configurationProperties" : {
        "tokenExpiration" : null,
        "accessToken" : null,
        "serviceUri" : "https://usermanagement.adobe.io/v2",
        "login" : null,
        "password" : null,
        "authenticationMethod" : "OAUTH",
        "tokenEndpoint" : "https://ims-na1.adobelogin.com/ims/token/v3",
        "clientId" : "xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx",
        "clientSecret" : "xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx",
        "refreshToken" : null,
        "authToken" : null,
        "acceptSelfSignedCertificates" : false,
        "disableHostNameVerifier" : false,
        "disableHttpCompression" : false,
        "clientCertAlias" : null,
        "clientCertPassword" : null,
        "maximumConnections" : "10",
        "httpProxyHost" : null,
        "httpProxyPort" : null,
        "httpProxyUsername" : null,
        "httpProxyPassword" : null,
        "connectionTimeout" : "30",
        "grantType" : "client_credentials",
        "scope" : "openid, AdobeID, user_management_sdk",
        "authorizationTokenPrefix" : "Bearer",
        "useBasicAuthForOauthTokenNeg" : true,
        "groupReadRateLimit" : "0.09/sec",
        "userReadRateLimit" : "0.41/sec",
        "writeRateLimit" : "0.16/sec"
      }
}
If throttling problems continue, this guide may be helpful: Improve reconciliation query performance.

Mapping

From Adobe users to IDM Users

Attributes Grid: Where the columns represent the attribute name mapped from source to target and the necessary data transformation to synchronize successfully.

SOURCE TARGET TRANSFORMATION SCRIPT

id

userId

N/A

email

_id

N/A

firstname

givenName

N/A

lastname

sn

N/A

type

type

N/A

status

status

N/A

username

username

N/A

country

country

N/A

orgSpecific

orgSpecific

N/A

businessAccount

businessAccount

N/A

__GROUPS__

__GROUPS__

N/A
From IDM Users to Adobe Users

Attributes Grid: Where the columns represent the attribute name mapped from source to target and the necessary data transformation to synchronize successfully.

SOURCE TARGET TRANSFORMATION SCRIPT

mail

email

N/A

givenName

firstname

N/A

sn

lastname

N/A

type

type

N/A

username

username

N/A

country

country

N/A

__GROUPS__

__GROUPS__

N/A
From Adobe groups to IDM Groups

Attributes Grid: Where the columns represent the attribute name mapped from source to target and the necessary data transformation to synchronize successfully.

SOURCE TARGET TRANSFORMATION SCRIPT

groupId

_id

N/A

groupname

groupName

N/A

type

type

N/A

memberCount

memberCount

N/A

adminGroupName

adminGroupName

N/A

productName

productName

N/A

licenseQuota

licenseQuota

N/A

profileGroupName

profileGroupName

N/A
From IDM Groups to Adobe groups

Attributes Grid: Where the columns represent the attribute name mapped from source to target and the necessary data transformation to synchronize successfully.

SOURCE TARGET TRANSFORMATION SCRIPT

groupName

groupName

N/A

description

description

N/A

Test the Adobe Admin Console connector

Test that the connector was configured correctly:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0' \
--request POST \
'http://localhost:8080/system/adobe?_action=test'
{
    "name": "",
    "enabled": true,
    "config": "config/provisioner.openicf/",
    "connectorRef": {
        "bundleVersion": "1.5.20.26",
        "bundleName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.adobe-connector",
        "connectorName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.adobe.AdobeConnector"
    },
    "displayName": "Adobe Admin Console Connector",
    "objectTypes": [
        "__GROUP__",
        "__ACCOUNT__",
        "__ALL__",
    ],
    "ok": true
}

User

Create user

To create a user, it is necessary to provide at least the email and type fields. The possible values for the type field are adobeID, federatedID, and enterpriseID (case insensitive). To add groups or product profiles to a user, you must use the __GROUPS__ field. To do this, you need to provide the corresponding IDs. The country field of a set cannot be updated. If not sent, it defaults to the country of the domain name. When creating a user, the username field is initially set to be the same as the email address; however, this username field can be modified later through user profile updates:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request POST \
--data '{
    "email" : "john.doe@domain1.com",
    "type" : "adobeID",
    "firstName" : "John",
    "lastName" : "Doe",
    "lastName" : "US",
    "__GROUPS__" : [
            "groupId",
            "groupId",
    ]
}' \
'http://localhost:8080/system/adobe/__ACCOUNT__?_action=create'
{
    "_id" : "john.doe@domain1.com",
    "id" : "userID",
    "email" : "john.doe@domain1.com",
    "username" : "john.doe@domain1.com",
    "orgSpecific": true,
    "businessAccount": true,
    "firstName" : "John",
    "lastname" : "Doe",
    "type" : "adobeID",
    "__NAME__" : "john.doe@domain1.com",
    "status" : "active",
    "country" : "US",
    "__GROUPS__" : [
            "groupId"
            "groupId"
    ]
}
Get Users

Retrieve a list of users from Adobe Admin Console. To paginate the results, the parameter pageSize must have a value greater than 1. The size of each page is 2,000 except, for the first page, which can contain fewer results due to technical users not being retrieved. By default, all users are retrieved.

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/adobe/__ACCOUNT__?_queryFilter=true'
{
    "result": [
        {
            "_id": "email@domain1.com",
            "__GROUPS__": [
                "groupId"
            ],
            "id": "userID",
            "country": "US",
            "email": "email@domain1.com",
            "orgSpecific": true,
            "username": "email@domain1.com",
            "businessAccount": true,
            "firstname": "John",
            "__NAME__": "john.doe@domain1.com",
            "type": "adobeID",
            "status": "active",
            "lastname": "Doe"
        },
       /…​
    ],
    "resultCount": 999,
    "pagedResultsCookie": null,
    "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
    "totalPagedResults": -1,
    "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Get user

Retrieve a user from Adobe Admin Console. The user email must be provided in the URI path.

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/adobe/__ACCOUNT__/USER_EMAIL'
{
    "_id" : "email@domain1.com",
    "email" : "email@domain1.com",
    "firstname" : "John",
    "lastname" : "Doe",
    "username" : "email@domain1.com",
    "type" : "adobeID",
    "status" : "active",
    "orgSpecific" : true,
    "businessAccount" : true,
    "__GROUPS__" : [
            "groupId1",
            "groupId2",
    ]
}
Get users type

Retrieves Adobe users only by displaying type and _id field. By default, retrieves all users:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/adobe/__ACCOUNT__?_queryFilter=true&_fields=type'
{
    "result": [
        {
            "_id" : "email1@domain.com",
            "type": "adobeID"
        {
            "_id" : "email2@domain.net",
            "type": "federatedID"
        },
        {
            "_id" : "email3@domain.org",
            "type": "enterpriseID"
        }
    ],
    "resultCount": 999,
    "pagedResultsCookie": null,
    "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
    "totalPagedResults": -1,
    "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Update user

Only enterprise or federated users can be updated. The fields that can be updated are firstname, lastname, username, and __GROUPS__. The user email must be provided in the URI path:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request PUT \
--data '{
    "firstname" : "Jonny",
    "lastname" : "Doo",
    "username" : "jonnydoo",
    "__GROUPS__" : [
            "groupId1",
            "groupId2",
    ]
}' \
'http://localhost:8080/system/adobe/__ACCOUNT__/USER_EMAIL'
{
    "_id": "john.doe@domain1.com",
    "id": "userID",
    "firstname": "Jonny",
    "username": "jonnydoo",
    "lastname": "Doo",
    "email": "john.doe@domain1.com",
    "orgSpecific": true,
    "status": "active",
    "businessAccount": true,
    "country": "US",
    "type": "federatedID",
    "__NAME__": "userjd",
    "__GROUPS__": [
        "groupId1",
        "groupId2"
    ]
}
Delete user

Delete a user from the Adobe organization. The user email must be provided in the URI path:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request DELETE \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/adobe/__ACCOUNT__/USER_EMAIL'
{
    "_id": "john.doe@domain1.com",
    "id": "946F1E3A65DDEA2A0A495CEB@196c1e336579f87e495faa.e",
    "firstname": "John",
    "username": "userjd",
    "lastname": "Doe",
    "email": "john.doe@domain1.com",
    "orgSpecific": true,
    "status": "active",
    "businessAccount": true,
    "country": "US",
    "type": "federatedID",
    "__NAME__": "userjd",
    "__GROUPS__": [
        "groupId"
    ]
}

GROUPS

Create group

To create a group, it is necessary to at least provide groupName field. The description field is optional and is not returned; it is only visible from the Adobe web interface console:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request POST \
--data '{
    "groupName" : "group name",
    "description" : "group description"
}' \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/adobe/__GROUP__?_action=create'
{
    "_id" : "groupId",
    "__NAME__" : "groupId",
}
Get groups

Retrieve a list of groups. To paginate the results the pageSize parameter value must be greater than 1, the size of each page is 400. By default, retrieves all users:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/adobe/__GROUP__?_queryFilter=true'
{
    "result": [
        {
            "_id" : "groupId1"
        },
        {
            "_id" : "groupId2"
        },
        {
            "_id" : "groupId3",
        },
        ...
    ],
    "resultCount": 999,
    "pagedResultsCookie": null,
    "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
    "totalPagedResults": -1,
    "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Get group

Retrieve a group, only the _id field can be displayed. The group id must be provided in the URI path:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/adobe/__GROUP__/GROUP_ID'
{
    "_id" : "groupId",
    "__NAME__" : "groupId"
}
Update a group

The field that can be updated for a group is description. The group description is only visible from the web interface console. The group id must be provided in the URI path:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request PUT \
--header 'If-Match: *' \
--data '{
    "description" : "New Description"
}' \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/adobe/__GROUP__/GROUP_ID'
{
    "_id" : "groupId",
    "__NAME__" : "groupId",
}
Delete a group

The group id must be provided in the URI path:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request DELETE \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/adobe/__GROUP__/GROUP_ID'
{
    "_id" : "groupId",
    "__NAME__" : "groupId"
}

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the Adobe Admin Console Connector

The Adobe Admin Console Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

Adobe Admin Console Connector Configuration

The Adobe Admin Console Connector has the following configurable properties:

Basic Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

serviceUri

String

null

Yes

The service endpoint URI.

orgId

String

null

Yes

Your organizations unique ID, for example 12345@AdobeOrg.

login

String

null

Yes

The service login name.

groupReadRateLimit

String

null

Yes

Defines throttling for read operations either per seconds ("30/sec") or per minute ("100/min").

password

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

The service user password.

userReadRateLimit

String

null

Yes

Defines throttling for read operations either per seconds ("30/sec") or per minute ("100/min").

authenticationMethod

String

OAUTH

Yes

Defines which method is to be used to authenticate on the remote server. Options are BASIC (username/password), OAUTH (Client id/secret) or TOKEN (static token).

tokenEndpoint

String

null

No

When using OAUTH as authentication method, this property defines the endpoint where a new access token should be queried for (https://myserver.com/oauth2/token).

writeRateLimit

String

null

Yes

Defines throttling for write operations (create/update/delete) either per second ("30/sec") or per minute ("100/min").

clientId

String

null

Yes

The client identifier for OAuth2.

clientSecret

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Secure client secret for OAuth2.

authToken

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Static authentication token.

acceptSelfSignedCertificates

boolean

false

Yes

To be used for debug/test purposes. To be avoided in production.

disableHostNameVerifier

boolean

false

Yes

To be used for debug/test purposes. To be avoided in production.

disableHttpCompression

boolean

false

Yes

Content compression is enabled by default. Set this property to true to disable it.

clientCertAlias

String

null

Yes

If TLS Mutual Auth is needed, set this to the certificate alias from the keystore.

clientCertPassword

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

If TLS Mutual Auth is needed and the client certificate (private key) password is different from the keystore password, set this to the client private key password.

maximumConnections

Integer

10

Yes

Defines the max size of the HTTP connection pool used.

httpProxyHost

String

null

Yes

Defines the Hostname if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and the service.

httpProxyPort

Integer

null

Yes

Defines the Port if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and the service.

httpProxyUsername

String

null

Yes

Defines Proxy Username if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and the service.

httpProxyPassword

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

Defines Proxy Password if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and the service.

connectionTimeout

int

30

No

Defines a timeout for the underlying HTTP connection in seconds.

refreshToken

GuardedString

null

No

Used by the refresh_token grant type.

grantType

String

null

No

The OAuth2 grant type to use (client_credentials or refresh_token).

scope

String

null

No

The OAuth2 scope to use.

authorizationTokenPrefix

String

Bearer

No

The prefix to be used in the Authorization HTTP header for Token authentication.

useBasicAuthForOauthTokenNeg

boolean

true

Yes

The Authentication method for refresh token (Basic Authentication or Sending the ClientId and Client Secret in the Header).

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Adobe Marketing Cloud connector

The Adobe Marketing Cloud connector lets you manage profiles in an Adobe Campaign data store. The connector supports a subset of the OpenICF operations, as listed in OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the Adobe Marketing Cloud Connector.

To use this connector, you need an Adobe ID.

Before you start

Configure a new integration on AdobeIO, as shown in the following steps. Note that these steps assume a specific version of the AdobeIO user interface. For information on the current version, refer to the corresponding Adobe documentation.

The integration requires a public certificate and private key that will be used to sign the JWT token.

  1. You can use IDM’s generated self-signed certificate and private key to test the connector. In a production environment, use a CA-signed certificate and key.

    Export IDM’s self-signed certificate as follows:

    1. Export the certificate and key from JCEKS to standardized format PKCS #12:

      keytool \
-importkeystore \
-srckeystore /path/to/openidm/security/keystore.jceks \
-srcstoretype jceks \
-destkeystore /path/to/keystore.p12 \
-deststoretype PKCS12 \
-srcalias openidm-localhost \
-deststorepass changeit \
-destkeypass changeit

    2. Export the certificate:

      openssl pkcs12 \
-in /path/to/keystore.p12 \
-nokeys \
-out /path/to/cert.pem

    3. Export the unencrypted private key:

      openssl pkcs12 \
-in /path/to/keystore.p12 \
-nodes \
-nocerts \
-out /path/to/key.pem

  2. Log in to https://console.adobe.io/.

  3. Click Integrations > New Integration.

  4. Click Access an API > Continue.

  5. Under the Experience Cloud item, click Adobe Campaign > Continue, then click New integration > Continue.

  6. Enter a name and short description for the new integration. For example, IDM-managed.

  7. Drag and drop your public certificate file into the Public keys certificates area. Alternatively, click Select a File, and browse to the file location.

  8. Select a license, then click Create Integration.

  9. Select Continue to integration details to obtain the Client Credentials required by the connector.

    You will need these details for the connector configuration.

Install the Adobe Marketing Cloud connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

Adobe Marketing Cloud

Yes

No

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/adobecm-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the Adobe Marketing Cloud connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select Adobe Marketing Cloud Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to Adobe Marketing Cloud Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

Alternatively, you can create a connector configuration file and place it in your project’s conf/ directory. IDM bundles a sample configuration file (/path/to/openidm/samples/example-configurations/provisioners/provisioner.openicf-adobe.json) that you can use as a starting point.

The following example shows an excerpt of the provisioner configuration. Enable the connector (set "enabled" : true) then edit at least the configurationProperties to match your Adobe IO setup:

"configurationProperties" : {
    "endpoint" : "mc.adobe.io",
    "imsHost" : "ims-na1.adobelogin.com",
    "tenant" : "https://example.adobesandbox.com/",
    "apiKey" : "",
    "techAccId" : "example@techacct.adobe.com",
    "orgId" : "example@AdobeOrg",
    "clientSecret" : "CLIENT_SECRET",
    "privateKey" : "PRIVATE_KEY"
},
...
endpoint

The Adobe IO endpoint for Marketing Cloud. mc.adobe.io by default - you should not have to change this value.

imsHost

The Adobe Identity Management System (IMS) host. ims-na1.adobelogin.com by default - you should not have to change this value.

tenant

Your tenant (organization) name or sandbox host.

apiKey

The API key (client ID) assigned to your API client account.

techAccId

Your Technical account ID, required to generate the JWT.

orgId

Your organization’s unique ID, for example 12345@AdobeOrg.

clientSecret

The client secret assigned to your API client account.

privateKey

The private key used to sign the JWT token, corresponds to the public key certificate that you attached to the integration.

For a list of all the configurable properties, refer to Adobe Marketing Cloud Connector Configuration.

Test the Adobe Marketing Cloud connector

When your connector is configured correctly, you can test its status by running the following command:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/adobe?_action=test"
[
  {
    "name": "adobe",
    "enabled": true,
    "config": "config/provisioner.openicf/adobe",
    "connectorRef": {
      "bundleName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.adobecm-connector",
      "connectorName": "org.forgerock.openicf.acm.ACMConnector",
      "bundleVersion": "[1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0)"
    },
    "displayName": "Adobe Marketing Cloud Connector",
    "objectTypes": [
      "__ALL__",
      "account"
    ],
    "ok": true
  }
]

A status of "ok": true indicates that the connector can reach the configured Adobe integration.

Adobe Marketing Cloud remote connector

If you want to run this connector outside of PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or IDM, you can configure the Adobe Marketing Cloud connector as a remote connector. Java Connectors installed remotely on a Java Connector Server function identically to those bundled locally within PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or installed locally on IDM.

You can download the Adobe Marketing Cloud connector from here.

Refer to Remote connectors for configuring the Adobe Marketing Cloud remote connector.

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the Adobe Marketing Cloud Connector

The Adobe Marketing Cloud Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

Adobe Marketing Cloud Connector Configuration

The Adobe Marketing Cloud Connector has the following configurable properties:

Basic Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

endpoint

String

mc.adobe.io

Yes

The Adobe IO endpoint for Marketing Cloud. mc.adobe.io by default - you should not have to change this.

imsHost

String

ims-na1.adobelogin.com

Yes

Adobe Identity Management System (IMS) host. ims-na1.adobelogin.com by default - you should not have to change this.

tenant

String

null

Yes

Your tenant (organization) name or sandbox host.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Adobe Integration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

apiKey

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

The API key (client ID) assigned to your API client account.

technicalAccountID

String

null

Yes

Your Technical account ID, required to generate the JWT.

organizationID

String

null

Yes

Your organizations unique ID, for example 12345@AdobeOrg.

clientSecret

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

The client secret assigned to your API client account.

privateKey

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

The private key used to sign the JWT token, corresponds to the public key certificate attached to the integration.

accessToken

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

The OAuth Access Token for the application.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

AS400 connector

You can use the AS400 connector to manage and synchronize users between AS400 and IDM or Advanced Identity Cloud.

Before you start

These instructions assume you have an AS400 administrator account and you have access to AS400. You need the following information to configure the connector:

Host Name

The name or IP address of the host where AS400 is running.

Username

The AS400 Organizational Admin username.

Password

The AS400 Organizational Admin password.

Is Secure

Whether to enable a secure connection to AS400.

Install the AS400 connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

AS400

No

Yes

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/as400-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the AS400 connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select AS400 Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to AS400 Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

Test the AS400 connector

Test that the configuration is correct by running the following command:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/as400?_action=test"
{
  "name": "as400",
  "enabled": true,
  "config": "config/provisioner.openicf/as400",
  "connectorRef": {
    "bundleVersion": "[1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0)",
    "bundleName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.as400-connector",
    "connectorName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.as400.As400Connector"
  },
  "displayName": "AS400 Connector",
  "objectTypes": [
    "__ACCOUNT__",
    "__ALL__",
    "__GROUP__"
  ],
  "ok": true
}

If the command returns "ok": true, your connector has been configured correctly and can authenticate to the AS400 system.

AS400 remote connector

If you want to run this connector outside of PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or IDM, you can configure the AS400 connector as a remote connector. Java Connectors installed remotely on a Java Connector Server function identically to those bundled locally within PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or installed locally on IDM.

You can download the AS400 connector from here.

Refer to Remote connectors for configuring the AS400 remote connector.

Supported resource types

The AS400 connector supports the following resources:

ICF Native Type AS400 Resource Type

__ACCOUNT__

Users

__GROUP__

Groups

Supported search filters

The AS400 connector supports search operations with the following filter operators and attributes:

Object Type Operators Attributes

__GROUP__

id filter

Id

Attributes

The AS400 connector supports the following account attributes:

Attribute Description

USPRF

User Profile Name

PASSWORD

The password used to log in.

PreviousSignOn

The previous sign-on date.

PasswordChangedDate

The last date the password was changed.

IsPasswordNone

Whether or not the password is *NONE.

UserExpirationAction

The user expiration action.

StorageUsed

The storage used.

ObjectAuditValue

A value used for auditing the object.

ActionAuditLevel

The Action Audit Level.

PWDEXP

When the user’s password is set to expire.

STATUS

The user’s status. Permitted values are enable and disable.

USRCLS

The special access control for the user.

ASTLVL

Specifies which user interface to use.

CURLIB

Specifies the name of the current library associated with the job.

INLPGM

The initial program.

INLMNU

The initial menu.

IsUserEntitlementRequired

Whether or not user entitlement is required.

IsAuthCollectionActive

Whether or not authority collection is active.

MTCPB

Limit capabilities.

TEXT

A free-form text field.

SPCAUT

The special access permissions for the user.

SPCENV

The special environment.

DSPSGNINF

The display sign-on information.

PWDEXPITV

The password expiration interval.

PWDCHGBLK

Whether or not to block password change.

LCLPWDMGT

Local password management.

LMTDEVSSN

Limit device session.

KBDBUF

Keyboard buffering.

MAXSTG

Maximum allowed storage.

PTYLMT

Highest schedule priority.

JOBD

Job description.

OWNER

The owner of the user profile.

ACGCDE

The accounting code.

DOCPWD

The document password.

MSGQ

The message queue.

DLVRY

Delivery.

SEV

The severity code.

PRTDEV

The print device.

OUTQ

The output queue.

ATNPGM

The attention program.

SRTSEQ

The sort sequence.

LANGID

The language ID.

CNTRYID

The country or region ID.

CCSID

The Coded Character Set ID.

CHRIDCTL

The character identifier control.

SETJOBATR

The local job attributes.

LOCALE

The locale.

USROPT

The user options.

UID

The user ID number.

HOMEDIR

The home directory.

USREXPDATE

The user’s expiration date.

USREXPITV

The user’s expiration interval.

AUT

Authority.

EIMASSOC

The EIM association.

PasswordExpireDate

The date the password expires.

GRPPRF

Specifies the user’s group profile name whose authority is used when there is no job-specific authority given to the user.

SUPGRPPRF

Specifies the user’s supplemental group profiles. Used with GRPPRF to determine what authority the user has when there is no job-specific authority given to the user.

Use the AS400 connector

The AS400 connector can perform the following actions:

Users

Create an AS400 user

The following example creates a user with all available attributes:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json"\
--request POST \
--data "{
  "__NAME__":"BJENSEN",
  "__PASSWORD__":"ASDE1234",
  "PWDEXP":false,
  "__ENABLE__":true,
  "USRCLS":"*USER",
  "ASTLVL":"*BASIC",
  "CURLIB":"*CRTDFT",
  "INLPGM":"*NONE",
  "INLMNU":"MAIN",
  "TEXT":"TEXTFILEDVALUE",
  "SPCAUT":["*AUDIT"],
  "SPCENV":"*S36",
  "DSPSGNINF":"*YES",
  "PWDEXPITV":"323",
  "PWDCHGBLK":"93",
  "LCLPWDMGT":true,
  "LMTDEVSSN":"*NO",
  "MAXSTG":"10000",
  "PTYLMT":8,
  "JOBD":"QDFTJOBD",
  "OWNER":"*USRPRF",
  "ACGCDE":"*BLANK",
  "DOCPWD":"W12345",
  "MSGQ":"*USRPRF",
  "DLVRY":"*HOLD",
  "SEV":"50",
  "PRTDEV":"*SYSVAL",
  "OUTQ":"*DEV",
  "ATNPGM":"*ASSIST",
  "SRTSEQ":"*HEX",
  "LANGID":"ENG",
  "CCSID":"*HEX",
  "CHRIDCTL":"*DEVD",
  "SETJOBATR":["*CCSID"],
  "LOCALE":"*C",
  "USROPT":["*HLPFULL"],
  "UID":"*GEN",
  "HOMEDIR":"*USRPRF",
  "EIMASSOC":["*NOCHG"],
  "USREXPITV":99,
  "USREXPDATE":"*USREXPITV",
  "LMTCPB":"*YES",
  "CNTRYID":"*SYSVAL",
  "GRPPRF":"AZURE",
  "SUPGRPPRF":["AWS"]
}" \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/As400/__ACCOUNT__?_action=create&_prettyprint=true"
{
  "_id" : "BJENSEN",
  "USROPT" : [ "*HLPFULL" ],
  "SEV" : "50",
  "USREXPITV" : 99,
  "IsAuthCollectionActive" : false,
  "HOMEDIR" : "/home/BJENSEN",
  "MAXSTG" : "10000",
  "UID" : "1277",
  "PTYLMT" : 8,
  "__NAME__" : "BJENSEN",
  "PRTDEV" : "*SYSVAL",
  "__ENABLE__" : true,
  "LMTDEVSSN" : "*NO",
  "__UID__" : "BJENSEN",
  "SRTSEQ" : "*HEX",
  "DSPSGNINF" : "*YES",
  "PWDCHGBLK" : "93",
  "GRPPRF" : "AZURE",
  "USREXPDATE" : "12/06/22",
  "CURLIB" : "*CRTDFT",
  "LMTCPB" : "*YES",
  "ASTLVL" : "*BASIC",
  "SUPGRPPRF" : [ "AWS" ],
  "MSGQ" : "/QSYS.LIB/QUSRSYS.LIB/BJENSEN.MSGQ",
  "LANGID" : "ENG",
  "CCSID" : "65535",
  "PWDEXPITV" : "323",
  "IsUserEntitlementRequired" : true,
  "TEXT" : "TEXTFILEDVALUE",
  "JOBD" : "/QSYS.LIB/QGPL.LIB/QDFTJOBD.JOBD",
  "ActionAuditLevel" : "*BASIC",
  "ObjectAuditValue" : "*NONE",
  "PasswordChangedDate" : "Mon Aug 29 05:15:20 IST 2022",
  "ATNPGM" : "/QSYS.LIB/QEZMAIN.PGM",
  "LCLPWDMGT" : true,
  "INLPGM" : "*NONE",
  "USRCLS" : "*USER",
  "SPCAUT" : [ "*AUDIT" ],
  "SETJOBATR" : [ "*CCSID" ],
  "SPCENV" : "*S36",
  "ACGCDE" : "",
  "IsPasswordNone" : false,
  "DLVRY" : "*HOLD",
  "IsAuthCollectionRepositoryExist" : false,
  "UserExpirationAction" : "*DISABLE",
  "INLMNU" : "/QSYS.LIB/%LIBL%.LIB/MAIN.MNU",
  "LOCALE" : "*C",
  "KBDBUF" : "*SYSVAL",
  "OWNER" : "*USRPRF",
  "PasswordExpireDate" : "Tue Jul 18 00:00:00 IST 2023",
  "PWDEXP" : false,
  "OUTQ" : "*DEV",
  "CNTRYID" : "*SYSVAL",
  "CHRIDCTL" : "*DEVD",
  "StorageUsed" : "12"
}

When you create a new user, you must specify at least the __NAME__ property. This property can be a maximum of 10 characters. These characters may be:

  • Any letter

  • Any digits

  • The #, $, _, and @ special characters.

If the __NAME__ begins with a digit, it must be prefixed with a Q.
Query all users

The following example queries all users in the system:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/as400/__ACCOUNT__?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result": [
    {"_id": "ADAM"},
    {"_id": "BJENSEN"},
    {"_id": "CHERYL"},
    {"_id": "DAVID"},
    {"_id": "EDDIE"}
  ],
  "resultCount":5,
  "pagedResultsCookie":null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy":"NONE",
  "totalPagedResults":-1,
  "remainingPagedResults":-1
}
Query a single user

The following example queries all users in the system:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/as400/__ACCOUNT__/BJENSEN?prettyprint=true"
{
  "_id" : "BJENSEN",
  "USROPT" : [ "*HLPFULL" ],
  "SEV" : "50",
  "USREXPITV" : 99,
  "IsAuthCollectionActive" : false,
  "HOMEDIR" : "/home/BJENSEN",
  "MAXSTG" : "10000",
  "UID" : "1277",
  "PTYLMT" : 8,
  "__NAME__" : "BJENSEN",
  "PRTDEV" : "*SYSVAL",
  "__ENABLE__" : true,
  "LMTDEVSSN" : "*NO",
  "__UID__" : "BJENSEN",
  "SRTSEQ" : "*HEX",
  "DSPSGNINF" : "*YES",
  "PWDCHGBLK" : "93",
  "GRPPRF" : "AZURE",
  "USREXPDATE" : "12/06/22",
  "CURLIB" : "*CRTDFT",
  "LMTCPB" : "*YES",
  "ASTLVL" : "*BASIC",
  "SUPGRPPRF" : [ "AWS" ],
  "MSGQ" : "/QSYS.LIB/QUSRSYS.LIB/BJENSEN.MSGQ",
  "LANGID" : "ENG",
  "CCSID" : "65535",
  "PWDEXPITV" : "323",
  "IsUserEntitlementRequired" : true,
  "TEXT" : "TEXTFILEDVALUE",
  "JOBD" : "/QSYS.LIB/QGPL.LIB/QDFTJOBD.JOBD",
  "ActionAuditLevel" : "*BASIC",
  "ObjectAuditValue" : "*NONE",
  "PasswordChangedDate" : "Mon Aug 29 05:15:20 IST 2022",
  "ATNPGM" : "/QSYS.LIB/QEZMAIN.PGM",
  "LCLPWDMGT" : true,
  "INLPGM" : "*NONE",
  "USRCLS" : "*USER",
  "SPCAUT" : [ "*AUDIT" ],
  "SETJOBATR" : [ "*CCSID" ],
  "SPCENV" : "*S36",
  "ACGCDE" : "",
  "IsPasswordNone" : false,
  "DLVRY" : "*HOLD",
  "IsAuthCollectionRepositoryExist" : false,
  "UserExpirationAction" : "*DISABLE",
  "INLMNU" : "/QSYS.LIB/%LIBL%.LIB/MAIN.MNU",
  "LOCALE" : "*C",
  "KBDBUF" : "*SYSVAL",
  "OWNER" : "*USRPRF",
  "PasswordExpireDate" : "Tue Jul 18 00:00:00 IST 2023",
  "PWDEXP" : false,
  "OUTQ" : "*DEV",
  "CNTRYID" : "*SYSVAL",
  "CHRIDCTL" : "*DEVD",
  "StorageUsed" : "12"
}
Modify a user

You can modify an existing user with a PUT request, including all attributes of the account in the request. You can use the AS400 connector to modify the following attributes:

  • PASSWORD

  • PWDEXP

  • STATUS

  • USRCLS

  • ASTLVL

  • CURLIB

  • INLPGM

  • INLMNU

  • LMTCPB

  • TEXT

  • SPCAUT

  • SPCENV

  • DSPSGNINF

  • PWDEXPITV

  • PWDCHGBLK

  • LCLPWDMGT

  • LMTDEVSSN

  • KBDBUF

  • MAXSTG

  • PTYLMT

  • JOBD

  • OWNER

  • ACGCDE

  • DOCPWD

  • MSGQ

  • DLVRY

  • SEV

  • PRTDEV

  • OUTQ

  • ATNPGM

  • SRTSEQ

  • LANGID

  • CNTRYID

  • CCSID

  • CHRIDCTL

  • SETJOBATR

  • LOCALE

  • USROPT

  • UID

  • HOMEDIR

  • USREXPDATE

  • USREXPITV

  • EIMASSOC

  • GRPPRF

  • SUPGRPPRF

The following request updates a user:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request PUT \
--data "{
  "__PASSWORD__":"ASDE1234",
  "PWDEXP":false,
  "__ENABLE__":true,
  "USRCLS":"*USER",
  "ASTLVL":"*BASIC",
  "CURLIB":"*CRTDFT",
  "INLPGM":"*NONE",
  "INLMNU":"MAIN",
  "TEXT":"TEXTFILEDVALUE",
  "SPCAUT":["*AUDIT"],
  "SPCENV":"*S36",
  "DSPSGNINF":"*YES",
  "PWDEXPITV":"323",
  "PWDCHGBLK":"93",
  "LCLPWDMGT":true,
  "LMTDEVSSN":"*NO",
  "MAXSTG":"10000",
  "PTYLMT":8,
  "JOBD":"QDFTJOBD",
  "OWNER":"*USRPRF",
  "ACGCDE":"*BLANK",
  "DOCPWD":"W12345",
  "MSGQ":"*USRPRF",
  "DLVRY":"*HOLD",
  "SEV":"50",
  "PRTDEV":"*SYSVAL",
  "OUTQ":"*DEV",
  "ATNPGM":"*ASSIST",
  "SRTSEQ":"*HEX",
  "LANGID":"ENG",
  "CCSID":"*HEX",
  "CHRIDCTL":"*DEVD",
  "SETJOBATR":["*CCSID"],
  "LOCALE":"*C",
  "USROPT":["*HLPFULL"],
  "UID":"*GEN",
  "HOMEDIR":"*USRPRF",
  "EIMASSOC":["*NOCHG"],
  "USREXPITV":99,
  "USREXPDATE":"*USREXPITV",
  "LMTCPB":"*YES",
  "CNTRYID":"*SYSVAL",
  "GRPPRF":"AZURE","SUPGRPPRF":["AWS"]
}" \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/As400/__ACCOUNT__/BJENSEN_prettyprint=true"
{
  "_id" : "BJENSEN",
  "USROPT" : [ "*HLPFULL" ],
  "SEV" : "50",
  "USREXPITV" : 99,
  "IsAuthCollectionActive" : false,
  "HOMEDIR" : "/home/BJENSEN",
  "MAXSTG" : "10000",
  "UID" : "1277",
  "PTYLMT" : 8,
  "__NAME__" : "BJENSEN",
  "PRTDEV" : "*SYSVAL",
  "__ENABLE__" : true,
  "LMTDEVSSN" : "*NO",
  "__UID__" : "BJENSEN",
  "SRTSEQ" : "*HEX",
  "DSPSGNINF" : "*YES",
  "PWDCHGBLK" : "93",
  "GRPPRF" : "AZURE",
  "USREXPDATE" : "12/06/22",
  "CURLIB" : "*CRTDFT",
  "LMTCPB" : "*YES",
  "ASTLVL" : "*BASIC",
  "SUPGRPPRF" : [ "AWS" ],
  "MSGQ" : "/QSYS.LIB/QUSRSYS.LIB/BJENSEN.MSGQ",
  "LANGID" : "ENG",
  "CCSID" : "65535",
  "PWDEXPITV" : "323",
  "IsUserEntitlementRequired" : true,
  "TEXT" : "TEXTFILEDVALUE",
  "JOBD" : "/QSYS.LIB/QGPL.LIB/QDFTJOBD.JOBD",
  "ActionAuditLevel" : "*BASIC",
  "ObjectAuditValue" : "*NONE",
  "PasswordChangedDate" : "Mon Aug 29 05:15:20 IST 2022",
  "ATNPGM" : "/QSYS.LIB/QEZMAIN.PGM",
  "LCLPWDMGT" : true,
  "INLPGM" : "*NONE",
  "USRCLS" : "*USER",
  "SPCAUT" : [ "*AUDIT" ],
  "SETJOBATR" : [ "*CCSID" ],
  "SPCENV" : "*S36",
  "ACGCDE" : "",
  "IsPasswordNone" : false,
  "DLVRY" : "*HOLD",
  "IsAuthCollectionRepositoryExist" : false,
  "UserExpirationAction" : "*DISABLE",
  "INLMNU" : "/QSYS.LIB/%LIBL%.LIB/MAIN.MNU",
  "LOCALE" : "*C",
  "KBDBUF" : "*SYSVAL",
  "OWNER" : "*USRPRF",
  "PasswordExpireDate" : "Tue Jul 18 00:00:00 IST 2023",
  "PWDEXP" : false,
  "OUTQ" : "*DEV",
  "CNTRYID" : "*SYSVAL",
  "CHRIDCTL" : "*DEVD",
  "StorageUsed" : "12"
}
Reset a user’s password

To reset the password for an AS400 user account, you can use the connector to change the user’s password:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request PUT \
--data "{
  "__PASSWORD__":"newpassword123"
}" \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/as400/__ACCOUNT__/BJENSEN_prettyprint=true"
{
  "_id" : "BJENSEN",
  "USROPT" : [ "*HLPFULL" ],
  "SEV" : "50",
  ...
}
Activate a user

The following example activates a user:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request PUT \
--data "{
  "__ENABLE__": true
}
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/as400/__ACCOUNT__/BJENSEN_prettyprint=true"
{
  "_id" : "BJENSEN",
  ...
  "__ENABLE__": true
  ...
}
Deactivate a user

The following example deactivates a user:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request PUT \
--data "{"
  ""__ENABLE__": false
}" \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/as400/__ACCOUNT__/BJENSEN_prettyprint=true"
{
  "_id" : "BJENSEN",
  ...
  "__ENABLE__": false
  ...
}
Delete a user

The following example deletes a user:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request DELETE \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/as400/__ACCOUNT__/BJENSEN_prettyprint=true"
{
  "_id" : "BJENSEN",
  ...
}

Groups

Query all groups

The following example queries all AS400 Groups by their IDs:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/as400/__GROUP__?_queryId=query-all-ids&_prettyprint=true"
{
  {
  "result": [
    {"_id": "AWS"},
    {"_id": "AZURE"},
    {"_id": "CLOUD"}
  ],
  "resultCount" : 3,
  "pagedResultsCookie" : null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy" : "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults" : -1,
  "remainingPagedResults" : -1
}
Query a single group

The following example queries a single AS400 group by its ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/as400/__GROUP__/AWS?_prettyprint=true"
{
  "_id" : "AWS",
  "GID" : "116",
  "__NAME__" : "AWS",
  "GRPAUT" : "*NONE",
  "GRPAUTTYP" : "*PRIVATE",
  "__UID__" : "AWS"
}

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the AS400 Connector

The AS400 Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

AS400 Connector Configuration

The AS400 Connector has the following configurable properties:

Configuration properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

hostName

String

null

Yes

Host name or IP address of As400.

userName

String

null

Yes

The username to login As400.

password

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

The password to login As400.

isSecure

boolean

true

Yes

Enables or not secure connection to As400.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Basic Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

maximumConnections

Integer

10

No

Provides the maximum connections.

maxLifetime

Integer

null

No

Provides the maximum life for an available connection. The default value is 86400000.

maxInactivity

Integer

null

No

Provides the maximum amount of inactive time before an available connection is closed. The default value is 3600000.

maxUseTime

Long

null

No

Provides the maximum amount of time a connection can be in use before it is closed and returned to the pool. The default value is -1 indicating that there is no limit.

maxUseCount

Integer

null

No

Provides the maximum number of times a connection can be used before it is replaced in the pool. The default value is -1 indicating that there is no limit.

isRunMaintenance

boolean

true

No

Indicates whether the maintenance thread is used to cleanup expired connections. The default is true.

isThreadUsed

boolean

true

No

Indicates whether threads are used in communication with the host servers and for running maintenance. The default value is true.

cleanupInterval

Long

null

No

Time interval for how often the maintenance daemon is run. The default value is 300000 milliseconds.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Amazon Web Services (AWS) connector

Amazon Web Services (AWS) Identity and Access Management (IAM) is a web service for securely controlling access to AWS services. The AWS connector lets you manage and synchronize accounts between AWS and IDM managed user objects. An AWS administrator account is required for this connector to work.

Before you start

Before you configure the connector, log in to your AWS administrator account and note the following:

Access Key ID

The access key ID is a globally unique IAM user identifier to access the AWS service API.

Secret Key ID

The secret key is a password to access the AWS service API.

Role ARN

Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the role which has IAM Full Access permissions.

Credentials Expiration

Time (in seconds) to configure the duration in which the temporary credentials would expire. Optional.

Region

The region where the AWS instance is hosted.

Install the AWS connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

Amazon Web Services (AWS)

No

No

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/aws-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the AWS connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select AWS Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to AWS Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

Test the AWS connector

Test that the configuration is correct by running the following command:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/aws?_action=test"
{
  "name": "aws",
  "enabled": true,
  "config": "config/provisioner.openicf/aws",
  "connectorRef": {
    "bundleVersion": "[1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0)",
    "bundleName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.aws-connector",
    "connectorName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.aws.AwsConnector"
  },
  "displayName": "AWS Connector",
  "objectTypes": [
    "__ACCOUNT__",
    "__ALL__"
  ],
  "ok": true
}

If the command returns "ok": true, your connector has been configured correctly and can authenticate to the AWS system.

AWS remote connector

If you want to run this connector outside of PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or IDM, you can configure the AWS connector as a remote connector. Java Connectors installed remotely on a Java Connector Server function identically to those bundled locally within PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or installed locally on IDM.

You can download the AWS connector from here.

Refer to Remote connectors for configuring the AWS remote connector.

Use the AWS connector

The following AWS account attributes are supported by the AWS connector:

Attribute Description

__USER__

The username of the user. Only alphanumeric characters, and +=,.@_- symbols are supported. Required.

UserId

Auto-generated user id.

Path

The path to the created user (used to define a hierarchy-based structure). Default value is /.

__PASSWORD__

Password for the user account.

Arn

Amazon Resource Name (ARN), used to uniquely identify the AWS resource. For more information on ARNs, refer to Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the AWS documentation.

CreatedDate

Date of profile creation, in ISO 8601 date-time format.

PasswordLastUsed

Date the password was last used.

PermissionBoundary

The ARN of the policy that is used to set the permissions boundary for the user.

Tags

A list of customizable key-value pairs. For more information about tags on AWS, refer to Tagging AWS resources in the AWS documentation. For example:

"Tags": [{
    "Key": "Department",
    "Value": "Accounting"
}]

You can use the AWS connector to perform the following actions on an AWS account:

Create an AWS user

The following example creates a user with the minimum required attributes:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "__NAME__": "bjensen"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/aws/__ACCOUNT__?_action=create"
{
  "_id": "bjensen",
  "Path": "/",
  "UserId": "AIDAW3FY74V57KNBRIDU6",
  "__NAME__": "bjensen",
  "Arn": "arn:aws:iam::470686885243:user/bjensen",
  "CreatedDate": "Thu Jun 02 16:46:39 PDT 2022"
}

When you create a new user, you must specify at least __NAME__. Refer to the list of available attributes for more information.
Update an AWS user

You can modify an existing user with a PUT request, including all attributes of the account in the request. The following attributes can be modified on a user:

  • __USER__

  • __PASSWORD__

  • Path

  • PermissionsBoundary

  • Tags

For example, to add a new tag to a user:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__NAME__": "bjensen",
  "Tags": [{
    "Key": "Project",
    "Value": "Meteor"
  }]
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/aws/__ACCOUNT__/bjensen"
{
  "_id": "bjensen",
  "Path": "/",
  "UserId": "AIDAW3FY74V57KNBRIDU6",
  "__NAME__": "bjensen",
  "Arn": "arn:aws:iam::470686885243:user/bjensen",
  "CreatedDate": "Thu Jun 02 16:46:39 PDT 2022",
  "Tags": [
    {
      "Project": "Meteor"
    }
  ]
}
Query AWS users

The following example queries all AWS users:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/aws/__ACCOUNT__?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "bjensen"
    },
    {
      "_id": "frank@example.com"
    },
    {
      "_id": "testFR4User"
    },
    {
      "_id": "testFR5User"
    },
    {
      "_id": "testFR6User"
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 5,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}

The following command queries a specific user by their ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/aws/__ACCOUNT__/bjensen"
{
  "_id": "bjensen",
  "Path": "/",
  "UserId": "AIDAW3FY74V57KNBRIDU6",
  "__NAME__": "bjensen",
  "Arn": "arn:aws:iam::470686885243:user/bjensen",
  "CreatedDate": "Thu Jun 02 16:46:39 PDT 2022",
  "Tags": [
    {
      "Project": "Meteor"
    }
  ]
}
Reset an AWS user account password 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "if-Match:*" \
--request PATCH \
--data '[{
  "operation": "add",
  "field": "__PASSWORD__",
  "value": "Passw0rd@123!"
}]' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/aws/__ACCOUNT__/bjensen"
{
  "_id": "bjensen",
  "Path": "/",
  "UserId": "AIDAW3FY74V57KNBRIDU6",
  "__NAME__": "bjensen",
  "Arn": "arn:aws:iam::470686885243:user/bjensen",
  "CreatedDate": "Thu Jun 02 16:46:39 PDT 2022",
  "Tags": [
    {
      "Project": "Meteor"
    }
  ]
}

While the __PASSWORD__ field is not returned as part of the response, the user object is updated.
Delete an AWS user account

You can use the AWS connector to delete an account from the AWS IAM service.

The following example deletes an AWS account:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request DELETE \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/aws/__ACCOUNT__/bjensen"
{
  "_id": "bjensen",
  "Path": "/",
  "UserId": "AIDAW3FY74V57KNBRIDU6",
  "__NAME__": "bjensen",
  "Arn": "arn:aws:iam::470686885243:user/bjensen",
  "CreatedDate": "Thu Jun 02 16:46:39 PDT 2022",
  "Tags": [
    {
      "Project": "Meteor"
    }
  ]
}

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the AWS Connector

The AWS Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

AWS Connector Configuration

The AWS Connector has the following configurable properties:

Basic Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

accessKeyId

String

null

Yes

Provides the Access Key ID to access the AWS IAM Service API.

secretKey

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

Provides the Secret Key ID to access the AWS IAM Service API.

roleArn

String

null

Yes

Provides the Amazon Resource Name specifying the Role.

region

String

null

No

Provides the Regions.

pageSize

int

100

No

Provides the Page Size.

credentialsExpiration

int

3600

No

Provides the temporary credentials expiration time in seconds.

parentId

String

null

No

Provides the Parent ID to access the Organization Service.

userName

String

null

No

Provides the UserName to access the Inline policy of a User.

proxyHost

String

null

No

Provides the ProxyHost.

proxyPort

Integer

null

No

Provides the ProxyPort.

proxyUsername

String

null

No

Provides the Proxy Username.

proxyPassword

GuardedString

null

No

Provides the Proxy Password.

connectionTimeout

Integer

10000

No

Provides the Maximum Connection Timeout in milliseconds.

maxConnections

Integer

10

No

Provides the number of Maximum Connections.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

AWS IAM Identity Center connector

The AWS IAM Identity Center connector allows you to manage users and groups, as well as manage user group memberships between the AWS IAM identity center and IDM. You need an administrator account.

Before you start

Before you configure the connector, log in to your AWS administrator account in the web console and obtain the following data to be able to connect: accessKey, secretKey, identityStoreId, region, and roleArn.

Install the AWS IAM Identity Center connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

AWS IAM Identity Center

No

No

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/awsiam-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the AWS IAM Identity Center connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select AWS IAM Identity Center Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to AWS IAM Identity Center Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

Connection details

  • Access Key ID: The access key ID is a globally unique IAM user identifier to access the AWS service API.

  • Secret Key ID: The secret key is a password to access the AWS service API.

  • Role ARN: Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the role which has IAM Full Access permissions.

  • Session Name: A name used to uniquely identify a user session within the identity service.

  • Credentials Expiration Time: Time (in seconds) to configure the duration in which the temporary credentials would expire. The time must be between 900 and 3600 seconds.

  • Region: The region where the AWS instance is hosted.

  • Identity Store ID: Unique identifier associated with an identity store used by AWS IAM Identity Center.

  • Max connections: Max size of the http connection pool used. Optional.

  • Connection Timeout (seconds): Defines a timeout for the http connection in seconds. Optional.

  • ProxyHost: Proxy server host. Optional.

  • ProxyPort: Proxy server port number. Optional.

  • ReadRateLimit: Limits the request rate for read operations. The recommended rate is 20/sec.

  • WriteRateLimit: Limits the request rate for write operations. The recommended rate is 10/sec.

Object Types

If necessary, add or edit your object types to have these three objects with their properties:

__ACCOUNT__
PROPERTY NAME TYPE NATIVE TYPE REQUIRED

_id

String

String

NO

__NAME__

String

String

YES

name

Object

Object

YES

displayName

String

String

YES

userType

String

String

NO

profileUrl

String

String

NO

title

String

String

NO

preferredLanguage

String

String

NO

locale

String

String

NO

nickName

String

String

NO

timezone

String

String

NO

emails

Array

Object

NO

phoneNumbers

Array

Object

NO

addresses

Array

Object

NO

externalIds

Array

Object

NO

__GROUPS__

Array

String

NO
__GROUP__
PROPERTY NAME TYPE NATIVE TYPE REQUIRED

_id

String

String

NO

__NAME__

String

String

YES

description

String

String

NO

externalIds

Array

Object

NO
The __NAME__ field represents the username for users and the groupName for groups.

If configuring the connector over REST or through the filesystem, specify the connection details to the AWS IAM Identity Center resource provider in the configurationProperties for the connector. The minimum required properties are accessKey, secretKey, roleArn, roleSessionName, region, and identityStoreId.

Sample Configuration 
{
  "configurationProperties": {
    "accessKey": "ACCEES_KEY",
    "secretKey": "xxxxxxxxxxxx",
    "roleArn": "arn:aws:iam::000000000:role/USERNAME_ROLE",
    "roleSessionName": "SESSION_NAME",
    "region": "us-east-2",
    "identityStoreId": "d-0a010101e0",
    "sessionExpirationTime": 3600,
    "proxyHost": null,
    "proxyPort": null,
    "proxyUsername": null,
    "proxyPassword": null,
    "connectionTimeout": null,
    "maxConnections": null,
    "readRateLimit": "20/sec",
    "writeRateLimit": "10/sec"
  }
}
On startup, IDM encrypts the value of the secretKey.

Mapping

From AWS users to IDM or Advanced Identity Cloud users

Attributes mapping table where the columns represent the attribute name mapped from source to target and the necessary data transformation to synchronize successfully.

SOURCE TARGET TRANSFORMATION SCRIPT

_id

_id

N/A

__NAME__

userName

N/A

displayName

displayName

N/A

timezone

timezone

N/A

nickname

nickname

N/A

title

title

N/A

locale

locale

N/A

preferredLanguage

preferredLanguage

N/A

profileUrl

profileUrl

N/A

userType

userType

N/A

name

name

N/A

phoneNumbers

phoneNumbers

N/A

addresses

addresses

N/A

emails

emails

N/A

externalIds

externalIds

N/A

__GROUPS__

groups

N/A
From IDM or Advanced Identity Cloud users to AWS users

Attributes mapping table where the columns represent the attribute name mapped from source to target and the necessary data transformation to synchronize successfully.

SOURCE TARGET TRANSFORMATION SCRIPT

userName

__NAME__

N/A

displayName

displayName

N/A

timezone

timezone

N/A

nickname

nickname

N/A

title

title

N/A

locale

locale

N/A

preferredLanguage

preferredLanguage

N/A

profileUrl

profileUrl

N/A

userType

userType

N/A

name

name

N/A

phoneNumbers

phoneNumbers

N/A

addresses

addresses

N/A

emails

emails

N/A

__GROUPS__

groups

N/A
From AWS groups to IDM or Advanced Identity Cloud groups

Attributes mapping table where the columns represent the attribute name mapped from source to target and the necessary data transformation to synchronize successfully.

SOURCE TARGET TRANSFORMATION SCRIPT

_id

_id

N/A

__NAME__

groupName

N/A

description

description

N/A

externalIds

externalIds

N/A
From IDM or Advanced Identity Cloud groups to AWS Groups

Attributes mapping table where the columns represent the attribute name mapped from source to target and the necessary data transformation to synchronize successfully.

SOURCE TARGET TRANSFORMATION SCRIPT

__NAME__

groupName

N/A

description

description

N/A

Test the AWS IAM Identity Center connector

Test that the connector was configured correctly:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0' \
--request POST \
'http://localhost:8080/system/awsiam?_action=test'
{
    "name": "awsiam",
    "enabled": true,
    "config": "config/provisioner.openicf/awsiam",
    "connectorRef": {
    "bundleVersion": "1.5.20.26",
    "bundleName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.awsiam-connector",
    "connectorName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.awsiam.AwsIamConnector"
    },
    "displayName": "AWS IAM IC Connector",
    "objectTypes": [
    "__ACCOUNT__",
    "__ALL__",
    "__GROUP__"
    ],
    "ok": true
}

Use the AWS IAM Identity Center connector

User

Create user

To create a user in AWS IAM Identity Center, you must provide at least the __NAME__, name (givenName and familyName) and displayName fields.

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request POST \
--data '{
    "__NAME__": "JohnDoe",
    "displayName": "John Doe",
    "locale": "US",
    "nickName": "JonnyDoe",
    "timezone": "UTC",
    "title": "Engineer",
    "profileUrl": "https://www.profile.com/jdoe",
    "userType": "USER",
    "preferredLanguage": "us-US",
    "name": {
        "givenName": "John",
        "middleName": "Michael",
        "familyName": "Doe",
        "honorificPrefix": "Sr.",
        "honorificSufix": "PhD",
        "formatted": "Sr. John Michael Doe, PhD"
    },
    "addresses": {
        "type": "home",
        "streetAddress": "123 Main St",
        "locality": "Springfield",
        "region": "IL",
        "postalCode": "62701",
        "country": "USA",
        "primary": true,
        "formatted": "123 Main St, Springfield, IL 62701, USA"
    },
    "emails": {
        "type": "home",
        "value": "johndoe@example.com",
        "primary": true
    },
    "phoneNumbers": {
        "type": "mobile",
        "value": "+0101010101",
        "primary": true
    },
    "__GROUPS__": [
        "groupId1",
        "groupId2",
    ]
}' \
'http://localhost:8080/system/awsiam/__ACCOUNT__?_action=create'
{
    "_id" : " "userId",
    "__NAME__": "JohnDoe",
    "displayName": "John Doe",
    "locale": "US",
    "nickName": "JonnyDoe",
    "timezone": "UTC",
    "title": "Engineer",
    "profileUrl": "https://www.profile.com/jdoe",
    "userType": "USER",
    "preferredLanguage": "us-US",
    "name": {
        "givenName": "John",
        "middleName": "Michael",
        "familyName": "Doe",
        "honorificPrefix": "Sr.",
        "honorificSufix": "PhD",
        "formatted": "Sr. John Michael Doe, PhD"
    },
    "addresses": {
        "type": "home",
        "streetAddress": "123 Main St",
        "locality": "Springfield",
        "region": "IL",
        "postalCode": "62701",
        "country": "USA",
        "primary": true,
        "formatted": "123 Main St, Springfield, IL 62701, USA"
    },
    "emails": {
        "type": "home",
        "value": "johndoe@example.com",
        "primary": true
    },
    "phoneNumbers": {
        "type": "mobile",
        "value": "+0101010101",
        "primary": true
    },
    "__GROUPS__": [
        "groupId1",
        "groupId2",
    ]
}
Get Users

Return all users from AWS IAM Identity Center.

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/awsiam/__ACCOUNT__?_queryFilter=true'
{
    "result": [
        {
            "_id": "",
            "__NAME__": "jdoe",
            "displayName": "John Doe",
            "name": {
                "givenName": "John",
                "middleName": "Michael",
                "familyName": "Doe",
            },
            "addresses": [].
            "emails": [],
            "phoneNumbers": [],
            "__GROUPS__": [
                "groupId1",
                "groupId2"
            ]
        },
    ...
        {
            "_id": "",
            "__NAME__": "jdoe",
            "displayName": "John Doe",
            "name": {
                "givenName": "John",
                "middleName": "Michael",
                "familyName": "Doe",
            },
            "addresses": [].
            "emails": [],
            "phoneNumbers": [],
            "__GROUPS__": [
                "groupId1",
                "groupId2"
            ]
        },
    ],
    "resultCount": 999,
    "pagedResultsCookie": null,
    "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
    "totalPagedResults": -1,
    "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
To paginate the results, the maximum value of _pageSize is 100.
Get user

Return a user from AWS IAM Identity Center. The user ID must be provided in the URI path:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/awsiam/__ACCOUNT__/USER_ID'
{
    "_id" : " "userId",
    "__NAME__": "jdoe",
    "displayName": "John Doe",
    "locale": "en-US",
    "nickname": "Johnny",
    "timezone": "America/New_York",
    "title": "Software Engineer",
    "profileUrl": "https://www.profile.com/jdoe",
    "userType": "employee",
    "preferredLanguage": "en",
    "name": {
        "givenName": "John",
        "middleName": "Michael",
        "familyName": "Doe",
        "honorificPrefix": "Sr.",
        "honorificSufix": "PhD",
        "formatted": "Sr. John Michael Doe, PhD"
    },
    "addresses": {
        "type": "home",
        "streetAddress": "123 Main St",
        "locality": "Springfield",
        "region": "IL",
        "postalCode": "62701",
        "country": "USA",
        "primary": true,
        "formatted": "123 Main St, Springfield, IL 62701, USA"
    },
    "emails": {
        "type": "work",
        "value": "john.doe@example.com",
        "primary": true
    },
    "phoneNumbers": {
        "type": "mobile",
        "value": "+0101010101",
        "primary": true
    },
    "__GROUPS__": [
        "groupId1",
        "groupId2"
    ]
}
Get user by filter

Return a user from AWS IAM Identity Center:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/awsiam/__ACCOUNT___queryFilter=__NAME__%20eq%20"name"'
{
    "_id" : " "userId",
    "__NAME__": "jdoe",
    "displayName": "John Doe",
    "locale": "en-US",
    "nickname": "Johnny",
    "timezone": "America/New_York",
    "title": "Software Engineer",
    "profileUrl": "https://www.profile.com/jdoe",
    "userType": "employee",
    "preferredLanguage": "en",
    "name": {
        "givenName": "John",
        "middleName": "Michael",
        "familyName": "Doe",
        "honorificPrefix": "Sr.",
        "honorificSufix": "PhD",
        "formatted": "Sr. John Michael Doe, PhD"
    },
    "addresses": {
        "type": "home",
        "streetAddress": "123 Main St",
        "locality": "Springfield",
        "region": "IL",
        "postalCode": "62701",
        "country": "USA",
        "primary": true,
        "formatted": "123 Main St, Springfield, IL 62701, USA"
    },
    "emails": {
        "type": "work",
        "value": "john.doe@example.com",
        "primary": true
    },
    "phoneNumbers": {
        "type": "mobile",
        "value": "+0101010101",
        "primary": true
    },
    "__GROUPS__": [
        "groupId1",
        "groupId2"
    ]
}
The __NAME__ field only supports the equal filter.
Get users IDs

Return all users from AWS IAM Identity Center displaying only the _id field:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/awsiam/__ACCOUNT__?_queryId=query-all-ids'
{
    "result": [
        {
            "_id": "userID1"
        },
        ...
        {
            "_id": userID2"
        }
    ],
    "resultCount": 999,
    "pagedResultsCookie": null,
    "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
    "totalPagedResults": -1,
    "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Update user

Update a user in AWS IAM Identity Center. The user ID must be provided in the URI path:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request PUT \
--data '{
    "__NAME__": "JonnyDoe",
    "displayName": "Jonny Doe",
    "locale": "US",
    "nickName": "JonnyDoe",
    "timezone": "UTC",
    "title": "",
    "profileUrl": "https://www.profile.com/jonnydoe",
    "userType": "USER",
    "preferredLanguage": "us-US",
    "name": {
        "givenName": "Jonny",
        "middleName": "Michael",
        "familyName": "Doe",
        "honorificPrefix": "Jr.",
        "honorificSufix": "PhD",
        "formatted": "Jr. John Michael Doe, PhD"
    },
    "addresses": {
        "type": "home",
        "streetAddress": "123 Main St",
        "locality": "Springfield",
        "region": "IL",
        "postalCode": "60999",
        "country": "US",
        "primary": true,
        "formatted": "123 Main St, Springfield, IL 62701, USA"
    },
    "emails": {
        "type": "home",
        "value": "johndoe@example.com",
        "primary": true
    },
    "phoneNumbers": {
        "type": "home",
        "value": "505050",
        "primary": true
    },
    "__GROUPS__": [
        "groupID1",
        "groupID2",
    ]
}' \
'http://localhost:8080/system/awsiam/__ACCOUNT__/USER_ID'
{
    "_id" : "userId",
    "__NAME__" : "JonnyDoe",
    "displayName" : "Jonny Doe",
    "locale" : "US",
    "nickName" : "JonnyDoe",
    "timezone" : "UTC",
    "title" : "",
    "profileUrl" : "https://www.profile.com/jonnydoe",
    "userType" : "USER",
    "preferredLanguage" : "us-US",
    "name" : {
        "givenName" : "Jonny",
        "middleName" : "middleName",
        "familyName" : "Doe",
        "honorificPrefix" : "Jr",
        "honorificSufix" : "PhD",
        "formatted" : "Jr. John Doe, PhD"
    },
    "addresses": {
        "type": "home",
        "streetAddress": "123 Main St",
        "locality": "Springfield",
        "region": "IL",
        "postalCode": "60999",
        "country": "US",
        "primary": true,
        "formatted": "123 Main St, Springfield, IL 62701, USA"
    },
    "emails" : {
        "type" : "home",
        "value" : "johndoe@example.com",
        "primary" : true
    },
    "phoneNumbers" : {
        "type" : "home",
        "value" : "505050",
        "primary" : true
    },
    "__GROUPS__" : [
        "groupID1",
        "groupID2",
    ]
}
Delete user

Delete a user in the AWS IAM Identity Center. The user ID must be provided in the URI path:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request DELETE \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/awsiam/__ACCOUNT__/USER_ID'
{
    "_id" : "userId",
    "__NAME__" : "JohnDoe",
    "displayName" : "John Doe",
    "locale" : "US",
    "nickName" : "JonnyDoe",
    "timezone" : "UTC",
    "title" : "",
    "profileUrl" : "www.example.doe",
    "userType" : "USER",
    "preferredLanguage" : "us-US",
    "name" : {
        "givenName" : "John",
        "middleName" : "middleName",
        "familyName" : "Doe",
        "honorificPrefix" : "Sr",
        "honorificSufix" : "PhD",
        "formatted" : "Sr. John Doe, PhD"
    },
    "addresses" : {
        "type" : "home",
        "streetAddress" : "false street",
        "locality" : "springfield",
        "region" : "north",
        "postalCode" : "0000",
        "country" : "US",
        "primary" : false,
        "formatted" : "no"
    },
    "emails" : {
        "type" : "home",
        "value" : "testeruser@example.com",
        "primary" : true
    },
    "phoneNumbers" : {
        "type" : "home",
        "value" : "505050",
        "primary" : true
    },
    "__GROUPS__" : [
        "groupID1",
        "groupID2",
    ]
}

GROUPS

Create group

To create a group in AWS IAM Identity Center, it is necessary to at least provide the __NAME__ field. The description field is optional:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request POST \
--data '{
    "__NAME__" : "New Group",
    "description" : "Some description"
}' \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/awsiam/__GROUP__?_action=create'
{
    "_id": "groupId",
    "description": "description",
    "__NAME__": "New Group",
    "externalIds": []
}
Get groups

Return all groups from AWS IAM Identity Center.

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/awsiam/__GROUP__?_queryFilter=true'
{
    "result": [
        {
            "_id": "groupId1",
            "__NAME__": "Display name group 1",
            "description": "description",
            "externalIds": []
        },
        ...
        {
            "_id": "groupId99",
            "__NAME__": "Display name group 99",
            "description": "description",
            "externalIds": []
        }
    ],
    "resultCount": 99,
    "pagedResultsCookie": null,
    "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
    "totalPagedResults": -1,
    "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
To paginate the results, the maximum value of _pageSize is 100.
Get groups IDs

Return all groups from AWS IAM Identity Center displaying only the _id field:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/awsiam/__GROUP__?_queryId=query-all-ids'
{
    "result": [
        {
            "_id": "groupID1",
        },
        ...
        {
            "_id": "groupID99",
        }
    ],
    "resultCount": 99,
    "pagedResultsCookie": null,
    "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
    "totalPagedResults": -1,
    "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Get group

Return a group from AWS IAM Identity Center. The group ID must be provided in the URI path:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/awsiam/__GROUP__/GROUP_ID'
{
    "_id": "groupId",
    "description": "Some description",
    "__NAME__": "Group Name",
    "externalIds": []
}
Get group by filter

Return a group from AWS IAM Identity Center:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/awsiam/__GROUP___queryFilter=__NAME__%20eq%20"username"'
{
    "_id": "groupId",
    "description": "Some description",
    "__NAME__": "Group Name",
    "externalIds": []
}
The __NAME__ field only supports the equal filter.
Update a group

Update a group in AWS IAM Identity Center. The group ID must be provided in the URI path:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request PUT \
--header 'If-Match: *' \
--data '{
    "__NAME__" : "New DisplayName",
    "description" : "New Description"
}' \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/awsiam/__GROUP__/GROUP_ID'
{
    "_id": "groupId",
    "description": "New description",
    "__NAME__": "New DisplayName",
    "externalIds": []
}
Delete a group

Delete a group in AWS IAM Identity Center. The group ID must be provided in the URI path:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request DELETE \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/awsiam/__GROUP__/GROUP_ID'
{
    "_id": "groupId",
    "description": "description",
    "__NAME__": "deleted group",
    "externalIds": []
}

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the AWS IAM Identity Center Connector

The AWS IAM Identity Center Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

AWS IAM Identity Center Connector Configuration

The AWS IAM Identity Center Connector has the following configurable properties:

Basic Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

accessKey

String

null

Yes

Provides the Access Key ID to access the AWS IAM IC Service API.

secretKey

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

Provides the Secret Key ID to access the AWS IAM IC Service API.

roleArn

String

null

Yes

Provides the Amazon Resource Name specifying the Role.

roleSessionName

String

null

Yes

Temporary name for the role session.

region

String

null

Yes

Provides the Regions.

identityStoreId

String

null

Yes

Provides the identity store ID for the user and group store.

sessionExpirationTime

Integer

3600

Yes

Provides the temporary Session expiration time in seconds.

proxyHost

String

null

No

Provides the Proxy Host.

proxyPort

String

null

No

Provides the Proxy Port.

proxyUsername

String

null

No

Provides the Proxy Username.

proxyPassword

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Provides the Proxy Password.

connectionTimeout

Integer

null

No

Provides the Maximum Connection Timeout in seconds.

maxConnections

Integer

null

No

Provides the number of Maximum Connections.

readRateLimit

String

null

Yes

Defines throttling for read operations either per seconds ("30/sec") or per minute ("100/min").

writeRateLimit

String

null

Yes

Defines throttling for write operations (create/update/delete) either per second ("30/sec") or per minute ("100/min").

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Box connector

This is a SaaS common connector.

The Box connector lets you manage Box service accounts and synchronize accounts and groups between Box and the IDM managed user repository.

This topic describes how to install and configure the Box connector and how to perform basic tests to ensure that it’s running correctly.

Before you start

The instructions in this guide assume you have a Box Administrator Account and you have created and authorized a Custom Application, as described in the Box Documentation. Before you configure the connector, log in to your administrator account and note the following information:

  • Client ID

  • Client Secret

  • Authentication Method

  • Grant Type

  • Subject Type

  • Subject ID

  • Service Uri

  • Token Endpoint

Install the Box connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

Box

No

No

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/box-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the Box connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select Box Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to Box Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

The following excerpt shows sample configuration properties:

"configurationProperties": {
  "serviceUri" : "_CHANGEME_",
  "tokenEndpoint" : "_CHANGEME_",
  "clientId" : "_CHANGEME_",
  "clientSecret" : "_CHANGEME_",
  "acceptSelfSignedCertificates" : true,
  "disableHostNameVerifier" : true,
  "authenticationMethod" : "_CHANGEME_",
  "grantType" : "_CHANGEME_",
  "useBasicAuthForOauthTokenNeg" : false,
  "boxSubjectType" : "_CHANGEME_",
  "boxSubjectId" : "_CHANGEME_"
  "rateLimit": "_CHANGEME_"
}
serviceUri

The Box API hostname. In most cases it should be https://api.box.com/2.0.

tokenEndpoint

URL to obtain access tokens and refresh tokens. In most cases it should be https://api.box.com/oauth2/token.

clientId

The Box Application Client ID. To locate this value, log in to your Box account and go to Dev Console > Box Developer > My Apps > Select the app > Configuration > OAuth 2.0 Credentials > Client ID.

clientSecret

The Box Application Secret Key. To locate this value, log in to your Box account and go to Dev Console > Box Developer > My Apps > Select the app > Configuration > OAuth 2.0 Credentials > Client Secret.

acceptSelfSignedCertificates

The acceptSelfSignedCertificates option enables Box Sync to connect to Box servers that present self-signed digital certificates.

disableHostNameVerifier

The disableHostNameVerifier is a configuration option used to disable host name verification on HTTPS connections.

grantType

Parameter used within the OAuth 2.0 authorization flow to specify the type of grant being used to obtain an access token. The only value supported is client_credentials.

boxSubjectType

The Box Application SubjectType. User or Enterprise, according to availability. To locate this value, log in to your Box account and go to Dev Console > Box Developer > My Apps > Select the app > General Settings > UserID / EnterpriseID.

boxSubjectId

The Box Application User ID or Enterprise ID. It must match with the selected boxSubjectType. To locate this value, log in to your Box account and go to Dev Console > Box Developer > My Apps > Select the app > General Settings > UserID / EnterpriseID.

rateLimit

Limits how many requests the connector makes over a certain period of time. The default value is 1000 requests per minute (1000/min) as described in the Box Documentation. Additional examples: 997/min or 600/sec.

If throttling problems occur, this guide can be helpful:

Improve reconciliation query performance

Test the Box connector

Test that the configuration is correct by running the following command:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request POST \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/box?_action=test'
{
  "name": box,
  "enabled": true,
  "config": "config/provisioner.openicf/box",
  "connectorRef": {
    "bundleVersion": "[1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0)",
    "bundleName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.box-connector",
    "connectorName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.box.BoxConnector"
  },
  "displayName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.box.BoxConnector",
  "objectTypes": [
    "__ACCOUNT__",
    "__ALL__",
    "__GROUP__"
  ],
  "ok": true
}

If the command returns "ok": true, your connector was configured correctly and can authenticate to the Box server.

Box remote connector

If you want to run this connector outside of PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or IDM, you can configure the Box connector as a remote connector. Java Connectors installed remotely on a Java Connector Server function identically to those bundled locally within PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or installed locally on IDM.

You can download the Box connector from here.

Refer to Remote connectors for configuring the Box remote connector.

Use the Box connector

You can use the Box connector to perform the following actions on a Box account.

Users

Create a Box user

This example creates a Box user with the minimum required attributes.

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \ \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "__NAME__": "Jane Doe",
  "login": "janeDoe@example.com"
}' \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Box/__ACCOUNT__'
{
  "_id": "34383152830",
  "hostname": "https://app.box.com/",
  "__NAME__": "Jane Doe",
  "is_exempt_from_device_limits": "false",
  "type": "user",
  "job_title": "",
  "space_amount": "1.000000456753152E15",
  "phone": "",
  "status": "active",
  "enterprise": [
    {
      "type": "enterprise",
      "id": "1162568706",
      "name": "testing"
    }
  ],
  "can_see_managed_users": "true",
  "is_external_collab_restricted": "false",
  "external_app_user_id": null,
  "is_exempt_from_login_verification": "false",
  "is_sync_enabled": "true",
  "groups": [],
  "max_upload_size": "5.36870912E10",
  "language": "en",
  "login": "janedoe@nexter.net",
  "avatar_url": "https://app.box.com/api/avatar/large/34721687671",
  "role": "user",
  "address": "",
  "is_platform_access_only": "false"
}

When you create a new user, you must specify at least the login and __NAME__ attributes. The login attribute is typically the user’s email address.
Create a Box full user

This example creates a Box full user.

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "__NAME__": "Miguel Benitez",
  "is_exempt_from_device_limits": "false",
  "type": "user",
  "job_title": "Designer",
  "space_amount": "1.000000456753152E15",
  "phone": "578945621",
  "status": "active",
  "enterprise": [
    {
      "type": "enterprise",
      "name": "testing"
    }
  ],
  "can_see_managed_users": "true",
  "is_external_collab_restricted": "false",
  "external_app_user_id": null,
  "is_exempt_from_login_verification": "false",
  "is_sync_enabled": "true",
  "groups": ["20013904637", "20013904699"],
  "max_upload_size": "5.36870912E10",
  "language": "en",
  "login": "someone@example.com",
  "avatar_url": "https://app.box.com/api/avatar/large/34721853021",
  "role": "user",
  "address": "San Carlos Buenos Aires",
  "is_platform_access_only": "false"
}' \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Box/__ACCOUNT__'
{
  "_id": "34721853021",
  "hostname": "https://app.box.com/",
  "__NAME__": "Miguel Benitez",
  "is_exempt_from_device_limits": "false",
  "type": "user",
  "job_title": "Designer",
  "space_amount": "1.000000456753152E15",
  "phone": "578945621",
  "status": "active",
  "enterprise": [
    {
      "type": "enterprise",
      "id": "1162568706",
      "name": "testing"
    }
  ],
  "can_see_managed_users": "true",
  "is_external_collab_restricted": "false",
  "external_app_user_id": null,
  "is_exempt_from_login_verification": "false",
  "is_sync_enabled": "true",
  "groups": [
    "20013904637",
    "20013904699"
  ],
  "max_upload_size": "5.36870912E10",
  "language": "en",
  "login": "someone@example.com",
  "avatar_url": "https://app.box.com/api/avatar/large/34721853021",
  "role": "user",
  "address": "San Carlos, Buenos Aires",
  "is_platform_access_only": "false"
}

Attribute limitations:

  • job_title: Max length 100.

  • phone: Max length 100.

  • address: Max length 255.

  • language: The language of the user, formatted in a modified version of the ISO 639-1 format.

  • role: The user’s enterprise role. Value is coadmin or user.

  • status: Value is one of active, inactive, cannot_delete_edit, cannot_delete_edit_upload.

  • space_amount: (int64) The user’s total available space in bytes. Set this to -1 to indicate unlimited storage.

  • timezone: The user’s timezone. Example: "Africa/Bujumbura".
List all Box users

This example queries all Box users:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Box/__ACCOUNT__?_queryFilter=True'
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "34383152830",
      "hostname": "https://app.box.com/",
      "__NAME__": "Jane Doe",
      "is_exempt_from_device_limits": "false",
      "type": "user",
      "job_title": "",
      "space_amount": "1.000000456753152E15",
      "phone": "",
      "status": "active",
      "enterprise": [
        {
          "type": "enterprise",
          "id": "1162568706",
          "name": "testing"
        }
      ],
      "can_see_managed_users": "true",
      "is_external_collab_restricted": "false",
      "external_app_user_id": null,
      "is_exempt_from_login_verification": "false",
      "is_sync_enabled": "true",
      "groups": [],
      "max_upload_size": "5.36870912E10",
      "language": "en",
      "login": "janedoe@nexter.net",
      "avatar_url": "https://app.box.com/api/avatar/large/34383152830",
      "role": "user",
      "address": "",
      "is_platform_access_only": "false"
    },
    ...
    {
      "_id": "34721853021",
      "hostname": "https://app.box.com/",
      "__NAME__": "Miguel Benitez",
      "is_exempt_from_device_limits": "false",
      "type": "user",
      "job_title": "Designer",
      "space_amount": "1.000000456753152E15",
      "phone": "578945621",
      "status": "active",
      "enterprise": [
        {
          "type": "enterprise",
          "id": "1162568706",
          "name": "testing"
        }
      ],
      "can_see_managed_users": "true",
      "is_external_collab_restricted": "false",
      "external_app_user_id": null,
      "is_exempt_from_login_verification": "false",
      "is_sync_enabled": "true",
      "groups": ["20013904637", "20013904699"],
      "max_upload_size": "5.36870912E10",
      "language": "en",
      "login": "someone@example.com",
      "avatar_url": "https://app.box.com/api/avatar/large/34721853021",
      "role": "user",
      "address": "San Carlos, Buenos Aires",
      "is_platform_access_only": "false"
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 10,
  "pagedResultsCookie": "eyJ0eXBlIjoiaWQiLCJkaXIiOiJuZXh0IiwidGFpbCI6IjM0NzIxODUzMDIxIn0",
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}

  • For pagedResultsCookie, the last page returned is empty.

  • startsWith for __NAME__ is the only filter available.
List all Box user IDs

This example queries all Box users by their IDs:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Box/__ACCOUNT__?_queryId=query-all-ids'
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "32996521506"
    },
    ...
    {
      "_id": "34721853021"
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 10,
  "pagedResultsCookie": "eyJ0eXBlIjoiaWQiLCJkaXIiOiJuZXh0IiwidGFpbCI6IjM0NzIxODUzMDIxIn0",
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Get Box user

The following command queries a specific Box user by its ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Box/__ACCOUNT__/34721853021'
{
  "_id": "34721853021",
  "hostname": "https://app.box.com/",
  "__NAME__": "Miguel Benitez",
  "is_exempt_from_device_limits": "false",
  "type": "user",
  "job_title": "",
  "space_amount": "1.000000456753152E15",
  "phone": "578945621",
  "status": "active",
  "enterprise": [
    {
      "type": "enterprise",
      "id": "1162568706",
      "name": "testing"
    }
  ],
  "can_see_managed_users": "true",
  "is_external_collab_restricted": "false",
  "external_app_user_id": null,
  "is_exempt_from_login_verification": "false",
  "is_sync_enabled": "true",
  "groups": [
    "20013904637",
    "20013904699"
  ],
  "max_upload_size": "5.36870912E10",
  "language": "en",
  "login": "someone@example.com",
  "avatar_url": "https://app.box.com/api/avatar/large/34721853021",
  "role": "user",
  "address": "San Carlos, Buenos Aires",
  "is_platform_access_only": "false"
}
Update a Box user

The following command updates a specific Box user by its ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__NAME__": "Miguel Benitez",
  "is_exempt_from_device_limits": "false",
  "type": "user",
  "job_title": "Web Developer",
  "space_amount": "1.000000456753152E15",
  "phone": "1157199024",
  "status": "active",
  "enterprise": [
    {
      "type": "enterprise",
      "id": "1162568706",
      "name": "testing"
    }
  ],
  "can_see_managed_users": "true",
  "is_external_collab_restricted": "false",
  "external_app_user_id": null,
  "is_exempt_from_login_verification": "false",
  "is_sync_enabled": "true",
  "groups": [agregarle el grupo que esta arriba],
  "max_upload_size": "5.36870912E10",
  "language": "en",
  "avatar_url": "https://app.box.com/api/avatar/large/34721853021",
  "role": "user",
  "address": "Puerto La Cruz P.R",
  "is_platform_access_only": "false"
}' \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Box/__ACCOUNT__/34721853021'
{
  "_id": "34721853021",
  "hostname": "https://app.box.com/",
  "__NAME__": "Miguel Benitez",
  "is_exempt_from_device_limits": "false",
  "type": "user",
  "job_title": "Web Developer",
  "space_amount": "9.99999999999999E14",
  "phone": "1157199024",
  "status": "active",
  "enterprise": [
    {
      "type": "enterprise",
      "id": "1162568706",
      "name": "testing"
    }
  ],
  "can_see_managed_users": "true",
  "is_external_collab_restricted": "false",
  "external_app_user_id": null,
  "is_exempt_from_login_verification": "false",
  "is_sync_enabled": "true",
  "groups": [
    "20013904637",
    "20013904699"
  ],
  "max_upload_size": "5.36870912E10",
  "language": "en",
  "login": "someone@example.com",
  "avatar_url": "https://app.box.com/api/avatar/large/34721853021",
  "role": "user",
  "address": "Puerto La Cruz, P.R",
  "is_platform_access_only": "false"
}

If the target user’s email is not confirmed, you can’t change the primary login email address.
Delete a Box user

The following example deletes a Box user:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request DELETE \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Box/__ACCOUNT__/34721853021'
{
  "_id": "34721853021",
  "is_platform_access_only": "false",
  "is_sync_enabled": "true",
  "avatar_url": "https://app.box.com/api/avatar/large/34740572881",
  "hostname": "https://app.box.com/",
  "external_app_user_id": null,
  "is_exempt_from_login_verification": "false",
  "groups": [
    "20013904637",
    "20013904699"
  ],
  "type": "user",
  "enterprise": [
    {
      "type": "enterprise",
      "id": "1162568706",
      "name": "testing"
    }
  ],
  "max_upload_size": "5.36870912E10",
  "__NAME__": "Miguel Benitez",
  "space_amount": "9.99999999999999E14",
  "language": "en",
  "is_external_collab_restricted": "false",
  "address": "Puerto La Cruz, P.R",
  "can_see_managed_users": "true",
  "job_title": "Web Developer",
  "is_exempt_from_device_limits": "false",
  "status": "active",
  "role": "user",
  "phone": "1157199024",
  "login": "someone@example.com"
}

The response returns the user object before deletion.

GROUPS

Create a Box group

This example creates a Box group:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "type": "group",
  "description": "Support Group - as imported from Active Directory",
  "external_sync_identifier": "AD:123456",
  "group_type": "managed_group",
  "invitability_level": "admins_only",
  "member_viewability_level": "admins_only",
  "__NAME__": "Support",
  "permissions": {
    "can_invite_as_collaborator": true
  },
  "provenance": "Active Directory"
}' \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Box/__GROUP__'
{
  "_id": "20147818911",
  "provenance": "Active Directory",
  "description": "Support Group - as imported from Active Directory",
  "group_type": "managed_group",
  "invitability_level": "admins_only",
  "member_viewability_level": "admins_only",
  "__NAME__": "Support",
  "type": "group",
  "external_sync_identifier": "AD:123456"
}
Query all Box groups

This example queries all Box groups:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Box/__GROUP__?_queryFilter=True'
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "20005069402",
      "provenance": null,
      "description": "generic_description",
      "group_type": "managed_group",
      "invitability_level": "all_managed_users",
      "member_viewability_level": "all_managed_users",
      "__NAME__": "A_20240611161336713",
      "type": "group",
      "external_sync_identifier": null
    },
    ...
    {
      "_id": "20147818911",
      "provenance": "Active Directory",
      "description": "Support Group - as imported from Active Directory",
      "group_type": "managed_group",
      "invitability_level": "admins_only",
      "member_viewability_level": "admins_only",
      "__NAME__": "Support",
      "type": "group",
      "external_sync_identifier": "AD:123456"
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 22,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Get a Box group

This example gets a Box group by its ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Box/__GROUP__/20147818911'
{
  "_id": "20147818911",
  "provenance": "Active Directory",
  "description": "Support Group - as imported from Active Directory",
  "group_type": "managed_group",
  "invitability_level": "admins_only",
  "member_viewability_level": "admins_only",
  "__NAME__": "Support",
  "type": "group",
  "external_sync_identifier": "AD:123456"
}
Update a Box group

This example updates a Box group by its ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "type": "group",
  "description": "Support Group - as imported from Active Directory",
  "external_sync_identifier": "AD:123456",
  "group_type": "managed_group",
  "invitability_level": "admins_only",
  "member_viewability_level": "admins_only",
  "name": "Support",
  "permissions": {
    "can_invite_as_collaborator": true
  },
  "provenance": "Active Directory"
}' \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Box/__GROUP__/20147818911'
{
  "_id": "20147818911",
  "provenance": "Active Directory",
  "description": "Support Group - as imported from Active Directory",
  "group_type": "managed_group",
  "invitability_level": "admins_only",
  "member_viewability_level": "admins_only",
  "__NAME__": "Support",
  "type": "group",
  "external_sync_identifier": "AD:123456"
}

Other fields you can update are:

  • invitability_level: Specifies who can invite the group to collaborate on folders. Available values:

    • admins_only

    • admins_and_members

    • all_managed_users

  • member_viewability_level: Specifies who can see the members of the group. Available values:

    • admins_only

    • admins_and_members

    • all_managed_users

  • provenance: Max length 255
Delete a Box group

This example deletes a Box group by its ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request DELETE \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Box/__GROUP__/20147818911'
{
  "_id": "20147818911",
  "provenance": "Active Directory",
  "description": "Support Group - as imported from Active Directory",
  "group_type": "managed_group",
  "invitability_level": "admins_only",
  "member_viewability_level": "admins_only",
  "__NAME__": "Support",
  "type": "group",
  "external_sync_identifier": "AD:123456"
}

The response returns the group object before deletion.

Mapping

From Box users to IDM users

Attributes Grid: Where the columns represent the attribute name mapped from source to target and the necessary data transformation to synchronize successfully.

SOURCE TARGET TRANSFORMATION SCRIPT

id

userId

N/A

__NAME__

UserName

N/A

enterprise

enterprise

N/A

external_app_user_id

external_app_user_id

N/A

login

mail

N/A

type

type

N/A

address

address

N/A

avatar_url

avatar_url

N/A

can_see_managed_users

can_see_managed_users

N/A

hostname

hostname

N/A

is_exempt_from_device_limits

is_exempt_from_device_limits

N/A

is_exempt_from_login_verification

is_exempt_from_login_verification

N/A

job_title

job_title

N/A

phone

phone

N/A

space_amount

space_amounts

N/A

max_upload_size

max_upload_size

N/A

language

language

N/A

status

status

N/A

memberof

memberof

N/A

is_sync_enabled

is_sync_enabled

N/A

is_external_collab_restricted

is_external_collab_restricted

N/A

is_platform_access_only

is_platform_access_only

N/A

role

role

N/A
From IDM users to Box users

Attributes Grid: Where the columns represent the attribute name mapped from source to target and the necessary data transformation to synchronize successfully.

SOURCE

TARGET

TRANSFORMATION SCRIPT

userId

id

N/A

UserName

__NAME__

N/A

enterprise

enterprise

N/A

external_app_user_id

external_app_user_id

N/A

mail

login

N/A

type

type

N/A

address

address

N/A

avatar_url

avatar_url

N/A

can_see_managed_users

can_see_managed_users

N/A

hostname

hostname

N/A

is_exempt_from_device_limits

is_exempt_from_device_limits

N/A

is_exempt_from_login_verification

is_exempt_from_login_verification

N/A

job_title

job_title

N/A

phone

phone

N/A

space_amount

space_amounts

N/A

max_upload_size

max_upload_size

N/A

language

language

N/A

status

status

N/A

memberof

memberof

N/A

is_sync_enabled

is_sync_enabled

N/A

is_external_collab_restricted

is_external_collab_restricted

N/A

is_platform_access_only

is_platform_access_only

N/A

role

role

N/A
From Box groups to IDM groups

Attributes Grid: Where the columns represent the attribute name mapped from source to target and the necessary data transformation to synchronize successfully.

SOURCE TARGET TRANSFORMATION SCRIPT

_id

_id

N/A

__NAME__

groupName

N/A

group_type

group_type

N/A

invitability_level

invitability_level

N/A

permissions

can_invite_as_collaborator

source.can_invite_as_collaborator

external_sync_identifier

external_sync_identifier

N/A

provenance

provenance

N/A

description

description

N/A

member_viewability_level

member_viewability_level

N/A

type

type

N/A
From IDM groups to Box groups

Attributes Grid: Where the columns represent the attribute name mapped from source to target and the necessary data transformation to synchronize successfully.

SOURCE TARGET TRANSFORMATION SCRIPT

groupName

__NAME__

N/A

group_type

group_type

N/A

_id

_id

N/A

invitability_level

invitability_level

N/A

can_invite_as_collaborator

permissions

source.can_invite_as_collaborator

external_sync_identifier

external_sync_identifier

N/A

provenance

provenance

N/A

description

description

N/A

member_viewability_level

member_viewability_level

N/A

type

type

N/A

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the Box.com Connector

The Box.com Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

Box.com Connector Configuration

The Box.com Connector has the following configurable properties:

Basic Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

serviceUri

String

null

Yes

The service endpoint URI.

boxSubjectType

String

null

Yes

Description is not available

login

String

null

Yes

The service login name.

boxSubjectId

String

null

Yes

Description is not available

password

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

The service user password.

rateLimit

String

null

Yes

Description is not available

authenticationMethod

String

OAUTH

Yes

Defines which method is to be used to authenticate on the remote server. Options are BASIC (username/password), OAUTH (Client id/secret) or TOKEN (static token).

tokenEndpoint

String

null

No

When using OAUTH as authentication method, this property defines the endpoint where a new access token should be queried for (https://myserver.com/oauth2/token).

clientId

String

null

Yes

Client Id of the application registered at Box.com.

clientSecret

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Client Secret of the application registered at Box.com.

authToken

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Static authentication token.

acceptSelfSignedCertificates

boolean

false

Yes

To be used for debug/test purposes. To be avoided in production.

disableHostNameVerifier

boolean

false

Yes

To be used for debug/test purposes. To be avoided in production.

disableHttpCompression

boolean

false

Yes

Content compression is enabled by default. Set this property to true to disable it.

clientCertAlias

String

null

Yes

If TLS Mutual Auth is needed, set this to the certificate alias from the keystore.

clientCertPassword

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

If TLS Mutual Auth is needed and the client certificate (private key) password is different from the keystore password, set this to the client private key password.

maximumConnections

Integer

10

Yes

Defines the max size of the HTTP connection pool used.

httpProxyHost

String

null

Yes

Defines the Hostname if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and the service.

httpProxyPort

Integer

null

Yes

Defines the Port if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and the service.

httpProxyUsername

String

null

Yes

Defines Proxy Username if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and the service.

httpProxyPassword

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

Defines Proxy Password if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and the service.

connectionTimeout

int

30

No

Defines a timeout for the underlying HTTP connection in seconds.

refreshToken

GuardedString

null

No

A refresh token retrieved in the final leg of OAuth 2. In most cases these are valid for 60 days, or until used.

grantType

String

null

No

The OAuth2 grant type to use (client_credentials or refresh_token).

scope

String

null

No

The OAuth2 scope to use.

authorizationTokenPrefix

String

Bearer

No

The prefix to be used in the Authorization HTTP header for Token authentication.

useBasicAuthForOauthTokenNeg

boolean

true

Yes

The Authentication method for refresh token (Basic Authentication or Sending the ClientId and Client Secret in the Header).

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Cerner connector

Cerner is a healthcare-related service which provides an integrated healthcare IT solution for large healthcare providers. The Cerner connector lets you manage and synchronize accounts between Cerner and IDM managed user objects. A Cerner system account is required for this connector to work.

Before you start

Before you configure the connector, log in to your Cerner system account and note the following:

Bearer token

The bearer token associated with your system account.

Tenant

Your Cerner tenant ID.

Region

The Cerner Cloud region where the tenant resides.

Install the Cerner connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

Cerner

No

Yes

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/cerner-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the Cerner connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select Cerner Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to Cerner Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

Test the Cerner connector

Test that the configuration is correct by running the following command:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Cerner?_action=test"
{
  "name": "Cerner",
  "enabled": true,
  "config": "config/provisioner.openicf/Cerner",
  "connectorRef": {
    "bundleVersion": "[1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0)",
    "bundleName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.cerner-connector",
    "connectorName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.cerner.CernerConnector"
  },
  "displayName": "Cerner Connector",
  "objectTypes": [
    "__ORGANIZATION__",
    "__ACCOUNT__",
    "__ORGANIZATIONGROUP__",
    "__ALL__",
    "__PERSONNELGROUP__"
  ],
  "ok": true
}

If the command returns "ok": true, your connector was configured correctly, and can authenticate to the Cerner system.

Cerner remote connector

If you want to run this connector outside of PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or IDM, you can configure the Cerner connector as a remote connector. Java Connectors installed remotely on a Java Connector Server function identically to those bundled locally within PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or installed locally on IDM.

You can download the Cerner connector from here.

Refer to Remote connectors for configuring the Cerner remote connector.

Use the Cerner connector

Supported object types
Connector resource Cerner resource type

__ACCOUNT__

Personnel

__ORGANIZATION__

Organization

__PERSONNELGROUP__

Personnel Group

__ORGANIZATIONGROUP__

Organization Group
__ACCOUNT__ attributes
Attribute Notes

__NAME__

The user’s name, in a FAMILY, GIVEN format. Required.

birthDate

Must be in YYYY-MM-DD format.

gender

Accepted values are MALE, FEMALE, OTHER, UNKNOWN.

given

The user’s first name. Required.

family

The user’s last name. Required.

name

given

middle

family

suffix

prefix

addresses

postalCode

country

use

Accepted values are HOME or WORK.

city

state

lines

The street portion of the address.

aliasType

Accepted values are: SPI, TAX, SL, EXTERNAL, UPIN, USER, or UNKNOWN. Required.

aliasValue

aliasSystem

sourceIdentifiers

id

dataPartitionId

qualifications

issuer

code

Qualification code such as MD or PhD.

Accepted values are: AA, AAS, ABA, AE, AS, BA, BBA, BE, BFA, BN, BS, BSL, BSN, BT, CANP, CER, CMA, CNM, CNP, CNS, CPNP, CRN, CTR, DBA, DED, DIP, DO, EMT, EMTP, FPNP, HS, JD, MA, MBA, MCE, MD, MDA, MDI, ME, MED, MEE, MFA, MME, MS, MSL, MSN, MT, MTH, NG, NP, PA, PHD, PHE, PNS, PN, PharmD, RMA, RN, RPH, SEC, or TS.

start

The first date and time that the qualification is valid, in a YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ date format.

end

The date and time that the qualification expires, in a YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ date format.

telecoms

system

Accepted values are PHONE, EMAIL, or OTHER.

value

languages

For a list of valid language tags, refer to the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) language subtag registry.
__ORGANIZATION__ attributes
Attribute Notes

__NAME__

The name of the organization. This corresponds to aliasValue, aliasSystem, comma separated. Required.

name

The name of the organization. Required.

aliasType

Alias types related to the organization. DEA, TAX, SOI, and NPI are supported for queries. Organizations with NPI and DEA cannot be created or updated.

telecoms

system

Accepted values are PHONE, EMAIL, or OTHER.

value

addresses

postalCode

country

text

Formatted display text of the address.

city

state

lines

The street portion of the address.

aliases

type

Types of alias for the organization.

system

value

languages

For a list of valid language tags, refer to the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) language subtag registry.

coverageAreaPostalCodes

The postal codes indicating the area of coverage provided by the organization.

sourceIdentifiers

id

dataPartitionId
__PERSONNELGROUP__ attributes
Attribute Notes

__NAME__

A comma-separated name for the personnel group.

mnemonic

The mnemonic determines the function of the personnel group.

mnemonicType

The type of the personnel group mnemonic. Usually either SINGLETON or MULTIVALUED.

name

The name of the personnel group.

aliases

type

system

value

aliasType

The type of alias. Requires aliasValue and aliasSystem.

aliasSystem

The source of the alias value. Requires aliasType and aliasValue.

aliasValue

The unique identifier of alias. Requires aliasType and aliasSystem.
__ORGANIZATIONGROUP__ attributes
Attribute Notes

__NAME__

A comma-separated name for the organization group.

organizationId

A list of organization IDs that are members of the organization group.

name

The name of the organization group.

aliases

type

system

value

aliasType

The type of alias. Requires aliasValue and aliasSystem.

aliasSystem

The source of the alias value. Requires aliasType and aliasValue.

aliasValue

The unique identifier of alias. Requires aliasType and aliasSystem.

You can use the Cerner connector to perform the following actions on a Cerner account:

Create a Cerner user

The following example creates a user with the minimum required attributes:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "given": "Barbara",
  "family": "Jensen",
  "aliasType": "USER",
  "__NAME__": "Jensen, Barbara"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Cerner/__ACCOUNT__?_action=create"
{
  "_id": "5170a9cd-e501-4cbf-a1bf-9e6d293362c6",
  "updatedAt": "2022-04-29T22:54:08Z",
  "given": "Barbara",
  "name": {
    "given": "Barbara",
    "family": "Jensen",
    "formatted": "Barbara Jensen"
  },
  "id": "5170a9cd-e501-4cbf-a1bf-9e6d293362c6",
  "languages": [],
  "formattedName": "Barbara Jensen",
  "aliases": {
    "type": "USER",
    "value": "Jensen",
    "system": "Barbara"
  },
  "aliasValue": "Jensen",
  "__NAME__": "Jensen,Barbara",
  "createdAt": "2022-04-29T22:54:08Z",
  "aliasType": "USER",
  "family": "Jensen",
  "isManual": true,
  "aliasSystem": "Barbara"
}

When you create a new user, you must specify at least __NAME__, aliasType, given, and family. Refer to the list of account attributes for more information.
Update a Cerner user

You can modify an existing user with a PUT request, including all attributes of the account in the request:

For example, to add the user’s middle name:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "given": "Barbara",
  "family": "Jensen",
  "aliasType": "USER",
  "__NAME__": "Jensen, Barbara",
  "name": {
    "middle": "Simone"
  }
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Cerner/__ACCOUNT__/5170a9cd-e501-4cbf-a1bf-9e6d293362c6"
{
  "_id": "5170a9cd-e501-4cbf-a1bf-9e6d293362c6",
  "updatedAt": "2022-04-29T23:03:57Z",
  "given": "Barbara",
  "name": {
    "given": "Barbara",
    "middle": "Simone",
    "family": "Jensen",
    "formatted": "Barbara Simone Jensen"
  },
  "id": "5170a9cd-e501-4cbf-a1bf-9e6d293362c6",
  "languages": [],
  "formattedName": "Barbara Simone Jensen",
  "aliases": {
    "type": "USER",
    "value": "Jensen",
    "system": "Barbara"
  },
  "aliasValue": "Jensen",
  "__NAME__": "Jensen,Barbara",
  "createdAt": "2022-04-29T22:54:08Z",
  "aliasType": "USER",
  "family": "Jensen",
  "isManual": true,
  "aliasSystem": "Barbara"
}
Query Cerner users

The following example queries all Cerner users:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Cerner/__ACCOUNT__?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "7d9538c8-1c2a-4894-a403-129b35308f39"
    },
    {
      "_id": "8f1c2671-9ebb-4105-9537-a3a0fc24afce"
    },
    {
      "_id": "ac944860-705f-4487-99bf-6959c5e6157c"
    },
    {
      "_id": "d308e459-51fa-469a-a07e-72f96906a4b4"
    },
    {
      "_id": "ff9d6902-20be-4c6e-821a-5a0f3ccaebc8"
    },
    {
      "_id": "bf2b9346-715e-4f59-9dc5-2bc89b8216cd"
    },
    {
      "_id": "055def33-a845-4100-bcd1-2b59a3526ec5"
    },
    {
      "_id": "167609b8-dfd0-4302-9022-4a3e8809b166"
    },
    [ ... ]
    {
      "_id": "9f4ea23d-bacc-46ee-b8c9-75916a5f5128"
    },
    {
      "_id": "a4d6be21-a5ce-4a56-91af-94c627701d4f"
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 1020,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}

Querying all ids can take a significant amount of time to return when the data set is large. Consider using paginated results instead, for example:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Cerner/__ACCOUNT__?_queryFilter=true&_fields=_id&_pageSize=2&_pagedResultsOffset=50"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "878c87d4-8322-4908-a858-555a1cb45e36"
    },
    {
      "_id": "9ecaa98b-58df-4dd1-bc99-34341411b151"
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 2,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}

The following command queries a specific user by their ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Cerner/__ACCOUNT__/5170a9cd-e501-4cbf-a1bf-9e6d293362c6"
{
  "_id": "5170a9cd-e501-4cbf-a1bf-9e6d293362c6",
  "updatedAt": "2022-04-29T23:03:57Z",
  "given": "Barbara",
  "name": {
    "given": "Barbara",
    "middle": "Simone",
    "family": "Jensen",
    "formatted": "Barbara Simone Jensen"
  },
  "id": "5170a9cd-e501-4cbf-a1bf-9e6d293362c6",
  "languages": [],
  "formattedName": "Barbara Simone Jensen",
  "aliases": {
    "type": "USER",
    "value": "Jensen",
    "system": "Barbara"
  },
  "aliasValue": "Jensen",
  "__NAME__": "Jensen,Barbara",
  "createdAt": "2022-04-29T22:54:08Z",
  "aliasType": "USER",
  "family": "Jensen",
  "isManual": true,
  "aliasSystem": "Barbara"
}
Delete a Cerner user account

You can use the Cerner connector to delete an account from the Cerner repository.

The following example deletes a Cerner account:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request DELETE \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Cerner/__ACCOUNT__/5170a9cd-e501-4cbf-a1bf-9e6d293362c6"
{
  "_id": "5170a9cd-e501-4cbf-a1bf-9e6d293362c6",
  "updatedAt": "2022-04-29T23:03:57Z",
  "given": "Barbara",
  "name": {
    "given": "Barbara",
    "middle": "Simone",
    "family": "Jensen",
    "formatted": "Barbara Simone Jensen"
  },
  "id": "5170a9cd-e501-4cbf-a1bf-9e6d293362c6",
  "languages": [],
  "formattedName": "Barbara Simone Jensen",
  "aliases": {
    "type": "USER",
    "value": "Jensen",
    "system": "Barbara"
  },
  "aliasValue": "Jensen",
  "__NAME__": "Jensen,Barbara",
  "createdAt": "2022-04-29T22:54:08Z",
  "aliasType": "USER",
  "family": "Jensen",
  "isManual": true,
  "aliasSystem": "Barbara"
}

All supported resources can be queried. You can update user accounts, organizations, organization groups, and personnel groups, but only user accounts can be created or deleted. Available additional operations include:

Assign personnel groups to a user 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "given": "Barbara",
  "family": "Jensen",
  "aliasType": "USER",
  "__NAME__": "Jensen, Barbara",
  "name": {
    "middle": "Simone"
  },
  "personnelGroupId": [
  	"8636d4c3-de7c-4f8a-828b-b709d6bfd636"
  ]
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Cerner/__ACCOUNT__/5170a9cd-e501-4cbf-a1bf-9e6d293362c6"
{
  "_id": "5170a9cd-e501-4cbf-a1bf-9e6d293362c6",
  "formattedName": "Barbara Simone Jensen",
  "__NAME__": "Jensen,Barbara",
  "aliasValue": "Jensen",
  "family": "Jensen",
  "updatedAt": "2022-10-25T23:50:31Z",
  "aliasType": "USER",
  "given": "Barbara",
  "organizationId": [],
  "aliasSystem": "Barbara",
  "name": {
    "given": "Barbara",
    "middle": "Simone",
    "family": "Jensen",
    "formatted": "Barbara Simone Jensen"
  },
  "languages": [],
  "id": "5170a9cd-e501-4cbf-a1bf-9e6d293362c6",
  "isManual": true,
  "personnelGroupId": [
    "8636d4c3-de7c-4f8a-828b-b709d6bfd636"
  ],
  "aliases": {
    "type": "USER",
    "value": "Jensen",
    "system": "Barbara"
  },
  "createdAt": "2022-04-29T22:54:08Z"
}
Remove a user from a personnel group 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "given": "Barbara",
  "family": "Jensen",
  "aliasType": "USER",
  "__NAME__": "Jensen, Barbara",
  "name": {
    "middle": "Simone"
  },
  "personnelGroupId": []
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Cerner/__ACCOUNT__/5170a9cd-e501-4cbf-a1bf-9e6d293362c6"
{
  "_id": "5170a9cd-e501-4cbf-a1bf-9e6d293362c6",
  "formattedName": "Barbara Simone Jensen",
  "__NAME__": "Jensen,Barbara",
  "aliasValue": "Jensen",
  "family": "Jensen",
  "updatedAt": "2022-10-26T00:03:40Z",
  "aliasType": "USER",
  "given": "Barbara",
  "organizationId": [],
  "aliasSystem": "Barbara",
  "name": {
    "given": "Barbara",
    "middle": "Simone",
    "family": "Jensen",
    "formatted": "Barbara Simone Jensen"
  },
  "languages": [],
  "id": "5170a9cd-e501-4cbf-a1bf-9e6d293362c6",
  "isManual": true,
  "personnelGroupId": [],
  "aliases": {
    "type": "USER",
    "value": "Jensen",
    "system": "Barbara"
  },
  "createdAt": "2022-04-29T22:54:08Z"
}
Assign an organization member 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "given": "Barbara",
  "family": "Jensen",
  "aliasType": "USER",
  "__NAME__": "Jensen, Barbara",
  "name": {
    "middle": "Simone"
  },
  "organizationId": [
    "c66f037b-50f5-4703-b51f-838f42a49e84"
  ]
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Cerner/__ACCOUNT__/5170a9cd-e501-4cbf-a1bf-9e6d293362c6"
{
  "_id": "5170a9cd-e501-4cbf-a1bf-9e6d293362c6",
  "formattedName": "Barbara Simone Jensen",
  "__NAME__": "Jensen,Barbara",
  "aliasValue": "Jensen",
  "family": "Jensen",
  "updatedAt": "2022-10-26T00:03:40Z",
  "aliasType": "USER",
  "given": "Barbara",
  "organizationId": [
    "c66f037b-50f5-4703-b51f-838f42a49e84"
  ],
  "aliasSystem": "Barbara",
  "name": {
    "given": "Barbara",
    "middle": "Simone",
    "family": "Jensen",
    "formatted": "Barbara Simone Jensen"
  },
  "languages": [],
  "id": "5170a9cd-e501-4cbf-a1bf-9e6d293362c6",
  "isManual": true,
  "personnelGroupId": [],
  "aliases": {
    "type": "USER",
    "value": "Jensen",
    "system": "Barbara"
  },
  "createdAt": "2022-04-29T22:54:08Z"
}
Remove an organization member 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "given": "Barbara",
  "family": "Jensen",
  "aliasType": "USER",
  "__NAME__": "Jensen, Barbara",
  "name": {
    "middle": "Simone"
  },
  "organizationId": []
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Cerner/__ACCOUNT__/5170a9cd-e501-4cbf-a1bf-9e6d293362c6"
{
  "_id": "5170a9cd-e501-4cbf-a1bf-9e6d293362c6",
  "formattedName": "Barbara Simone Jensen",
  "__NAME__": "Jensen,Barbara",
  "aliasValue": "Jensen",
  "family": "Jensen",
  "updatedAt": "2022-10-26T00:03:40Z",
  "aliasType": "USER",
  "given": "Barbara",
  "organizationId": [],
  "aliasSystem": "Barbara",
  "name": {
    "given": "Barbara",
    "middle": "Simone",
    "family": "Jensen",
    "formatted": "Barbara Simone Jensen"
  },
  "languages": [],
  "id": "5170a9cd-e501-4cbf-a1bf-9e6d293362c6",
  "isManual": true,
  "personnelGroupId": [],
  "aliases": {
    "type": "USER",
    "value": "Jensen",
    "system": "Barbara"
  },
  "createdAt": "2022-04-29T22:54:08Z"
}
Assign an organization to an organization group 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "organizationId": [
    "f90a6224-1880-4935-a838-e19d3079a23c",
    "19b5157e-6fbe-4716-860b-28d6df90f331",
    "c66f037b-50f5-4703-b51f-838f42a49e84"
  ]
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Cerner/__ORGANIZATIONGROUP__/67203020-aae7-4f44-865f-c8591d618ffc"
{
  "_id": "67203020-aae7-4f44-865f-c8591d618ffc",
  "organizationId": [
    "c66f037b-50f5-4703-b51f-838f42a49e84",
    "f90a6224-1880-4935-a838-e19d3079a23c",
    "19b5157e-6fbe-4716-860b-28d6df90f331"
  ],
  "updatedAt": "2022-05-06T12:56:02Z",
  "aliases": {
    "type": "SOGI",
    "value": "0001ORGVALUE",
    "system": "0001System"
  },
  "id": "67203020-aae7-4f44-865f-c8591d618ffc",
  "aliasType": "SOGI",
  "aliasValue": "0001ORGVALUE",
  "aliasSystem": "0001System",
  "name": "ABC SK ORG GROUP",
  "createdAt": "2022-05-06T12:56:02Z",
  "__NAME__": "0001ORGVALUE,0001System"
}
Remove an organization from an organization group 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "organizationId": [
    "f90a6224-1880-4935-a838-e19d3079a23c",
    "19b5157e-6fbe-4716-860b-28d6df90f331"
  ]
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Cerner/__ORGANIZATIONGROUP__/67203020-aae7-4f44-865f-c8591d618ffc"
{
  "_id": "67203020-aae7-4f44-865f-c8591d618ffc",
  "organizationId": [
    "f90a6224-1880-4935-a838-e19d3079a23c",
    "19b5157e-6fbe-4716-860b-28d6df90f331"
  ],
  "updatedAt": "2022-05-06T12:56:02Z",
  "aliases": {
    "type": "SOGI",
    "value": "0001ORGVALUE",
    "system": "0001System"
  },
  "id": "67203020-aae7-4f44-865f-c8591d618ffc",
  "aliasType": "SOGI",
  "aliasValue": "0001ORGVALUE",
  "aliasSystem": "0001System",
  "name": "ABC SK ORG GROUP",
  "createdAt": "2022-05-06T12:56:02Z",
  "__NAME__": "0001ORGVALUE,0001System"
}

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the Cerner Connector

The Cerner Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

Cerner Connector Configuration

The Cerner Connector has the following configurable properties:

Configuration properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

bearerToken

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

Provides the bearer token to authorize Cerner.

tenant

String

playground

No

Provides the tenant to authorize Cerner.

region

String

us-1

No

Provides the region to authorize Cerner.

maximumConnections

Integer

10

No

Provides the maximum connections.

connectionTimeout

Integer

300

No

Provides the maximum connection timeout in seconds.

httpProxyHost

String

null

Yes

Provides the Proxy Host.

httpProxyPort

Integer

null

Yes

Provides the Proxy Port.

httpProxyUsername

String

null

Yes

Provides the Proxy Username.

httpProxyPassword

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

Provides the Proxy Password.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

CSV file connector

The CSV file connector is useful when importing users, either for initial provisioning or for ongoing updates. When used continuously in production, a CSV file serves as a change log, often containing only user records that have changed.

This connector does not verify CSV data before attempting a synchronization. You must ensure that your CSV file is complete and properly formed before using the connector.

Do not remove or replace CSV files that are the source or target of an active scheduled reconciliation or synchronization operation.

Install the CSV file connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

CSV file

Yes

Yes

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/csvfile-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the CSV file connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select CSV file Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to CSV file Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

Alternatively, use the sample CSV file connector configuration in openidm/samples/example-configurations/provisioners/provisioner.openicf-csvfile.json as a basis for your configuration.

The following example shows an excerpt of the connector configuration. The connectorHostRef property is optional and must be provided only if the connector runs remotely.

{
    "connectorRef": {
        "connectorHostRef": "#LOCAL",
        "connectorName": "org.forgerock.openicf.csvfile.CSVFileConnector",
        "bundleName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.csvfile-connector",
        "bundleVersion": "[1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0)"
    }
}

The only required configuration property is the path to the csvFile:

"configurationProperties" : {
    "csvFile" : "&{idm.instance.dir}/data/csvConnectorData.csv"
}

For a list of all configuration properties for this connector, refer to Configuration Properties.

If you change the structure of the CSV file resource, by adding or removing columns, you must update the corresponding object properties in the connector configuration accordingly.

CSV file remote connector

If you want to run this connector outside of PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or IDM, you can configure the CSV file connector as a remote connector. Java Connectors installed remotely on a Java Connector Server function identically to those bundled locally within PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or installed locally on IDM.

You can download the CSV file connector from here.

Refer to Remote connectors for configuring the CSV file remote connector.

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the CSV File Connector

The CSV File Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Authenticate

Provides simple authentication with two parameters, presumed to be a user name and password.

Batch

Execute a series of operations in a single request.

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Resolve Username

Resolves an object by its username and returns the uid of the object.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Sync

Polls the target resource for synchronization events, that is, native changes to objects on the target resource.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

CSV File Connector Configuration

The CSV File Connector has the following configurable properties:

Configuration properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

headerPassword

String

password

No

The CSV header that maps to the password for each row. Use this property when password-based authentication is required.

spaceReplacementString

String

_

No

The character(s) used to replace spaces within column names.

csvFile

File

null

Yes

The full path to the CSV file that is the data source for this connector.

newlineString

String

\n

No

The character string in the CSV file that is used to terminate each line.

headerUid

String

uid

No

The CSV header that maps to the uid (or name) for each row.

quoteCharacter

String

"

No

The character in the CSV file that is used to encapsulate strings.

escapeCharacter

String

\

No

The character in the CSV file that is used to escape characters.

fieldDelimiter

String

,

No

The character in the CSV file that is used to separate field values.

syncFileRetentionCount

int

3

No

The number of historical copies of the CSV file to retain when performing synchronization operations.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Database Table connector

The Database Table connector lets you provision to a single table in a JDBC database.

Install the Database Table connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

Database table

Yes

Yes

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/databasetable-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the Database Table connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select Database Table Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to Database Table Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

Alternatively, use the sample connector configuration for the Database Table connector in samples/example-configurations/provisioners/provisioner.openicf-contractordb.json. The corresponding data definition language file is provided in samples/example-configurations/provisioners/provisioner.openicf-contractordb.sql.

The following excerpt shows a sample Database Table connector configuration:

"configurationProperties" : {
    "url" : "jdbc:mysql://localhost:3306/contractordb?serverTimezone=UTC",
    "driverClassName" : "com.mysql.cj.jdbc.Driver",
    "username" : "root",
    "password" : "password",
    "table" : "people",
    "keyColumn" : "EMAIL",
    "passwordColumn" : "",
    "changeLogColumn" : "CHANGE_TIMESTAMP",
    "disablePaging" : false,
    "enableEmptyString" : false,
    "quoting" : "",
    "rethrowAllSQLExceptions" : true,
    "nativeTimestamps" : false,
    "allNative" : false,
    "suppressPassword" : true,
    "validationQueryTimeout" : -1,
    "validationQuery" : "SELECT 1 FROM DUAL",
    "validationInterval" : 3000,
    "initialSize" : 10,
    "maxIdle" : 100,
    "minIdle" : 10,
    "maxWait" : 30000,
    "maxActive" : 100,
    "maxAge" : 0,
    "minEvictableIdleTimeMillis" : 60000,
    "timeBetweenEvictionRunsMillis" : 5000,
    "testWhileIdle" : false,
    "testOnBorrow" : true
}

The mandatory configurable properties are as follows:

url

The JDBC database address that contains the table to which you are provisioning. The format of the url will change depending on the type of database, such as jdbc:mysql://localhost:3306/contractordb?serverTimezone=UTC, or jdbc:oracle:thin:@//localhost:3306/contractordb. Note that the address includes the name of the database you are connecting to.

driverClassName

The class name of the driver you are using to connect to a database. The name varies depending on the type of database you are using, such as oracle.jdbc.OracleDriver, or com.mysql.cj.jdbc.Driver.

table

The name of the table in the JDBC database that contains the user accounts.

keyColumn

The column value that is used as the unique identifier for rows in the table.

If you want to map NAME or UID to an attribute in IDM, change the keyColumn to a column in the SQL schema that does not match any of the target properties in your mapping; otherwise, a conflict occurs and IDM does not create the account. Previously, this column was UNIQUE_ID.

Unless the database is configured to not need authentication, username and password are also required.

Tomcat JDBC connection pool

The Database Table connector uses the Apache Tomcat JDBC Connection Pool. Additional configurable properties and information are available in the Apache Tomcat documentation.

Database Table remote connector

If you want to run this connector outside of PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or IDM, you can configure the Database Table connector as a remote connector. Java Connectors installed remotely on a Java Connector Server function identically to those bundled locally within PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or installed locally on IDM.

You can download the Database Table connector from here.

Refer to Remote connectors for configuring the Database Table remote connector.

Implementation specifics

  • To use this connector for liveSync, add a changelog type column to the database and provide the name of this column in the changeLogColumn property. Note that the Database Table connector supports liveSync for create and update operations only. To detect deletes in the database you must run a full reconciliation.

  • For PATCH requests, a connector can potentially add, remove, or replace an attribute value. The Database Table connector does not implement the add or remove operations, so a PATCH request always replaces the entire attribute value with the new value.

  • The Database Table connector supports paged reconciliation queries only for the following databases:

    • MySQL

    • PostgreSQL

    • Oracle Database 11gR2 and later versions

    • Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and later versions

      Paging is enabled by default. If you are connecting to a database for which paging is not supported, you must disable it by setting "disablePaging" : true in the connector configuration.

    For more information about configuring paged reconciliation queries, refer to Paging Reconciliation Query Results.

  • If your database does not support precise (nanosecond) timestamps, you can use the inclusiveSync configuration property to ensure that modified entries are not missed in liveSync operations. If inclusiveSync is set to true, the connector synchronizes all entries whose change timestamp is greater than or equal to the syncToken. Be aware that if you set this property to true, the activity log creates a new entry every time liveSync occurs, even if entries are changed. This can lead to rapid growth of the activity audit log.

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the Database Table Connector

The Database Table Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Authenticate

Provides simple authentication with two parameters, presumed to be a user name and password.

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Resolve Username

Resolves an object by its username and returns the uid of the object.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Sync

Polls the target resource for synchronization events, that is, native changes to objects on the target resource.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

Database Table Connector Configuration

The Database Table Connector has the following configurable properties:

Configuration properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

connectionProperties

String

null

No

The connection properties that will be sent to our JDBC driver when establishing new connections. Format of the string must be [propertyName=property;]* NOTE - The "user" and "password" properties will be passed explicitly, so they do not need to be included here. The default value is null.

propagateInterruptState

boolean

false

No

Set this to true to propagate the interrupt state for a thread that has been interrupted (not clearing the interrupt state). Default value is false for backwards compatibility.

useDisposableConnectionFacade

boolean

true

No

Set this to true if you wish to put a facade on your connection so that it cannot be reused after it has been closed. This prevents a thread holding on to a reference of a connection it has already called closed on, to execute queries on it.

defaultCatalog

String

null

No

The default catalog of connections created by this pool.

validationInterval

long

3000

No

To avoid excess validation, run validation at most at this frequency (in milliseconds). If a connection is due for validation, but was validated within this interval, it will not be validated again. The default value is 3000 (3 seconds).

ignoreExceptionOnPreLoad

boolean

false

No

Flag whether ignore error of connection creation while initializing the pool. Set to true if you want to ignore error of connection creation while initializing the pool. Set to false if you want to fail the initialization of the pool by throwing exception.

jmxEnabled

boolean

true

No

Register the pool with JMX or not. The default value is true.

commitOnReturn

boolean

false

No

If autoCommit==false then the pool can complete the transaction by calling commit on the connection as it is returned to the pool If rollbackOnReturn==true then this attribute is ignored. Default value is false.

logAbandoned

boolean

false

No

Flag to log stack traces for application code which abandoned a Connection. Logging of abandoned Connections adds overhead for every Connection borrow because a stack trace has to be generated. The default value is false.

maxIdle

int

100

No

The maximum number of connections that should be kept in the pool at all times. Idle connections are checked periodically (if enabled) and connections that have been idle for longer than minEvictableIdleTimeMillis are released. The default value is derived from maxActive:100. (Also see testWhileIdle).

testWhileIdle

boolean

false

No

The indication of whether objects will be validated by the idle object evictor (if any). If an object fails to validate, it will be dropped from the pool. NOTE - for a true value to have any effect, the validationQuery parameter must be set to a non-null string. The default value is false and this property has to be set in order for the pool cleaner/test thread is to run (also see timeBetweenEvictionRunsMillis).

removeAbandoned

boolean

false

No

Flag to remove abandoned connections if they exceed the removeAbandonedTimeout. If set to true a connection is considered abandoned and eligible for removal if it has been in use longer than the removeAbandonedTimeout Setting this to true can recover db connections from applications that fail to close a connection. See also logAbandoned The default value is false.

abandonWhenPercentageFull

int

0

No

Connections that have been abandoned (timed out) wont get closed and reported up unless the number of connections in use are above the percentage defined by abandonWhenPercentageFull. The value should be between 0-100. The default value is 0, which implies that connections are eligible for closure as soon as removeAbandonedTimeout has been reached.

minIdle

int

10

No

The minimum number of established connections that should be kept in the pool at all times. The connection pool can shrink below this number if validation queries fail. The default value is derived from initialSize:10. (Also see testWhileIdle).

defaultReadOnly

Boolean

null

No

The default read-only state of connections created by this pool. If not set then the setReadOnly method will not be called. (Some drivers dont support read only mode, ex: Informix)

maxWait

int

30000

No

The maximum number of milliseconds that the pool will wait (when there are no available connections) for a connection to be returned before throwing an exception. Default value is 30000 (30 seconds).

logValidationErrors

boolean

false

No

Set this to true to log errors during the validation phase to the log file. If set to true, errors will be logged as SEVERE. Default value is false for backwards compatibility.

driverClassName

String

null

No

The fully qualified Java class name of the JDBC driver to be used. The driver has to be accessible from the same classloader as tomcat-jdbc.jar.

name

String

Tomcat Connection Pool[1-351632824]

No

Returns the name of the connection pool. By default a JVM unique random name is assigned.

useStatementFacade

boolean

true

No

Returns true if this connection pool is configured to wrap statements in order to enable equals() and hashCode() methods to be called on the closed statements if any statement proxy is set.

initSQL

String

null

No

A custom query to be run when a connection is first created. The default value is null.

validationQueryTimeout

int

-1

No

The timeout in seconds before a connection validation queries fail. This works by calling java.test_sample.Statement.setQueryTimeout(seconds) on the statement that executes the validationQuery. The pool itself doesnt timeout the query, it is still up to the JDBC driver to enforce query timeouts. A value less than or equal to zero will disable this feature. The default value is -1.

validationQuery

String

null

No

The SQL query that will be used to validate connections from this pool before returning them to the caller. If specified, this query does not have to return any data, it just cant throw a SQLException. The default value is null. Example values are SELECT 1(mysql), select 1 from dual(oracle), SELECT 1(MS Sql Server).

rollbackOnReturn

boolean

false

No

If autoCommit==false then the pool can terminate the transaction by calling rollback on the connection as it is returned to the pool Default value is false.

alternateUsernameAllowed

boolean

false

No

By default, the jdbc-pool will ignore the DataSource.getConnection(username,password) call, and simply return a previously pooled connection under the globally configured properties username and password, for performance reasons. The pool can however be configured to allow use of different credentials each time a connection is requested. To enable the functionality described in the DataSource.getConnection(username,password) call, simply set the property alternateUsernameAllowed to true. Should you request a connection with the credentials user1/password1 and the connection was previously connected using different user2/password2, the connection will be closed, and reopened with the requested credentials. This way, the pool size is still managed on a global level, and not on a per schema level.

validatorClassName

String

null

No

The name of a class which implements the org.apache.tomcat.jdbc.pool.Validator interface and provides a no-arg constructor (may be implicit). If specified, the class will be used to create a Validator instance which is then used instead of any validation query to validate connections. The default value is null. An example value is com.mycompany.project.SimpleValidator.

suspectTimeout

int

0

No

Timeout value in seconds. Similar to to the removeAbandonedTimeout value but instead of treating the connection as abandoned, and potentially closing the connection, this simply logs the warning if logAbandoned is set to true. If this value is equal or less than 0, no suspect checking will be performed. Suspect checking only takes place if the timeout value is larger than 0 and the connection was not abandoned or if abandon check is disabled. If a connection is suspect a WARN message gets logged and a JMX notification gets sent once.

useEquals

boolean

true

No

Set to true if you wish the ProxyConnection class to use String.equals and set to false when you wish to use == when comparing method names. This property does not apply to added interceptors as those are configured individually. The default value is true.

removeAbandonedTimeout

int

60

No

Timeout in seconds before an abandoned(in use) connection can be removed. The default value is 60 (60 seconds). The value should be set to the longest running query your applications might have.

defaultAutoCommit

Boolean

null

No

The default auto-commit state of connections created by this pool. If not set, default is JDBC driver default (If not set then the setAutoCommit method will not be called).

testOnConnect

boolean

false

No

Returns true if we should run the validation query when connecting to the database for the first time on a connection. Normally this is always set to false, unless one wants to use the validationQuery as an init query.

jdbcInterceptors

String

null

No

A semicolon separated list of classnames extending org.apache.tomcat.jdbc.pool.JdbcInterceptor class. See Configuring JDBC interceptors below for more detailed description of syntaz and examples. These interceptors will be inserted as an interceptor into the chain of operations on a java.test_sample.Connection object. The default value is null.

initialSize

int

10

No

The initial number of connections that are created when the pool is started. Default value is 10.

defaultTransactionIsolation

int

-1

No

The default TransactionIsolation state of connections created by this pool. One of the following: NONE, READ_COMMITTED, READ_UNCOMMITTED, REPEATABLE_READ, SERIALIZABLE If not set, the method will not be called and it defaults to the JDBC driver.

numTestsPerEvictionRun

int

0

No

Property not used in tomcat-jdbc-pool.

url

String

null

No

The URL used to connect to the database.

testOnBorrow

boolean

false

No

The indication of whether objects will be validated before being borrowed from the pool. If the object fails to validate, it will be dropped from the pool, and we will attempt to borrow another. NOTE - for a true value to have any effect, the validationQuery parameter must be set to a non-null string. In order to have a more efficient validation, see validationInterval. Default value is false.

fairQueue

boolean

true

No

Set to true if you wish that calls to getConnection should be treated fairly in a true FIFO fashion. This uses the org.apache.tomcat.jdbc.pool.FairBlockingQueue implementation for the list of the idle connections. The default value is true. This flag is required when you want to use asynchronous connection retrieval. Setting this flag ensures that threads receive connections in the order they arrive. During performance tests, there is a very large difference in how locks and lock waiting is implemented. When fairQueue=true there is a decision making process based on what operating system the system is running. If the system is running on Linux (property os.name=Linux. To disable this Linux specific behavior and still use the fair queue, simply add the property org.apache.tomcat.jdbc.pool.FairBlockingQueue.ignoreOS=true to your system properties before the connection pool classes are loaded.

accessToUnderlyingConnectionAllowed

boolean

true

No

Property not used. Access can be achieved by calling unwrap on the pooled connection. see javax.test_sample.DataSource interface, or call getConnection through reflection or cast the object as javax.test_sample.PooledConnection

maxAge

long

0

No

Time in milliseconds to keep this connection. When a connection is returned to the pool, the pool will check to see if the now - time-when-connected > maxAge has been reached, and if so, it closes the connection rather than returning it to the pool. The default value is 0, which implies that connections will be left open and no age check will be done upon returning the connection to the pool.

minEvictableIdleTimeMillis

int

60000

No

The minimum amount of time an object may sit idle in the pool before it is eligible for eviction. The default value is 60000 (60 seconds).

timeBetweenEvictionRunsMillis

int

5000

No

The number of milliseconds to sleep between runs of the idle connection validation/cleaner thread. This value should not be set under 1 second. It dictates how often we check for idle, abandoned connections, and how often we validate idle connections. The default value is 5000 (5 seconds).

testOnReturn

boolean

false

No

The indication of whether objects will be validated before being returned to the pool. NOTE - for a true value to have any effect, the validationQuery parameter must be set to a non-null string. The default value is false.

useLock

boolean

false

No

Return true if a lock should be used when operations are performed on the connection object. Should be set to false unless you plan to have a background thread of your own doing idle and abandon checking such as JMX clients. If the pool sweeper is enabled, then the lock will automatically be used regardless of this setting.

maxActive

int

100

No

The maximum number of active connections that can be allocated from this pool at the same time. The default value is 100.

username

String

null

No

The connection username to be passed to our JDBC driver to establish a connection. Note that method DataSource.getConnection(username,password) by default will not use credentials passed into the method, but will use the ones configured here. See alternateUsernameAllowed property for more details.

table

String

TABLE_NAME

Yes

Enter the name of the table in the database that contains the accounts.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Basic Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

password

String

null

Yes

Yes

The connection password to be passed to the JDBC driver to establish a connection. Note that method DataSource.getConnection(username,password) by default will not use credentials passed into the method, but will use the ones configured here. See alternateUsernameAllowed property for more details.

quoting

String

NONE

No

Select whether database column names for this resource should be quoted, and the quoting characters. By default, database column names are not quoted (None). For other selections (Single, Double, Back, or Brackets), column names will appear between single quotes, double quotes, back quotes, or brackets in the SQL generated to access the database.

keyColumn

String

KEY_COLUMN

Yes

This mandatory column value will be used as the unique identifier for rows in the table.

passwordColumn

String

null

No

Enter the name of the column in the table that will hold the password values. If empty, no validation is done on resources and passwords.

disablePaging

boolean

false

Yes

If true, optional paging in a query will be ignored by the connector. Defaults to false.

enableEmptyString

boolean

false

No

Select to enable support for writing an empty string, instead of a NULL value, in character based columns defined as not-null in the table schema. This option does not influence the way strings are written for Oracle based tables. By default empty strings are written as a NULL value.

rethrowAllSQLExceptions

boolean

true

No

If this is not checked, SQL statements which throw SQLExceptions with a 0 ErrorCode will be have the exception caught and suppressed. Check it to have exceptions with 0 ErrorCodes rethrown.

nativeTimestamps

boolean

false

No

Select to retrieve Timestamp data type of the columns in java.sql.Timestamp format from the database table.

allNative

boolean

false

No

Select to retrieve all data types of columns in native format from the database table.

changeLogColumn

String

null

The change log column stores the latest change time. Providing this value the Sync capabilities are activated.

suppressPassword

boolean

true

No

If set to true then the password will not be returned. Never. Even though it is explicitly requested. If set to false then the password will be returned if it is explicitly requested.

inclusiveSync

boolean

false

No

If true, the SyncOp will query for ChangeLogColumn >= syncToken. One record will always be returned from the database in this case and be handled by the connector. If set to false, the SyncOp will query for ChangeLogColumn > syncToken. Defaults to false.

returnGeneratedKeys

boolean

true

No

If set to true then the JDBC Statement.RETURN_GENERATED_KEYS is used for prepared statement. It may need to be set to false with Oracle JDBC driver for create() operation. Defaults to tue.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

DocuSign connector

This is a SaaS common connector.

The DocuSign connector lets you manage DocuSign service accounts and synchronize accounts between DocuSign and the IDM managed user repository.

This chapter describes how to install and configure the DocuSign connector, and how to perform basic tests to ensure that it’s running correctly.

Only applicable to connector version 1.5.20.21 and lower.

For a complete example that includes the configuration required to synchronize users with this connector, refer to Synchronize data between IDM and DocuSign.

Before you start

The instructions in this guide assume that you have a DocuSign administrator account, and that you have added an Integrator Key, as described in the DocuSign Documentation. Before you configure the connector, log in to your administrator account and note the following information:

  • Secret Key

  • API Account ID

  • Integration Key

  • Account Base URI

  • Hourly Limit

  • Burst Limit

Install the DocuSign connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

DocuSign

No

No

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/docusign-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the DocuSign connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select DocuSign Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to DocuSign Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

Alternatively, configure the connector with a configuration file. IDM provides a sample connector configuration file in the /path/to/openidm/samples/example-configurations/provisioners directory. Copy this sample file (provisioner.openicf-docusign.json) to your project’s conf directory.

The following excerpt shows sample configuration properties:

"configurationProperties": {
    "serviceUri" : "_CHANGEME_",
    "clientId" : "_CHANGEME_",
    "clientSecret" : "_CHANGEME_",
    "account" : "_CHANGEME_",
    "hourRateLimit" : "_CHANGEME_",
    "burstRateLimit" : "_CHANGEME_",
    ...
}
serviceUri

The Docusign API hostname, in the most of the cases labeled Account Base URI, for example https://demo.docusign.net.

clientId

The Docusign Application Integration Key. You can locate this ID under Integrations > Apps and Keys > Apps and Integration Keys when you log in to your DocuSign account

clientSecret

The Docusign Application Secret Key. You can locate this ID under Integrations > Apps and Keys > Apps and Integration Keys > Actions > Edit > Authentication when you log in to your DocuSign account.

account

The API Account ID. You can locate this account ID under Integrations > Apps and Keys > My Account Information when you log in to your DocuSign account.

hourRateLimit

The Hourly Limit. You can locate this value under Integrations > API Usage Center > API Limit when you log in to your DocuSign account.

burstRateLimit

The Burst Limit. You can locate this value under Integrations > API Usage Center > API Limit when you log in to your DocuSign account.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the UI.

If throttling problems continue, this guide may be helpful:

Improve reconciliation query performance

Test the DocuSign connector

Test that the configuration is correct by running the following command:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/docusign?_action=test"
{
  "name": "docusign",
  "enabled": true,
  "config": "config/provisioner.openicf/docusign",
  "connectorRef": {
    "bundleVersion": "[1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0)",
    "bundleName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.docusign-connector",
    "connectorName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.docusign.DocuSignConnector"
  },
  "displayName": "DocuSign Connector",
  "objectTypes": [
    "userSignature",
    "signingGroup",
    "__GROUP__",
    "__ALL__",
    "contact",
    "permissionProfile",
    "__ACCOUNT__"
  ],
  "ok": true
}

If the command returns "ok": true, your connector was configured correctly, and can authenticate to the DocuSign server.

DocuSign remote connector

If you want to run this connector outside of PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or IDM, you can configure the DocuSign connector as a remote connector. Java Connectors installed remotely on a Java Connector Server function identically to those bundled locally within PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or installed locally on IDM.

You can download the DocuSign connector from here.

Refer to Remote connectors for configuring the DocuSign remote connector.

Configure Connection Pooling

The DocuSign connector supports connection pooling, which can substantially improve the performance of the connector. The basic connection pooling configuration is described in Connection pooling configuration.

Use the DocuSign Connector

You can use the DocuSign connector to perform the following actions on a DocuSign account.

Users

Create a DocuSign User

This example creates a user with the minimum required attributes.

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "userName": "Carlos Garcia",
  "email": "cgarcia@example.com"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/docusign/__ACCOUNT__?_action=create"
{
  "_id": "10a0c285-1976-4fb0-8955-875d281e50fd",
  "permissionProfileId": "",
  "createdDateTime": "2024-02-09T16:29:20.9270000Z",
  "__GROUP__": [
    "12580253"
  ],
  "sendActivationOnInvalidLogin": "false",
  "lastName": "Garcia",
  "isAdmin": "False",
  "jobTitle": "",
  "uri": "/users/10a0c285-1976-4fb0-8955-875d281e50fd",
  "permissionProfileName": "",
  "enableConnectForUser": "false",
  "email": "cgarcia@example.com",
  "userStatus": "ActivationSent",
  "workAddress": {
    "address1": "",
    "address2": "",
    "city": "",
    "stateOrProvince": "",
    "postalCode": "",
    "phone": "",
    "country": ""
  },
  "initialsImageUri": "/users/10a0c285-1976-4fb0-8955-875d281e50fd/signatures/9ca8008b-31cd-42a3-89f6-6a9ccd88f25f/initials_image",
  "userId": "10a0c285-1976-4fb0-8955-875d281e50fd",
  "firstName": "Carlos",
  "__NAME__": "Carlos Garcia",
  "userSettings": {
    "canManageAccount": "false",
    "accountManagementGranular": {
      "canManageUsers": "false",
      "canManageAdmins": "false",
      "canManageSharing": "false",
      "canManageEnvelopeTransfer": "false",
      "canManageAccountSettings": "false",
      "canManageReporting": "false",
      "canManageAccountSecuritySettings": "false",
      "canManageSigningGroups": "false",
      "canManageDocumentRetention": "false",
      "canManageConnect": "false",
      "canViewUsers": "false",
      "canManageGroupsButNotUsers": "false",
      "canManageStamps": "false",
      "canManageJointAgreements": "false"
    },
    "canSendEnvelope": "false",
    "canSendAPIRequests": "false",
    "apiAccountWideAccess": "false",
    "enableVaulting": "false",
    "vaultingMode": "none",
    "enableTransactionPoint": "true",
    "enableSequentialSigningAPI": "true",
    "enableSequentialSigningUI": "true",
    "enableDSPro": "false",
    "powerFormMode": "user",
    "allowPowerFormsAdminToAccessAllPowerFormEnvelope": "false",
    "canEditSharedAddressbook": "use_private_and_shared",
    "manageClickwrapsMode": "none",
    "enableSignOnPaperOverride": "false",
    "enableSignerAttachments": "true",
    "allowSendOnBehalfOf": "false",
    "canManageTemplates": "none",
    "allowEnvelopeTransferTo": "false",
    "allowRecipientLanguageSelection": "true",
    "apiCanExportAC": "false",
    "bulkSend": "false",
    "canChargeAccount": "true",
    "canManageDistributor": "false",
    "canSignEnvelope": "true",
    "newSendUI": "false",
    "recipientViewedNotification": "false",
    "templateActiveCreation": "false",
    "templateApplyNotify": "true",
    "templateAutoMatching": "true",
    "templateMatchingSensitivity": "80",
    "templatePageLevelMatching": "false",
    "transactionPointSiteNameURL": "",
    "transactionPointUserName": "",
    "timezoneOffset": "tz_66_pacific",
    "timezoneMask": "",
    "timezoneDST": "",
    "modifiedBy": "",
    "modifiedPage": "update membership settings by acm sync job",
    "modifiedDate": "2/9/2024 5:02:47 pm",
    "adminOnly": "false",
    "selfSignedRecipientEmailDocument": "include_link",
    "signerEmailNotifications": {
      "envelopeActivation": "true",
      "envelopeComplete": "true",
      "carbonCopyNotification": "true",
      "certifiedDeliveryNotification": "true",
      "envelopeDeclined": "true",
      "envelopeVoided": "true",
      "envelopeCorrected": "true",
      "reassignedSigner": "true",
      "purgeDocuments": "true",
      "faxReceived": "true",
      "documentMarkupActivation": "true",
      "agentNotification": "true",
      "offlineSigningFailed": "true",
      "whenSigningGroupMember": "true",
      "commentsReceiveAll": "true",
      "commentsOnlyPrivateAndMention": "true"
    },
    "senderEmailNotifications": {
      "envelopeComplete": "true",
      "changedSigner": "true",
      "senderEnvelopeDeclined": "true",
      "withdrawnConsent": "true",
      "recipientViewed": "true",
      "deliveryFailed": "true",
      "offlineSigningFailed": "true",
      "purgeDocuments": "true",
      "commentsReceiveAll": "true",
      "commentsOnlyPrivateAndMention": "true",
      "powerformResponsesLimitNotificationEmail": "true",
      "clickwrapResponsesLimitNotificationEmail": "true"
    },
    "localePolicy": {
      "cultureName": "en",
      "nameFormat": "first_middle_last",
      "initialFormat": "first1last1",
      "addressFormat": "en_us",
      "dateFormat": "mdyyyy",
      "timeFormat": "none",
      "calendarType": "gregorian",
      "timeZone": "tz_66_pacific",
      "currencyPositiveFormat": "csym_1_comma_234_comma_567_period_89",
      "currencyNegativeFormat": "opar_csym_1_comma_234_comma_567_period_89_cpar",
      "effectiveNameFormat": "first_middle_last",
      "effectiveInitialFormat": "first1last1",
      "effectiveAddressFormat": "en_us",
      "effectiveDateFormat": "longformat",
      "effectiveTimeFormat": "hhmm",
      "effectiveCalendarType": "gregorian",
      "effectiveTimeZone": "tz_66_pacific",
      "effectiveCurrencyPositiveFormat": "csym_1_comma_234_comma_567_period_89",
      "effectiveCurrencyNegativeFormat": "opar_csym_1_comma_234_comma_567_period_89_cpar",
      "currencyCode": "usd",
      "effectiveCurrencyCode": "usd",
      "signDateFormat": "mdyyyy",
      "signTimeFormat": "none"
    },
    "locale": "en",
    "canLockEnvelopes": "true",
    "canUseScratchpad": "true",
    "canCreateWorkspaces": "false",
    "isWorkspaceParticipant": "false",
    "allowEmailChange": "true",
    "allowPasswordChange": "true",
    "federatedStatus": "none",
    "allowSupplementalDocuments": "true",
    "supplementalDocumentsMustView": "true",
    "supplementalDocumentsMustAccept": "true",
    "supplementalDocumentsMustRead": "true",
    "canManageOrganization": "false",
    "expressSendOnly": "false",
    "supplementalDocumentIncludeInDownload": "false",
    "disableDocumentUpload": "false",
    "disableOtherActions": "false",
    "useAccountServerForPasswordChange": "true",
    "isCommentsParticipant": "false",
    "useAccountServerForEmailChange": "true",
    "allowEsealRecipients": "false",
    "sealIdentifiers": [],
    "agreedToComments": "false",
    "canUseSmartContracts": "false",
    "canSendEnvelopesViaSMS": "false",
    "webForms": "none",
    "allowedOrchestrationAccess": "none"
  },
  "userType": "CompanyUser",
  "userName": "Carlos Garcia",
  "groupList": [
    {
      "groupId": "12580253",
      "groupName": "Everyone",
      "groupType": "everyoneGroup"
    }
  ]
}

When you create a new user, you must specify at least the userName and email. The value of the userName attribute determines how the remaining name attributes (firstName, lastName, and so on) are set in the new DocuSign user entry.

If you create the user with a single word as the value of the userName attribute, for example, cgarcia, the user’s userName and lastName attributes in DocuSign are both set to cgarcia.

If you create the user with multiple words as the value of the userName attribute, for example, Carlos Garcia), the user’s userName attribute is set to Carlos Garcia, their firstName attribute is set to Carlos, and their lastName attribute is set to Garcia.

Only the first three words of the userName attribute are parsed, into the firstName, middleName, and lastName attributes. Any additional words are ignored.

 
curl \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "userName": "Carlos Garcia",
  "email": "cgarcia@example.com",
  "password": "Passw0rd",
  "forgottenPasswordInfo": {
    "forgottenPasswordQuestion1": "my question",
    "forgottenPasswordAnswer1": "my answer"
  }
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/docusign/__ACCOUNT__?_action=create"
Create a DocuSign Full User

This example creates a Docusign Full User.

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "userType": "CompanyUser",
  "lastName": "User3",
  "email": "showing3@example.com",
  "permissionProfileId": "",
  "permissionProfileName": "",
  "sendActivationOnInvalidLogin": "false",
  "userName": "showing3",
  "groupList": [
    {
      "groupId": "14261467"
    }
  ],
  "firstName": "showing3",
  "isAdmin": "False",
  "enableConnectForUser": "false",
  "jobTitle": "hired",
  "userSettings":
    {
      "canManageAccount": "false",
      "accountManagementGranular": {
        "canManageUsers": "false",
        "canManageAdmins": "false",
        "canManageSharing": "false",
        "canManageEnvelopeTransfer": "false",
        "canManageAccountSettings": "false",
        "canManageReporting": "false",
        "canManageAccountSecuritySettings": "false",
        "canManageSigningGroups": "false",
        "canManageDocumentRetention": "false",
        "canManageConnect": "false",
        "canViewUsers": "false",
        "canManageGroupsButNotUsers": "false",
        "canManageStamps": "false",
        "canManageJointAgreements": "false"
      },
      "canSendEnvelope": "false",
      "canSendAPIRequests": "false",
      "apiAccountWideAccess": "false",
      "enableVaulting": "false",
      "vaultingMode": "none",
      "enableTransactionPoint": "true",
      "enableSequentialSigningAPI": "true",
      "enableSequentialSigningUI": "true",
      "enableDSPro": "false",
      "powerFormMode": "user",
      "allowPowerFormsAdminToAccessAllPowerFormEnvelope": "false",
      "canEditSharedAddressbook": "use_private_and_shared",
      "manageClickwrapsMode": "none",
      "enableSignOnPaperOverride": "false",
      "enableSignerAttachments": "true",
      "allowSendOnBehalfOf": "false",
      "canManageTemplates": "none",
      "allowEnvelopeTransferTo": "false",
      "allowRecipientLanguageSelection": "true",
      "apiCanExportAC": "false",
      "bulkSend": "false",
      "canChargeAccount": "true",
      "canManageDistributor": "false",
      "canSignEnvelope": "true",
      "newSendUI": "false",
      "recipientViewedNotification": "false",
      "templateActiveCreation": "false",
      "templateApplyNotify": "true",
      "templateAutoMatching": "true",
      "templateMatchingSensitivity": "80",
      "templatePageLevelMatching": "false",
      "transactionPointSiteNameURL": "",
      "transactionPointUserName": "",
      "timezoneOffset": "tz_66_pacific",
      "timezoneMask": "",
      "timezoneDST": "",
      "modifiedBy": "",
      "modifiedPage": "",
      "modifiedDate": "1/9/2024 4:04:55 pm",
      "adminOnly": "false",
      "selfSignedRecipientEmailDocument": "include_link",
      "signerEmailNotifications": {
        "envelopeActivation": "true",
        "envelopeComplete": "true",
        "carbonCopyNotification": "true",
        "certifiedDeliveryNotification": "true",
        "envelopeDeclined": "true",
        "envelopeVoided": "true",
        "envelopeCorrected": "true",
        "reassignedSigner": "true",
        "purgeDocuments": "true",
        "faxReceived": "true",
        "documentMarkupActivation": "true",
        "agentNotification": "true",
        "offlineSigningFailed": "true",
        "whenSigningGroupMember": "true",
        "commentsReceiveAll": "true",
        "commentsOnlyPrivateAndMention": "true"
      },
      "senderEmailNotifications": {
        "envelopeComplete": "true",
        "changedSigner": "true",
        "senderEnvelopeDeclined": "true",
        "withdrawnConsent": "true",
        "recipientViewed": "true",
        "deliveryFailed": "true",
        "offlineSigningFailed": "true",
        "purgeDocuments": "true",
        "commentsReceiveAll": "true",
        "commentsOnlyPrivateAndMention": "true",
        "powerformResponsesLimitNotificationEmail": "true",
        "clickwrapResponsesLimitNotificationEmail": "true"
      },
      "localePolicy": {
        "cultureName": "en",
        "nameFormat": "first_middle_last",
        "initialFormat": "first1last1",
        "addressFormat": "en_us",
        "dateFormat": "mdyyyy",
        "timeFormat": "none",
        "calendarType": "gregorian",
        "timeZone": "tz_66_pacific",
        "currencyPositiveFormat": "csym_1_comma_234_comma_567_period_89",
        "currencyNegativeFormat": "opar_csym_1_comma_234_comma_567_period_89_cpar",
        "effectiveNameFormat": "first_middle_last",
        "effectiveInitialFormat": "first1last1",
        "effectiveAddressFormat": "en_us",
        "effectiveDateFormat": "longformat",
        "effectiveTimeFormat": "hhmm",
        "effectiveCalendarType": "gregorian",
        "effectiveTimeZone": "tz_66_pacific",
        "effectiveCurrencyPositiveFormat": "csym_1_comma_234_comma_567_period_89",
        "effectiveCurrencyNegativeFormat": "opar_csym_1_comma_234_comma_567_period_89_cpar",
        "currencyCode": "usd",
        "effectiveCurrencyCode": "usd",
        "signDateFormat": "mdyyyy",
        "signTimeFormat": "none"
      },
      "locale": "en",
      "canLockEnvelopes": "true",
      "canUseScratchpad": "true",
      "canCreateWorkspaces": "false",
      "isWorkspaceParticipant": "false",
      "allowEmailChange": "true",
      "allowPasswordChange": "true",
      "federatedStatus": "none",
      "allowSupplementalDocuments": "true",
      "supplementalDocumentsMustView": "true",
      "supplementalDocumentsMustAccept": "true",
      "supplementalDocumentsMustRead": "true",
      "canManageOrganization": "false",
      "expressSendOnly": "false",
      "supplementalDocumentIncludeInDownload": "false",
      "disableDocumentUpload": "false",
      "disableOtherActions": "false",
      "useAccountServerForPasswordChange": "true",
      "isCommentsParticipant": "false",
      "useAccountServerForEmailChange": "true",
      "allowEsealRecipients": "false",
      "sealIdentifiers": [],
      "agreedToComments": "false",
      "canUseSmartContracts": "false",
      "canSendEnvelopesViaSMS": "false",
      "webForms": "none",
      "allowedOrchestrationAccess": "none"
    }
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/docusign/__ACCOUNT__?_action=create"
{
  "_id": "10a0c285-1976-4fb0-8955-875d281e50fd",
  "permissionProfileId": "",
  "signatureImageUri": "/users/10a0c285-1976-4fb0-8955-875d281e50fd/signatures/9ca8008b-31cd-42a3-89f6-6a9ccd88f25f/signature_image",
  "createdDateTime": "2024-02-09T16:29:20.9270000Z",
  "__GROUP__": [
    "12580253",
    "14261467"
  ],
  "sendActivationOnInvalidLogin": "false",
  "lastName": "updated",
  "isAdmin": "False",
  "jobTitle": "hired",
  "uri": "/users/10a0c285-1976-4fb0-8955-875d281e50fd",
  "permissionProfileName": "",
  "enableConnectForUser": "false",
  "email": "showing3@example.com",
  "userStatus": "ActivationSent",
  "workAddress": {
    "address1": "",
    "address2": "",
    "city": "",
    "stateOrProvince": "",
    "postalCode": "",
    "phone": "",
    "country": ""
  },
  "initialsImageUri": "/users/10a0c285-1976-4fb0-8955-875d281e50fd/signatures/9ca8008b-31cd-42a3-89f6-6a9ccd88f25f/initials_image",
  "userId": "10a0c285-1976-4fb0-8955-875d281e50fd",
  "firstName": "showing3",
  "__NAME__": "showing3 updated",
  "userSettings": {
    "canManageAccount": "false",
    "accountManagementGranular": {
      "canManageUsers": "false",
      "canManageAdmins": "false",
      "canManageSharing": "false",
      "canManageEnvelopeTransfer": "false",
      "canManageAccountSettings": "false",
      "canManageReporting": "false",
      "canManageAccountSecuritySettings": "false",
      "canManageSigningGroups": "false",
      "canManageDocumentRetention": "false",
      "canManageConnect": "false",
      "canViewUsers": "false",
      "canManageGroupsButNotUsers": "false",
      "canManageStamps": "false",
      "canManageJointAgreements": "false"
    },
    "canSendEnvelope": "false",
    "canSendAPIRequests": "false",
    "apiAccountWideAccess": "false",
    "enableVaulting": "false",
    "vaultingMode": "none",
    "enableTransactionPoint": "true",
    "enableSequentialSigningAPI": "true",
    "enableSequentialSigningUI": "true",
    "enableDSPro": "false",
    "powerFormMode": "user",
    "allowPowerFormsAdminToAccessAllPowerFormEnvelope": "false",
    "canEditSharedAddressbook": "use_private_and_shared",
    "manageClickwrapsMode": "none",
    "enableSignOnPaperOverride": "false",
    "enableSignerAttachments": "true",
    "allowSendOnBehalfOf": "false",
    "canManageTemplates": "none",
    "allowEnvelopeTransferTo": "false",
    "allowRecipientLanguageSelection": "true",
    "apiCanExportAC": "false",
    "bulkSend": "false",
    "canChargeAccount": "true",
    "canManageDistributor": "false",
    "canSignEnvelope": "true",
    "newSendUI": "false",
    "recipientViewedNotification": "false",
    "templateActiveCreation": "false",
    "templateApplyNotify": "true",
    "templateAutoMatching": "true",
    "templateMatchingSensitivity": "80",
    "templatePageLevelMatching": "false",
    "transactionPointSiteNameURL": "",
    "transactionPointUserName": "",
    "timezoneOffset": "tz_66_pacific",
    "timezoneMask": "",
    "timezoneDST": "",
    "modifiedBy": "",
    "modifiedPage": "update membership settings by acm sync job",
    "modifiedDate": "2/9/2024 5:02:47 pm",
    "adminOnly": "false",
    "selfSignedRecipientEmailDocument": "include_link",
    "signerEmailNotifications": {
      "envelopeActivation": "true",
      "envelopeComplete": "true",
      "carbonCopyNotification": "true",
      "certifiedDeliveryNotification": "true",
      "envelopeDeclined": "true",
      "envelopeVoided": "true",
      "envelopeCorrected": "true",
      "reassignedSigner": "true",
      "purgeDocuments": "true",
      "faxReceived": "true",
      "documentMarkupActivation": "true",
      "agentNotification": "true",
      "offlineSigningFailed": "true",
      "whenSigningGroupMember": "true",
      "commentsReceiveAll": "true",
      "commentsOnlyPrivateAndMention": "true"
    },
    "senderEmailNotifications": {
      "envelopeComplete": "true",
      "changedSigner": "true",
      "senderEnvelopeDeclined": "true",
      "withdrawnConsent": "true",
      "recipientViewed": "true",
      "deliveryFailed": "true",
      "offlineSigningFailed": "true",
      "purgeDocuments": "true",
      "commentsReceiveAll": "true",
      "commentsOnlyPrivateAndMention": "true",
      "powerformResponsesLimitNotificationEmail": "true",
      "clickwrapResponsesLimitNotificationEmail": "true"
    },
    "localePolicy": {
      "cultureName": "en",
      "nameFormat": "first_middle_last",
      "initialFormat": "first1last1",
      "addressFormat": "en_us",
      "dateFormat": "mdyyyy",
      "timeFormat": "none",
      "calendarType": "gregorian",
      "timeZone": "tz_66_pacific",
      "currencyPositiveFormat": "csym_1_comma_234_comma_567_period_89",
      "currencyNegativeFormat": "opar_csym_1_comma_234_comma_567_period_89_cpar",
      "effectiveNameFormat": "first_middle_last",
      "effectiveInitialFormat": "first1last1",
      "effectiveAddressFormat": "en_us",
      "effectiveDateFormat": "longformat",
      "effectiveTimeFormat": "hhmm",
      "effectiveCalendarType": "gregorian",
      "effectiveTimeZone": "tz_66_pacific",
      "effectiveCurrencyPositiveFormat": "csym_1_comma_234_comma_567_period_89",
      "effectiveCurrencyNegativeFormat": "opar_csym_1_comma_234_comma_567_period_89_cpar",
      "currencyCode": "usd",
      "effectiveCurrencyCode": "usd",
      "signDateFormat": "mdyyyy",
      "signTimeFormat": "none"
    },
    "locale": "en",
    "canLockEnvelopes": "true",
    "canUseScratchpad": "true",
    "canCreateWorkspaces": "false",
    "isWorkspaceParticipant": "false",
    "allowEmailChange": "true",
    "allowPasswordChange": "true",
    "federatedStatus": "none",
    "allowSupplementalDocuments": "true",
    "supplementalDocumentsMustView": "true",
    "supplementalDocumentsMustAccept": "true",
    "supplementalDocumentsMustRead": "true",
    "canManageOrganization": "false",
    "expressSendOnly": "false",
    "supplementalDocumentIncludeInDownload": "false",
    "disableDocumentUpload": "false",
    "disableOtherActions": "false",
    "useAccountServerForPasswordChange": "true",
    "isCommentsParticipant": "false",
    "useAccountServerForEmailChange": "true",
    "allowEsealRecipients": "false",
    "sealIdentifiers": [],
    "agreedToComments": "false",
    "canUseSmartContracts": "false",
    "canSendEnvelopesViaSMS": "false",
    "webForms": "none",
    "allowedOrchestrationAccess": "none"
  },
  "userType": "CompanyUser",
  "userName": "showing3 updated",
  "groupList": [
    {
      "groupId": "12580253",
      "groupName": "Everyone",
      "groupType": "everyoneGroup"
    },
    {
      "groupId": "14261467",
      "groupName": "GLHFVAV_docusign_group",
      "groupType": "customGroup"
    }
  ]
}
Query DocuSign User

This example queries all DocuSign users:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/docusign/__ACCOUNT__?_queryFilter=True"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "bb590b6d-8774-49c4-89fd-821115b8fc00",
      ...
      "userName": "A_20240206164614656_DOCUSINGTEST",
      "createdDateTime": "2024-02-06T19:46:15.4770000Z",
      "userId": "bb590b6d-8774-49c4-89fd-821115b8fc00",
      "permissionProfileName": "",
      "userStatus": "Active",
      "uri": "/users/bb590b6d-8774-49c4-89fd-821115b8fc00"
    },
    {
      "_id": "410d0a11-1923-4e78-b543-1898de76c728",
      ...
      "userName": "A_20240206164614656_DOCUSINGTEST",
      "createdDateTime": "2024-02-08T19:57:28.1270000Z",
      "userId": "410d0a11-1923-4e78-b543-1898de76c728",
      "permissionProfileName": "DocuSign Viewer",
      "userStatus": "Closed",
      "uri": "/users/410d0a11-1923-4e78-b543-1898de76c728"
    },
    ...
    {
      "_id": "451664c9-6425-4595-b823-9493063734fe",
      ...
      "userName": "A_20240206170333281_DOCUSINGTEST",
      "createdDateTime": "2024-02-21T15:03:56.2000000Z",
      "userId": "451664c9-6425-4595-b823-9493063734fe",
      "permissionProfileName": "",
      "userStatus": "ActivationSent",
      "uri": "/users/451664c9-6425-4595-b823-9493063734fe"
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 50,
  "pagedResultsCookie": "4xj8Qq7Gkd",
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}

userStatus can be filtered by a comma-separated list of the following:

  • ActivationRequired

  • ActivationSent

  • Active

  • Closed

  • Disabled

  • Some filters won’t work properly unless an userStatus is specified.

  • The maximum page size is 100.
Query IDs DocuSign User

This example queries all DocuSign users by their IDs:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/docusign/__ACCOUNT__?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "bc9f0464-808a-4703-b4c2-c1e6a77f0c3a"
    },
    {
      "_id": "dc1c6940-1de7-4434-a91e-1407424cac91"
    },
    {
      "_id": "94be4fed-cfd7-47d5-9fcc-813405084f17"
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 3,
  "pagedResultsCookie": "fXE265UhNb",
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Get DocuSign User

The following command queries a specific user by its ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/docusign/__ACCOUNT__/dc1c6940-1de7-4434-a91e-1407424cac91"
{
  "_id": "83947d26-2e69-40a5-892c-7a7a2600d530",
  "userId": "83947d26-2e69-40a5-892c-7a7a2600d530",
  "permissionProfileName": "",
  "createdDateTime": "2024-02-07T12:54:17.3000000Z",
  "email": "IQNREMU@foo.bar",
  "userSettings": {
    "canManageAccount": "false",
    "accountManagementGranular": {
      "canManageUsers": "false",
      "canManageAdmins": "false",
      "canManageSharing": "false",
      "canManageEnvelopeTransfer": "false",
      "canManageAccountSettings": "false",
      "canManageReporting": "false",
      "canManageAccountSecuritySettings": "false",
      "canManageSigningGroups": "false",
      "canManageDocumentRetention": "false",
      "canManageConnect": "false",
      "canViewUsers": "false",
      "canManageGroupsButNotUsers": "false",
      "canManageStamps": "false",
      "canManageJointAgreements": "false"
    },
    "canSendEnvelope": "false",
    "canSendAPIRequests": "false",
    "apiAccountWideAccess": "false",
    "enableVaulting": "false",
    "vaultingMode": "none",
    "enableTransactionPoint": "true",
    "enableSequentialSigningAPI": "true",
    "enableSequentialSigningUI": "true",
    "enableDSPro": "false",
    "powerFormMode": "user",
    "allowPowerFormsAdminToAccessAllPowerFormEnvelope": "false",
    "canEditSharedAddressbook": "use_private_and_shared",
    "manageClickwrapsMode": "none",
    "enableSignOnPaperOverride": "false",
    "enableSignerAttachments": "true",
    "allowSendOnBehalfOf": "false",
    "canManageTemplates": "none",
    "allowEnvelopeTransferTo": "false",
    "allowRecipientLanguageSelection": "true",
    "apiCanExportAC": "false",
    "bulkSend": "false",
    "canChargeAccount": "true",
    "canManageDistributor": "false",
    "canSignEnvelope": "true",
    "newSendUI": "false",
    "recipientViewedNotification": "false",
    "templateActiveCreation": "false",
    "templateApplyNotify": "true",
    "templateAutoMatching": "true",
    "templateMatchingSensitivity": "80",
    "templatePageLevelMatching": "false",
    "transactionPointSiteNameURL": "",
    "transactionPointUserName": "",
    "timezoneOffset": "tz_66_pacific",
    "timezoneMask": "",
    "timezoneDST": "",
    "modifiedBy": "",
    "modifiedPage": "update membership settings by acm sync job",
    "modifiedDate": "2/7/2024 1:02:42 pm",
    "adminOnly": "false",
    "selfSignedRecipientEmailDocument": "include_link",
    "signerEmailNotifications": {
      "envelopeActivation": "true",
      "envelopeComplete": "true",
      "carbonCopyNotification": "true",
      "certifiedDeliveryNotification": "true",
      "envelopeDeclined": "true",
      "envelopeVoided": "true",
      "envelopeCorrected": "true",
      "reassignedSigner": "true",
      "purgeDocuments": "true",
      "faxReceived": "true",
      "documentMarkupActivation": "true",
      "agentNotification": "true",
      "offlineSigningFailed": "true",
      "whenSigningGroupMember": "true",
      "commentsReceiveAll": "true",
      "commentsOnlyPrivateAndMention": "true"
    },
    "senderEmailNotifications": {
      "envelopeComplete": "true",
      "changedSigner": "true",
      "senderEnvelopeDeclined": "true",
      "withdrawnConsent": "true",
      "recipientViewed": "true",
      "deliveryFailed": "true",
      "offlineSigningFailed": "true",
      "purgeDocuments": "true",
      "commentsReceiveAll": "true",
      "commentsOnlyPrivateAndMention": "true",
      "powerformResponsesLimitNotificationEmail": "true",
      "clickwrapResponsesLimitNotificationEmail": "true"
    },
    "localePolicy": {
      "cultureName": "en",
      "nameFormat": "first_middle_last",
      "initialFormat": "first1last1",
      "addressFormat": "en_us",
      "dateFormat": "mdyyyy",
      "timeFormat": "none",
      "calendarType": "gregorian",
      "timeZone": "tz_66_pacific",
      "currencyPositiveFormat": "csym_1_comma_234_comma_567_period_89",
      "currencyNegativeFormat": "opar_csym_1_comma_234_comma_567_period_89_cpar",
      "effectiveNameFormat": "first_middle_last",
      "effectiveInitialFormat": "first1last1",
      "effectiveAddressFormat": "en_us",
      "effectiveDateFormat": "longformat",
      "effectiveTimeFormat": "hhmm",
      "effectiveCalendarType": "gregorian",
      "effectiveTimeZone": "tz_66_pacific",
      "effectiveCurrencyPositiveFormat": "csym_1_comma_234_comma_567_period_89",
      "effectiveCurrencyNegativeFormat": "opar_csym_1_comma_234_comma_567_period_89_cpar",
      "currencyCode": "usd",
      "effectiveCurrencyCode": "usd",
      "signDateFormat": "mdyyyy",
      "signTimeFormat": "none"
    },
    "locale": "en",
    "canLockEnvelopes": "true",
    "canUseScratchpad": "true",
    "canCreateWorkspaces": "false",
    "isWorkspaceParticipant": "false",
    "allowEmailChange": "true",
    "allowPasswordChange": "true",
    "federatedStatus": "none",
    "allowSupplementalDocuments": "true",
    "supplementalDocumentsMustView": "true",
    "supplementalDocumentsMustAccept": "true",
    "supplementalDocumentsMustRead": "true",
    "canManageOrganization": "false",
    "expressSendOnly": "false",
    "supplementalDocumentIncludeInDownload": "false",
    "disableDocumentUpload": "false",
    "disableOtherActions": "false",
    "useAccountServerForPasswordChange": "true",
    "isCommentsParticipant": "false",
    "useAccountServerForEmailChange": "true",
    "allowEsealRecipients": "false",
    "sealIdentifiers": [],
    "agreedToComments": "false",
    "canUseSmartContracts": "false",
    "canSendEnvelopesViaSMS": "false",
    "webForms": "none",
    "allowedOrchestrationAccess": "none"
  },
  "uri": "/users/83947d26-2e69-40a5-892c-7a7a2600d530",
  "enableConnectForUser": "false",
  "__GROUP__": [
    "12580253"
  ],
  "jobTitle": "",
  "userStatus": "ActivationSent",
  "firstName": "IQNREMU",
  "sendActivationOnInvalidLogin": "false",
  "signatureImageUri": "/users/83947d26-2e69-40a5-892c-7a7a2600d530/signatures/9ca8008b-31cd-42a3-89f6-6a9ccd88f25f/signature_image",
  "userType": "CompanyUser",
  "userName": "IQNREMU_DOCUSINGTEST",
  "workAddress": {
    "address1": "",
    "address2": "",
    "city": "",
    "stateOrProvince": "",
    "postalCode": "",
    "phone": "",
    "country": ""
  },
  "initialsImageUri": "/users/83947d26-2e69-40a5-892c-7a7a2600d530/signatures/9ca8008b-31cd-42a3-89f6-6a9ccd88f25f/initials_image",
  "permissionProfileId": "",
  "lastName": "DOCUSINGTEST",
  "groupList": [
    {
      "groupId": "12580253",
      "groupName": "Everyone",
      "groupType": "everyoneGroup"
    }
  ],
  "__NAME__": "IQNREMU_DOCUSINGTEST",
  "isAdmin": "False"
}
Update a DocuSign User

Sometimes, Docusign returns a successful response with an "updated user", but this is not always the case. It is recommended to check the user with a Get operation after a modification.

After creation, a user’s email address is read-only and you cannot modify it using the connector.
Close a DocuSign User

You cannot use the DocuSign connector to delete a user from the DocuSign repository. However, you can use a DELETE request to set the userStatus attribute of the user to Closed.

The following example closes a DocuSign user:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--request DELETE \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/docusign/__ACCOUNT__/dc1c6940-1de7-4434-a91e-1407424cac91"
{
  "_id": "83947d26-2e69-40a5-892c-7a7a2600d530",
  "userId": "83947d26-2e69-40a5-892c-7a7a2600d530",
  "permissionProfileName": "",
  "createdDateTime": "2024-02-07T12:54:17.3000000Z",
  "email": "IQNREMU@foo.bar",
  "userSettings": {
    "canManageAccount": "false",
    ...
    "allowedOrchestrationAccess": "none"
  },
  "uri": "/users/83947d26-2e69-40a5-892c-7a7a2600d530",
  "enableConnectForUser": "false",
  "__GROUP__": [
    "12580253"
  ],
  "jobTitle": "",
  "userStatus": "Closed",
  "firstName": "IQNREMU",
  "sendActivationOnInvalidLogin": "false",
  "signatureImageUri": "/users/83947d26-2e69-40a5-892c-7a7a2600d530/signatures/9ca8008b-31cd-42a3-89f6-6a9ccd88f25f/signature_image",
  "userType": "CompanyUser",
  "userName": "IQNREMU_DOCUSINGTEST",
  "workAddress": {
    "address1": "",
    "address2": "",
    "city": "",
    "stateOrProvince": "",
    "postalCode": "",
    "phone": "",
    "country": ""
  },
  "initialsImageUri": "/users/83947d26-2e69-40a5-892c-7a7a2600d530/signatures/9ca8008b-31cd-42a3-89f6-6a9ccd88f25f/initials_image",
  "permissionProfileId": "",
  "lastName": "DOCUSINGTEST",
  "groupList": [
    {
      "groupId": "12580253",
      "groupName": "Everyone",
      "groupType": "everyoneGroup"
    }
  ],
  "__NAME__": "IQNREMU_DOCUSINGTEST",
  "isAdmin": "False"
}

A Closed account:

  • Remains in the DocuSign repository.

  • Can still be queried by its ID.

  • Cannot be updated.

GROUPS

Create a DocuSign Group

This example creates a DocuSign group:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "groupName": "testing group 4",
  "permissionProfileId": "1597"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/docusign/__GROUP__?_action=create"
{
  "_id": "14756690",
  "groupName": "testing group 4",
  "usersCount": "0",
  "__NAME__": "testing group 4",
  "groupId": "14756690",
  "groupType": "customGroup",
  "permissionProfileId": "1597"
}
Get a DocuSign Group

This example gets a DocuSign Group by its ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/docusign/__GROUP__/14756690"
{
  "_id": "14756690",
  "groupName": "testing group 4",
  "usersCount": "0",
  "__NAME__": "testing group 4",
  "groupId": "14756690",
  "groupType": "customGroup",
  "permissionProfileId": "1597"
}
Query DocuSign Groups

This example queries all DocuSign groups:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/docusign/__GROUP__?_queryFilter=True"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "14189207",
      "groupName": "ABZAECX_docusign_group",
      "__NAME__": "ABZAECX_docusign_group",
      "groupType": "customGroup",
      "groupId": "14189207",
      "usersCount": "0"
    },
    {
      "_id": "12580252",
      "groupName": "Administrators",
      "__NAME__": "Administrators",
      "groupType": "adminGroup",
      "groupId": "12580252",
      "usersCount": "2"
    },
    ...
    {
      "_id": "14188985",
      "groupName": "AOMJYHH_docusign_group",
      "__NAME__": "AOMJYHH_docusign_group",
      "groupType": "customGroup",
      "groupId": "14188985",
       "usersCount": "0"
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 17,
  "pagedResultsCookie": "9eoQJIWWyP",
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
List All ID’s of DocuSign Groups

This example queries all DocuSign groups by their IDs:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/docusign/__GROUP__?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "14189207"
    },
    {
      "_id": "12580252"
    },
    ...
    {
      "_id": "14189460"
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 17,
  "pagedResultsCookie": "9eoQJIWWyP",
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Update a DocuSign Group

This example updates a DocuSign Group by its ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "groupName": "newGroupName",
  "permissionProfileId": "3108"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/docusign/__GROUP__/14756690"
{
  "_id": "14756690",
  "groupType": "customGroup",
  "groupId": "14756690",
  "groupName": "newGroupName",
  "__NAME__": "newGroupName",
  "usersCount": "0",
  "permissionProfileId": "3108"
}
Delete a DocuSign Group

This example deletes a DocuSign Group by its ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--request DELETE \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/docusign/__GROUP__/14756690"
{
  "_id": "14756690",
  "groupType": "customGroup",
  "groupId": "14261434",
  "groupName": "newGroupName",
  "__NAME__": "newGroupName",
  "usersCount": "0",
  "permissionProfileId": "3108"
}

The response of the example is the group data before deletion.

SIGNING GROUPS

Create a DocuSign Signing Group

This example creates a DocuSign Signing Group:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "groupEmail": "example@mail.com",
  "groupType": "sharedSigningGroup",
  "groupName": "SigningGroup Name"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/docusign/signingGroup?_action=create"
{
  "_id": "950719",
  "groupEmail": "example@mail.com",
  "createdBy": "Carlos Garcia",
  "created": "2024-02-25T23:54:47.0000000Z",
  "modifiedBy": "Carlos Garcia",
  "signingGroupId": "950719",
  "groupName": "SigningGroup Name",
  "groupType": "sharedSigningGroup",
  "__NAME__": "SigningGroup Name",
  "modified": "2024-02-25T23:54:47.0000000Z"
}

The only valid value for groupType is sharedSigningGroup.
Get a DocuSign Signing Group

This example gets a DocuSign Signing Group by its ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/docusign/signingGroup/946554"
{
  "_id": "946554",
  "createdBy": "Carlos Garcia",
  "created": "2024-02-07T15:26:28.0000000Z",
  "modifiedBy": "Carlos Garcia",
  "signingGroupId": "946554",
  "groupName": "EZGHHNE_DOCUSINGSigningGroup",
  "groupType": "sharedSigningGroup",
  "__NAME__": "EZGHHNE_DOCUSINGSigningGroup",
  "modified": "2024-02-07T15:26:28.0000000Z"
}
Query DocuSign Signing Groups

This example queries all DocuSign Signing Groups:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/docusign/signingGroup?_queryFilter=True"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "946554",
      "createdBy": "Carlos Garcia",
      "created": "2024-02-07T15:26:28.0000000Z",
      "modifiedBy": "Carlos Garcia",
      "signingGroupId": "946554",
      "groupName": "EZGHHNE_DOCUSINGSigningGroup",
      "groupType": "sharedSigningGroup",
      "__NAME__": "EZGHHNE_DOCUSINGSigningGroup",
      "modified": "2024-02-07T15:26:28.0000000Z"
    },
    {
      "_id": "946555",
      "createdBy": "Carlos Garcia",
      "created": "2024-02-07T15:26:28.0000000Z",
      "modifiedBy": "Carlos Garcia",
      "signingGroupId": "946555",
      "groupName": "LPEFDWL_DOCUSINGSigningGroup",
      "groupType": "sharedSigningGroup",
      "__NAME__": "LPEFDWL_DOCUSINGSigningGroup",
      "modified": "2024-02-07T15:26:28.0000000Z"
    },
    ...
    {
      "_id": "946556",
      "createdBy": "Carlos Garcia",
      "created": "2024-02-07T15:26:29.0000000Z",
      "modifiedBy": "Carlos Garcia",
      "signingGroupId": "946556",
      "groupName": "HQYGJAA_DOCUSINGSigningGroup",
      "groupType": "sharedSigningGroup",
      "__NAME__": "HQYGJAA_DOCUSINGSigningGroup",
      "modified": "2024-02-07T15:26:29.0000000Z"
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 159,
  "pagedResultsCookie": "FgIJ0KDqSv",
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}

Querying a non-existent Signing Group will lead to a 409 response.
Update a DocuSign Signing Group

This example updates a DocuSign Signing Group by its ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "groupEmail": "example@mail.com",
  "groupType": "sharedSigningGroup",
  "groupName": "New group name"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/docusign/signingGroup/946554"
{
  "_id": "946554",
  "groupEmail": "example@mail.com",
  "createdBy": "Carlos Garcia",
  "created": "2024-02-07T15:26:28.0000000Z",
  "modifiedBy": "Carlos Garcia",
  "signingGroupId": "946554",
  "groupName": "New group name",
  "groupType": "sharedSigningGroup",
  "__NAME__": "SigningGroup Test 6 changed",
  "modified": "2024-02-26T02:21:02.0000000Z"
}
Delete a DocuSign Signing Group

This example deletes a DocuSign Signing Group by its ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--request DELETE \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/docusign/signingGroup/946554"
{
  "_id": "946554",
  "groupEmail": "example@mail.com",
  "createdBy": "Carlos Garcia",
  "created": "2024-02-07T15:26:28.0000000Z",
  "modifiedBy": "Carlos Garcia",
  "signingGroupId": "946554",
  "groupName": "New group name",
  "groupType": "sharedSigningGroup",
  "__NAME__": "SigningGroup Test 6 changed",
  "modified": "2024-02-26T02:21:02.0000000Z"
}

CONTACTS

Create a DocuSign Contact

This example creates a DocuSign Contact:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "shared": "False",
  "organization": "contact co",
  "emails": [
    "contacttesting5@mail15.com"
  ],
  "contactPhoneNumbers": [
    {
      "phoneNumber": "+12223331177",
      "phoneType": "mobile"   (1)
    },
    {
      "phoneNumber": "+12213332255",
      "phoneType": "home"  (1)
    }
  ],
  "name": "contact testing5"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/docusign/contact?_action=create"
{
  "_id": "04468c26-ce0e-4484-9057-86881ed2d329",
  "shared": "False",
  "organization": "contact co",
  "contactId": "04468c26-ce0e-4484-9057-86881ed2d329",
  "__NAME__": "contact testing5",
  "emails": [
    "contacttesting5@mail15.com"
  ],
  "contactPhoneNumbers": [
    {
      "phoneNumber": "+12223331177",
      "phoneType": "mobile"
    },
    {
      "phoneNumber": "+12213332255",
      "phoneType": "home"
    }
  ],
  "name": "contact testing5"
}
1 phoneType valid values are:

  • home

  • mobile

  • work

  • other

  • fax
Get a DocuSign Contact

This example gets a DocuSign Contact by its ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/docusign/contact/dac27654-b3aa-4b25-b1fb-dd2b34091809"
{
  "_id": "dac27654-b3aa-4b25-b1fb-dd2b34091809",
  "shared": "False",
  "contactId": "dac27654-b3aa-4b25-b1fb-dd2b34091809",
  "__NAME__": "A_20240220153034606_DOCUSINGContact",
  "contactPhoneNumbers": [
    {
      "phoneNumber": "+122234976",
      "phoneType": "mobile"
    },
    {
      "phoneNumber": "+122564976",
      "phoneType": "home"
    }
  ],
  "organization": "contact co",
  "emails": [
    "A_20240220153034606@foo.bar"
  ],
  "name": "A_20240220153034606_DOCUSINGContact"
}
Query DocuSign Contacts

This example queries all DocuSign contacts:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/docusign/contact?_queryFilter=True"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "4702c98b-e781-4528-bf76-dcba838bdf64",
      "shared": "False",
      "contactId": "4702c98b-e781-4528-bf76-dcba838bdf64",
      "__NAME__": "A_20240219163557433_DOCUSINGContact",
      "organization": "contact co",
      "emails": [
        "A_20240219163557433@foo.bar"
      ],
      "name": "A_20240219163557433_DOCUSINGContact"
    },
    {
      "_id": "dac27654-b3aa-4b25-b1fb-dd2b34091809",
      "shared": "False",
      "contactId": "dac27654-b3aa-4b25-b1fb-dd2b34091809",
      "__NAME__": "A_20240220153034606_DOCUSINGContact",
      "organization": "contact co",
      "emails": [
        "A_20240220153034606@foo.bar"
      ],
      "name": "A_20240220153034606_DOCUSINGContact"
    },
    ...
    {
      "_id": "84d3fc99-f566-433f-b291-974e3daed207",
      "shared": "False",
      "contactId": "84d3fc99-f566-433f-b291-974e3daed207",
      "__NAME__": "A_20240220181425723_DOCUSINGContact",
      "organization": "contact co",
      "emails": [
        "A_20240220181425723@foo.bar"
      ],
      "name": "A_20240220181425723_DOCUSINGContact"
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 20,
  "pagedResultsCookie": "Zu0tReY0z1",
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Update a DocuSign Contact

This example updates a DocuSign Contact by its ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "shared": "False",
  "contactPhoneNumbers": [
    {
      "phoneNumber": "+122234888",
      "phoneType": "mobile"
    },
    {
      "phoneNumber": "+122564999",
      "phoneType": "home"
    }
  ],
  "organization": "New Org",
  "emails": [
    "newemail@foo.bar"
  ],
  "name": "New Contact Name"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/docusign/contact/dac27654-b3aa-4b25-b1fb-dd2b34091809"
{
  "_id": "dac27654-b3aa-4b25-b1fb-dd2b34091809",
  "shared": "False",
  "contactId": "dac27654-b3aa-4b25-b1fb-dd2b34091809",
  "__NAME__": "New Contact Name",
  "contactPhoneNumbers": [
    {
      "phoneNumber": "+122234888",
      "phoneType": "mobile"
    },
    {
      "phoneNumber": "+122564999",
      "phoneType": "home"
    }
  ],
  "organization": "New Org",
  "emails": [
    "newemail@foo.bar"
  ],
  "name": "New Contact Name"
}
Delete a DocuSign Contact

This example deletes a DocuSign Contact by its ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--request DELETE \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/docusign/contact/dac27654-b3aa-4b25-b1fb-dd2b34091809"
{
  "_id": "dac27654-b3aa-4b25-b1fb-dd2b34091809",
  "shared": "False",
  "contactId": "dac27654-b3aa-4b25-b1fb-dd2b34091809",
  "__NAME__": "New Contact Name",
  "contactPhoneNumbers": [
    {
      "phoneNumber": "+122234888",
      "phoneType": "mobile"
    },
    {
      "phoneNumber": "+122564999",
      "phoneType": "home"
    }
  ],
  "organization": "New Org",
  "emails": [
    "newemail@foo.bar"
  ],
  "name": "New Contact Name"
}

PERMISSION PROFILE

Get a DocuSign Permission Profile

This example gets a DocuSign Permission Profile by its ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/docusign/permissionProfile/17560262"
{
  "_id": "17560262",
  "permissionProfileId": "17560262",
  "modifiedByUsername": "",
  "settings": {
    "allowAccountManagement": "false",
    "useNewDocuSignExperienceInterface": "optional",
    "canCreateWorkspaces": "true",
    "allowBulkSending": "false",
    "allowEnvelopeSending": "true",
    "allowESealRecipients": "false",
    "allowSignerAttachments": "true",
    "allowTaggingInSendAndCorrect": "true",
    "allowWetSigningOverride": "true",
    "allowedAddressBookAccess": "usePersonalAndShared",
    "allowedClickwrapsAccess": "none",
    "allowedTemplateAccess": "use",
    "enableRecipientViewingNotifications": "true",
    "enableSequentialSigningInterface": "true",
    "receiveCompletedSelfSignedDocumentsAsEmailLinks": "false",
    "signingUiVersion": "v2",
    "useNewSendingInterface": "true",
    "allowSupplementalDocuments": "true",
    "supplementalDocumentsMustView": "true",
    "supplementalDocumentsMustAccept": "true",
    "supplementalDocumentsMustRead": "true",
    "disableDocumentUpload": "false",
    "disableOtherActions": "false",
    "allowAutoTagging": "false",
    "enableKeyTermsSuggestionsByDocumentType": "false",
    "allowApiAccess": "false",
    "allowApiAccessToAccount": "false",
    "allowApiSendingOnBehalfOfOthers": "false",
    "allowApiSequentialSigning": "true",
    "enableApiRequestLogging": "false",
    "allowTransactions": "false",
    "canCreateTransaction": "false",
    "canDeleteTransaction": "false",
    "canDeleteDocumentsInTransaction": "false",
    "allowDocuSignDesktopClient": "false",
    "allowSendersToSetRecipientEmailLanguage": "true",
    "allowVaulting": "false",
    "allowedToBeEnvelopeTransferRecipient": "false",
    "enableTransactionPointIntegration": "false",
    "powerFormRole": "user",
    "allowPowerFormsAdminToAccessAllPowerFormEnvelopes": "false",
    "vaultingMode": "none",
    "canSendEnvelopesViaSMS": "true",
    "webForms": "none",
    "allowedOrchestrationAccess": "none"
  },
  "__NAME__": "DocuSign Sender",
  "permissionProfileName": "DocuSign Sender",
  "modifiedDateTime": "2023-12-22T14:38:29.6070000Z"
}
Query DocuSign Permission Profiles

This example queries all DocuSign Permission Profiles:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/docusign/permissionProfile?_queryFilter=True"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "17560261",
      "permissionProfileId": "17560261",
      "modifiedByUsername": "",
      "__NAME__": "Account Administrator",
      "permissionProfileName": "Account Administrator",
      "modifiedDateTime": "2023-12-22T14:38:29.6030000Z"
    },
    {
      "_id": "17560262",
      "permissionProfileId": "17560262",
      "modifiedByUsername": "",
      "__NAME__": "DocuSign Sender",
      "permissionProfileName": "DocuSign Sender",
      "modifiedDateTime": "2023-12-22T14:38:29.6070000Z"
    },
    {
      "_id": "17560263",
      "permissionProfileId": "17560263",
      "modifiedByUsername": "",
      "__NAME__": "DocuSign Viewer",
      "permissionProfileName": "DocuSign Viewer",
      "modifiedDateTime": "2023-12-22T14:38:29.6100000Z"
    },
    {
      "_id": "20022036",
      "permissionProfileId": "20022036",
      "modifiedByUsername": "Carlos Garcia",
      "__NAME__": "API Admin",
      "permissionProfileName": "API Admin",
      "modifiedDateTime": "2024-02-07T15:38:03.1770000Z"
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 4,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the DocuSign Connector

The DocuSign Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

DocuSign Connector Configuration

The DocuSign Connector has the following configurable properties:

Basic Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

serviceUri

String

null

Yes

The service endpoint URI.

account

String

account

Yes

Description is not available

login

String

null

Yes

The service login name.

hourRateLimit

String

null

Yes

Description is not available

burstRateLimit

String

null

Yes

Description is not available

password

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

The service user password.

authenticationMethod

String

OAUTH

Yes

Defines which method is to be used to authenticate on the remote server. Options are BASIC (username/password), OAUTH (Client id/secret) or TOKEN (static token).

tokenEndpoint

String

null

No

When using OAUTH as authentication method, this property defines the endpoint where a new access token should be queried for (https://myserver.com/oauth2/token).

clientId

String

null

Yes

The client identifier for OAuth2.

clientSecret

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Secure client secret for OAuth2.

authToken

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Static authentication token.

acceptSelfSignedCertificates

boolean

false

Yes

To be used for debug/test purposes. To be avoided in production.

disableHostNameVerifier

boolean

false

Yes

To be used for debug/test purposes. To be avoided in production.

disableHttpCompression

boolean

false

Yes

Content compression is enabled by default. Set this property to true to disable it.

clientCertAlias

String

null

Yes

If TLS Mutual Auth is needed, set this to the certificate alias from the keystore.

clientCertPassword

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

If TLS Mutual Auth is needed and the client certificate (private key) password is different from the keystore password, set this to the client private key password.

maximumConnections

Integer

10

Yes

Defines the max size of the HTTP connection pool used.

httpProxyHost

String

null

Yes

Defines the Hostname if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and the service.

httpProxyPort

Integer

null

Yes

Defines the Port if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and the service.

httpProxyUsername

String

null

Yes

Defines Proxy Username if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and the service.

httpProxyPassword

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

Defines Proxy Password if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and the service.

connectionTimeout

int

30

No

Defines a timeout for the underlying HTTP connection in seconds.

refreshToken

GuardedString

null

No

Used by the refresh_token grant type.

grantType

String

null

No

The OAuth2 grant type to use (client_credentials or refresh_token).

scope

String

null

No

The OAuth2 scope to use.

authorizationTokenPrefix

String

Bearer

No

The prefix to be used in the Authorization HTTP header for Token authentication.

useBasicAuthForOauthTokenNeg

boolean

true

Yes

The Authentication method for refresh token (Basic Authentication or Sending the ClientId and Client Secret in the Header).

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Dropbox connector

This is a SaaS common connector.

Before you start

  1. Create a Dropbox developer account.

  2. Create a new application with full Dropbox access. Add the required read and write permissions for team, member, and group. Remember to save the app key and app secret.

  3. Get a refresh token.

Install the Dropbox connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

Dropbox

No

No

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/dropbox-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the Dropbox connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select Dropbox Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to Dropbox Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

Base Connector Details

  • Dropbox Endpoint : https://api.dropboxapi.com/2

  • Use Basic Auth For OAuth Token Neg : true | false

  • Max connections: max size of the http connection pool used. Defaults to 10.

  • Connection Timeout (seconds): Defines a timeout for the underlying http connection in seconds. Defaults to 30.

Authentication

  • Token Endpoint: https://api.dropboxapi.com/oauth2/token

  • Client ID: Your Client ID.

  • Client Secret: Your Client Secret.

  • Refresh Token: Your Refresh Token.

Object Types

If necessary, add or edit your object types to have these three objects with their properties:

__ACCOUNT__
PROPERTY NAME TYPE NATIVE TYPE REQUIRED

team_member_id

String

String

NO

given_name

String

String

NO

surname

String

String

NO

email

String

String

YES

member_status

String

String

NO

membership_type

String

String

NO

role_id

String

String

NO

email_verified

Boolean

Boolean

NO

invited_on

String

String

NO

groups

Array

Object

NO

secondary_emails

Array

String

NO

abbreviated_name

String

String

NO

joined_on

String

String

NO
__GROUP__
PROPERTY NAME TYPE NATIVE TYPE REQUIRED

group_id

String

String

NO

group_name

String

String

YES

group_external_id

String

String

YES

members

Array

Object

NO

group_management_type

String

String

NO

member_count

Integer

Integer

NO
Role
PROPERTY NAME TYPE NATIVE TYPE REQUIRED

name

String

String

NO

description

String

String

NO

_id

String

String

NO

If configuring the connector over REST or through the filesystem, specify the connection details to the Dropbox resource provider in the configurationProperties for the connector. If you are using OAuth for your connection, the minimum required properties are serviceUri, tokenEndpoint, refreshToken, clientId, and clientSecret.

Sample Configuration 
{
    "configurationProperties" : {
        "tokenExpiration" : null,
        "accessToken" : null,
        "serviceUri" : "https://api.dropboxapi.com/2",
        "login" : null,
        "password" : null,
        "authenticationMethod" : "OAUTH",
        "tokenEndpoint" : "https://api.dropboxapi.com/oauth2/token",
        "clientId" : "k3..........5g",
        "clientSecret" : "xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx",
        "refreshToken" : "xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx",
        "authToken" : null,
        "acceptSelfSignedCertificates" : false,
        "disableHostNameVerifier" : false,
        "disableHttpCompression" : false,
        "clientCertAlias" : null,
        "clientCertPassword" : null,
        "maximumConnections" : "10",
        "httpProxyHost" : null,
        "httpProxyPort" : null,
        "httpProxyUsername" : null,
        "httpProxyPassword" : null,
        "connectionTimeout" : "30",
        "grantType" : null,
        "scope" : null,
        "authorizationTokenPrefix" : "Bearer",
        "useBasicAuthForOauthTokenNeg" : true
    }
}
On startup, IDM encrypts the value of the clientSecret.

Mapping

From Dropbox users to OpenIDM Users

Attributes Grid

SOURCE TARGET TRANSFORMATION SCRIPT

team_member_id

teamMemberId

N/A

email

mail

N/A

surname

sn

N/A

given_name

givenName

N/A

member_status

memberStatus

N/A

membership_type

membershipType

N/A

email_verified

emailVerified

N/A

groups

groups

N/A

secondary_emails

secondaryEmails

N/A

member_status

memberStatus

N/A

Association>Association Rules>Correlation Queries

  • Link Qualifier: default

  • Any of the following fields: mail

From OpenIDM Users to Dropbox Users

Attributes Grid

SOURCE TARGET TRANSFORMATION SCRIPT

givenName

given_name

N/A

sn

surname

N/A

mail

email

N/A

roleId

role_id

N/A

Association>Association Rules>Correlation Queries

  • Link Qualifier: default

  • Any of the following fields: email

From Dropbox groups to OpenIDM Groups
When a member is added or removed from a group, it is necessary to perform a reconciliation from dropbox members to IDM members to keep the members of a group up to date.

Attributes Grid

SOURCE TARGET TRANSFORMATION SCRIPT

group_name

groupName

N/A

members

members

N/A

member_count

memberCount

N/A

group_external_id

groupExternalId

 
var result = source.group_external_id;
if(result == undefined){
result = source.group_id;
}
result;

group_management_type

groupManagementType

N/A

Association>Association Rules>Correlation Queries

  • Link Qualifier: default

  • Any of the following fields: groupExternalId

From OpenIDM Groups to Dropbox groups

Attributes Grid

SOURCE TARGET TRANSFORMATION SCRIPT

groupName

group_name

N/A

members

members

N/A

groupManagementType

group_management_type

N/A

groupExternalId

group_external_id

N/A

Association>Association Rules>Correlation Queries

  • Link Qualifier: default

  • Any of the following fields: group_id, group_external_id

Test the Dropbox connector

Test that the connector was configured correctly:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0' \
--request POST  'http://localhost:8080/system/Dropbox?_action=test'
{
    "name" : "Dropbox",
    "enabled" : true,
    "config" : "config/provisioner.openicf/Dropbox",
    "connectorRef" : {
        "bundleVersion" : [1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0),
        "bundleName" : "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.dropbox-connector",
        "connectorName" : "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.dropbox.DropboxConnector"
    },
    "displayName" : "Dropbox Connector",
    "objectTypes" : [
        "__GROUP__",
        "role",
        "__ACCOUNT__",
        "__ALL__"
    ],
    "ok" : true
}

MEMBERS

Invite a member

To invite a member, it is necessary to at least provide the email field. The fields given_name, surname, role_id are not required, but it is advisable to fill them in because these fields cannot be modified later. To get the list of roles go here:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0' \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--data '{
    "email" : "NEW.MEMBER@EMAIL.COM",
    "given_name" : "GIVENNAME",
    "surname" : "SURNAME",
    "role_id" : "ROLE ID"
}'
--request POST 'http://localhost:8080/system/Dropbox/__ACCOUNT__?_action=create'
{
    "_id" : "TEAM_MEMBER_ID",
    "role_id" : "ROLE_ID",
    "email" : "NEW.MEMBER@EMAIL.COM",
    ...
}
Get members

Retrieve a list of team members ids from Dropbox. The limit of results and the default value are 1000:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET 'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Dropbox/__ACCOUNT__?_queryId=query-all-ids'
{
    "result": [
        {
            "_id" : "001"
        },
        {
            "_id" : "002"
        },
        {
            "_id" : "003"
        },
        ...
    ]
}
Get member

Retrieve a team member from Dropbox. The team member id must be provided in the URI path:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET 'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Dropbox/__ACCOUNT__/TEAM_MEMBER_ID'
{
    "_id" : "TEAM_MEMBER_ID",
    "groups" : [
        {
            "access_type" : "member",
            "group_id" : "GROUP_ID"
        }
    ],
    "email" : "test@email.com",
    "abbreviated_name" : "gs",
    "joined_on" : "2023-01-01T00:00:00Z",
    "surname" : "surname",
    "member_status" : "active",
    "email_verified" : true,
    "given_name" : "givenname",
    "membership_type" : "full",
    "role_id" : "ROLE_ID"
}
Get member email

Retrieve a team member in Dropbox filtering by email field. The team member id must be provided in the URI path:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET 'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Dropbox/__ACCOUNT__/TEAM_MEMBER_ID?_fields=email'
{
    "_id" : "TEAM_MEMBER_ID",
    "email" : "test@email.com"
}
Delete member

Delete a member from a team. The team member id must be provided in the URI path:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0' \
--request DELETE 'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Dropbox/__ACCOUNT__/TEAM_MEMBER_ID'
{
    "_id" : "TEAM_MEMBER_ID",
    "email" : "deleted.member@email.com",
    ...
}

GROUPS

Create a new empty group

Group name must be provided at least when creating a new group. group_management_type can be user_managed or company_managed, default is company_managed.

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--data '{
    "group_name" : "GROUP NAME",
    "group_management_type" : "company_managed",
    "group_external_id" : "GROUP EXTERNAL ID"
}'
--request POST 'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Dropbox/__GROUP__?_action=create' \
{
    "_id" : "_id",
    "group_id" : "GROUP_ID",
    "member_count" : 0,
    "group_name" : "GROUP NAME",
    "group_external_id" : "GROUP EXTERNAL ID",
    "group_management_type" : "company_managed",
    "members" : []
}
Get groups

Retrieves a list of groups showing only the ids. The limit of results and the default value are 1000:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET 'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Dropbox/__GROUP__?_queryId=query-all-ids'
{
    "result": [
        {
            "_id" : "001"
        },
        {
            "_id" : "002"
        },
        {
            "_id" : "003",
        },
        ...
    ]
}
Update a group
The default group in Dropbox cannot be updated.

The fields that can be updated for a group are group_name, group_external_id, group_management_type (company_managed or user_managed). To add a member to a group, you need to provide the type of access and the team member id; to delete a member, delete the object. The group id must be provided in the URI path:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'If-Match: *' \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--data '{
    "group_name" : "new name",
    "group_management_type" : "company_managed",
    "group_external_id" : "new external id",
    "members" : [
        {
            "access_type" : "member",
            "team_member_id" : "TEAM_MEMBER_ID"
        }
    ]
}
--request PUT 'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Dropbox/__GROUP__/GROUP_ID'
{
    "group_id" : "GROUP_ID",
    "group_external_id" : "new extenal id",
    "group_name" : "new name",
    "member_count" : 1,
    "group_management_type" : "company_managed",
    "members" : [
        {
            "access_type" : "member",
            "team_member_id" : "TEAM_MEMBER_ID"
        }
    ]
}
Delete a group

The group id must be provided in the URI path:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0' \
--request DELETE 'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Dropbox/__GROUP__/GROUP_ID'
{
    "_id" : "GROUP_ID",
    "group_name" : "group name",
    ...
}

ROLES

Get available roles from Dropbox members.

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET 'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Dropbox/role/?_queryFilter=true'
{
    "result" : [
        {
            "_id" : "ROLE_ID",
            "name" : "Name role",
            "description" : "Description role"
        },
        ...
    ]
}

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the Dropbox Connector

The Dropbox Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

Dropbox Connector Configuration

The Dropbox Connector has the following configurable properties:

Basic Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

serviceUri

String

null

Yes

The Dropbox endpoint URI.

login

String

null

Yes

The Dropbox login name.

password

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

The Dropbox user password.

authenticationMethod

String

OAUTH

Yes

Defines which method is to be used to authenticate on the remote server. Options are BASIC (username/password), OAUTH (Client id/secret) or TOKEN (static token).

tokenEndpoint

String

null

No

When using OAUTH as authentication method, this property defines the endpoint where a new access token should be queried for (https://myserver.com/oauth2/token).

clientId

String

null

Yes

The client identifier for OAuth2.

clientSecret

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Secure client secret for OAuth2.

authToken

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Static authentication token.

acceptSelfSignedCertificates

boolean

false

Yes

To be used for debug/test purposes. To be avoided in production.

disableHostNameVerifier

boolean

false

Yes

To be used for debug/test purposes. To be avoided in production.

disableHttpCompression

boolean

false

Yes

Content compression is enabled by default. Set this property to true to disable it.

clientCertAlias

String

null

Yes

If TLS Mutual Auth is needed, set this to the certificate alias from the keystore.

clientCertPassword

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

If TLS Mutual Auth is needed and the client certificate (private key) password is different from the keystore password, set this to the client private key password.

maximumConnections

Integer

10

Yes

Defines the max size of the HTTP connection pool used.

httpProxyHost

String

null

Yes

Defines the Hostname if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and the service.

httpProxyPort

Integer

null

Yes

Defines the Port if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and the service.

httpProxyUsername

String

null

Yes

Defines Proxy Username if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and the service.

httpProxyPassword

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

Defines Proxy Password if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and the service.

connectionTimeout

int

30

No

Defines a timeout for the underlying HTTP connection in seconds.

refreshToken

GuardedString

null

No

Used by the refresh_token grant type.

grantType

String

null

No

The OAuth2 grant type to use (client_credentials or refresh_token).

scope

String

null

No

The OAuth2 scope to use.

authorizationTokenPrefix

String

Bearer

No

The prefix to be used in the Authorization HTTP header for Token authentication.

useBasicAuthForOauthTokenNeg

boolean

true

Yes

The Authentication method for refresh token (Basic Authentication or Sending the ClientId and Client Secret in the Header).

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Duo connector

The duo connector lets you manage Duo service accounts and synchronize accounts and groups between Duo and the IDM or Advanced Identity Cloud managed user repository.

This topic describes how to install and configure the Duo connector and how to perform basic tests to ensure that it’s running correctly.

Before you start

The instructions in this guide assume you have a Duo Administrator Account and you have created and authorized a Custom Application, as described in the Duo Documentation.

Before you configure the connector, log in to your administrator account and note the following information:

  1. Navigate to Applications.

  2. Click Protect an Application.

  3. Locate the entry for Admin API in the applications list.

  4. Click Protect to the far-right to configure the application and make note of the following:

    • Integration Key

    • Secret Key

    • API hostname

Install the Duo connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

Duo

No

No

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/duo-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the Duo connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select Duo Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to Duo Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

The following excerpt shows sample configuration properties:

"configurationProperties": {
  "host" : "_CHANGEME_",
  "integrationKey" : "_CHANGEME_",
  "secretKey" : "_CHANGEME_"
}
Integration Key

The Duo Application Integration Key.

Secret Key

The Duo Application Secret Key.

API hostname

The Duo API hostname.

Test the Duo connector

Test that the configuration is correct by running the following command:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request POST \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/duo?_action=test'
{
  "name": duo,
  "enabled": true,
  "config": "config/provisioner.openicf/Duo",
  "connectorRef": {
    "bundleVersion": "[1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0)",
    "bundleName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.duo-connector",
    "connectorName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.duo.DuoConnector"
  },
  "displayName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.duo.DuoConnector",
  "objectTypes": [
    "__ACCOUNT__",
    "__ALL__",
    "__GROUP__"
  ],
  "ok": true
}

If the command returns "ok": true, your connector was configured correctly and can authenticate to the Duo server.

Duo remote connector

If you want to run this connector outside of PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or IDM, you can configure the Duo connector as a remote connector. Java Connectors installed remotely on a Java Connector Server function identically to those bundled locally within PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or installed locally on IDM.

You can download the Duo connector from here.

Refer to Remote connectors for configuring the Duo remote connector.

Use the Duo connector

You can use the duo connector to perform the following actions on a Duo account.

Accounts: User

Create a Duo user

This example creates a Duo user with the minimum required attributes.

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "userType": "user",
  "__NAME__": "Jhon Doe",
  "email": "jhon_doe@example.com",
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Duo/__ACCOUNT__?_action=create"
{
  "_id": "DUAAA11BB1C1D1EE1UUU",
  "tokens": [],
  "phones": [],
  "notes": "",
  "email": "jhon_doe@example.com",
  "__GROUPS__": [],
  "__ENABLE__": True,
  "realname": "",
  "userType": "user",
  "__NAME__": "Jhon Doe",
  "alias1": null,
  "alias2": null,
  "alias3": null,
  "alias4": null,
  "last_login": null
}

When you create a new user, you must specify at least the __NAME__,email and userType attributes.

Valid userType values are: user and admin.
Create a Duo full user

This example creates a Duo full user.

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
{
  "__GROUPS__": [
    "DGAA00BB0C0D0EE0GGG"
  ],
  "tokens": [
    "DHAAA00BB0C0D0EE0TTT"
  ],
  "phones": [
    "+12125551212"
  ],
  "notes": "example",
  "email": "jane_doe@example.com",
  "__ENABLE__": True,
  "realname": "Jane Doe",
  "alias1": "Jane",
  "alias2": null,
  "alias3": "Doe",
  "alias4": null,
  "userType": "user",
  "__NAME__": "Jane Doe"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Duo/__ACCOUNT__?_action=create"
{
  "_id": "DUAAA00BB0C0D0EE0UUU",
  "realname": "Jane Doe",
  "userType": "user",
  "phones": [
    "+12125551212"
  ],
  "__GROUPS__": [
    "DGAA00BB0C0D0EE0GGG"
  ],
  "tokens": [
    "DHAAA00BB0C0D0EE0TTT"
  ],
  "__NAME__": "Jane Doe",
  "notes": "example",
  "__ENABLE__": True,
  "email": "jane_doe@example.com",
  "alias1": "jane",
  "alias2": null,
  "alias3": "doe,
  "alias4": null,
  "last_login": null"
}

Because phone numbers are automatically created before being assigned to a user, the connector deletes unused phone numbers when you perform a user update or delete. This prevents the accumulation of junk data.

alias is not case-sensitive. Repeated values will be ignored.

Any attribute with a null value will be ignored.
List all Duo users

This example queries all Duo users:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Duo/__ACCOUNT__?_queryFilter=true"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "DUAAA00BB0C0D0EE0UUU",
      "realname": "Jane Doe",
      "userType": "user",
      "phones": [
        "+12125551212"
      ],
      "__GROUPS__": [],
      "tokens": [],
      "__NAME__": "jane doe",
      "notes": "example",
      "__ENABLE__": True,
      "email": "jane_doe@example.com",
      "last_login": null,
      "alias1": "jane",
      "alias2": null,
      "alias4": null,
      "alias3": "doe"
    },
    ...
    {
      "_id": "DUAAA11BB1C1D1EE1UUU",
      "realname": "",
      "userType": "user",
      "phones": [],
      "__GROUPS__": [],
      "tokens": [],
      "notes": "",
      "__NAME__": "Jhon Doe",
      "__ENABLE__": True,
      "email": "jhon_doe@example.com",
      "last_login": null,
      "alias1": null,
      "alias2": null,
      "alias3": null,
      "alias4": null
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 96,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Get Duo user

This example queries a specific Duo user by its ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Duo/__ACCOUNT__/DUAAA11BB1C1D1EE1UUU'
{
  "_id": "DUAAA11BB1C1D1EE1UUU",
  "realname": "",
  "userType": "user",
  "phones": [],
  "__GROUPS__": [],
  "tokens": [],
  "__NAME__": "Jhon Doe",
  "notes": "",
  "__ENABLE__": True,
  "email": "jhon_doe@example.com",
  "last_login": null,
  "alias1": null,
  "alias2": null,
  "alias3": null,
  "alias4": null
}
Update a Duo user

This example updates a specific Duo user by its ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "alias1": "Jhon",
  "alias4": "",
  "notes": "example note",
  "email": "jhon_doe@example.com",
  "__GROUPS__": [],
  "__ENABLE__": True,
  "realname": "Jhon Doe",
  "__NAME__": "Jhon Doe"
}' \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Duo/__ACCOUNT__/DUAAA11BB1C1D1EE1UUU'
{
  "_id": "DUAAA11BB1C1D1EE1UUU",
  "tokens": [],
  "phones": [
    "+12125551212"
  ],
  "notes": "example note",
  "email": "jhon_doe@example.com",
  "__GROUPS__": [],
  "__ENABLE__": True,
  "realname": "Jhon Doe",
  "userType": "user",
  "__NAME__": "Jhon Doe",
  "last_login": null,
  "alias1": "Jhon",
  "alias2": "Doe",
  "alias3": null,
  "alias4": null
}
Delete a Duo user

This example deletes a Duo user:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request DELETE \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Duo/__ACCOUNT__/DUAAA11BB1C1D1EE1UUU'
{
  "_id": "DUAAA11BB1C1D1EE1UUU",
  "realname": "Jhon Doe",
  "userType": "user",
  "phones": [
    "+12125551212"
  ],
  "__GROUPS__": [],
  "tokens": [],
  "__NAME__": "Jhon Doe",
  "notes": "Tests note",
  "__ENABLE__": True,
  "email": "jhon_doe@example.com",
  "last_login": null,
  "alias1": "Jhon",
  "alias2": "Doe",
  "alias3": null,
  "alias4": null
}

The response returns the account object before deletion.

Accounts: Admin

Create a Duo admin

This example creates a Duo admin.

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "role": "Owner",
  "phones": [
    "+12125551212"
  ],
  "email": "jhon_doe@example.com",
  "realname": "Jhon Doe",
  "userType": "admin",
  "__NAME__": "Jhon Doe",
  "restricted_by_admin_units": false
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Duo/__ACCOUNT__?_action=create"
{
  "_id": "DEAAA11BB1C1D1EE1UUU",
  "phones": [
    "+12125551212"
  ],
  "email": "jhon_doe@example.com",
  "__ENABLE__": False,
  "restricted_by_admin_units": "false",
  "userType": "admin",
  "__NAME__": "Jhon Doe",
  "last_login": null,
  "role": "Owner"
}

When you create a new Admin, you must specify at least the __NAME__ and email attributes.

role value must be one of the following values:

  • Owner

  • Administrator

  • Application Manager

  • User Manager

  • Security Analyst

  • Help Desk

  • Billing

  • Phishing Manager

  • Read-only

The role names are case-sensitive. Defaults to "Owner" if not specified.

phones: Phone number for the new administrator. Limited to one. It cannot be removed once assigned due to API limitations. Formatted in the E.164 standard (+17345551212). If no leading plus sign is provided, then it is assumed to be a United States number and an implicit +1 country code is prepended. Dashes and spaces are ignored. If this parameter is specified, it cannot be empty.

restricted_by_admin_units: Is this administrator restricted by an administrative unit assignment? Either true or false. Defaults to false if not specified. Must be set to true in order to add the admin to an administrative unit using the API. Note that attempting to set to true for admins with the Owner role results in a failure response.

send_email: Optional. If set to 1, the activation link and an introductory message will be emailed to the new administrator. If set to 0, no email is sent, and the link is returned to the API method’s caller only. Defaults to 0.

token_id: Optional. The token_id of the hardware token to associate with the administrator.

valid_days: Optional. Number of days before the activation link expires. Defaults to 7, the maximum allowed value is 31.

__ENABLE__ will remain False until the admin’s account is validated. In the meantime, __ENABLE__ cannot be changed by the connector.

Get Duo Admin

This example queries a specific Duo admin by its ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Duo/__ACCOUNT__/DEAAA11BB1C1D1EE1UUU'
{
  "_id": "DEAAA11BB1C1D1EE1UUU",
  "phones": [
    "+12125551212"
  ],
  "email": "jhon_doe@example.com",
  "__ENABLE__": True,
  "restricted_by_admin_units": "false",
  "userType": "admin",
  "__NAME__": "Jhon Doe",
  "last_login": null,
  "role": "Owner"
}
Update a Duo Admin

This example updates a specific Duo admin by its ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "role": "Read-Only",
  "__ENABLE__": True,
}' \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Duo/__ACCOUNT__/DEAAA11BB1C1D1EE1UUU'
{
  "_id": "DEAAA11BB1C1D1EE1UUU",
  "phones": [
    "+12125551212"
  ],
  "email": "jhon_doe@example.com",
  "__ENABLE__": True,
  "restricted_by_admin_units": "false",
  "userType": "admin",
  "__NAME__": "Jhon Doe",
  "last_login": null,
  "role": "Read-Only"
}

GROUPS

Create a Duo group

This example creates a Duo group:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "desc": "Generic Description",
  "__ENABLE__": "True,
  "__NAME__": "Group 1"
}' \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Duo/__GROUP__'
{
  "_id": "DGAA00BB0C0D0EE0GGG",
  "desc": "Generic Description",
  "__ENABLE__": True,
  "__NAME__": "Group 1"
}
Query all Duo groups

This example queries all Duo groups:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Duo/__GROUP__?_queryFilter=True'
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "DGAA00BB0C0D0EE0GGG",
      "desc": "Generic Description",
      "__ENABLE__": True,
      "__NAME__": "Testing Group"
    },
    ...
    {
      "_id": "DGAA11BB1C1D1EE1GGG",
      "desc": "Working Group",
      "__ENABLE__": True,
      "__NAME__": "Working Group"
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 56,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}

The maximum number of records returned is 100 per page.
Get a Duo group

This example gets a Duo group by its ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Duo/__GROUP__/DGAA00BB0C0D0EE0GGG'
{
  "_id": "DGAA00BB0C0D0EE0GGG",
  "desc": "Generic Description",
  "__ENABLE__": True,
  "__NAME__": "Group 1"
}
Update a Duo group

This example updates a Duo group by its ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "desc": "New tests",
  "__NAME__": "New Group tests",
}' \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Duo/__GROUP__/DGAA00BB0C0D0EE0GGG'
{
  "_id": "DGAA00BB0C0D0EE0GGG",
  "__NAME__": "New Group tests",
  "desc": "New tests",
  "__ENABLE__": True
}
Delete a Duo group

This example deletes a Duo group by its ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request DELETE \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Duo/__GROUP__/DGAA00BB0C0D0EE0GGG'
{
  "_id": "DGAA00BB0C0D0EE0GGG",
  "__NAME__": "New Group tests",
  "desc": "New tests",
  "__ENABLE__": True
}

The response returns the group object before deletion.

Mapping

From Duo users to IDM or Advanced Identity Cloud users

Attributes Grid: Where the columns represent the attribute name mapped from source to target and the necessary data transformation to synchronize successfully.

SOURCE TARGET TRANSFORMATION SCRIPT

_id

user_id

N/A

__NAME__

username

N/A

alias1

alias1

N/A

alias2

alias2

N/A

alias3

alias3

N/A

alias4

alias4

N/A

aliases

aliases

N/A

realname

realname

N/A

email

email

N/A

notes

notes

N/A

phones

phones

N/A

__ENABLE__

status

N/A

u2f_tokens

u2f_tokens

N/A

enable_auto_prompt

enable_auto_prompt

N/A

external_id

external_id

N/A

__GROUPS__

groups

N/A

is_enrolled

is_enrolled

N/A

last_directory_sync

last_directory_sync

N/A

lockout_reason

lockout_reason

N/A

tokens

tokens

N/A

webauthncredentials

webauthncredentials

N/A
From IDM or Advanced Identity Cloud users to Duo users

Attributes Grid: Where the columns represent the attribute name mapped from source to target and the necessary data transformation to synchronize successfully.

SOURCE TARGET TRANSFORMATION SCRIPT

user_id

_id

N/A

username

__NAME__

N/A

alias1

alias1

N/A

alias2

alias2

N/A

alias3

alias3

N/A

alias4

alias4

N/A

aliases

aliases

N/A

realname

realname

N/A

email

email

N/A

notes

notes

N/A

phones

phones

N/A

status

__ENABLE__

N/A

u2f_tokens

u2f_tokens

N/A

enable_auto_prompt

enable_auto_prompt

N/A

external_id

external_id

N/A

groups

__GROUPS__

N/A

is_enrolled

is_enrolled

N/A

last_directory_sync

last_directory_sync

N/A

lockout_reason

lockout_reason

N/A

tokens

tokens

N/A

webauthncredentials

webauthncredentials

N/A
From Duo groups to IDM or Advanced Identity Cloud groups

Attributes Grid: Where the columns represent the attribute name mapped from source to target and the necessary data transformation to synchronize successfully.

SOURCE TARGET TRANSFORMATION SCRIPT

group_id

group_id

N/A

__NAME__

name

N/A

desc

desc

N/A

__ENABLE__

status

N/A
From IDM or Advanced Identity Cloud groups to Duo groups

Attributes Grid: Where the columns represent the attribute name mapped from source to target and the necessary data transformation to synchronize successfully.

SOURCE TARGET TRANSFORMATION SCRIPT

group_id

group_id

N/A

name

__NAME__

N/A

desc

desc

N/A

status

__ENABLE__

N/A

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the Duo Connector

The Duo Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

Duo Connector Configuration

The Duo Connector has the following configurable properties:

Basic Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

host

String

null

Yes

URL API Host (api-xxxxxx.duosecurity.com)

integrationKey

String

null

Yes

App Integration Key

secretKey

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

App Secret Key

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Epic connector

Epic is a healthcare-related service that handles medical records. The Epic connector enables customers to manage Epic EMP user and SER provider accounts along with their entitlements (Template and SubTemplate) using Epic APIs. For more information, refer to the Personnel Management and Demographics API documentation available at https://open.epic.com.

The Epic connector supports the following features:

  • Account management

    • Manage Epic EMP records as users

    • Create, update, delete

    • Enable, disable, unblock

  • Provider management

    • Manage SER records as linked provider

    • Create, update

    • Enable, disable

  • Other object types (only search operations)

    • Manage Epic Linked Template

    • Manage Epic Linked SubTemplates

    • Manage Epic InBasketClassifications

    • Manage Epic Login Department

    • Manage Epic Groups

  • Supported Epic versions: May 2019, August 2020, May 2020, February 2020

  • The Epic connector supports EMP user and SER provider records.

  • An Epic administrator account on the Epic system you want to connect to is required for this connector to work.

Contact your Epic Admin to obtain the Active Linkable Templates, Login Departments, Active Linkable Sub Templates, InBasketClassifications, and Groups.

Before you start

Before you configure the connector, log in to your Epic administrator account and note the following:

  • Client ID

    A valid Epic Client ID with access to Epic’s personnel management and demographics (user) web services.

  • Username

  • Password

  • Private key (Generate an RSA keypair and convert to PKCS8)

    To generate your private key:

    1. Generate and download an RSA key pair.

    2. Run the following command to convert the RSA private key to PKCS8 format:

      openssl pkcs8 -topk8 -nocrypt -in privatekey.pem -out epic_pkcs8_private_key.pem

    3. After generating the private key in PKCS8 format, remove -----BEGIN PRIVATE KEY----- and -----END PRIVATE KEY----- from the generated PKCS8 private key file.

    4. Remove any escape characters such as \n or \r.

  • REST endpoint (Optional)

  • SOAP endpoint (Optional)

  • Max records (Optional)

  • User template file path (Optional)

  • User sub template file path (Optional)

  • In Basket classification file path (Optional)

  • Group file path (Optional)

Contact your Epic Admin to obtain the Active Linkable Templates, Login Departments, Active Linkable Sub Templates, InBasketClassifications, and Groups.

The user template, user sub template, in basket, and group file paths are local paths that are accessible to the IDM or RCS instance.

Additional connector requirements:

  • Epic’s SOAP 1.1 version of web services enabled and accessible.

  • Epic system’s Personnel management and demographics (user) web services enabled for access.

  • Valid Epic web services credentials.

  • A list of Templates and SubTemplates.

    Epic does not provide APIs to programmatically query for Templates and SubTemplates. You must export separate CSV files for use with the Epic connector.

  • Contact Epic to enable the following APIs:

    GetImportDataLog

    Used to get provider response log
    ImportData (2019)

    Used to create/update provider
    InactivateUser

    Used to Disable user
    GetRecords

    Used to get all employee/provider records

  • Unlocked user attributes

    If you need any of the following attributes unlocked, you must request them from the Epic Data Courier team:

    • displayLicense

    • recipientType

    • isMedsAuth

    • isOrdersAuth

    • communicationPreference

    • taxId

    • isInPatientOrderProvider

    • isOutPatientOrderProvider

Install the Epic connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

Epic

No

Yes

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/epic-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the Epic connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select Epic Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to Epic Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

Test the Epic connector

Test that the configuration is correct by running the following command:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Epic?_action=test"
{
  "name": "Epic",
  "enabled": true,
  "config": "config/provisioner.openicf/Epic",
  "connectorRef": {
    "bundleVersion": "[1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0)",
    "bundleName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.epic-connector",
    "connectorName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.epic.EpicConnector"
  },
  "displayName": "Epic Connector",
  "objectTypes": [
    "__ACCOUNT__",
    "__ALL__"
  ],
  "ok": true
}

If the command returns "ok": true, your connector has been configured correctly and can authenticate to the Epic server.

Epic remote connector

If you want to run this connector outside of PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or IDM, you can configure the Epic connector as a remote connector. Java Connectors installed remotely on a Java Connector Server function identically to those bundled locally within PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or installed locally on IDM.

You can download the Epic connector from here.

Refer to Remote connectors for configuring the Epic remote connector.

Configure connection pooling

The Epic connector supports connection pooling, which can substantially improve the performance of the connector. The basic connection pooling configuration is described in Connection pooling configuration.

Supported resource types

The Epic connector supports the following resource types:

Epic connector supported resource types
ICF Native Type Epic Resource Type Naming Attribute

__ACCOUNT__

User

__NAME__

Department

Department

__NAME__

Provider

Linked Provider

__NAME__

UserTemplate

User Template

__NAME__

UserSubTemplate

User Sub Template

__NAME__

InBasketClassifications

In Basket Classifications

__NAME__

__GROUP__

Groups

__NAME__

Supported search filters

The Epic connector supports Search operations with the following filter operators and attributes:

Supported Operators and Filter Attributes With Epic Searches
Object Type Operators Attributes

__ACCOUNT__

Id filter

Id

Department

Id filter

Id

Provider

Id filter

Id

UserTemplate

Id filter

Id

UserSubTemplate

Id filter

Id

InBasketClassifications

Id filter

Id

__GROUP__

Id filter

Id

Attributes

The Epic connector supports the following attributes:

Account attributes

Attribute Description

Name

The name of the user

ContactDate

Date to use for the newly created contact

IsActive

Whether the user record should be set to active or inactive

UserID

External identifier for the user

UserIDType

Type of identifier provided in UserID

UserComplexName

Individual pieces of a user’s name which includes Academic Title, Father Name, First Name, Given Name initials, Last Name, Last Name Prefix, Primary Title, Spouse Last Name, Spouse Last Name First, Spouse Prefix, Suffix

ContactComment

Contact comment that will appear for the initial contact

SystemLoginID

New value for the user’s system login

LDAPOverrideID

A string that can be provided to identify the user to the LDAP server in place of the SystemLogin

UserAlias

New value for the user’s alias

UserPhotoPath

A URL or file path identifying the location of a picture to show for this user

Sex

The sex of the user

ReportGrouper1

New value for the user’s first freetext report grouper item

ReportGrouper2

New value for the user’s second free-text report grouper item

ReportGrouper3

New value for the user’s third freetext report grouper item

Notes

Free text notes about the user

UsersManagers

The user’s managers

PrimaryManager

The primary manager of this user

BlockStatus

A user’s block status which includes IsBlocked, BlockReason, BlockComment

DefaultLoginDepartmentID

The ID and ID type of the default login department

CategoryReportGrouper6

A list of values for the user’s sixth category report grouper item, which does not have an Epic-defined meaning

InBasketClassifications

List of new values for a user In Basket classifications

UserSubtemplateIDs

Sub template of the user

DefaultTemplateID

Default and Linked template of the user

Group

Group the user belongs to

Provider

The user’s provider id

LinkedProviderID

Links a provider’s schedule to a user

Department

Department the user belongs to

UserTemplate

Template of the User

InBasketClassifications attributes

Contact your Epic Admin to obtain the Active Linkable Templates, Login Departments, Active Linkable Sub Templates, InBasketClassifications, and Groups.
Attribute Description

Value

The ID of the InBasketClassifications

Title

Description of the InBasketClassifications

UserSubtemplateID attributes

Contact your Epic Admin to obtain the Active Linkable Templates, Login Departments, Active Linkable Sub Templates, InBasketClassifications, and Groups.
Attribute Description

User Subtemplate ID

The ID of the Linked Sub-template

User Subtemplate Name

The Name of the Linked Sub-template

Group attributes

Contact your Epic Admin to obtain the Active Linkable Templates, Login Departments, Active Linkable Sub Templates, InBasketClassifications, and Groups.
Attribute Description

Value

The ID of the Group

Title

Display name of the Group

Type

Type of the Group

Provider attributes

Attribute Description

ExternalID

The ID of the Provider

Name

The name of the Provider

Title

Title of the Provider

NPI ID

NPI ID of the Provider

Provider Type

Type of the Provider

Specialty

Specialty of the Provider

Practice Name

Practice Name of the Provider

Street Address

Street Address of the Provider

Phone

Phone of the Provider

Specialties

The specialties of the Provider

Doctors Degree

The qualification of the Provider

Department attributes

Contact your Epic Admin to obtain the Active Linkable Templates, Login Departments, Active Linkable Sub Templates, InBasketClassifications, and Groups.
Attribute Description

ExternalID

The ID of the Department

Name

The name of the Department

Center

Center of the Department

Specialty

Specialty of the Department

Location

Location of the Department

Service Area

Service Area of the Department

UserTemplate attributes

Contact your Epic Admin to obtain the Active Linkable Templates, Login Departments, Active Linkable Sub Templates, InBasketClassifications, and Groups.
Attribute Description

User Template ID

The ID of the LinkedTemplate

User Template Name

The Name of the LinkedTemplate

Use the Epic connector

The Epic connector supports EMP user and SER provider records.

The Epic connector can perform the following actions:

Users

Create an Epic user

The following example creates a user with the minimum required attributes:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json"\
--request POST \
--data '{
  "UserID": "8675309”,
  "__NAME__": "Walter, Taylor"
}'\
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Epic/__ACCOUNT__?_action=create"
{
  "_id": "8675309",
  "UserComplexName": {
    "FirstName": "Taylor",
    "GivenNameInitials": "",
    "MiddleName": "",
    "LastName": "Walter",
    "LastNamePrefix": "",
    "SpouseLastName": "",
    "SpousePrefix": "",
    "Suffix": "",
    "AcademicTitle": "",
    "PrimaryTitle": "",
    "SpouseLastNameFirst": false,
    "FatherName": "",
    "GrandfatherName": ""
  },
  "BlockStatus": {
    "IsBlocked": false,
    "Reason": "",
    "Comment": ""
  },
  "__GROUP__": [],
  "ContactComment": "Initial contact created via web service",
  "UserID": "8675309",
  "__NAME__": "WALTER, TAYLOR",
  "UsersManagers": [],
  "InBasketClassifications": [],
  "__ENABLE__": true
}

  • When you create a new user, you must specify at least UserID and __NAME__.

  • The maximum length of __NAME__ is 100 characters. The format for userName is LAST, FIRST MI format.

  • The maximum number of characters for UserID is 15.
Query Epic user entries

The following example queries all Epic users:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Epic/__ACCOUNT__?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "dsully"
    },
    {
      "_id": "999999999"
    },
    {
      "_id": "admin@ACECompany.com"
    },
    {
      "_id": "extuser320"
    },
    {
      "_id": "Achong"
    },
    {
      "_id": "dsewell"
    },
    {
      "_id": "8675309"
    },
    {
      "_id": "atestuser"
    },
    {
      "_id": "Amaraphornc"
    },
    {
      "_id": "jocampo"
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 10,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}

The following command queries a specific user by their ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Epic/__ACCOUNT__/8675309"
{
  "_id": "8675309",
  "UserComplexName": {
    "FirstName": "Taylor",
    "GivenNameInitials": "",
    "MiddleName": "",
    "LastName": "Walter",
    "LastNamePrefix": "",
    "SpouseLastName": "",
    "SpousePrefix": "",
    "Suffix": "",
    "AcademicTitle": "",
    "PrimaryTitle": "",
    "SpouseLastNameFirst": false,
    "FatherName": "",
    "GrandfatherName": ""
  },
  "BlockStatus": {
    "IsBlocked": false,
    "Reason": "",
    "Comment": ""
  },
  "__GROUP__": [],
  "ContactComment": "Initial contact created via web service",
  "UserID": "8675309",
  "__NAME__": "WALTER, TAYLOR",
  "UsersManagers": [],
  "InBasketClassifications": [],
  "__ENABLE__": true
}
Modify an Epic user entry

You can modify an existing user with a PUT request, including all attributes of the account in the request. You can use the Epic connector to modify the following attributes:

User accounts

  • __ENABLE__

  • __GROUP__

  • __NAME__ (Required)

  • __PASSWORD__

  • UserID

  • UserIDType

  • UserAlias

  • UserPhotoPath

  • Sex

  • Notes

  • Provider

  • LinkedProviderID

  • Department

  • ContactComment

  • ContactDate

  • SystemLoginID

  • LDAPOverrideID

  • DefaultLoginDepartmentID

  • ReportGrouper1

  • ReportGrouper2

  • ReportGrouper3

  • CategoryReportGrouper

  • InBasketClassifications

  • UsersManagers

  • PrimaryManager

  • DefaultTemplateID

  • UserTemplate

  • UserSubtemplateIDs

  • UserComplexName - UserComplexName has the following sub-attributes:

    • FirstName

    • GivenNameInitials

    • MiddleName

    • LastName

    • LastNamePrefix

    • SpouseLastName

    • SpousePrefix

    • SpouseLastNameFirst

    • Suffix

    When updating a user, __NAME__ overrides the FirstName, LastName and MiddleName of UserComplexName attributes.

  • IsActive

  • BlockStatus - BlockStatus has the following sub-attributes:

    • IsBlocked

    • BlockStatus.Comment

In Basket Classifications

  • __UID__

  • __NAME__

Groups

  • __UID__

  • __NAME__

  • Type

User Templates

  • __UID__

  • __NAME__

User Sub Templates

  • __UID__

  • __NAME__

Provider

  • __NAME__

  • __UID__

  • ExternalID

  • Title

  • NPI ID

  • Provider Type

  • Specialty

  • Practice Name

  • Street Address

  • Phone

For example, to add a Suffix to a user:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "if-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__NAME__": "Walter, Taylor",
  "UserComplexName": {
    "Suffix": "Junior"
  }
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Epic/__ACCOUNT__/8675309"
{
  "_id": "8675309",
  "UserComplexName": {
    "FirstName": "Taylor",
    "GivenNameInitials": "",
    "MiddleName": "",
    "LastName": "Walter",
    "LastNamePrefix": "",
    "SpouseLastName": "",
    "SpousePrefix": "",
    "Suffix": "Jr.",
    "AcademicTitle": "",
    "PrimaryTitle": "",
    "SpouseLastNameFirst": false,
    "FatherName": "",
    "GrandfatherName": ""
  },
  "BlockStatus": {
    "IsBlocked": false,
    "Reason": "",
    "Comment": ""
  },
  "__GROUP__": [],
  "UserID": "8675309",
  "__NAME__": "WALTER, TAYLOR JR.",
  "UsersManagers": [],
  "InBasketClassifications": [],
  "__ENABLE__": true
}
Reset an Epic user account password

To reset the password for Epic user account, you can use the connector to change a user’s password.

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "if-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__PASSWORD__": "Passw0rd@123!",
  "__NAME__": "Walter, Taylor"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Epic/__ACCOUNT__/8675309"
{
  "_id": "8675309",
  "UserComplexName": {
    "FirstName": "Taylor",
    "GivenNameInitials": "",
    "MiddleName": "",
    "LastName": "Walter",
    "LastNamePrefix": "",
    "SpouseLastName": "",
    "SpousePrefix": "",
    "Suffix": "",
    "AcademicTitle": "",
    "PrimaryTitle": "",
    "SpouseLastNameFirst": false,
    "FatherName": "",
    "GrandfatherName": ""
  },
  "BlockStatus": {
    "IsBlocked": false,
    "Reason": "",
    "Comment": ""
  },
  "__GROUP__": [],
  "UserID": "8675309",
  "__NAME__": "WALTER, TAYLOR",
  "UsersManagers": [],
  "InBasketClassifications": [],
  "__ENABLE__": true
}
Activate an Epic user

The following example activates a user with the minimum required attributes, and updates their name:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "if-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__NAME__": "Walter, Taylorupdate",
  "__ENABLE__": "true"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Epic/__ACCOUNT__/8675309"
{
  "_id": "8675309",
  "UserComplexName": {
    "FirstName": "Taylorupdate",
    "GivenNameInitials": "",
    "MiddleName": "",
    "LastName": "Walter",
    "LastNamePrefix": "",
    "SpouseLastName": "",
    "SpousePrefix": "",
    "Suffix": "",
    "AcademicTitle": "",
    "PrimaryTitle": "",
    "SpouseLastNameFirst": false,
    "FatherName": "",
    "GrandfatherName": ""
  },
  "BlockStatus": {
    "IsBlocked": false,
    "Reason": "",
    "Comment": ""
  },
  "__GROUP__": [],
  "UserID": "8675309",
  "__NAME__": "WALTER, TAYLORUPDATE",
  "UsersManagers": [],
  "InBasketClassifications": [],
  "__ENABLE__": true
}
Deactivate an Epic user

The following example deactivates a user with the minimum required attributes:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "if-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{ \
  "__NAME__": "TAYLOR, WALTER",
  "__ENABLE__": false
}'\
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Epic/__ACCOUNT__/8675309"
{
  "_id": "8675309",
  "UserComplexName": {
    "FirstName": "Taylor",
    "GivenNameInitials": "",
    "MiddleName": "",
    "LastName": "Walter",
    "LastNamePrefix": "",
    "SpouseLastName": "",
    "SpousePrefix": "",
    "Suffix": "",
    "AcademicTitle": "",
    "PrimaryTitle": "",
    "SpouseLastNameFirst": false,
    "FatherName": "",
    "GrandfatherName": ""
  },
  "BlockStatus": {
    "IsBlocked": false,
    "Reason": "",
    "Comment": ""
  },
  "__GROUP__": [],
  "UserID": "8675309",
  "__NAME__": "WALTER, TAYLOR",
  "UsersManagers": [],
  "InBasketClassifications": [],
  "__ENABLE__": false
}
Close an Epic user account

You can use the Epic connector to delete an account from the Epic repository.

A deleted account technically remains in the Epic repository, but cannot be queried by its ID.

The following example deletes an Epic account:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request DELETE \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Epic/__ACCOUNT__/8675309"
{
  "_id": "8675309",
  "UserComplexName": {
    "FirstName": "Taylor",
    "GivenNameInitials": "",
    "MiddleName": "",
    "LastName": "Walter",
    "LastNamePrefix": "",
    "SpouseLastName": "",
    "SpousePrefix": "",
    "Suffix": "",
    "AcademicTitle": "",
    "PrimaryTitle": "",
    "SpouseLastNameFirst": false,
    "FatherName": "",
    "GrandfatherName": ""
  },
  "BlockStatus": {
    "IsBlocked": false,
    "Reason": "",
    "Comment": ""
  },
  "__GROUP__": [],
  "UserID": "8675309",
  "__NAME__": "WALTER, TAYLOR",
  "UsersManagers": [],
  "InBasketClassifications": [],
  "__ENABLE__": false
}

You can then confirm the account has been deleted by querying the UserID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Epic/__ACCOUNT__/8675309"
{
  "code": 404,
  "reason": "Not Found",
  "message": "Object 8675309 not found on system/Epic/__ACCOUNT__"
}

Other objects

Contact your Epic Admin to obtain the Active Linkable Templates, Login Departments, Active Linkable Sub Templates, InBasketClassifications, and Groups.

All supported resources can be queried, such as Department, Provider, Template, Sub Template, InBasketClassifications, and Groups:

Query Epic departments
Query all departments
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Epic/Department?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "40"
    },
    {
      "_id": "56"
    },
    {
      "_id": "71"
    },
    {
      "_id": "77"
    },
    {
      "_id": "58"
    },
    [ ... ]
    {
      "_id": "46"
    },
    {
      "_id": "10120160"
    },
    {
      "_id": "1002020"
    },
    {
      "_id": "31"
    },
    {
      "_id": "83"
    },
    {
      "_id": "115"
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 548,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Query Epic providers
Query all providers
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Epic/Provider?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "116"
    },
    {
      "_id": "E3087"
    },
    {
      "_id": "E4000"
    },
    {
      "_id": "E4913"
    },
    {
      "_id": "E5335"
    },
    {
      "_id": "E4716"
    },
    {
      "_id": "E5370"
    },
    [ ... ]
    {
      "_id": "E4001"
    },
    {
      "_id": "E4002"
    },
    {
      "_id": "E5137"
    },
    {
      "_id": "E5199"
    },
    {
      "_id": "E4003"
    },
    {
      "_id": "E4694"
    },
    {
      "_id": "E4004"
    },
    {
      "_id": "E4005"
    },
    {
      "_id": "E5019"
    },
    {
      "_id": "E4843"
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 2560,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Query a specific provider
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Epic/Provider/E4716"
{
  "_id": "E4716",
  "Specialty": "Family Medicine",
  "__UID__": "E4716",
  "Provider Type": "Physician",
  "__NAME__": "WELLHIVE, PROVIDER"
}
Query user templates
Query all user templates
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Epic/UserTemplate?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "T00004"
    },
    {
      "_id": "T00024"
    },
    {
      "_id": "T00033"
    },
    {
      "_id": "T00038"
    },
    {
      "_id": "T00076"
    },
    {
      "_id": "T00077"
    },
    {
      "_id": "T00078"
    },
    {
      "_id": "T00088"
    },
    {
      "_id": "T00089"
    },
    {
      "_id": "T00090"
    },
    {
      "_id": "T1000601"
    },
    {
      "_id": "T1002020"
    },
    {
      "_id": "T1020101"
    },
    {
      "_id": "T1020102"
    },
    [ ... ]
    {
      "_id": "T8888001"
    },
    {
      "_id": "T8889901"
    },
    {
      "_id": "T9998001"
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 431,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Query a specific user template
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Epic/UserTemplate/T8888001"
{
  "_id": "T8888001",
  "__UID__": "T8888001",
  "__NAME__": "RESEARCH ADMINISTRATOR TEMPLATE"
}
Query user sub templates
Query all user sub templates
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Epic/UserSubTemplate?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "ST00007"
    },
    {
      "_id": "ST00030"
    },
    {
      "_id": "ST10200"
    },
    {
      "_id": "ST10201"
    },
    {
      "_id": "ST10202"
    },
    {
      "_id": "ST10203"
    },
    {
      "_id": "ST10204"
    },
    [ ... ]
    {
      "_id": "ST10401"
    },
    {
      "_id": "ST10402"
    },
    {
      "_id": "ST10700"
    },
    {
      "_id": "ST107001"
    },
    {
      "_id": "T5080002"
    },
    {
      "_id": "T99901"
    },
    {
      "_id": "TCVREPSUB"
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 91,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Query a specific user sub template
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Epic/UserSubTemplate/T00007"
{
  "_id": "T00007",
  "__NAME__": "EXCEL MEDICAL",
  "__UID__": "T00007"
}
Query In Basket classifications
Query all In Basket classifications
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Epic/InBasketClassifications?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "1"
    },
    {
      "_id": "2"
    },
    {
      "_id": "15"
    },
    {
      "_id": "29"
    },
    {
      "_id": "30"
    },
    {
      "_id": "31"
    },
    {
      "_id": "84"
    },
    {
      "_id": "85"
    },
    {
      "_id": "100"
    },
    {
      "_id": "140"
    },
    {
      "_id": "141"
    },
    {
      "_id": "212"
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 12,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Query a specific In Basket classification
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Epic/InBasketClassifications/140"
{
  "_id": "140",
  "__NAME__": "Model AP Pt Clinical Msg Pool",
  "__UID__": "140"
}
Query Epic groups
Query all groups
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Epic/__GROUP__?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "1"
    },
    {
      "_id": "2"
    },
    {
      "_id": "3"
    },
    {
      "_id": "4"
    },
    {
      "_id": "5"
    },
    {
      "_id": "6"
    },
    {
      "_id": "7"
    },
    {
      "_id": "1000"
    },
    {
      "_id": "1001"
    },
    {
      "_id": "1002"
    },
    {
      "_id": "1003"
    },
    {
      "_id": "1004"
    },
    {
      "_id": "1005"
    },
    {
      "_id": "1006"
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 14,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Query a specific group
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Epic/__GROUP__/1000"
{
  "_id": "1000",
  "__NAME__": "Community",
  "__UID__": "1000",
  "Type": "Community",
  "Undefined3": "Customer~Epic Customer"
}

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the Epic Connector

The Epic Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

Epic Connector Configuration

The Epic Connector has the following configurable properties:

Basic Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

clientId

String

null

Yes

Provides the Client ID to authorize the Epic APIs.

privateKey

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

Provides the Private key in pkcs8 format.

userName

String

null

Yes

Provides the Username required for Connection.

password

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

Provides the Password required for Connection.

userTemplatesFilePath

String

null

No

Provides the location of User Template file.

subTemplatesFilePath

String

null

No

Provides the location of User Subtemplate file.

inBasketFilePath

String

null

No

Provides the location of In Basket Classifications File.

groupsFilePath

String

null

No

Provides the location of Group File.

maxRecords

int

50

No

Provides the Maximum records for search operation.

maxConnections

Integer

10

No

Provides the Maximum connections.

connectionTimeout

int

600

No

Provides the Maximum Connection Timeout in seconds.

accessToken

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Provides the Access token to establish connectivity with the target.

tokenValidity

Long

null

No

Provides the Validity period of the token.

httpProxyHost

String

null

No

Provides the HTTP Proxy Host.

httpProxyPort

Integer

null

No

Provides the HTTP Proxy Port.

httpProxyUsername

String

null

No

Provides the HTTP Proxy Username.

httpProxyPassword

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Provides the HTTP Proxy Password.

restEndpoint

String

https://vendorservices.epic.com/Interconnect-amcurprd-personnel-oauth/

No

The HTTP URL for the REST End point (https://myserver.com/service/).

soapEndpoint

String

https://vendorservices.epic.com/Interconnect-amcurprd-personnel-username/

No

The HTTP URL for the SOAP End point (https://myserver.com/service/).

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Google Apps connector

The Google Apps connector is bundled with IDM and Advanced Identity Cloud. A sample connector configuration is also included with IDM. The Google Apps connector lets you interact with Google’s web applications.

The Google Apps connector is subject to the API Limits and Quotas imposed by Google. The connector also adheres to the implementation guidelines set out by Google for implementing exponential backoff.

Google project requirements

Use of the Google Apps connector requires a properly configured Google project. The basic steps for configuring a Google project should be used as an outline, as the specific options, menus, and features may have changed.

  1. Log in to the Google Apps Developers Console and update your existing project or create a new project.

  2. Enable the following APIs for your project:

    Failure to enable the specified APIs results in the following depending on the Google Apps connector version:

    • For version 1.5.20.19 and earlier, connector requests hang indefinitely with no error message.

    • For version 1.5.20.20 and later, the connector logs an error.

  3. Set up an OAuth2 Client.

    The Google Apps connector uses OAuth2 to authorize the connection to the Google service:

    1. In the Google Apps Developers Console, select Credentials > Create Credentials > OAuth client ID.

    2. Click Configure Consent Screen, select Internal, and click Create.

    3. On the OAuth consent screen, enter an Application name; for example, RCS, and click Save.

      This name displays for all applications registered in this project.

    4. Select Credentials > Create Credentials > OAuth client ID > Web application, and enter information in the following fields:

      Authorized JavaScript origins

      The URI that clients use to access your application. The default URI is https://localhost:8443.

      The URI that you enter here must be the same you use to access RCS.
      Authorized redirect URIs

      The OAuth redirect URI, https://localhost:8443/admin/oauth.html by default.

    5. Click Create.

    6. On the OAuth client created pop-up, make a note of your Client ID and Client Secret.

  4. Add RCS to the Trusted Apps list:

    1. Log in to the Google Admin Console.

    2. From the top left menu, select Security > API Controls.

    3. Select MANAGE THIRD-PARTY APP ACCESS, click Change Access, and change the RCS app settings to Trusted.

Install the Google Apps connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

Google Apps

Yes

No

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/googleapps-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the Google Apps connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select Google Apps Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to Google Apps Connector Configuration

    A Sign in with Google page displays.

  6. Log in.

    After you log in, Google requests access for the project.

  7. Click Allow.

    If you click Deny, you must return to the Connector Configuration > Details tab in the admin UI, and save your changes again.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

The Google Apps connector uses OAuth2 to authorize the connection to the Google service. To use this authorization mechanism, you must supply a clientId and clientSecret, to obtain an access token from Google. You can get the clientId and clientKey from the Google Developers Console after you have configured your Web Application.

A sample Google Apps connector configuration file is provided in samples/example-configurations/provisioners/provisioner.openicf-google.json with IDM.

This excerpt shows a sample Google Apps connector configuration. The default location of the connector .jar file is openidm/connectors. Therefore, the value of the connectorHostRef property must be "#LOCAL":

{
    "connectorHostRef": "#LOCAL",
    "connectorName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.googleapps.GoogleAppsConnector",
    "bundleName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.googleapps-connector",
    "bundleVersion": "[1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0)"
},

The required configuration properties are as follows:

"configurationProperties": {
    "domain": "",
    "clientId": "",
    "clientSecret": null,
    "refreshToken": null
},
domain

Set to the domain name for OAuth 2-based authorization.

clientId

A client identifier, as issued by the OAuth 2 authorization server. For more information, refer to the following section of RFC 6749: Client Identifier.

clientSecret

Sometimes also known as the client password. OAuth 2 authorization servers can support the use of clientId and clientSecret credentials, as noted in the following section of RFC 6749: Client Password.

refreshToken

A client can use an OAuth 2 refresh token to continue accessing resources. For more information, refer to the following section of RFC 6749: Refresh Tokens.

For a sample Google Apps configuration that includes OAuth 2-based entries for configurationProperties, refer to Synchronize accounts with the Google Apps connector.

Test the Google Apps connector

You can test the configuration is correct by running the following command:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/googleapps?_action=test"
{
  "name": "googleapps",
  "enabled": true,
  "config": "config/provisioner.openicf/googleapps",
  "connectorRef": {
    "bundleVersion": "[1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0)",
    "bundleName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.googleapps-connector",
    "connectorName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.googleapps.GoogleAppsConnector"
  },
  "displayName": "GoogleApps Connector",
  "objectTypes": [
    "Role",
    "OrgUnit",
    "LicenseAssignment",
    "__GROUP__",
    "__ALL__",
    "RoleAssignment",
    "Privilege",
    "__ACCOUNT__",
    "Member"
  ],
  "ok": true
}

If the command returns "ok": true, your connector was configured correctly, and can authenticate to the Google Cloud Platform system.

Google Apps remote connector

If you want to run this connector outside of PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or IDM, you can configure the Google Apps connector as a remote connector. Java Connectors installed remotely on a Java Connector Server function identically to those bundled locally within PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or installed locally on IDM.

You can download the Google Apps connector from here.

Refer to Remote connectors for configuring the Google Apps remote connector.

Use the Google Apps connector with a proxy server

If the IDM server is hosted behind a firewall and requests to the Google Apps server are routed through a proxy, you must specify the proxy host and port in the connector configuration so that the connector can pass this information to the lower Google API.

To specify the proxy server details, set the proxyHost, proxyPort and validateCertificate properties in the connector configuration. For example:

"configurationProperties": {
    ...
    "proxyHost": "myproxy.home.com",
    "proxyPort": 8080,
    "validateCertificate": true,
    ...
}

The validateCertificate property indicates whether the proxy server should validate the server certificate from the local truststore.

Supported resource types

The Google Apps connector uses the Google Enterprise License Manager and Directory APIs to perform CRUD operations against resources within a Google Apps domain.

The following table lists the resource types that are supported by the Google Apps connector:

Supported resource types with the Google Apps connector
ICF Native Type Google Resource Type Naming Attribute

__ACCOUNT__

user

primaryEmail

__GROUP__

group

email

Member

member

{groupKey}/email

OrgUnit

orgUnit

{parentOrgUnitPath}/__NAME__

LicenseAssignment

licenseAssignment

{productId}/sku/{skuId}/user/{primaryEmail}

Role

role

{roleId}

RoleAssignment

roleassignment

{roleAssignmentId}

Privilege

privilege

Supported user attributes

The Google Apps connector supports the following user resource attributes:

Attribute Description

addresses

An array of addresses for the user account.

agreedToTerms

Whether the user has agreed to the Terms of Service.

aliases

An array of aliases for the user account.

archived

Whether the user account is archived.

changePasswordAtNextLogin

Whether the user must change their password at next login.

creationTime

The user creation time.

customerId

An ID used to identify the customer.

customSchemas

Define custom fields for user accounts.

deletionTime

The user deletion time.

emails

This attribute is managed using other attributes (primaryEmail, __SECONDARY_EMAILS__, aliases, nonEditableAliases).

etag

The ETag of the user account. Read-only attribute.

externalIds

An array of external IDs for the user account.

hashFunction

The hash function for the user’s password.

id

The unique ID for the user. id can be used as a user request URL’s userKey.

ims

An array of instant messenger accounts for the user.

includeInGlobalAddressList

Whether to include the user in the global address list.

ipWhitelisted

Whether the user’s IP is allowlisted.

isAdmin

Whether the user is an admin.

isDelegatedAdmin

Whether the user is a delegated administrator.

isEnforcedIn2Sv

Whether the user is enforcing two-step verification.

isEnrolledIn2Sv

Whether the user is enrolled in two-step verification.

isMailboxSetup

Whether the user’s mailbox is set up.

kind

The kind of user, typically admin#directory#user. Read-only attribute.

languages

An array of the user’s language preferences.

lastLoginTime

The last time the user logged in.

name

An object containing the fullName, givenName and familyName attributes.

nonEditableAliases

An array of non-editable aliases for the user account.

organizations

An array of organizations for the user account.

orgUnitPath

The full path of the parent organization associated with the user. If the parent organization is top-level, it is represented as a forward slash (/).

password

The user’s password.

phones

An array of phone numbers for the user account.

primaryEmail

The user’s primary email address.

recoveryEmail

The user’s recovery email address.

recoveryPhone

The user’s recovery phone number.

relations

An array of relations for the user account.

__SECONDARY_EMAIL__

(Deprecated)

Do not use this attribute.

As of version 1.5.20.21, __SECONDARY_EMAIL__ is deprecated. Use the newer attribute __SECONDARY_EMAILS__. These two attributes are mutually exclusive.

__SECONDARY_EMAILS__

An array of the user’s email addresses, excluding their primary email address and all editable and non-editable aliases.

suspended

Whether the user is suspended.

suspensionReason

The reason the user account is suspended.

thumbnailPhotoUrl

The url to a user’s thumbnail photo.

Functional limitations

The Google Apps connector is subject to the following functional limitations:

  • In an UPDATE request, the old object (before the update) is returned in the request result. This behavior differs from that for other connectors, where the updated object is returned.

    Although the update is processed correctly, there is a significant delay from Google, and IDM sends its GET request to return the object before the update has taken effect. This behavior has no impact on the success of the update.

  • The connector does not implement the ICF Sync operation so you cannot use the connector for liveSync of supported Google Apps resources to IDM managed objects.

  • The connector does not implement the Authenticate operation so you cannot use the connector to perform pass-through authentication between IDM and a Google Apps domain. You can also not use this connector to perform password Change operations (as opposed to password Reset) because the connector cannot authenticate on behalf of the end user.

  • Support for Filters when performing Search operations is limited to those attributes described in connector-reference:google.adoc#google-apps-search-filters.

  • Google Apps creates a new User Alias each time the primaryEmail address associated with the User object is modified. You cannot delete User Aliases with the Google Apps connector, so you must manage Aliases directly from within the Google Apps console.

  • For PATCH requests, a connector can potentially add, remove, or replace an attribute value. The Google Apps connector does not implement the add or remove operations, so a PATCH request always replaces the entire attribute value with the new value.

Supported search filters

The Google Apps connector supports filtered searches against Google Apps resources. However, limitations imposed by the APIs provided by the Google Apps Admin SDK prevent filtering of resource types based on arbitrary attributes and values.

The following filter operators and attributes are supported for Search operations with the Google Apps connector:

Supported Operators and Filter Attributes With Google Apps Searches
Object Type Operators Attributes

__ACCOUNT__

And, Contains1, StartsWith, Equals

name, email, givenName, familyName, orgUnitPath, im, externalId, address, addressPoBox, addressExtended, addressStreet, addressLocality, addressRegion, addressPostalCode, addressCountry, orgName, orgTitle, orgDepartment, orgDescription, orgCostCenter

__GROUP__

Contains1, Equals

customer (Equals only), userKey (Equals only), _MEMBERS_ (Contains only)

Member

And, Equals

groupKey, memberKey (And only)

OrgUnit

StartsWith

orgUnitPath

LicenseAssignment

N/A

Role

N/A

RoleAssignment

N/A

Privilege

N/A

1 "Contains" looks for a whole word match, in the given order. For example, an API request with _queryFilter=givenName+co+'Ana' matches users with givenName values of "Ana" and "Ana Lucia" but not "Anabelle". A multi-word query for _queryFilter=givenName+co+'Ana Lucia' would match values of "Ana Lucia Evans" and "Ana Lucia Ball" but not "Lucia Ana".

Product licenses

The Google Apps connector can query all available licenses and return details of individual product licenses.

Query all available product licenses 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/googleapps/License?_queryFilter=true"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "Google-Apps/1010020027",
      "__NAME__": "Google Workspace Business Starter",
      "productId": "Google-Apps",
      "productName": "Google Workspace",
      "skuId": "1010020027",
      "skuName": "Google Workspace Business Starter"
    },
    {
      "_id": "Google-Drive-storage/Google-Drive-storage-20GB",
      "__NAME__": "Google-Drive-storage-20GB",
      "productId": "Google-Drive-storage",
      "productName": "Google-Drive-storage",
      "skuId": "Google-Drive-storage-20GB",
      "skuName": "Google-Drive-storage-20GB"
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 2,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Read a product license

To read the details of a license, perform a GET request on the endpoint:

system/googleapps/License/{PRODUCT_ID}/{SKU_ID}
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/googleapps/License/Google-Drive-storage/Google-Drive-storage-20GB"
{
  "_id": "Google-Drive-storage/Google-Drive-storage-20GB",
  "__NAME__": "Google-Drive-storage-20GB",
  "productId": "Google-Drive-storage",
  "productName": "Google-Drive-storage",
  "skuId": "Google-Drive-storage-20GB",
  "skuName": "Google-Drive-storage-20GB"
}

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the GoogleApps Connector

The GoogleApps Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

GoogleApps Connector Configuration

The GoogleApps Connector has the following configurable properties:

Basic Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

domain

String

null

Yes

Internet domain name. See https://support.google.com/a/answer/177483?hl=en.

clientId

String

null

Yes

Client identifier issued to the client during the registration process.

clientSecret

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

Client secret issued to the client during the registration process.

refreshToken

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

The refresh token allows you to get a new access token that is good for another hour. Refresh tokens never expire, they can only be revoked by the user or programatically by your app.

proxyHost

String

null

Yes

Defines an HTTP proxy host to use with the connection (example: "myproxy.home.com").

proxyPort

int

8080

Yes

Defines an HTTP proxy port to use with the connection (defaults to 8080).

validateCertificate

boolean

true

Yes

Specifies whether the validation of the server certificate from the locally stored truststore is enabled. (defaults to true).

usersMaxResults

int

100

No

Maximum number of Users to return. Acceptable values are 1 to 500, inclusive.

groupsMaxResults

int

200

No

Maximum number of Groups to return. Acceptable values are 1 to 200, inclusive.

membersMaxResults

int

200

No

Maximum number of Members to return. Acceptable values are greater than 1.

listProductMaxResults

long

100

No

Maximum number of Licenses to return. Acceptable values are 1 to 1000, inclusive.

listProductAndSkuMaxResults

long

100

No

Maximum number of Licenses to return. Acceptable values are 1 to 1000, inclusive.

availableLicenses

String[]

['101005/1010050001', '101001/1010010001', '101031/1010310010', '101034/1010340002', '101038/1010380002', '101034/1010340001', '101038/1010380003', '101034/1010340004', '101034/1010340003', '101034/1010340006', 'Google-Apps/Google-Apps-For-Business', '101034/1010340005', 'Google-Vault/Google-Vault', 'Google-Apps/1010020031', 'Google-Apps/1010020030', 'Google-Apps/1010060003', 'Google-Apps/1010060005', 'Google-Apps/Google-Apps-Unlimited', 'Google-Apps/1010020029', 'Google-Apps/Google-Apps-Lite', '101031/1010310003', '101033/1010330002', '101033/1010330004', 'Google-Apps/Google-Apps-For-Education', '101031/1010310002', '101033/1010330003', 'Google-Apps/1010020026', '101031/1010310007', 'Google-Apps/1010020025', '101031/1010310008', 'Google-Apps/1010020028', 'Google-Apps/Google-Apps-For-Postini', '101031/1010310005', 'Google-Apps/1010020027', '101031/1010310006', '101031/1010310009', 'Google-Vault/Google-Vault-Former-Employee', '101038/1010370001', 'Google-Apps/1010020020', 'Google-Apps/1010060001']

No

All Google Licenses that will be queried when requesting licenses assigned to a user. The format of the license is ProductId/SkuId (e.g. Google-Apps/101002002).

roleMaxResults

int

100

No

Maximum number of Licenses to return. Acceptable values are 1 to 100, inclusive.

roleAssignmentMaxResults

int

100

No

Maximum number of Licenses to return. Acceptable values are 1 to 100, inclusive.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Google Cloud Platform connector

Google Cloud Platform (GCP) is a suite of cloud computing services offered by Google. The GCP connector lets you manage and synchronize accounts between GCP and IDM managed user objects. A GCP administrator account is required for this connector to work.

Before you start

Before you configure the connector, log in to your GCP administrator account and note the following:

Domain name

The domain name of the account on GCP — for example, example.com.

Private key

The private key is required to sign the JWT token used to authenticate with GCP.

Service account

The GCP connector uses a service account with two-legged OAuth to connect to GCP. A service account is identified by its email address, which is unique to the account.

Admin user

The GCP administrator username.

The Admin SDK API must also be enabled to allow viewing and managing users in the Google Cloud Platform.

Install the GCP connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

Google Cloud Platform (GCP)

No

No

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/gcp-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the GCP connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select GCP Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to GCP Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

Test the GCP connector

You can test the configuration is correct by running the following command:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/gcp?_action=test"
{
  "name": "gcp",
  "enabled": true,
  "config": "config/provisioner.openicf/gcp",
  "connectorRef": {
    "bundleVersion": "[1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0)",
    "bundleName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.gcp-connector",
    "connectorName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.gcp.GcpConnector"
  },
  "displayName": "GCP Connector",
  "objectTypes": [
    "__ACCOUNT__",
    "__ALL__"
  ],
  "ok": true
}

If the command returns "ok": true, your connector was configured correctly, and can authenticate to the Google Cloud Platform system.

GCP remote connector

If you want to run this connector outside of PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or IDM, you can configure the GCP connector as a remote connector. Java Connectors installed remotely on a Java Connector Server function identically to those bundled locally within PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or installed locally on IDM.

You can download the GCP connector from here.

Refer to Remote connectors for configuring the GCP remote connector.

Use the GCP connector

The following GCP account attributes are supported by the GCP connector:

Attribute Description

__NAME__

The username of the user. This maps to a user’s primaryEmail property in GCP. Required.

__PASSWORD__

Password for the user account. Required.

givenName

The first name of the user. Required.

familyName

The last name of the user. Required.

__UID__

The user ID for the user account.

emails

A list of emails associated with the user account. For example:

"emails": [
    {
        "address": "liz@example.com",
        "type": "home",
        "customType": "",
        "primary": false
    }
],

addresses

A list of addresses associated with the user account. For example:

"addresses": [
    {
        "type": "work",
        "customType": "",
        "streetAddress": "1234 Example Road",
        "locality": "Mountain View",
        "region": "CA",
        "postalCode": "94043"
    }
],

organizations

A list of organizations the user account is associated with. For example:

"organizations": [
    {
        "symbol": "Texas",
        "customType": "te",
        "costCenter": "Accounting Principles",
        "domain": "IAM",
        "name": "cloudauth",
        "description": "Agreed Accounting Principles",
        "location": "California",
        "department": "engineering",
        "title": "member",
        "type": "unknown"
    }
],

phones

A list of phone numbers associated with the user account. For example:

"phones": [
    {
        "customType": "custom",
        "type": "custom",
        "value": "+1 888 555 2312",
        "primary": false
    }
],

relations

A list of the user’s relationships to other users. For example:

"relations": [
    {
        "customType": "Cousin",
        "type": "custom",
        "value": "Bob Jensen"
    }
]

externalIds

A list of external IDs for the user, such as employee or network IDs. For example:

"externalIds": [
    {
        "customType": "employee",
        "type": "custom",
        "value": "12345"
    }
],

For a full list of attributes on GCP user accounts, refer to the GCP documentation.

You can use the GCP connector to perform the following actions on a GCP account:

Create a GCP user

The following example creates a user with the minimum required attributes:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "__NAME__": "bjensen@example.com",
  "__PASSWORD__": "Passw0rd!",
  "givenName": "Barbara",
  "familyName": "Jensen"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/gcp/__ACCOUNT__?_action=create"
{
  "_id": "115637914640083360831"
}

When you create a new user, you must specify at least __NAME__, __PASSWORD__, givenName, and familyName. Refer to the list of available attributes for more information.
Update a GCP user

You can modify an existing user with a PUT request, including all attributes of the account in the request. The following attributes can be modified on a user:

  • primaryEmail

  • __PASSWORD__

  • givenName

  • familyName

  • organizations

  • addresses

  • emails

  • externalIds

  • relations

  • phones

For example, to add a new phone to a user:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__NAME__": "bjensen@example.com",
  "phones": [{
    "type": "mobile",
    "value": "+1 888 555 2312",
    "primary": true
  }]
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/gcp/__ACCOUNT__/115637914640083360831"
{
  "_id": "115637914640083360831",
  "givenName": "Barbara",
  "__UID__": "115637914640083360831",
  "phones": [
    {
      "value": "+1 888 555 2312",
      "type": "mobile"
    }
  ],
  "__NAME__": "bjensen@example.com",
  "familyName": "Jensen",
  "__ENABLE__": false,
  "emails": [
    {
      "address": "bjensen@example.com",
      "primary": true
    },
    {
      "address": "bjensen@example.com.test-google-a.com"
    }
  ]
}

The updated data may not appear in the initial response, but appears on any future queries of that user.
Query GCP users

The following example queries all GCP users:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/gcp/__ACCOUNT__?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "103181194086915091216"
    },
    {
      "_id": "104153234757881174617"
    },
    {
      "_id": "105181741894703739324"
    },
    {
      "_id": "105644268361304742523"
    },
    {
      "_id": "101682225764075422695"
    },
    {
      "_id": "101516788947553424126"
    },
    {
      "_id": "102825554929567443783"
    },
    {
      "_id": "101429904015255587067"
    },
    {
      "_id": "115637914640083360831"
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 9,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}

The following command queries a specific user by their ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/gcp/__ACCOUNT__/115637914640083360831"
{
  "_id": "115637914640083360831",
  "givenName": "Barbara",
  "__UID__": "115637914640083360831",
  "phones": [
    {
      "value": "+1 888 555 2312",
      "type": "mobile"
    }
  ],
  "__NAME__": "bjensen@example.com",
  "familyName": "Jensen",
  "__ENABLE__": false,
  "emails": [
    {
      "address": "bjensen@example.com",
      "primary": true
    },
    {
      "address": "bjensen@example.com.test-google-a.com"
    }
  ]
}
Reset a GCP account password 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "if-Match:*" \
--request PATCH \
--data '[{
  "operation": "add",
  "field": "__PASSWORD__",
  "value": "Passw0rd@123!"
}]' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/gcp/__ACCOUNT__/115637914640083360831"
{
  "_id": "115637914640083360831",
  "givenName": "Barbara",
  "__UID__": "115637914640083360831",
  "phones": [
    {
      "value": "+1 888 555 2312",
      "type": "mobile"
    }
  ],
  "__NAME__": "bjensen@example.com",
  "familyName": "Jensen",
  "__ENABLE__": false,
  "emails": [
    {
      "address": "bjensen@example.com",
      "primary": true
    },
    {
      "address": "bjensen@example.com.test-google-a.com"
    }
  ]
}

While the __PASSWORD__ field is not returned as part of the response, the user object is updated.
Delete a GCP account

You can use the GCP connector to delete an account from the GCP service.

The following example deletes a GCP account:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request DELETE \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/gcp/__ACCOUNT__/115637914640083360831"
{
  "_id": "115637914640083360831",
  "givenName": "Barbara",
  "__UID__": "115637914640083360831",
  "phones": [
    {
      "value": "+1 888 555 2312",
      "type": "mobile"
    }
  ],
  "__NAME__": "bjensen@example.com",
  "familyName": "Jensen",
  "__ENABLE__": false,
  "emails": [
    {
      "address": "bjensen@example.com",
      "primary": true
    },
    {
      "address": "bjensen@example.com.test-google-a.com"
    }
  ]
}

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the GCP Connector

The GCP Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

GCP Connector Configuration

The GCP Connector has the following configurable properties:

Configuration properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

domainName

String

null

Yes

Provides the domain name for GCP.

privateKey

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

Provides private key to authenticate GCP.

serviceAccount

String

null

Yes

Provides service account for fetching users from GCP.

adminUser

String

null

Yes

Provides admin user for fetching users from GCP.

maxResults

int

50

No

Provides user max results for fetching users from GCP.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Basic Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

httpProxyHost

String

null

No

Provides the HTTP proxy host.

httpProxyPort

Integer

null

No

Provides the HTTP proxy port.

httpProxyUsername

String

null

No

Provides the HTTP proxy username.

httpProxyPassword

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Provides the HTTP Proxy password.

connectionTimeout

Integer

300

No

Provides the maximum connection timeout in seconds.

maximumConnections

Integer

10

No

Provides the maximum connections.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Groovy connector toolkit

The generic Groovy connector toolkit runs a Groovy script for any ICF operation, such as search, update, create, and others, on any external resource.

The Groovy connector toolkit is not a complete connector in the traditional sense. Instead, it is a framework where you must write your own Groovy scripts to address your implementation requirements.

Configure scripted Groovy connectors

You cannot configure a scripted Groovy connector through the UI. Configure the connector over REST, as described in Configure Connectors Over REST.

Alternatively, create a connector configuration file in your project’s conf directory. A number of sample configurations for scripted Groovy implementations are provided in openidm/samples/example-configurations/provisioners/provisioner.openicf-scriptedimplementation.json. Use these as the basis for configuring your own scripted connector.

Samples describes a number of scripted connector implementations. The scripts provided with these samples demonstrate how the Groovy connector toolkit can be used. These scripts cannot be used as is in your deployment but are a good starting point to base your customization. For information about writing your own scripts, refer to Scripted connectors with Groovy.

Validate pooled connections

The scripted SQL connector uses the Tomcat JDBC Connection Pool to manage its connections. Occasionally, a JDBC resource accessed by the scripted SQL connector might become unavailable for a period. When the resource comes back online, IDM is able to recover automatically and resume operations. However, the connector might not be able to refresh its connection pool and might then pass a closed connection to its scripts. This can affect operations until IDM is restarted.

To avoid this situation, you can configure connection validation, where connections are validated before being borrowed from the connection pool.

To configure connection validation, add the following properties to the configurationProperties object in your connector configuration:

testOnBorrow

Validates the connection object before it is borrowed from the pool. If the object fails to validate, it is dropped from the pool and the connector attempts to borrow another object.

For this property to have an effect, you must set validationQuery to a non-null string.

validationQuery

The SQL query used to validate connections from the pool before returning them to the caller.

The precise query will differ, depending on the database that you are accessing. The following list provides sample queries for common databases:

HyperSQL DataBase (HSQLDB)
select 1 from INFORMATION_SCHEMA.SYSTEM_USERS
Oracle DB
select 1 from dual
DB2
select 1 from sysibm.sysdummy1
MySQL
select 1
Microsoft SQL
select 1
PostgreSQL
select 1
Ingres Database
select 1
Apache Derby
values 1
H2 Database
select 1
Firebird SQL
select 1 from rdb$database
validationInterval

Specifies the maximum frequency (in milliseconds) at which validation is run. If a connection is due for validation but was previously validated within this interval, it is not validated again.

The larger the value, the better the connector performance. However, with a large value you increase the chance of a stale connection being presented to the connector.

Connection validation can have an impact on performance and should not be done too frequently. With the following configuration, connections are validated no more than every 34 seconds:

{
    ...
    "configurationProperties" : {
        ...
        "testOnBorrow" : true,
        "validationQuery" : "select 1 from dual",
        "validationInterval" : 34000,
        ...
    },
    ...
}

Use custom properties in scripts

The customConfiguration and customSensitiveConfiguration properties enable you to inject custom properties into your scripts. Properties listed in customSensitiveConfiguration are encrypted.

For example, the following excerpt of the scripted Kerberos provisioner file shows how these properties inject the Kerberos user and encrypted password into the scripts, using the kadmin command.

"customConfiguration" : "kadmin { cmd = '/usr/sbin/kadmin.local'; user='<KADMIN USERNAME>'; default_realm='<REALM>' }",
"customSensitiveConfiguration" : "kadmin { password = '<KADMIN PASSWORD>'}",

Debug Groovy scripts

When you call a Groovy script from the Groovy connector, you can use the SLF4J logging facility to obtain debug information.

For instructions on how to use this facility, refer to the KnowledgeBase article How do I add logging to Groovy scripts in IDM.

Run scripts through the connector

Groovy toolkit connectors have two operations that allow you to run arbitrary script actions: runScriptOnConnector and runScriptOnResource. runScriptOnConnector is an operation that sends the script action to the connector to be compiled and executed. runScriptOnResource is an operation that sends the script to another script to be handled.

runScriptOnConnector

The runScriptOnConnector script lets you run an arbitrary script action through the connector. This script takes the following variables as input:

configuration

A handler to the connector’s configuration object.

options

A handler to the Operation Options.

operation

The operation type that corresponds to the action (RUNSCRIPTONCONNECTOR in this case).

log

A handler to the connector’s log.

To run an arbitrary script on a Groovy toolkit connector, define the script in the systemActions property of your provisioner file:

"systemActions" : [
    {
        "scriptId" : "MyScript",
        "actions" : [
            {
                "systemType" : ".*ScriptedConnector",
                "actionType" : "groovy",
                "actionFile" : "path/to/<script-name>.groovy"
            }
        ]
    }
]

If you want to define your script in the provisioner file itself rather than in a separate file, you can use the actionSource property instead of the actionFile one. A simple example follows:

"systemActions" : [
    {
        "scriptId" : "MyScript",
        "actions" : [
            {
                "systemType" : ".*ScriptedConnector",
                "actionType" : "groovy",
                "actionSource" : "2 * 2"
            }
        ]
    }
]
It is optional to prepend the last script statement in actionSource with return.

Running MyScript will return:

{
  "actions" : [
    {
      "result": 4
    }
  ]
}

If your script accepts parameters, you may supply them in the request body or the query string. For example:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
--data-raw '{"param1":"value1"}'
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/groovy?_action=script&scriptId=MyScript&param2=value2"**

You can also call it through the IDM script engine. Note that the system can accept arbitrary parameters, as demonstrated here:

openidm.action("/system/groovy", "script", {"contentParameter": "value"}, {"scriptId": "MyScript", "additionalParameter1": "value1", "additionalParameter2": "value2"})

runScriptOnResource

To run an arbitrary script using runScriptOnResource, you must add some configuration details to your provisioner file. These details include a scriptOnResourceScriptFileName which references a script file located in a path contained in the scriptRoots array.

Define these properties in your provisioner file as follows:

"configurationProperties": {
  "scriptRoots": [
    "path/to/scripts"
  ],
  "scriptOnResourceScriptFileName": "ScriptOnResourceScript.groovy"
},
"systemActions" : [
    {
        "scriptId" : "script-1",
        "actions" : [
            {
                "systemType" : ".*ScriptedConnector",
                "actionType" : "groovy",
                "actionFile" : "path/to/<script-name>.groovy"
            }
        ]
    }
]

When you have defined the script, you can call it over REST on the system endpoint, as follows:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/groovy?_action=script&scriptId=scriptOnResourceScript&scriptExecuteMode=resource"

Script compilation and caching

The first time a script is read, it is compiled from Groovy script to Java bytecode and cached in memory. Each time the script is called, the Groovy script engine checks the last modified of the script file to determine if it has changed. If it has not changed, the cached bytecode is executed. If it has changed, the script is reloaded, compiled and cached.

Implemented interfaces

The following tables list the ICF interfaces that are implemented for non-poolable and poolable connector implementations:

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the Scripted Groovy Connector

The Scripted Groovy Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Authenticate

Provides simple authentication with two parameters, presumed to be a user name and password.

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Resolve Username

Resolves an object by its username and returns the uid of the object.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Script on Resource

Runs a script on the target resource that is managed by this connector.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Sync

Polls the target resource for synchronization events, that is, native changes to objects on the target resource.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the Scripted Poolable Groovy Connector

The Scripted Poolable Groovy Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Authenticate

Provides simple authentication with two parameters, presumed to be a user name and password.

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Resolve Username

Resolves an object by its username and returns the uid of the object.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Script on Resource

Runs a script on the target resource that is managed by this connector.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Sync

Polls the target resource for synchronization events, that is, native changes to objects on the target resource.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

Configuration properties

The following tables list the configuration properties for non-poolable and poolable connector implementations:

Scripted Groovy Connector Configuration

The Scripted Groovy Connector has the following configurable properties:

Groovy Engine configuration
Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

scriptRoots

String[]

null

Yes

The root folder to load the scripts from. If the value is null or empty the classpath value is used.

classpath

String[]

[]

No

Classpath for use during compilation.

debug

boolean

false

No

If true, debugging code should be activated.

disabledGlobalASTTransformations

String[]

null

No

Sets a list of global AST transformations which should not be loaded even if they are defined in META-INF/org.codehaus.groovy.transform.ASTTransformation files. By default, none is disabled.

minimumRecompilationInterval

int

100

No

Sets the minimum of time after a script can be recompiled.

recompileGroovySource

boolean

false

No

If set to true recompilation is enabled.

scriptBaseClass

String

null

No

Base class name for scripts (must derive from Script).

scriptExtensions

String[]

['groovy']

No

Gets the extensions used to find groovy files.

sourceEncoding

String

UTF-8

No

Encoding for source files.

targetDirectory

File

null

No

Directory into which to write classes.

tolerance

int

10

No

The error tolerance, which is the number of non-fatal errors (per unit) that should be tolerated before compilation is aborted.

verbose

boolean

false

No

If true, the compiler should produce action information.

warningLevel

int

1

No

Warning Level of the compiler.

customConfiguration

String

null

No

Custom Configuration script for Groovy ConfigSlurper.

customSensitiveConfiguration

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Custom Sensitive Configuration script for Groovy ConfigSlurper.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Operation Script Files
Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

authenticateScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the AUTHENTICATE operation.

createScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the CREATE operation.

customizerScriptFileName

String

null

No

The script used to customize some function of the connector. Read the documentation for more details.

deleteScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the DELETE operation.

resolveUsernameScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the RESOLVE_USERNAME operation.

schemaScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the SCHEMA operation.

scriptOnResourceScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the RUNSCRIPTONRESOURCE operation.

searchScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the SEARCH operation.

syncScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the SYNC operation.

testScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the TEST operation.

updateScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the UPDATE operation.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Scripted Poolable Groovy Connector Configuration

The Scripted Poolable Groovy Connector has the following configurable properties:

Groovy Engine configuration
Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

scriptRoots

String[]

null

Yes

The root folder to load the scripts from. If the value is null or empty the classpath value is used.

classpath

String[]

[]

No

Classpath for use during compilation.

debug

boolean

false

No

If true, debugging code should be activated.

disabledGlobalASTTransformations

String[]

null

No

Sets a list of global AST transformations which should not be loaded even if they are defined in META-INF/org.codehaus.groovy.transform.ASTTransformation files. By default, none is disabled.

minimumRecompilationInterval

int

100

No

Sets the minimum of time after a script can be recompiled.

recompileGroovySource

boolean

false

No

If set to true recompilation is enabled.

scriptBaseClass

String

null

No

Base class name for scripts (must derive from Script).

scriptExtensions

String[]

['groovy']

No

Gets the extensions used to find groovy files.

sourceEncoding

String

UTF-8

No

Encoding for source files.

targetDirectory

File

null

No

Directory into which to write classes.

tolerance

int

10

No

The error tolerance, which is the number of non-fatal errors (per unit) that should be tolerated before compilation is aborted.

verbose

boolean

false

No

If true, the compiler should produce action information.

warningLevel

int

1

No

Warning Level of the compiler.

customConfiguration

String

null

No

Custom Configuration script for Groovy ConfigSlurper.

customSensitiveConfiguration

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Custom Sensitive Configuration script for Groovy ConfigSlurper.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Operation Script Files
Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

authenticateScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the AUTHENTICATE operation.

createScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the CREATE operation.

customizerScriptFileName

String

null

No

The script used to customize some function of the connector. Read the documentation for more details.

deleteScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the DELETE operation.

resolveUsernameScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the RESOLVE_USERNAME operation.

schemaScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the SCHEMA operation.

scriptOnResourceScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the RUNSCRIPTONRESOURCE operation.

searchScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the SEARCH operation.

syncScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the SYNC operation.

testScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the TEST operation.

updateScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the UPDATE operation.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

HubSpot connector

The HubSpot connector lets you synchronize HubSpot contacts and companies with managed objects in an IDM repository.

This topic describes how to install and configure the HubSpot connector, and how to perform basic tests to ensure that it’s running correctly.

For a complete example that includes the configuration required to synchronize users with this connector, refer to Synchronize data between IDM and HubSpot.

Before you configure the HubSpot connector, you must have a client app in HubSpot, with the corresponding clientID, clientSecret and refreshToken.

Install the HubSpot connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

HubSpot

No

No

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/hubspot-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the HubSpot connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select HubSpot Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to HubSpot Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

Alternatively, configure the connector with a configuration file. IDM provides a sample connector configuration file in the /path/to/openidm/samples/example-configurations/provisioners directory. Copy this sample file (provisioner.openicf-hubspot.json) to your project’s conf directory.

Adjust the configurationProperties to match your HubSpot application details. You must provide a clientId, clientSecret, and refreshToken. Other properties are optional:

"configurationProperties" : {
    "clientId" : "daa533ae-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-6e66d84e6448",
    "clientSecret" : "c598a365-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-24b32b6ae04d",
    "refreshToken" : "f37e1132-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-4b9e724ce4a0",
    "acceptSelfSignedCertificates" : true,
    "readSchema" : "true",
    "disableHostNameVerifier" : false,
    "maximumConnections" : "10",
    "permitsPerSecond" : "10",
    "httpProxyHost" : null,
    "httpProxyPort" : null
}

IDM encrypts the clientSecret and refreshToken as soon as the connector is enabled.

Test the HubSpot connector

Test that the configuration is correct by running the following command:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system?_action=test"
[
  {
    "name": "hubspot",
    "enabled": true,
    "config": "config/provisioner.openicf/hubspot",
    "connectorRef": {
      "bundleVersion": "[1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0)",
      "bundleName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.hubspot-connector",
      "connectorName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.hubspot.HubspotConnector"
    },
    "displayName": "Hubspot Connector",
    "objectTypes": [
      "company",
      "contactProperties",
      "__ALL__",
      "companyProperties",
      "contact"
    ],
    "ok": true
  }
]

A status of "ok": true indicates that the connector can connect to HubSpot.

HubSpot remote connector

If you want to run this connector outside of PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or IDM, you can configure the HubSpot connector as a remote connector. Java Connectors installed remotely on a Java Connector Server function identically to those bundled locally within PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or installed locally on IDM.

You can download the HubSpot connector from here.

Refer to Remote connectors for configuring the HubSpot remote connector.

Implementation specifics

For PATCH requests, a connector can potentially add, remove, or replace an attribute value. The HubSpot connector does not implement the add or remove operations, so a PATCH request always replaces the entire attribute value with the new value.

Using the HubSpot connector With a proxy server

If the IDM server is hosted behind a firewall and requests to the resource provider are routed through a proxy, you must specify the proxy host and port in the connector configuration.

To specify the proxy server details, set the httpProxyHost, and httpProxyPort properties in the connector configuration. For example:

"configurationProperties": {
    ...
    "httpProxyHost": "myproxy.home.com",
    "httpProxyPort": 8080,
    ...
}

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the Hubspot Connector

The Hubspot Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

Hubspot Connector Configuration

The Hubspot Connector has the following configurable properties:

Basic Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

clientId

String

null

Yes

Client ID of the OAuth application in Hubspot.

clientSecret

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

Client Secret for the preceding Client ID.

refreshToken

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

Refresh token for application in Hubspot.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Advanced Connection Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

acceptSelfSignedCertificates

boolean

false

Yes

Specifies whether the HubSpot server should accept self-signed certificates. Defaults to false.

readSchema

Boolean

false

Yes

If false, the Hubspot connector provides a default schema for Hubspot contacts and companies.

disableHostNameVerifier

boolean

false

Yes

If hostname verification is disabled, the HubSpot server accepts connections from any host. Defaults to false.

maximumConnections

Integer

10

Yes

Maximum number of simultaneous connections to HubSpot.

permitsPerSecond

Integer

10

Yes

Number of Api calls to be made per second.

httpProxyHost

String

null

Yes

Specifies the Hostname if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and HubSpot. Defaults to null.

httpProxyPort

Integer

null

Yes

Specifies the Port number if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and HubSpot . Defaults to null.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

IBM RACF connector

IBM Resource Access Control Facility (RACF) is an access control system for IBM mainframes running z/OS. The RACF connector lets you manage and synchronize accounts between RACF and IDM managed user objects. A RACF administrator account is required for this connector to work.

Before you start

The User ID and Password combination you use for connector setup must have access to the /rseapi/api/v1/tso RACF endpoint and be able to perform the following RACF commands:

  • SEARCH

  • LISTUSER

  • ADDUSER

  • ALTUSER

  • DELUSER

  • LISTGRP

  • ADDGROUP

  • ALTGROUP

  • DELGROUP

Before you configure the connector, log in to your RACF administrator account and note the following:

Host name

The domain name or IP address of the host where RACF is running.

Port

The port RACF is configured to use.

User ID

The RACF administrator user ID.

Password

The password for the RACF administrator account.

Segments

A list of RACF user profile segments that are supported. Refer to RACF segments and attributes for a list of available segments.

Accept self-signed certificates

A boolean determining whether RACF is configured to allow self-signed certificates. This should usually be false in production environments, but may be true during development.

Client certificate alias

Alias name for the client certificate.

Client certificate password

Password for the client certificate.

Install a signed certificate

You can install a signed certificate to access the ZD&T Enterprise Edition web server. To generate your own pkcs12 keystore (zdtkey.p12) containing the certificate and add the encrypted password to the server.env file, do the following:

  1. Check your installed web server’s installation directory. For example, /opt/ibm/zDT is the default installation directory, but you can specify your own installation directory during the installation process.

  2. Generate zdtkey.p12 and place it in the /path/to/zDT/zDTServer/resources/security.

    openssl pkcs12 -export -out zdtkey.p12 -inkey cert.key -in cert.crt -password pass:$passcert

  3. Modify the encrypted key store password:

    1. Get the value of wlp.password.encryption.key in the /path/to/zDT/zDTServer/resources/security/bootstrap.properties.

    2. Run the following command where you installed the web server:

      /path/to/zDT/Liberty/bin/securityUtility encode --encoding=aes --key=<value_of_wlp.password.encryption.key> <password>
      To run securityUtility successfully, the Java path must be set. For more information, refer to Java requirements.

    3. Modify the /path/to/zDT/Liberty/usr/servers/zDTServer/server.env file with your encoded password value. For example:

      POSTGRES_SERVER=xxx
POSTGRES_PORT=5432
...
KEYSTORE_PASSWORD={aes}AG6i...JiS0p

Install the RACF connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

IBM RACF

No

Yes

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/racf-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the RACF connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select RACF Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to RACF Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

Test the RACF connector

You can test the configuration is correct by running the following command:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/racf?_action=test"
{
  "name": "racf",
  "enabled": true,
  "config": "config/provisioner.openicf/racf",
  "connectorRef": {
    "bundleVersion": "[1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0)",
    "bundleName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.racf-connector",
    "connectorName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.racf.RacfConnector"
  },
  "displayName": "RACF Connector",
  "objectTypes": [
    "__ACCOUNT__",
    "__ALL__",
    "__GROUP__"
  ],
  "ok": true
}

If the command returns "ok": true, your connector was configured correctly, and can authenticate to the RACF system.

RACF remote connector

If you want to run this connector outside of PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or IDM, you can configure the RACF connector as a remote connector. Java Connectors installed remotely on a Java Connector Server function identically to those bundled locally within PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or installed locally on IDM.

You can download the RACF connector from here.

Refer to Remote connectors for configuring the RACF remote connector.

Configure connection pooling

The RACF connector uses the Apache HTTP client, which leverages the HTTP client connection pool, not the ICF connector pool.

RACF segments and attributes

The following tables list available attributes by segment. Attributes listed in the BASE segment are available by default. To use any other attributes, include the segment name in the list of segments in the RACF connector configuration.

User accounts support create, update, query, and delete actions. Groups only support query actions.

Account attributes

The following attributes are available to the __ACCOUNT__ resource object:

BASE segment
Attribute Description

userId

The user’s ID. Required.

__NAME__

The user’s system name. Must match userID. Required.

NAME

The user’s name.

OWNER

Owner of the user’s profile.

DFLTGRP

User’s default group.

AUTHORITY

User’s authority in the default group.

__PASSWORD__

User’s password.

PHRASE

Optional password phrase.

REVOKE

Expiration date for the user’s system access.

RESUME

Date the user’s system access is restored.

WHEN

Days of the week and hours of the day the user has access to the system.

CLAUTH

Classes in which the user can define profiles.

MODEL

Name of the data model profile used when creating new data profiles (either generic or discrete).

GROUP

The group the user belongs to.

SECLABEL

The user’s default security label.

GRPACC

Whether other group members have access to any other group set the user protects.

RESTRICTED

Indicates that when checking global access, the account will not be used to allow access to a resource.

AUDITOR

Gives the user the system-wide auditor attribute.

OPERATIONS

Gives the user the system-wide operations attribute.

SPECIAL

Gives the user the system-wide special attribute.

ADSP

Indicates all permanent data sets this user creates should be discrete profiles in RACF.
CICS segment
Attribute Description

CICS_OPCLASS

The classes the user is assigned in CICS. Determines which basic mapping support (BMS) messages are routed to the user. Represented as a number ranging from 01 to 24.

CICS_OPIDENT

A 1-3 character identification of the user for use by BMS.

CICS_OPPRTY

The number (0 to 255) that represents the priority of the user.

CICS_RSLKEY

The resource security level (RSL) keys assigned to the user.

CICS_TIMEOUT

The time in hours and minutes (either HMM or HHMM format) that the operator is allowed to be idle before being signed out.

CICS_TSLKEY

The transaction security level (TLS) keys assigned to the user.

CICS_XRFSOFF

Indicates whether the user should be signed out when an XRF takeover occurs.
DCE segment
Attribute Description

DCE_AUTOLOGIN

Single Sign On (SSO) processing. Either YES or NO.

DCE_DCENAME

The user’s DCE principal name.

DCE_HOMECELL

The user’s DCE home cell.

DCE_HOMEUUID

Defines the mapping between the user’s RACF user ID and the corresponding DCE principal UUID.

DCE_UUID

The user’s principal DCE UUID.
DFP segment
Attribute Description

DFP_DATAAPPL

The user’s DFP data application identifier.

DFP_DATACLAS

The user’s default data class for attributes used during allocation of any new data sets.

DFP_MGMTCLAS

The user’s default management class for attributes used in managing a data set after it is allocated.

DFP_STORCLAS

The user’s default storage class for logical storage attributes.
KERB segment
Attribute Description

KERB_ENCRYPT

The user’s encryption key types. Available values include: DES, DES3, DESD, AES128, and AES256.

KERB_KERBNAME

The user’s local principal name. The value specified must be unique.

KERB_MAXTKTLFE

The maximum Kerberos ticket life specified in seconds. Note that 0 is not a valid value.
LANGUAGE segment
Attribute Description

LANGUAGE_PRIMARY

The user’s primary language.

LANGUAGE_SECONDARY

The user’s secondary language.
LNOTES segment
Attribute Description

LNOTES_SNAME

The user’s short name for use with Lotus Notes in z/OS.
NDS segment
Attribute Description

NDS_UNAME

The user’s name for use with Novell Directory Services.
NETVIEW segment
Attribute Description

NETVIEW_CONSNAME

Master Console Station (MCS) console identifier. The console name value is an identifier 1-8 characters in length whose validity is checked by MVS processing.

NETVIEW_CTL

Specifies whether a security check is performed for this user. Either GLOBAL, GENERAL, or SPECIFIC.

NETVIEW_DOMAINS

The domain identifier for any domains where the user can start a cross-domain session.

NETVIEW_IC

The initial command or list of commands to be executed by NetView when the user logs in.

NETVIEW_MSGRECVR

Indicates whether the user can receive unsolicited messages.

NETVIEW_NGMFADMN

Indicates whether the user can use the NetView graphic monitor facility.

NETVIEW_OPCLASS

NetView scope classes the user has authority with. The class value is a number from 1 to 2040.
OMVS segment
Attribute Description

OMVS_ASSIZEMAX

The user’s z/OS maximum address space size.

OMVS_CPUTIMEMAX

The user’s z/OS maximum CPU time allowed.

OMVS_FILEPROCMAX

The user’s z/OS maximum number of files allowed per process.

OMVS_HOME

The user’s z/OS home directory path.

OMVS_MEMLIMIT

The user’s z/OS non-shared memory size limit.

OMVS_MMAPAREAMAX

The user’s z/OS maximum memory map size.

OMVS_PROCUSERMAX

The user’s maximum number of processes per UID in z/OS.

OMVS_PROGRAM

The user’s z/OS path name, such as a default shell program.

OMVS_SHMEMMAX

The user’s z/OS maximum shared memory size.

OMVS_THREADSMAX

The user’s z/OS maximum number of threads per process.

OMVS_UID

The user’s z/OS user ID.
OPERPARM segment
Attribute Description

OPERPARM_ALTGRP

Alternative console group used for recovery.

OPERPARM_AUTH

The user’s command authority.

OPERPARM_CMDSYS

Name of the system to which the user is connected for command processing.

OPERPARM_DOM

Indicates whether the console can receive delete operator message (DOM) requests.

OPERPARM_HC

Indicates whether this console should receive all messages that are directed to hardcopy.

OPERPARM_INTIDS

Indicates whether or not a console should receive messages directed to the internal console.

OPERPARM_KEY

Indicates a data retrieval key used to search for user consoles using the DISPLAY CONSOLES command.

OPERPARM_LEVEL

Message level the user should receive. Available values include R, I, CE, E, IN, NB, or ALL. If you specify ALL, you cannot specify R, I, CE, E, or IN.

OPERPARM_LOGCMDRESP

Indicates whether command responses received by the user are logged.

OPERPARM_MFORM

Specifies the format messages are displayed in. Available values include J, M, S, T, and X.

OPERPARM_MIGID

Indicates whether the user should receive a migration console ID.

OPERPARM_MONITOR

List of events the user can monitor.

OPERPARM_MSCOPE

List of the systems this console can receive unsolicited messages from.

OPERPARM_ROUTCODE

Routing codes for messages this console receives.

OPERPARM_STORAGE

The amount of virtual storage (in megabytes) the console is allowed for message queuing.

OPERPARM_UD

Specifies whether this console should receive undelivered messages.

OPERPARM_UNKNIDS

Indicates whether a console should receive messages directed to unknown console IDs.
OVM segment
Attribute Description

OVM_UID

The user’s OpenExtensions for z/VM user ID.

OVM_FSROOT

The user’s OpenExtensions for z/VM file system root directory path.

OVM_HOME

The user’s OpenExtensions for z/VM home directory path.

OVM_PROGRAM

The user’s OpenExtensions for z/VM program path, such as a default shell program.
PROXY segment
Attribute Description

PROXY_LDAPHOST

The URL of the LDAP server which the z/OS LDAP server contacts when acting as a proxy. An LDAP URL has a format such as ldap://123.45.6:389 or ldaps://123.45.6:636.

PROXY_BINDDN

The distinguished name (DN) which the z/OS LDAP server uses when acting as a proxy. A DN is made using comma-separated attribute value pairs.
TSO segment
Attribute Description

TSO_ACCTNUM

The user’s default TSO account number.

TSO_HOLDCLASS

The user’s default hold class.

TSO_JOBCLASS

The user’s default job class.

TSO_MAXSIZE

The user’s maximum region size.

TSO_MSGCLASS

The user’s default message class.

TSO_PROC

The name of the user’s default login procedure.

TSO_SIZE

The user’s default region size.
WORKATTR segment
Attribute Description

WORKATTR_WANAME

User name on SYSOUT.

WORKATTR_WABLDG

Building on SYSOUT.

WORKATTR_WADEPT

Department on SYSOUT.

WORKATTR_WAROOM

Room on SYSOUT.

WORKATTR_WAADDR1

SYSOUT address line 1.

WORKATTR_WAADDR2

SYSOUT address line 2.

WORKATTR_WAADDR3

SYSOUT address line 3.

WORKATTR_WAADDR4

SYSOUT address line 4.

WORKATTR_WAACCNT

Account number.

WORKATTR_WAEMAIL

User email address.

Group attributes

The following attributes are available to the __GROUP__ resource object:

BASE Segment
Attribute Description

GID

Group ID.

NAME

Group name.

OWNER

Group owner.

MODEL

Data set model profile to use when creating new data profiles, either generic or discrete.

SUPGROUP

Group’s superior group.

TERMUACC

RACF allows any user in this group to access a terminal based on the universal access authority for that terminal.

UNIVERSAL

Universal groups allow an effectively unlimited number of users to be connected.

DATA

Installation-defined data stored in the group profile.
OVM segment
Attribute Description

OVM_GID

Group identifier.
OMVS segment
Attribute Description

OMVS_GID

Group identifier.
DFP segment
Attribute Description

DFP_DATACLAS

Default data class.

DFP_MGMTCLAS

Default management class.

DFP_STORCLAS

Default storage class.

DFP_DATAAPPL

DFP data application identifier.
TME segment
Attribute Description

TME_ROLES

Group profile Tivoli security role.

Use the RACF connector

You can use the RACF connector to perform the following actions:

Users

  • When you create a new user, you must specify at least __NAME__ and userId. Refer to the list of available attributes for more information.

  • The length of userId must be 1-8 characters and can consist of any combination of:

    • Uppercase letters A-Z

    • Numbers 0-9

    • # (X'7B')

    • $ (X'5B')

    • @ (X'7C')

  • __NAME__ can be a maximum of 20 characters consisting of alphanumeric and non-alphanumeric characters.
Create a RACF user

The following example creates a user with the minimum required attributes:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "__NAME__": "BJENSEN",
  "userId": "BJENSEN"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/racf/__ACCOUNT__?_action=create"
{
  "_id": "BJENSEN",
  "NAME": "UNKNOWN",
  "LAST-ACCESS": "UNKNOWN",
  "DFLTGRP": "SYS1",
  "WHEN": {
    "DAYS": "ANYDAY",
    "TIME": "ANYTIME"
  },
  "PASS-INTERVAL": "N/A",
  "PHRASEDATE": "N/A",
  "__NAME__": "BJENSEN",
  "__ENABLE__": true,
  "SECLABEL": "NONE SPECIFIED",
  "userId": "BJENSEN",
  "ATTRIBUTES": [
    "PROTECTED"
  ],
  "PASSDATE": "N/A",
  "SECLEVEL": "NONE SPECIFIED",
  "__GROUP__": [
    {
      "GROUP": "SYS1",
      "OWNER": "IBMUSER",
      "AUTH": "USE",
      "UACC": "NONE"
    }
  ],
  "OWNER": "IBMUSER"
}

The following example creates a user with additional attributes:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "__NAME__": "Anto",
  "userId": "Anto",
  "__PASSWORD__": "Rvts1234",
  "__ENABLE__": true,
  "NAME": "Anto Monisha",
  "ATTRIBUTES": [
    "SPECIAL",
    "AUDITOR"
  ],
  "DFLTGRP": "IAM",
  "MODEL": "USER",
  "__GROUP__": [
    "SYS1"
  ],
  "OWNER": "Z1",
  "CLAUTH": [
    "TERMINAL",
    "TAPEVOL"
  ],
  "PROXY_LDAPHOST": "LDAP://12.34.567.89:389",
  "PROXY_BINDDN": "PATRICIA",
  "CICS_XRFSOFF": "NOFORCE",
  "CICS_TIMEOUT": "10",
  "CICS_OPCLASS": "2",
  "CICS_OPIDENT": "2",
  "CICS_TSLKEY": "99",
  "CICS_RSLKEY": "99",
  "CICS_OPPRTY": "5",
  "DCE_DCENAME": "TEST200",
  "DCE_HOMECELL": "/.../elvis.memphis.ibm.com",
  "DCE_HOMEUUID": "003456ab-ecb7-7de3-ebda-95531ed63dae",
  "DCE_UUID": "004386ea-ebb6-1ec3-bcae-10005ac90feb",
  "DCE_AUTOLOGIN": "No",
  "KERB_ENCRYPT": [
    "DES",
    "DES3",
    "DESD",
    "NOAES128",
    "AES128SHA2",
    "AES256SHA2"
  ],
  "KERB_KERBNAME": "KRBSEG002.SEC.COM",
  "KERB_MAXTKTLFE": "96400",
  "NETVIEW_CONSNAME": "CNSOLE06",
  "NETVIEW_CTL": "SPECIFIC",
  "NETVIEW_DOMAINS": "FR",
  "NETVIEW_IC": "NETVIEWCOMMAND",
  "NETVIEW_MSGRECVR": "YES",
  "NETVIEW_NGMFADMN": "YES",
  "NETVIEW_OPCLASS": "1",
  "DFP_DATAAPPL": "DFP4APPL",
  "DFP_DATACLAS": "DFP4DATA",
  "DFP_MGMTCLAS": "DFP4MGMT",
  "DFP_STORCLAS": "DFP4STOR",
  "TSO_ACCTNUM": "98655TT",
  "TSO_PROC": "TSOPROC3",
  "TSO_JOBCLASS": "Z",
  "TSO_HOLDCLASS": "X",
  "TSO_MSGCLASS": "Q",
  "TSO_SYS": "X",
  "TSO_MAXSIZE": "15000",
  "TSO_SIZE": "2500",
  "WHEN": {
    "DAYS": "WED",
    "TIME": "0800:1800"
  },
  "LNOTES_SNAME": "anto01",
  "NDS_UNAME": "anto01",
  "LANGUAGE_PRIMARY": "ENU",
  "LANGUAGE_SECONDARY": "DEU",
  "OVM_UID": 280,
  "OVM_FSROOT": "123",
  "OVM_HOME": "/u/pat",
  "OVM_PROGRAM": "/bin/sh"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/racf/__ACCOUNT__?_action=create"
{
  "_id": "ANTO",
  "TSO_MSGCLASS": "Q",
  "NAME": "ANTO MONISHA",
  "CICS_RSLKEY": 99,
  "NETVIEW_OPCLASS": 1,
  "OWNER": "Z1",
  "DFLTGRP": "IAM",
  "SECLABEL": "NONE SPECIFIED",
  "TSO_SIZE": 2500,
  "SECLEVEL": "NONE SPECIFIED",
  "DFP_DATAAPPL": "DFP4APPL",
  "MODEL": "USER",
  "__ENABLE__": true,
  ...
}
Update a RACF user

You can modify an existing user with a PUT request, including all attributes of the account in the request. For a list of attributes, refer to RACF segments and attributes.

You can’t modify any of the following attributes:

  • userId

  • __NAME__

  • DFLTGRP

  • SECLEVEL

  • SECLABEL

  • LAST-ACCESS

  • PASS-INTERVAL

  • PHRASEDATE

  • PASSDATE

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__PASSWORD__": "Rvts1234",
  "__ENABLE__": true,
  "NAME": "Monisha Vincer",
  "RESUME": null,
  "REVOKE": null,
  "__GROUP__": [
    "IAM",
    "EMPLOYEE"
  ],
  "ATTRIBUTES": [
    "SPECIAL",
    "AUDITOR"
  ],
  "MODEL": "RACF.ACCESS",
  "OWNER": "IBMUSER",
  "CLAUTH": [
    "TAPEVOL"
  ],
  "PROXY_LDAPHOST": "LDAP://12.34.567.89:389",
  "PROXY_BINDDN": "IBMUSER",
  "CICS_XRFSOFF": "NOFORCE",
  "CICS_TIMEOUT": "10",
  "CICS_OPCLASS": "2",
  "CICS_OPIDENT": "3",
  "CICS_TSLKEY": "99",
  "CICS_RSLKEY": "99",
  "CICS_OPPRTY": "5",
  "DCE_DCENAME": "TEST200",
  "DCE_HOMECELL": "/.../elvis.memphis.ibm.com",
  "DCE_HOMEUUID": "003456ab-ecb7-7de3-ebda-95531ed63dae",
  "DCE_UUID": "004386ea-ebb6-1ec3-bcae-10005ac90feb",
  "DCE_AUTOLOGIN": "No",
  "KERB_ENCRYPT": [
    "DES",
    "DES3",
    "DESD",
    "AES128",
    "AES128SHA2",
    "AES256SHA2"
  ],
  "KERB_KERBNAME": "KRBSEG002.SEC.COM",
  "KERB_MAXTKTLFE": "96400",
  "NETVIEW_CONSNAME": "CNSOLE06",
  "NETVIEW_CTL": "SPECIFIC",
  "NETVIEW_DOMAINS": "SK",
  "NETVIEW_IC": "NETVIEWCOMMAND",
  "NETVIEW_MSGRECVR": "YES",
  "NETVIEW_NGMFADMN": "YES",
  "NETVIEW_OPCLASS": "1",
  "DFP_DATAAPPL": "DFP4APPL",
  "DFP_DATACLAS": "DFP4DATA",
  "DFP_MGMTCLAS": "DFP4MGMT",
  "DFP_STORCLAS": "DFP4STOR",
  "TSO_ACCTNUM": "98655TT",
  "TSO_PROC": "TSOPROC3",
  "TSO_JOBCLASS": "Z",
  "TSO_HOLDCLASS": "X",
  "TSO_MSGCLASS": "Q",
  "TSO_SYS": "X",
  "TSO_MAXSIZE": "15000",
  "TSO_SIZE": "2500",
  "WHEN": {
    "DAYS": "WED",
    "TIME": "0800:1800"
  },
  "LNOTES_SNAME": "antovincer01",
  "NDS_UNAME": "antovincer01",
  "LANGUAGE_PRIMARY": "ENU",
  "LANGUAGE_SECONDARY": "DEU",
  "OVM_UID": 281,
  "OVM_FSROOT": "123",
  "OVM_HOME": "/u/pat1",
  "OVM_PROGRAM": "/bin/sh"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/racf/__ACCOUNT__/ANTO"
{
  "_id": "ANTO",
  "TSO_MSGCLASS": "Q",
  "NAME": "MONISHA VINCER",
  "CICS_RSLKEY": 99,
  "NETVIEW_OPCLASS": 1,
  "OWNER": "IBMUSER",
  "DFLTGRP": "IAM",
  "SECLABEL": "NONE SPECIFIED",
  "TSO_SIZE": 2500,
  "SECLEVEL": "NONE SPECIFIED",
  "DFP_DATAAPPL": "DFP4APPL",
  "MODEL": "RACF.ACCESS",
  "__ENABLE__": true,
  "NETVIEW_CTL": "SPECIFIC",
  "__NAME__": "ANTO",
  "KERB_ENCRYPT": [
    "DES",
    "DES3",
    "DESD",
    "AES128",
    "AES256",
    "AES128SHA2",
    "AES256SHA2"
  ],
  "ATTRIBUTES": [
    "SPECIAL",
    "AUDITOR"
  ],
  "PROXY_BINDDN": "IBMUSER",
  "DCE_AUTOLOGIN": "NO",
  "NETVIEW_DOMAINS": "SK",
  "DFP_MGMTCLAS": "DFP4MGMT",
  "DCE_HOMECELL": "/.../elvis.memphis.ibm.com",
  "KERB_KERBNAME": "KRBSEG002.SEC.COM",
  "CLAUTH": [
    "TERMINAL",
    "TAPEVOL"
  ],
  "LANGUAGE_PRIMARY": "ENU",
  "NETVIEW_NGMFADMN": "YES",
  "CICS_OPCLASS": 2,
  "DCE_HOMEUUID": "003456ab-ecb7-7de3-ebda-95531ed63dae",
  "CICS_XRFSOFF": "NOFORCE",
  "TSO_MAXSIZE": 15000,
  "OVM_FSROOT": "123",
  "TSO_PROC": "TSOPROC3",
  "DFP_DATACLAS": "DFP4DATA",
  "userId": "ANTO",
  "NDS_UNAME": "antovincer01",
  "PHRASEDATE": "N/A",
  "TSO_ACCTNUM": "98655TT",
  "PASSDATE": "00.000",
  "TSO_SYS": "X",
  "DCE_UUID": "004386ea-ebb6-1ec3-bcae-10005ac90feb",
  "TSO_JOBCLASS": "Z",
  "OVM_UID": 281,
  "PROXY_LDAPHOST": "LDAP://12.34.567.89:389",
  "DFP_STORCLAS": "DFP4STOR",
  "CICS_TSLKEY": 99,
  "LAST-ACCESS": "22.181/23:34:59",
  "TSO_HOLDCLASS": "X",
  "NETVIEW_IC": "NETVIEWCOMMAND",
  "LANGUAGE_SECONDARY": "DEU",
  "NETVIEW_MSGRECVR": "YES",
  "WHEN": {
    "DAYS": "WED.",
    "TIME": "08:00 - 18:00"
  },
  "KERB_MAXTKTLFE": 96400,
  "CICS_TIMEOUT": "00:10 (HH:MM)",
  "NETVIEW_CONSNAME": "CNSOLE06",
  "OVM_HOME": "/u/pat1",
  "CICS_OPIDENT": "3",
  "__GROUP__": [
    "IAM",
    "EMPLOYEE"
  ],
  "DCE_DCENAME": "TEST200",
  "CICS_OPPRTY": 5,
  "PASS-INTERVAL": "180",
  "LNOTES_SNAME": "antovincer01",
  "OVM_PROGRAM": "/bin/sh"
}
Query RACF users

The following example queries all RACF users:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/racf/__ACCOUNT__?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "ADCDY"
    },
    {
      "_id": "ADCDZ"
    },
    {
      "_id": "BJENSEN"
    },
    {
      "_id": "BPXOINIT"
    },
    {
      "_id": "CEA"
    },
    {
      "_id": "CFZSRV"
    },
    {
      "_id": "CICSUSER"
    },
    {
      "_id": "DANY101"
    },
    {
      "_id": "DANY102"
    },
    {
      "_id": "ZOSCAGL"
    },
    {
      "_id": "ZOSCSRV"
    },
    {
      "_id": "ZOSMFAD"
    },
    {
      "_id": "ZOSUGST"
    },
    {
      "_id": "ZWESIUSR"
    },
    {
      "_id": "ZWESVUSR"
    },
    ...
  ],
  "resultCount": 162,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}

The following command queries a specific user by their ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/racf/__ACCOUNT__/ANTO"
{
  "_id": "ANTO",
  "TSO_MSGCLASS": "Q",
  "NAME": "MONISHA VINCER",
  "CICS_RSLKEY": 99,
  "NETVIEW_OPCLASS": 1,
  "OWNER": "IBMUSER",
  "OMVS_UID": 290,
  "DFLTGRP": "IAM",
  "SECLABEL": "NONE SPECIFIED",
  "OPERPARM_HC": "NO",
  "TSO_SIZE": 2500,
  "SECLEVEL": "NONE SPECIFIED",
  "DFP_DATAAPPL": "DFP4APPL",
  "OPERPARM_DOM": "NORMAL",
  "MODEL": "RACF.ACCESS",
  "OPERPARM_ROUTCODE": "ALL",
  "__ENABLE__": true,
  "OMVS_ASSIZEMAX": 10485769,
  "NETVIEW_CTL": "SPECIFIC",
  "__NAME__": "ANTO",
  ...
}
Reset a RACF account password

To reset the password for a RACF user account, use the connector to change the user’s password:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "if-Match:*" \
--request PATCH \
--data '{
  "__PASSWORD__": "Rvts123"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/racf/__ACCOUNT__/ANTO"
{
  "_id": "ANTO",
  "TSO_MSGCLASS": "Q",
  "NAME": "ANTO MONISHA",
  "CICS_RSLKEY": 99,
  "NETVIEW_OPCLASS": 1,
  "OWNER": "Z1",
  "DFLTGRP": "IAM",
  "SECLABEL": "NONE SPECIFIED",
  "TSO_SIZE": 2500,
  "SECLEVEL": "NONE SPECIFIED",
  "DFP_DATAAPPL": "DFP4APPL",
  "MODEL": "USER",
  "__ENABLE__": true,
  ...
}

While the __PASSWORD__ field is not returned as part of the response, the user object is updated.
Activate a RACF account

The following example activates a user with the minimum required attribute:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__ENABLE__": true
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/racf/__ACCOUNT__/ANTO"
{
  "_id": "ANTO",
  "TSO_MSGCLASS": "Q",
  "NAME": "ANTO MONISHA",
  "CICS_RSLKEY": 99,
  "NETVIEW_OPCLASS": 1,
  "OWNER": "Z1",
  "DFLTGRP": "IAM",
  "SECLABEL": "NONE SPECIFIED",
  "TSO_SIZE": 2500,
  "SECLEVEL": "NONE SPECIFIED",
  "DFP_DATAAPPL": "DFP4APPL",
  "MODEL": "USER",
  "__ENABLE__": true,
  ...
}
Deactivate a RACF account

The following example activates a user with the minimum required attribute:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__ENABLE__": false
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/racf/__ACCOUNT__/ANTO"
{
  "_id": "ANTO",
  "TSO_MSGCLASS": "Q",
  "NAME": "ANTO MONISHA",
  "CICS_RSLKEY": 99,
  "NETVIEW_OPCLASS": 1,
  "OWNER": "Z1",
  "DFLTGRP": "IAM",
  "SECLABEL": "NONE SPECIFIED",
  "TSO_SIZE": 2500,
  "SECLEVEL": "NONE SPECIFIED",
  "DFP_DATAAPPL": "DFP4APPL",
  "MODEL": "USER",
  "__ENABLE__": false,
  ...
}
Delete a RACF account

You can use the RACF connector to delete an account from the RACF service.

The following example deletes a RACF account:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request DELETE \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/racf/__ACCOUNT__/ANTO"
{
  "_id": "ANTO",
  "TSO_MSGCLASS": "Q",
  "NAME": "MONISHA VINCER",
  "CICS_RSLKEY": 99,
  "NETVIEW_OPCLASS": 1,
  "OWNER": "IBMUSER",
  "OMVS_UID": 290,
  "DFLTGRP": "IAM",
  "SECLABEL": "NONE SPECIFIED",
  "OPERPARM_HC": "NO",
  "TSO_SIZE": 2500,
  "SECLEVEL": "NONE SPECIFIED",
  "DFP_DATAAPPL": "DFP4APPL",
  "OPERPARM_DOM": "NORMAL",
  "MODEL": "RACF.ACCESS",
  "OPERPARM_ROUTCODE": "ALL",
  "__ENABLE__": true,
  ...
}

Groups

You can create a group using any of the following unique attributes:

  • GID (must be the same as __NAME__)

  • OVM_GID

  • OMVS_GID

  • When you create a new group, you must specify at least __NAME__ and GID. Refer to the list of available attributes for more information.

  • The length of GID must be 1-8 characters and can consist of any combination of:

    • Uppercase letters A-Z

    • Numbers 0-9

    • # (X'7B')

    • $ (X'5B')

    • @ (X'7C')

  • __NAME__ can be a maximum of 20 characters consisting of alphanumeric and non-alphanumeric characters.
Create a RACF group
When you create a new group, you must specify at least the GID and __NAME__.

The following example creates a group with all the creatable attributes:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "GID": "SFDSFFH",
  "__NAME__": "SFDSFFH",
  "SUPGROUP": "SYS1",
  "TERMUACC": true,
  "UNIVERSAL": true,
  "DATA": "HELLOEVERYONE",
  "OVM_GID": 3245,
  "OMVS_GID": 4365,
  "TME_ROLES": "role002",
  "DFP_MGMTCLAS": "DFP3MGMT",
  "DFP_STORCLAS": "DFP3STOR",
  "DFP_DATAAPPL": "DFP3APPL",
  "DFP_DATACLAS": "DFP3DATA",
  "MODEL": "TEST",
  "OWNER": "IBMUSER"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/racf/__GROUP__?_action=create"
{
  "_id": "SFDSFFH",
  "DFP_DATACLAS": "DFP3DATA",
  "Users": null,
  "OWNER": "IBMUSER",
  "DFP_DATAAPPL": "DFP3APPL",
  "GID": "SFDSFFH",
  "OVM_GID": 3245,
  "DATA": "HELLOEVERYONE",
  "__NAME__": "SFDSFFH",
  "TME_ROLES": "ROLE002",
  "CREATED": "24.005",
  "OMVS_GID": 4365,
  "SUPGROUP": "SYS1",
  "SUBGROUP": null,
  "UNIVERSAL": true,
  "TERMUACC": true,
  "DFP_STORCLAS": "DFP3STOR",
  "DFP_MGMTCLAS": "DFP3MGMT",
  "MODEL": "TEST"
}
Query RACF groups

The following example queries all RACF groups:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/racf/__GROUP__?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "AA01"
    },
    {
      "_id": "AA02"
    },
    {
      "_id": "ADCD"
    },
    {
      "_id": "BLZCFG"
    },
    {
      "_id": "BLZGRP"
    },
    {
      "_id": "BLZWRK"
    },
    {
      "_id": "CEAGP"
    },
    {
      "_id": "CFZADMGP"
    },
    {
      "_id": "CFZSRVGP"
    },
    {
      "_id": "CFZUSRGP"
    },
    {
      "_id": "CIMGP"
    },
    {
      "_id": "DB2"
    },
    {
      "_id": "DGFDGDH"
    },
    {
      "_id": "DSN710"
    },
    {
      "_id": "EMPLOYEE"
    },
    {
      "_id": "EXTERNAL"
    },
    ...
  ],
  "resultCount": 83,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}

The following command queries a group by ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/racf/__GROUP__?_queryFilter=_id%20eq%20%22SFDSFFH%22"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "SFDSFFH",
      "DFP_DATACLAS": "DFP4DATA",
      "Users": null,
      "OWNER": "IBMUSER",
      "DFP_DATAAPPL": "DFP4APPL",
      "GID": "SFDSFFH",
      "OVM_GID": 3651,
      "DATA": "HELLY",
      "__NAME__": "SFDSFFH",
      "TME_ROLES": "ROLE004",
      "CREATED": "24.005",
      "OMVS_GID": 9011,
      "SUPGROUP": "SYS1",
      "SUBGROUP": null,
      "UNIVERSAL": true,
      "TERMUACC": true,
      "DFP_STORCLAS": "DFP4STOR",
      "DFP_MGMTCLAS": "DFP4MGMT",
      "MODEL": "TEST"
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 1,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Update a RACF group

You can modify an existing group with a PUT request, including all attributes of the group in the request. For a list of attributes, refer to RACF segments and attributes.

You can’t modify any of the following attributes:

  • GID

  • __NAME__

  • CREATED

  • TERMUACC

  • SUBGROUP

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "SUPGROUP": "SYS1",
  "TERMUACC": true,
  "DATA": "HELLY",
  "OVM_GID": 3651,
  "OMVS_GID": 9011,
  "TME_ROLES": "ROLE004",
  "DFP_MGMTCLAS": "DFP4MGMT",
  "DFP_STORCLAS": "DFP4STOR",
  "DFP_DATAAPPL": "DFP4APPL",
  "DFP_DATACLAS": "DFP4DATA",
  "OWNER": "IBMUSER",
  "MODEL": "TEST001"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/racf/__GROUP__/SFDSFFH"
{
  "_id": "SFDSFFH",
  "DFP_DATACLAS": "DFP4DATA",
  "Users": null,
  "OWNER": "IBMUSER",
  "DFP_DATAAPPL": "DFP4APPL",
  "GID": "SFDSFFH",
  "OVM_GID": 3651,
  "DATA": "HELLY",
  "__NAME__": "SFDSFFH",
  "TME_ROLES": "ROLE004",
  "CREATED": "24.005",
  "OMVS_GID": 9011,
  "SUPGROUP": "SYS1",
  "SUBGROUP": null,
  "UNIVERSAL": true,
  "TERMUACC": true,
  "DFP_STORCLAS": "DFP4STOR",
  "DFP_MGMTCLAS": "DFP4MGMT",
  "MODEL": "TEST001"
}
Delete a RACF group

You can use the RACF connector to delete a group from the RACF service.

The following example deletes a RACF group:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request DELETE \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/racf/__GROUP__/SFDSFFH"
{
  "_id": "SFDSFFH",
  "DFP_DATACLAS": "DFP4DATA",
  "Users": null,
  "OWNER": "IBMUSER",
  "DFP_DATAAPPL": "DFP4APPL",
  "GID": "SFDSFFH",
  "OVM_GID": 3651,
  "DATA": "HELLY",
  "__NAME__": "SFDSFFH",
  "TME_ROLES": "ROLE004",
  "CREATED": "24.005",
  "OMVS_GID": 9011,
  "SUPGROUP": "SYS1",
  "SUBGROUP": null,
  "UNIVERSAL": true,
  "TERMUACC": true,
  "DFP_STORCLAS": "DFP4STOR",
  "DFP_MGMTCLAS": "DFP4MGMT",
  "MODEL": "TEST"
}

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the RACF Connector

The RACF Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

RACF Connector Configuration

The RACF Connector has the following configurable properties:

Configuration properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

hostName

String

null

Yes

Host name or IP address of RACF.

port

Integer

null

Yes

TCP/IP port number used to communicate with the RACF.

userId

String

null

Yes

The user id used to login to RACF.

password

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

The password used to login to RACF.

segments

String

null

No

To retrieve data based on RACF segments.

acceptSelfSignedCertificates

boolean

false

Yes

Specifies whether to accept or not self-signed certificates.

clientCertAlias

String

null

No

Alias for the client certificate.

clientCertPassword

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Password for the client certificate.

maximumConnections

Integer

10

No

Provides the maximum connections.

connectionTimeout

Integer

300

No

Provides the maximum connection timeout in seconds.

httpProxyHost

String

null

No

Provides the Proxy Host.

httpProxyPort

Integer

null

No

Provides the Proxy Port.

httpProxyUsername

String

null

No

Provides the Proxy Username.

httpProxyPassword

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Provides the Proxy Password.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Kerberos connector

The Kerberos connector is an implementation of the SSH connector, and is based on Java Secure Channel (JSch) and the Java implementation of the Expect library (Expect4j).

The Kerberos connector lets you manage Kerberos user principals from IDM. The connector bundles a number of Groovy scripts, to interact with a Kerberos admin server. You should not edit the bundled Groovy scripts. The scripts use the kadmin utility to communicate with the Kerberos server.

The Kerberos connector lets you perform the following operations on Kerberos user principals:

  • List the existing principals.

  • Display the details of a principal.

  • Add a user principal.

  • Change the password of a user principal and unlock the principal.

  • Delete a user principal.

Kerberos connector schema

The Kerberos connector can only be used to manage the Kerberos principal object type (which maps to the ICF __ACCOUNT__ object). The following attributes are supported in the schema:

  • principal - (maps to __NAME__ and __UID__)

  • __PASSWORD__ - updatable, required when an object is created

  • __LOCK_OUT__ - updatable only; unlock an account by setting this attribute to false

  • policy - the password policy used by the principal

  • expirationDate - the date that the user principal expires

  • passwordExpiration - the date that the password expires

  • maximumTicketLife - the maximum ticket life for the principal. At the end of the ticket lifetime, the ticket can no longer be used. However, if the renewable lifetime (maximumRenewableLife) is longer than the ticket lifetime, the ticket holder can present the ticket to the KDC and request a new ticket.

  • maximumRenewableLife - the period during which the ticket can be renewed. A renewed ticket usually has a new ticket lifetime, dating from the time that it was renewed, that is constrained by the renewable ticket lifetime.

In addition, the following read-only attributes are supported:

  • lastPasswordChange

  • lastModified

  • lastSuccessfulAuthentication

  • lastFailedAuthentication

  • failedPasswordAttempts

Install the Kerberos connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

Kerberos

Yes

Yes

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/kerberos-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the Kerberos connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select Kerberos Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to Kerberos Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

Alternatively, configure the connector with a configuration file. A sample connector configuration (provisioner.openicf-kerberos.json) is provided in the /path/to/openidm/samples/sync-with-kerberos/conf/ directory with IDM. Copy the sample connector configuration to your project’s conf/ directory, and adjust it to match your Kerberos environment.

  1. Set the authentication properties, as described in Configure Authentication to the SSH Server. In addition, set at least the following properties:

    customConfiguration

    Specify the details of the user principal and the default realm here. The sample connector configuration is as follows:

    "customConfiguration" : "kadmin {
    cmd = '/usr/sbin/kadmin.local';
    user = '<KADMIN USERNAME>';
    default_realm = '<REALM, e.g. EXAMPLE.COM>'
}"

    A complete custom configuration will look something like this:

    "customConfiguration" : "kadmin {
    cmd = '/usr/sbin/kadmin.local';
    user = 'openidm/admin';
    default_realm = 'EXAMPLE.COM'
}"
    customSensitiveConfiguration

    Set the password for the user principal here. The sample connector configuration is as follows:

    "customSensitiveConfiguration" : "kadmin {password = '<KADMIN PASSWORD>'}"

    Change this to reflect your user principal password, for example:

    "customSensitiveConfiguration" : "kadmin {password = 'Passw0rd'}"
Basic Kerberos Connector Configuration

This list describes the basic Kerberos connector configuration properties. For a complete list, refer to Configuration Properties:

host

The host name or IP address of the SSH server on which the kadmin command is run.

port

The port number on which the SSH server listens.

Default: 22 (the default SSH port)

user

The username of the account that is used to connect to the SSH server.

This is not the same as your Kerberos user principal. This account must be able to ssh into the server on which Kerberos is running, with the password provided in the next parameter.

If you use the root user, the sudo command in the Test script will never get the 'pass::' prompt. Instead of using the root user, create a regular user and add that user to the group that has sudo privileges. Alternatively, modify the Test script so that it does not use sudo.

password

The password of the account that is used to connect to the SSH server.

prompt

A string representing the remote SSH session prompt. This must be the exact prompt string, in the format username@target:, for example root@localhost:~$.

If the prompt includes a trailing space, you must include the space in the value of this property.

Consider customizing your Linux prompt with the PS1 and PS2 variables, to set a safe prompt. For information about customizing prompts, refer to this article.

sudoCommand

A string that shows the full path to the sudo command; for example /usr/bin/sudo.

echoOff

If set to true (the default), the input command echo is disabled. If set to false, every character that is sent to the server is sent back to the client in the expect() call.

terminalType

Sets the terminal type to use for the session. The list of supported types is determined by your Linux/UNIX system. For more information, refer to the terminfo manual page (man terminfo).

Default: vt102

setLocale

If set to true, indicates that the default environment locale should be changed to the value of the locale property.

Default: false

locale

Sets the locale for LC_ALL, LANG, and LANGUAGE environment variables, if setLocale is set to true.

Default: en_US.utf8

connectionTimeout

Specifies the connection timeout to the remote server, in milliseconds.

Default: 5000

expectTimeout

Specifies the timeout used by the expect() calls in scripts, in milliseconds.

Default: 5000

authenticationType

Sets the authentication type, either PASSWORD or PUBKEY. For more information, refer to connector-reference:ssh.adoc#ssh-authentication.

Default: PASSWORD

throwOperationTimeoutException

If true, the connector throws an exception when the timeout is reached for an operation. Otherwise, the operation fails silently.

Default: true

scriptRoots

The path to the Groovy scripts that perform the ICF operations, relative to your installation directory. For the Kerberos connector, the scripts are bundled in the connector .jar file, so the sample connector configuration uses the path jar:file:connectors/kerberos-connector-1.5.20.26.jar!/scripts/kerberos/.

classpath

The directory in which the compiler should look for compiled classes. The default classpath, if not is specified, is install-dir/lib.

ScriptFileName

The script that is used for each ICF operation. Do not change these script names in the bundled Kerberos connector.

Kerberos remote connector

If you want to run this connector outside of PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or IDM, you can configure the Kerberos connector as a remote connector. Java Connectors installed remotely on a Java Connector Server function identically to those bundled locally within PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or installed locally on IDM.

You can download the Kerberos connector from here.

Refer to Remote connectors for configuring the Kerberos remote connector.

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the Kerberos Connector

The Kerberos Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Authenticate

Provides simple authentication with two parameters, presumed to be a user name and password.

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Resolve Username

Resolves an object by its username and returns the uid of the object.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Script on Resource

Runs a script on the target resource that is managed by this connector.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Sync

Polls the target resource for synchronization events, that is, native changes to objects on the target resource.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

Kerberos Connector Configuration

The Kerberos Connector has the following configurable properties:

Basic Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

host

String

null

Yes

The hostname to connect to.

port

int

22

Yes

TCP port to use.

user

String

null

Yes

The user name used to login to remote server.

password

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

The password used to login to remote server.

passphrase

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

The passphrase used to read the private key when using Public Key authentication.

privateKey

String[]

[]

Yes

No

The base 64 encoded value (PEM) of the private key used for Public Key authentication.

authenticationType

String

PASSWORD

Yes

Defines which authentication type should be use: PASSWORD or PUBKEY.

prompt

String

`root@localhost:# `

Yes

A string representing the remote SSH session prompt.

sudoCommand

String

/usr/bin/sudo

Yes

A string representing the sudo command.

echoOff

boolean

true

Yes

Disable the input command echo.

terminalType

String

vt102

Yes

Defines the terminal type to use for the session.

locale

String

en_US.utf8

Yes

Define the locale for LC_ALL, LANG and LANGUAGE environment variables to use if setLocale=true.

setLocale

boolean

false

Yes

Defines if the default environment locale should be changed with the value provided for locale.

connectionTimeout

int

5000

Yes

Defines the connection timeout to the remote server in milliseconds.

expectTimeout

long

5000

Yes

Defines the timeout used by the expect() calls in the scripts in milliseconds.

throwOperationTimeoutException

boolean

true

Yes

Defines if an OperationTimeoutException should be thrown if any call to expect times out.

promptReadyTimeout

long

20

No

Defines the "prompt ready" timeout for the promptReady() command in milliseconds.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Groovy Engine configuration

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

scriptRoots

String[]

['!/scripts/kerberos']

Yes

The root folder to load the scripts from. If the value is null or empty the classpath value is used.

classpath

String[]

[]

No

Classpath for use during compilation.

debug

boolean

false

No

If true, debugging code should be activated.

disabledGlobalASTTransformations

String[]

null

No

Sets a list of global AST transformations which should not be loaded even if they are defined in META-INF/org.codehaus.groovy.transform.ASTTransformation files. By default, none is disabled.

minimumRecompilationInterval

int

100

No

Sets the minimum of time after a script can be recompiled.

recompileGroovySource

boolean

false

No

If set to true recompilation is enabled.

scriptBaseClass

String

null

No

Base class name for scripts (must derive from Script).

scriptExtensions

String[]

['groovy']

No

Gets the extensions used to find groovy files.

sourceEncoding

String

UTF-8

No

Encoding for source files.

targetDirectory

File

null

No

Directory into which to write classes.

tolerance

int

10

No

The error tolerance, which is the number of non-fatal errors (per unit) that should be tolerated before compilation is aborted.

verbose

boolean

false

No

If true, the compiler should produce action information.

warningLevel

int

1

No

Warning Level of the compiler.

customConfiguration

String

kadmin { cmd = '/usr/sbin/kadmin.local'; user='<KADMIN USERNAME>'; default_realm='<REALM, e.g. EXAMPLE.COM>' }

No

Custom Configuration script for Groovy ConfigSlurper.

customSensitiveConfiguration

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Custom Sensitive Configuration script for Groovy ConfigSlurper.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Operation Script Files

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

authenticateScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the AUTHENTICATE operation.

createScriptFileName

String

CreateKerberos.groovy

The name of the file used to perform the CREATE operation.

customizerScriptFileName

String

null

No

The script used to customize some function of the connector. Read the documentation for more details.

deleteScriptFileName

String

DeleteKerberos.groovy

The name of the file used to perform the DELETE operation.

resolveUsernameScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the RESOLVE_USERNAME operation.

schemaScriptFileName

String

SchemaKerberos.groovy

The name of the file used to perform the SCHEMA operation.

scriptOnResourceScriptFileName

String

ScriptOnResourceKerberos.groovy

The name of the file used to perform the RUNSCRIPTONRESOURCE operation.

searchScriptFileName

String

SearchKerberos.groovy

The name of the file used to perform the SEARCH operation.

syncScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the SYNC operation.

testScriptFileName

String

TestKerberos.groovy

The name of the file used to perform the TEST operation.

updateScriptFileName

String

UpdateKerberos.groovy

The name of the file used to perform the UPDATE operation.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

LDAP connector

The LDAP connector is based on the Java Naming and Directory Interface (JNDI), and can connect to any LDAPv3-compliant directory server, such as PingDS (DS), Active Directory, SunDS, Oracle Directory Server Enterprise Edition, IBM Security Directory Server, and OpenLDAP.

Because it is based on JNDI, the LDAP connector is restricted to the attribute types that are supported by JNDI. JNDI supports only strings and an array of bytes. If you attempt to use different attribute value types, the connector throws a malformed attribute value exception. Learn more in the corresponding JNDI documentation.

Install the LDAP connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

LDAP

Yes

Yes

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/ldap-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the LDAP connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select LDAP Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to LDAP Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

Alternatively, configure the connector with a configuration file. IDM provides several sample LDAP connector configurations in the path/to/openidm/samples/example-configurations/provisioners/ directory. Copy one of the sample connector configurations to your project’s conf directory, and adjust it to match your LDAP environment:

  • provisioner.openicf-ldap.json—a sample LDAP connector configuration for a generic LDAP server.

  • provisioner.openicf-dsldap.json—a sample LDAP connector configuration for a PingDS (DS) server.

  • provisioner.openicf-adldap.json—a sample LDAP connector configuration for an Active Directory server.

You should be able to adapt one of these sample configurations for any LDAPv3-compliant server.

Sample LDAP connector configuration

This configuration shows the properties for an LDAP connector connecting to DS. For more information about the properties that affect synchronization, refer to Control what the LDAP connector synchronizes. For a complete list of the configuration properties for the LDAP connector, refer to LDAP Connector Configuration:

"configurationProperties" : {
    "host" : "localhost",
    "port" : 1389,
    "ssl" : false,
    "startTLS" : false,
    "privateKeyAlias" : null,
    "alternateKeyStore" : null,
    "alternateKeyStoreType" : null,
    "alternateKeyStorePassword" : null,
    "principal" : "uid=admin",
    "credentials" : "password",
    "baseContexts" : [
        "dc=example,dc=com"
    ],
    "baseContextsToSynchronize" : [
        "dc=example,dc=com"
    ],
    "accountSearchFilter" : null,
    "accountSynchronizationFilter" : null,
    "groupSearchFilter" : null,
    "groupSynchronizationFilter" : null,
    "removeLogEntryObjectClassFromFilter" : true,
    "modifiersNamesToFilterOut" : [ ],
    "changeLogBlockSize" : 100,
    "attributesToSynchronize" : [ ],
    "changeNumberAttribute" : "changeNumber",
    "filterWithOrInsteadOfAnd" : false,
    "objectClassesToSynchronize" : [
        "inetOrgPerson"
    ],
    "vlvSortAttribute" : "uid",
    "passwordAttribute" : "userPassword",
    "useBlocks" : false,
    "maintainPosixGroupMembership" : false,
    "failover" : [ ],
    "readSchema" : true,
    "accountObjectClasses" : [
        "top",
        "person",
        "organizationalPerson",
        "inetOrgPerson"
    ],
    "accountUserNameAttributes" : [
        "uid"
    ],
    "groupMemberAttribute" : "uniqueMember",
    "passwordHashAlgorithm" : null,
    "usePagedResultControl" : true,
    "blockSize" : 100,
    "uidAttribute" : "entryUUID",
    "maintainLdapGroupMembership" : false,
    "respectResourcePasswordPolicyChangeAfterReset" : false
},
host

The host name or IP address of the server on which the LDAP instance is running.

port

The port on which the LDAP server listens for LDAP requests. The sample configuration specifies a default port of 1389.

ssl

If true, the specified port listens for LDAPS connections.

For instructions on using the LDAP connector over SSL, refer to Configure the LDAP Connector to Use SSL and StartTLS.

startTLS

Specifies whether to use the startTLS operation to initiate a TLS/SSL session. To use startTLS, set "startTLS":true, and "ssl":false. Your connection should use the insecure LDAP port (typically 389 or 1389 for a DS server).

Specify the certificates that should be used for authentication, as described in Configure the LDAP Connector to Use SSL and StartTLS.

principal

The bind DN that is used to connect to the LDAP server.

credentials

The password of the principal that is used to connect to the LDAP server.

baseContexts

One or more starting points in the LDAP tree that will be used when searching the tree. Searches are performed when discovering users from the LDAP server or when looking for the groups of which a user is a member. During reconciliation operations, IDM searches through the base contexts listed in this property for changes. For more information, refer to Control What the LDAP Connector Synchronizes.

baseContextsToSynchronize

One or more starting points in the LDAP tree that will be used to determine if a change should be synchronized. During liveSync operations, IDM searches through the base contexts listed in this property for changes. If no value is specified here, the values in listed in the baseContexts property are used. For more information, refer to Control What the LDAP Connector Synchronizes.

accountSynchronizationFilter

Used during synchronization actions to filter out LDAP accounts. For more information, refer to Control What the LDAP Connector Synchronizes.

accountObjectClasses

This property lists all the object classes that represent an account. If this property has multiple values, an AND filter is used to determine the affected entries. For example, if the value of this property is ["organizationalPerson", "inetOrgPerson"], any entry with the object class organizationalPerson AND the object class inetOrgPerson is considered as an account entry. You can override the value of this property by specifying the user object classes during the create operation.

If no object class is specified when you create a user, this property is used as the default list of object classes for the new entry.

accountSearchFilter

Search filter that user accounts must match. For more information, refer to Control What the LDAP Connector Synchronizes.

accountUserNameAttributes

Attributes holding the account’s user name. Used during authentication to find the LDAP entry matching the user name.

attributesToSynchronize

List of attributes used during object synchronization. IDM ignores change log updates that do not include any of the specified attributes. If empty, IDM considers all changes. For more information, refer to Control What the LDAP Connector Synchronizes.

blockSize

Block size for simple paged results and VLV index searches, reflecting the maximum number of entries retrieved at any one time.

changeLogBlockSize

Block size used when fetching change log entries.

changeNumberAttribute

Change log attribute containing the last change number.

failover

LDAP URLs specifying alternative LDAP servers to connect to if IDM cannot connect to the primary LDAP server specified in the host and port properties.

filterWithOrInsteadOfAnd

In most cases, the filter to fetch change log entries is AND-based. If this property is set, the filter ORs the required change numbers instead.

groupMemberAttribute

LDAP attribute holding members for non-POSIX static groups.

groupSearchFilter

Search filter that group entries must match.

maintainLdapGroupMembership

If true, IDM modifies group membership when entries are renamed or deleted.

Does not apply to Active Directory.

In the sample LDAP connector configuration, this property is set to false. This means that LDAP group membership is not modified when entries are renamed or deleted in IDM. To ensure that entries are removed from LDAP groups when the entries are deleted, set this property to true or enable referential integrity on the LDAP server. For information about configuring referential integrity in DS, refer to Referential Integrity in the Configuration Guide for PingDS.

maintainPosixGroupMembership

If true, IDM modifies POSIX group membership when entries are renamed or deleted.

modifiersNamesToFilterOut

Use this property to avoid loops caused by changes made to managed user objects being synchronized. For more information, refer to Control What the LDAP Connector Synchronizes.

objectClassesToSynchronize

IDM synchronizes only entries that have these object classes. For more information, refer to Control What the LDAP Connector Synchronizes.

passwordAttribute

Attribute to which IDM writes the predefined PASSWORD attribute.

passwordHashAlgorithm

Hash password values with the specified algorithm, if the LDAP server stores them in clear text. The only supported algorithm is WIN-AD (used when Active Directory is the target). A blank value indicates the system will not hash passwords. This will cause clear text passwords to be stored in LDAP, unless the LDAP server performs the hash.

readSchema

If true, read the schema from the LDAP server.

This property is used only during the connector setup, to generate the object types.

If this property is false, the LDAP connector provides a basic default schema that can manage LDAP users and groups. The default schema maps inetOrgPerson to the OpenICF __ACCOUNT__ property, and groupOfUniqueNames to the OpenICF __GROUP__ property. The following LDAP object classes are also included in the default schema:

  • organization

  • organizationalUnit

  • person

  • organizationalPerson

  • account

  • groupOfNames

removeLogEntryObjectClassFromFilter

If true, the filter to fetch change log entries does not contain the changeLogEntry object class, and IDM expects no entries with other object types in the change log. The default setting is true.

respectResourcePasswordPolicyChangeAfterReset

If true, bind with the Password Expired and Password Policy controls, and throw PasswordExpiredException and other exceptions appropriately.

uidAttribute

Specifies the LDAP attribute that should be used as the immutable ID for the entry. You can use a DN (or any unique attribute) for the id. As a best practice, you _should use an attribute that is both unique and immutable, such as the entryUUID. For a DS resource, you must use the entryUUID as the uidAttribute, otherwise you might encounter problems with synchronizing delete operations.

useBlocks

If useBlocks is false, no pagination is used. If useBlocks is true, the connector uses block-based LDAP controls, either the simple paged results control, or the virtual list view control, depending on the setting of the usePagedResultControl property.

usePagedResultControl

Taken into account only if useBlocks is true. If usePagedResultControl is false, the connector uses the virtual list view (VLV) control, if it is available. If usePagedResultControl is true, the connector uses the simple paged results control for search operations.

useTimestampsForSync

If true, use timestamps for liveSync operations, instead of the change log.

By default, the LDAP connector has a change log strategy for LDAP servers that support a change log, such as PingDS (DS) and Oracle Directory Server Enterprise Edition. If the LDAP server does not support a change log, or if the change log is disabled, liveSync for create and modify operations can still occur, based on the timestamps of modifications.

Regardless of the useTimestampsForSync value, the connector uses a timestamp strategy for liveSync for the following LDAP server types:

  • MS Active Directory Global Catalog

  • OpenLDAP

  • Unknown

    An LDAP server type is marked Unknown if it is anything other than PingDirectory, IBM, Novell, UnboundID, RedHat/Fedora 389, CA LDAP, OpenDS, PingDS, Sun DSEE Directory, Microsoft Active Directory, Microsoft Active Directory Lightweight Directory Services (LDS), Microsoft Active Directory Global Catalog, or OpenLDAP.
timestampSyncOffset

An optional offset, specified in seconds, that is negatively applied to the timestamp for timestamp-based sync operations. This setting is useful when there are replication delays between LDAP instances. The default value is 0, or no offset.

vlvSortAttribute

Attribute used as the sort key for virtual list view.

sendCAUDTxId

If true, propagate the Common Audit Transaction ID to a DS server.

LDAP remote connector

If you want to run this connector outside of PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or IDM, you can configure the LDAP connector as a remote connector. Java Connectors installed remotely on a Java Connector Server function identically to those bundled locally within PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or installed locally on IDM.

You can download the LDAP connector from here.

Refer to Remote connectors for configuring the LDAP remote connector.

Configure the LDAP connector to use SSL and StartTLS

To use the LDAP connector over SSL, update your connector configuration as follows:

  1. For a connection over SSL, set the ssl property to true and set the port to a secure port, for example, 636.

    To initiate a connection using startTLS, set "startTLS":true, and "ssl":false. Set the port to an insecure LDAP port, for example, 389.

  2. If you are using a CA-signed server certificate, add that certificate to the IDM truststore, for example:

    keytool \
 -importcert \
 -alias server-cert \
 -keystore /path/to/openidm/security/truststore \
 -storepass changeit \
 -file /path/to/server-cert.crt

  3. Specify the certificate that the LDAP connector will use to authenticate to the remote LDAP server.

    By default, the LDAP connector uses the self-signed certificate that is generated in the IDM keystore when IDM first starts up. You have two options to change this default behavior:

    • Set the privateKeyAlias to the alias of a certificate in the IDM keystore. The alias name is case-sensitive.

      If you set privateKeyAlias to null, no private key is sent during the SSL handshake, so only the server certificate is used. You must import the server certificate into the IDM truststore, as shown in the previous step.

      If privateKeyAlias is set to an alias within the IDM keystore, the connector uses that private key for SSL mutual authentication.

    • Specify a different keystore for the connector.

      If you do not want to use the default IDM keystore, set the following properties:

      • alternateKeyStore - specifies the full path to an alternate keystore.

      • alternateKeyStoreType - specifies alternate keystore type. Valid values are JKS, JCEKS and PKCS12.

      • alternateKeyStorePassword - specifies password for the alternate keystore.

  4. Enable hostname verification to prevent a third party from manipulating DNS entries or spoofing the LDAP Server IP.

    When hostname verification is enabled, the connector compares the hostname in the certificate subject and subjectAltName with a simple hostname pattern defined in the hostNameVerification property.

    To enable hostname verification, set "hostNameVerification" : true and set the hostNameVerification property to the hostname you want to match. If the pattern matches, the connector is initialized successfully. If the pattern does not match, connector initialization throws an error. The hostNameVerification property supports wild card matching.

    Assume, for example, a server certificate principal hostname of server1.example.com. With the following connector configuration, IDM starts up and the connector is initialized:

    "configurationProperties" : {
    ...
    "hostNameVerification" : true,
    "hostNameVerifierPattern" : "server1.example.com",
    ...
}

    Similarly, with the following connector configuration, IDM starts up and the connector is initialized:

    "configurationProperties" : {
    ...
    "hostNameVerification" : true,
    "hostNameVerifierPattern" : "*.example.com",
    ...
}

    With the following connector configuration, IDM starts up but connector initialization throws an error:

    "configurationProperties" : {
    ...
    "hostNameVerification" : true,
    "hostNameVerifierPattern" : "server2.example.com",
    ...
}

    The error returned is similar to the following:

    The host name from the server certificate'CN=server1.example.com' does not match the provided pattern 'server2.example.com'

Control what the LDAP connector synchronizes

To control the set of LDAP entries that are affected by reconciliation and automatic synchronization operations, set the following properties in the provisioner configuration. Automatic synchronization includes liveSync (synchronization of changes from the LDAP server to IDM) and implicit sync (synchronization from IDM to the LDAP server). For more information, refer to Synchronization types.

accountSearchFilter

Only user accounts that match this filter are searched, and therefore affected by reconciliation and synchronization operations. If you do not set this property, all accounts within the base contexts specified previously are searched.

accountSynchronizationFilter

This property is used during reconciliation and automatic synchronization operations, and filters out any LDAP accounts that you specifically want to exclude from these operations.

attributesToSynchronize

During automatic synchronization operations, only the attributes listed here are considered for changes. Objects that include these attributes are synchronized. Objects that do not include these attributes are ignored. If this property is not set, IDM considers changes to all attributes specified in the mapping.

This attribute works only with LDAP servers that log changes in a change log, not with servers (such as Active Directory) that use other mechanisms to track changes.

baseContexts

The starting points in the LDAP tree that are used when searching the directory tree; for example, dc=example,dc=com. These base contexts must include the set of users and the set of groups that must be searched during reconciliation operations.

baseContextsToSynchronize

The starting points in the LDAP tree that are used to determine if a change should be synchronized. This property is used only for automatic synchronization operations. Only entries that fall under these base contexts are considered during synchronization operations.

modifiersNamesToFilterOut

This property lets you define a list of DNs. During synchronization operations, the connector ignores changes made by these DNs.

When a managed user object is updated, and that change is synchronized to the LDAP server, the change made on the LDAP server is recorded in the change log. A liveSync operation picks up the change, and attempts to replay the change on the managed user object, effectively resulting in a loop of updates.

To avoid this situation, you can specify a unique user in your LDAP directory, that will be used only for the LDAP connector. The unique user must be something other than uid=admin; for example, cn=idmuser. You can then include that user DN as the value of modifiersNamesToFilterOut. When a change is made through the LDAP connector, and that change is recorded in the change log, the modifier’s name (cn=idmuser) is flagged, and IDM does not attempt to replay the change back to the managed user repository. So, you are effectively indicating that IDM should not synchronize changes back to managed user that originated from managed user, thus preventing the update loop.

This attribute works only with LDAP servers that log changes in a change log, not with servers (such as Active Directory) that use other mechanisms to track changes.

objectClassesToSynchronize

During automatic synchronization operations, only the object classes listed here are considered for changes. IDM ignores change log updates (or changes to managed objects) which do not have any of the object classes listed here.

Use the LDAP connector with Active Directory

The LDAP connector provides functionality specifically for managing Active Directory users and groups. The connector can handle the following operational attributes to manage Active Directory accounts:

__ENABLE__

Uses the userAccountControl attribute to get or set the account status of an object.

The LDAP connector reads the userAccountControl to determine if an account is enabled or disabled. The connector modifies the value of the userAccountControl attribute if IDM changes the value of __ENABLE__.

__ACCOUNT_EXPIRES__

Sets the accountExpires attribute of an Active Directory object to reset an expired account, or to set a future expiration date.

To set an account that never expires, set "__ACCOUNT_EXPIRES__": "0".

To set an expiration date, set "__ACCOUNT_EXPIRES__": "date", where date is in ISO8601 format. For example:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__ACCOUNT_EXPIRES__": "2020-12-31T00:00:00Z"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/AD/account/e1418d64-096c-4cb0-b903-ebb66562d99d"
{
    "sn": "jensen",
    "__LOCK_OUT__": false,
    "__ENABLE__": true,
    "objectGUID": "e1418d64-096c-4cb0-b903-ebb66562d99d",
    "dn": "CN=bjensen,OU=create,DC=example,DC=com",
    "accountExpires": "2020-12-31T00:00:00Z"
}
__LOCK_OUT__

Uses the msDS-User-Account-Control-Computed system attribute to check if a user account has been locked.

If IDM sets __LOCK_OUT__ to FALSE, the LDAP connector sets the Active Directory lockoutTime to 0 to unlock the account.

If IDM sets __LOCK_OUT__ to TRUE, the LDAP connector ignores the change and logs a message.

__PASSWORD_EXPIRED__

Uses the msDS-User-Account-Control-Computed system attribute to check if a user password has expired.

To force password expiration (that is, to force a user to change their password when they next log in), set pwdLastSet to 0. The LDAP connector sets pwdLastSet to 0, if IDM sets __PASSWORD_EXPIRED__ to TRUE.

To remove password expiration, set pwdLastSet to 0 and then to -1. This sets the value of pwdLastSet to the current time. The LDAP connector sets pwdLastSet to -1 if IDM sets __PASSWORD_EXPIRED__ to FALSE.

Active Directory does not allow you to create an enabled account with an expired password. If you are using __PASSWORD_EXPIRED__ to force a new user to change their password when they next log in, you can create the user account as disabled initially (__ENABLE__=false). You can then patch the new user account to enable it. You can use the same workaround for synchronization operations, creating new user accounts as disabled, then issuing an openidm.patch call in a postCreate script to enable the account.
__CURRENT_PASSWORD__

For a password change request, the connector supplies the __CURRENT_PASSWORD__, along with the new password. The connector can also do a password reset where only the new password is supplied.

The sample connector configuration file (openidm/samples/example-configurations/provisioners/provisioner.openicf-adldap.json) includes these operational attributes. Note that the passwordAttribute property in this provisioner file is set to unicodePwd. This property specifies the attribute in Active Directory that holds the user password. When a user’s password is changed, the new value is set in this attribute.

Manage Active Directory users with the LDAP connector

If you create or update users in Active Directory, and those user entries include passwords, you must use the LDAP connector over SSL. You cannot create or update an Active Directory user password in clear text. To use the connector over SSL, follow the instructions in Configure the LDAP Connector to Use SSL and StartTLS.

The following command adds an Active Directory user. The output shows the operational attributes described in the previous section:

curl \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "dn": "CN=Brian Smith,CN=Users,DC=example,DC=com",
  "cn": "Brian Smith",
  "sAMAccountName": "bsmith",
  "userPrincipalName": "bsmith@example.com",
  "userAccountControl": "512",
  "givenName": "Brian",
  "mail": "bsmith@example.com",
  "__PASSWORD__": "Passw0rd"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/ad/account?_action=create"
{
  "_id": "e1418d64-096c-4cb0-b903-ebb66562d99d",
  "mobile": null,
  "postalCode": null,
  "st": null,
  "employeeType": [],
  "objectGUID": "e1418d64-096c-4cb0-b903-ebb66562d99d",
  "cn": "Brian Smith",
  "department": null,
  "l": null,
  "description": null,
  "info": null,
  "manager": null,
  "sAMAccountName": "bsmith",
  "sn": null,
  "whenChanged": "20151217131254.0Z",
  "userPrincipalName": "bsmith@example.com",
  "userAccountControl": "512",
  "__ENABLE__": true,
  "displayName": null,
  "givenName": "Brian",
  "middleName": null,
  "facsimileTelephoneNumber": null,
  "lastLogon": "0",
  "countryCode": "0",
  "employeeID": null,
  "co": null,
  "physicalDeliveryOfficeName": null,
  "pwdLastSet": "2015-12-17T13:12:54Z",
  "streetAddress": null,
  "homePhone": null,
  "__PASSWORD_NOTREQD__": false,
  "telephoneNumber": null,
  "dn": "CN=Brian Smith,CN=Users,DC=example,DC=com",
  "title": null,
  "mail": "bsmith@example.com",
  "postOfficeBox": null,
  "__SMARTCARD_REQUIRED__": false,
  "uSNChanged": "86144",
  "__PASSWORD_EXPIRED__": false,
  "initials": null,
  "__LOCK_OUT__": false,
  "company": null,
  "employeeNumber": null,
  "accountExpires": "0",
  "c": null,
  "whenCreated": "20151217131254.0Z",
  "uSNCreated": "86142",
  "division": null,
  "groups": [],
  "__DONT_EXPIRE_PASSWORD__": false,
  "otherHomePhone": []
}

  • Previous versions of the LDAP connector appended <GUID= to the GUID for Active Directory objects. This behavior ensured compatibility with the legacy .NET connector.

    The LDAP connector no longer appends <GUID= to the object GUID. The new GUID format is compatible with objects created using the AD PowerShell connector; for example, e1418d64-096c-4cb0-b903-ebb66562d99d. In existing deployments, this could mean your links are incompatible with the new GUID format. To update links to the new format, run a reconciliation operation. To retain the legacy behavior, set "useOldADGUIDFormat" : true in your provisioner file.

  • You cannot sort by _id when you return results from an Active Directory (or Active Directory LDS) server. The _id attribute used by default is the objectGUID, which is a binary attribute, and cannot be used for sorting.

  • When you page and sort query results (using the sortKeys parameter), the pagedResultsCookie applies only to the first connection that makes the sorted, paginated query. Active Directory (and AD LDS) build a cached index for sorted searches, which is attached to the original connection.

Note that the command sets the userAccountControl to 512, which is an enabled account. The value of the userAccountControl determines the account policy. The following list describes the common values for the userAccountControl.

512

Enabled account.

514

Disabled account.

544

Enabled account, password not required.

546

Disabled account, password not required.

66048

Enabled account, password does not expire.

66050

Disabled account, password does not expire.

66080

Enabled account, password does not expire and is not required.

66082

Disabled account, password does not expire and is not required.

262656

Enabled account, smartcard required.

262658

Disabled account, smartcard required.

262688

Enabled account, smartcard required, password not required.

262690

Disabled account, smartcard required, password not required.

328192

Enabled account, smartcard required, password does not expire.

328192

Enabled account, smartcard required, password does not expire.

328194

Disabled account, smartcard required, password does not expire.

328224

Enabled account, smartcard required, password does not expire and is not required.

328226

Disabled account, smartcard required, password does not expire and is not required.

Manage Active Directory groups with the LDAP connector

The following command creates a basic Active Directory group with the LDAP connector:

curl \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "dn": "CN=Employees,DC=example,DC=com"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/ad/group?_action=create"
{
  "_id": "240da4e9-59d8-1547-ad86-29f5b2b5114d"
}

The LDAP connector exposes two special attributes to handle Active Directory group scope and type: GROUP_SCOPE and GROUP_TYPE.

The GROUP_SCOPE attribute is defined in the provisioner configuration as follows:

...
"__GROUP_SCOPE__" : {
    "type" : "string",
    "nativeName" : "__GROUP_SCOPE__",
    "nativeType" : "string"
},

The value of the GROUP_SCOPE attribute can be global, domain, or universal. If no group scope is set when the group is created, the scope is global by default. For more information about the different group scopes, refer to the corresponding Microsoft documentation.

The GROUP_TYPE attribute is defined in the provisioner configuration as follows:

...
"__GROUP_TYPE__" : {
 "type" : "string",
 "nativeName" : "__GROUP_TYPE__",
 "nativeType" : "string"
 },

The value of the GROUP_TYPE attribute can be security or distribution. If no group type is set when the group is created, the type is security by default. For more information about the different group types, refer to the corresponding Microsoft documentation.

The following example creates a new distribution group, with universal scope:

curl \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "dn": "CN=NewGroup,DC=example,DC=com",
  "__GROUP_SCOPE__": "universal",
  "__GROUP_TYPE__": "distribution"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/ad/group?_action=create"
{
  "_id": "f189df8a-276f-9147-8ad5-055b1580cbcb"
}
Support for nested Active Directory groups

By default, Active Directory does not return members of a nested group when querying the parent group. Some additional configuration is required to return members of a nested Active Directory group.

To include members of a nested group, create a new nestedMembers attribute in your provisioner file:

"nestedMembers" : {
    "type" : "array",
    "items" : {
        "type" : "string",
        "nativeType" : "string"
    },
    "nativeName" : "memberOf:1.2.840.113556.1.4.1941:",
    "nativeType" : "string",
    "flags" : [
        "NOT_CREATABLE",
        "NOT_UPDATEABLE",
        "NOT_RETURNED_BY_DEFAULT"
    ]
},

Note that the nativeName property includes 1.2.840.113556.1.4.1941, which is the OID of LDAP_MATCHING_RULE_IN_CHAIN and LDAP_MATCHING_RULE_TRANSITIVE_EVAL. This is what tells Active Directory to include members of nested groups.

Querying this attribute will return results that include members of any nested groups of the queried group. For example:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/ad/account?_queryFilter=nestedMembers+eq+"CN=ParentGroup,DC=example,DC=com"&_fields=cn"

Handle Active Directory dates

Most dates in Active Directory are represented as the number of 100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (UTC). For example:

pwdLastSet: 130698687542272930

IDM generally represents dates as an ISO 8601-compliant string with yyyy-MM-dd’T’HH:mm:ssZ format. For example:

2015-03-02T20:17:48Z

The generic LDAP connector therefore converts any dates from Active Directory to ISO 8601 format, for fields such as pwdLastSet, accountExpires, lockoutTime, and lastLogon.

Multiple Active Directory domains

In a multi-domain Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forest, the global catalog (GC) provides a read-only (searchable) representation of every object in the forest. Each domain controller (DC) in the forest stores a writable replica of the objects in its domain. Therefore, a DC can locate only the objects in its domain.

If your Active Directory deployment has only one domain controller, you can configure the connector to connect to that single domain controller. If your deployment spans multiple domains, you must configure the connector to connect to the Global Catalog (GC) to have a comprehensive view of all the domains.

Using a GC as the authoritative data source has the following limitations:

  • Only a subset of attributes is replicated from other domains to the GC.

    Certain attributes required by the LDAP connector might be missing. To avoid this problem, modify the Active Directory schema to ensure that the required attributes are replicated to the GC.

  • Delete operations are not detected immediately.

    A liveSync operation will therefore not update IDM with the result of a delete operation. Delete operations are detected by a reconciliation operation, so data stores are only temporarily "out of sync" with regard to deletes.

  • Not all group types are supported.

    Group membership information is replicated to the GC for universal groups only. You must therefore use universal groups if your directory service has more than one domain.

You can use the USN value for liveSync but must connect to the GC in this case, and ensure that you never failover to a different GC or to a DC. Using the USN for liveSync instead of the timestamp mechanism is generally preferred, because of the issue with detecting delete operations.

LDAP search filters

The LDAP connector constructs an LDAP search filter using a combination of filters, in the following order:

(& (native filter) (user filter) (object class filter) )

The filter components are as follows:

Native Filter

The native filter is the query filter that has been translated to an LDAP query. For example, uid+eq+"user123" is translated to uid=user123.

This part of the filter is processed first.

User Filter

You can define a user filter with the properties accountSearchFilter and groupSearchFilter in the connector configuration.

These properties enable you to construct a more granular or specific search filter. If a user filter is specified, the connector does not use the object class filter. If no user filter is specified, (accountSearchFilter and groupSearchFilter set to null or absent from the connector configuration), the connector uses the object class filter.

Object Class Filter

This part of the filter includes the object classes that the entry must have in order to be returned by the search.

The __ACCOUNT__ and __GROUPS__ object classes are defined by the properties accountObjectClasses and groupObjectClasses in the connector configuration. For example, the following configuration indicates that the accountObjectClasses include the LDAP object classes top, person, organizationalPerson, and inetOrgPerson:

"configurationProperties" : {
    ...
    "accountObjectClasses" : [
        "top",
        "person",
        "organizationalPerson",
        "inetOrgPerson"
    ],
    ...
}

With this configuration, the search filter for accounts is constructed as follows:

(&(objectClass=top)(objectClass=person)(objectClass=organizationalPerson)(objectClass=inetOrgPerson))

If no accountObjectClasses or groupObjectClasses are defined in the connector configuration, the connector uses the name of the ICF ObjectClass in the filter. For example, an object of type organizationUnit will result in:

(&(objectClass=organizationUnit)

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the LDAP Connector

The LDAP Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Authenticate

Provides simple authentication with two parameters, presumed to be a user name and password.

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Resolve Username

Resolves an object by its username and returns the uid of the object.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Sync

Polls the target resource for synchronization events, that is, native changes to objects on the target resource.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

LDAP Connector Configuration

The LDAP Connector has the following configurable properties:

Configuration properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

filterWithOrInsteadOfAnd

boolean

false

Normally the filter used to fetch change log entries is an and-based filter retrieving an interval of change entries. If this property is set, the filter will or together the required change numbers instead.

objectClassesToSynchronize

String[]

['inetOrgPerson']

The object classes to synchronize. The change log is for all objects; this filters updates to just the listed object classes. You should not list the superclasses of an object class unless you intend to synchronize objects with any of the superclass values. For example, if only "inetOrgPerson" objects should be synchronized, but the superclasses of "inetOrgPerson" ("person", "organizationalperson" and "top") should be filtered out, then list only "inetOrgPerson" here. All objects in LDAP are subclassed from "top". For this reason, you should never list "top", otherwise no object would be filtered.

baseContextsToSynchronize

String[]

[]

One or more starting points in the LDAP tree that will be used to determine if a change should be synchronized. The base contexts attribute will be used to synchronize a change if this property is not set.

attributesToSynchronize

String[]

[]

The names of the attributes to synchronize. This ignores updates from the change log if they do not update any of the named attributes. For example, if only "department" is listed, then only changes that affect "department" will be processed. All other updates are ignored. If blank (the default), then all changes are processed.

timestampSyncOffset

int

0

An optional offset, specified in seconds to be negatively applied to the timestamp for Timestamp based Sync operations. Default value is 0, or no offset.

changeNumberAttribute

String

changeNumber

The name of the change number attribute in the change log entry.

modifiersNamesToFilterOut

String[]

[]

The list of names (DNs) to filter from the changes. Changes with the attribute "modifiersName" that match entries in this list will be filtered out. The standard value is the administrator name used by this adapter, to prevent loops. Entries should be of the format "cn=Directory Manager".

credentials

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Password for the principal.

changeLogBlockSize

int

100

The number of change log entries to fetch per query.

useTimestampsForSync

boolean

false

If true, the connector will use the createTimestamp and modifyTimestamp system attributes to detect changes (Create/Update) on the directory instead of native change detection mechanism (cn=changelog on OpenDJ or Update Sequence Number -USN- on Active Directory for instance). Default value is false.

accountSynchronizationFilter

String

null

An optional LDAP filter for the objects to synchronize. Because the change log is for all objects, this filter updates only objects that match the specified filter. If you specify a filter, an object will be synchronized only if it matches the filter and includes a synchronized object class.

removeLogEntryObjectClassFromFilter

boolean

true

If this property is set (the default), the filter used to fetch change log entries does not contain the "changeLogEntry" object class, expecting that there are no entries of other object types in the change log.

alternateKeyStorePassword

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Password to use for the alternate keystore.

groupSynchronizationFilter

String

null

An optional LDAP filter for the objects to synchronize. Because the change log is for all objects, this filter updates only objects that match the specified filter. If you specify a filter, an object will be synchronized only if it matches the filter and includes a synchronized object class.

groupMemberAttribute

String

uniqueMember

No

The name of the group attribute that will be updated with the distinguished name of the user when the user is added to the group.

accountSearchFilter

String

null

No

An optional LDAP filter to control which accounts are returned from the LDAP resource. If no filter is specified, only accounts that include all specified object classes are returned.

privateKeyAlias

String

null

No

Specifies the name of a private key alias from the keystore that should be used for SSL mutual authentication. If null, no private key is sent during SSL handshake so only server cert is used. This alias name is case sensitive.

ssl

boolean

false

No

Select the check box to connect to the LDAP server using SSL.

maintainPosixGroupMembership

boolean

false

No

When enabled and a user is renamed or deleted, update any POSIX groups to which the user belongs to reflect the new name. Otherwise, the LDAP resource must maintain referential integrity with respect to group membership.

checkAliveMinInterval

long

60

No

The minimum interval (seconds) at which the target directory is polled when a connection is reused from the pool. Defaults to 60 seconds.

groupSearchFilter

String

null

No

An optional LDAP filter to control which groups are returned from the LDAP resource. If no filter is specified, only groups that include all specified object classes are returned.

referralsHandling

String

follow

No

Defines how to handle LDAP referrals. Possible values can be follow, ignore or throw.

host

String

null

No

The name or IP address of the host where the LDAP server is running.

maintainLdapGroupMembership

boolean

false

No

When enabled and a user is renamed or deleted, update any LDAP groups to which the user belongs to reflect the new name. Otherwise, the LDAP resource must maintain referential integrity with respect to group membership.

resetSyncToken

String

never

No

Connector can reset the sync token if ever the value of the sync token is greater than the last change number in the directory changelog. Defaults to "never" (no reset). If set to "first" it will reset the sync token to the value of the firstChangeNumber changelog attribute. If set to "last" it will reset the sync token to the value of the lastChangeNumber changelog attribute.

vlvSortAttribute

String

uid

No

Specify the sort attribute to use for VLV indexes on the resource.

convertGTToISO8601

String[]

['whenCreated', 'whenChanged']

No

Converts the Greenwich Time to ISO8601 format.

baseContexts

String[]

[]

No

One or more starting points in the LDAP tree that will be used when searching the tree. Searches are performed when discovering users from the LDAP server or when looking for the groups of which a user is a member.

hostNameVerification

boolean

false

No

If true, the connector will verify the hostname in the certificate (subject + alternative subject) against the defined hostNameVerifierPattern.

blockSize

int

100

No

The maximum number of entries that can be in a block when retrieving entries in blocks.

groupObjectClasses

String[]

['top', 'groupOfUniqueNames']

No

The default list of object classes that will be used when creating new group objects in the LDAP tree. This can be overridden by specifying the group object classes during the Create operation.

accountUserNameAttributes

String[]

['uid', 'cn']

No

Attribute or attributes which holds the account’s user name. They will be used when authenticating to find the LDAP entry for the user name to authenticate.

failover

String[]

[]

No

List all servers that should be used for failover in case the preferred server fails. If the preferred server fails, JNDI will connect to the next available server in the list. List all servers in the form of "ldap://ldap.example.com:389/", which follows the standard LDAP v3 URLs described in RFC 2255. Only the host and port parts of the URL are relevant in this setting.

port

int

389

No

TCP/IP port number used to communicate with the LDAP server.

convertADIntervalToISO8601

String[]

['pwdLastSet', 'accountExpires', 'lockoutTime', 'lastLogon']

No

Converts the AD Interval to ISO8601.

hostNameVerifierPattern

String

null

No

A simple pattern used to match the hostname from the certificate. It can contains * character (server1.example.com, *.example.com).

passwordAttribute

String

userPassword

No

The name of the LDAP attribute that holds the password. When changing a users password, the new password is set to this attribute.

useDNSSRVRecord

boolean

false

No

If true, the connector will do a DNS query to find SRV records associated with the value set for host property ("_ldap._tcp.example.com" for example). Defaults to false.

getGroupMemberId

boolean

false

No

Specifies whether to add an extra _memberId attribute to get the group members UID. CAUTION: Setting this property to true can incur a large performance cost on group handling.

lastCheckAlive

long

1732889017477

No

The last time the connector was checked to see if it was alive

ldapGroupsUseStaticGroups

boolean

false

No

When set to true, The ldapGroups attribute will search group membership through static groups only. If false, it will leverage the "memberOf" attribute of an object (defaults to true).

startTLS

boolean

false

No

Specifies whether to use the startTLS operation to initiate a TLS/SSL session.

allowTreeDelete

boolean

false

No

Connector can delete an entry (node) with leaf entry if this value is set to true (defaults to false). The LDAP control LDAP_SERVER_TREE_DELETE_OID (1.2.840.113556.1.4.805) is used.

respectResourcePasswordPolicyChangeAfterReset

boolean

false

No

When this resource is specified in a Login Module (i.e., this resource is a pass-through authentication target) and the resource’s password policy is configured for change-after-reset, a user whose resource account password has been administratively reset will be required to change that password after successfully authenticating.

uidAttribute

String

entryUUID

No

The name of the LDAP attribute that is mapped to the OpenICF UID attribute.

principal

String

null

No

The distinguished name with which to authenticate to the LDAP server.

accountObjectClasses

String[]

['top', 'person', 'organizationalPerson', 'inetOrgPerson']

No

The default list of object classes that will be used when creating new user objects in the LDAP tree. This can be overridden by specifying the user object classes during the Create operation.

alternateKeyStoreType

String

null

No

Defines the type of the alternate key store. Valid values are JKS, JCEKS and PKCS12.

passwordHashAlgorithm

String

null

No

Indicates the algorithm that the Identity system should use to hash the password. The only supported value is WIN-AD (for when Active Directory is the target). A blank value indicates that the system will not hash passwords. This will cause clear text passwords to be stored in LDAP unless the LDAP server performs the hash (as Forgerocks OpenDJ does, for example).

alternateKeyStore

String

null

No

Defines the filename of an alternate keystore. If specified, the connector will not use the default keystore specified by the javax.net.ssl.keyStore property.

authType

String

simple

No

The authentication mechanism to use: Simple, EXTERNAL (mTLS) or SASL-GSSAPI (Kerberos). Defaults to "simple".

connectionTimeout

int

30000

No

The timeout (in ms) before the connection attempt is aborted.

customOctetStringAttributes

String[]

[]

No

A list of custom octet string attributes to be declared so that the LDAP connector manipulates these attributes as byte arrays.

useBlocks

boolean

false

No

Specifies whether to use block-based LDAP controls, like the simple paged results or VLV control. When performing search operations on large numbers of entries, the entries are returned in blocks to reduce the amount of memory used by the operation.

readSchema

boolean

true

No

If true, the connector will read the schema from the server. If false, the connector will provide a default schema based on the object classes in the configuration. This property must be true in order to use extended object classes.

usePagedResultControl

boolean

false

No

When enabled, the LDAP Paged Results control is preferred over the VLV control when retrieving entries. If disabled, paged queries will be ignored.

useOldADGUIDFormat

boolean

false

No

The connector used to transform the AD ObjectGUID in the form <GUID=xxxxxx>. It now used dashed notation (xxxx-xx-xx-xxxx-xxxxxx) by default. Set to true to keep the old format.

sendCAUDTxId

boolean

false

No

Connector can send the Common Audit Transaction Id (if present) to the target OpenDJ server when this value is set to true (defaults to false). The LDAP control TransactionIdControl (1.3.6.1.4.1.36733.2.1.5.1) is used.

gssapiLoginContext

String

null

No

Defines the name used in the JAAS configuration file to define the JAAS login configuration. If null, it defaults to "org.identityconnectors.ldap.LdapConnector".

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Marketo connector

The Marketo connector lets you synchronize between IDM managed users and a Marketo leads database. You can synchronize any managed user to Marketo—those who have been added directly to the IDM repository, and those who have registered themselves through a Social Identity Provider.

The Marketo connector is an implementation of the Scripted Groovy Connector, and lets you interact with leads in a Marketo database, using Groovy scripts for the ICF operations.

To use the Marketo connector, you need:

  • A Marketo account

  • A client ID and client secret

  • The REST API URL for your IDM service

  • A custom list created in your Marketo leads database

To obtain these details from Marketo, refer to the Marketo documentation.

Install the Marketo connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

Marketo

Yes

No

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/marketo-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the Marketo connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select Marketo Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to Marketo Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

Alternatively, configure the connector with a configuration file.

A sample connector configuration file is bundled with IDM, provided at /path/to/openidm/samples/example-configurations/provisioners/provisioner.openicf-marketo.json. Copy the sample connector configuration file to your project’s conf/ directory.

This sample connector configuration shows the mandatory properties:

Sample Marketo connector configuration 
{
    "displayName" : "MarketoConnector",
    "description" : "Connector used to sync users to Marketo leads",
    "author" : "ForgeRock",
    "enabled" : true,
    "connectorRef" : {
        "bundleName" : "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.marketo-connector",
        "bundleVersion" : "[1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0)",
        "connectorName" : "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.marketo.MarketoConnector"
    },
    ...
    "configurationProperties" : {
        "instance" : "<INSTANCE_FQDN>",
        "clientId" : "<CLIENT_ID>",
        "clientSecret" : "<CLIENT_SECRET>",
        "leadFields" : null,
        "partitionName" : null,
        "listName" : "<LEAD_LIST_NAME>",
        "scriptRoots" : [
            "jar:file:connectors/marketo-connector-1.5.20.26.jar!/scripts/marketo/"
        ],
        ...
    },
    ...
}
instance

To locate the REST API endpoint URL in Marketo, select Admin > Web Services, scroll down to REST API, and find the endpoint. Use that REST endpoint as the value of the instance property in your connector configuration. Remove the protocol and /rest from the URL. For example, if the endpoint is https://some-number.mktorest.com/rest, the value of the instance property must be some-number.mktorest.com.

clientId

Locate the client ID in the details of your Marketo service LaunchPoint.

clientSecret

Locate the client secret in the details of your Marketo service LaunchPoint.

listName

The name of the custom list created in your Marketo Leads database.

scriptRoots

The path to the Groovy scripts that perform the ICF operations, relative to your installation directory. For the Marketo connector, the scripts are bundled in the connector .jar file, so the sample connector configuration uses the path jar:file:connectors/marketo-connector-1.5.20.26.jar!/scripts/marketo/.

For a complete list of configuration properties, refer to Marketo Connector Configuration.

Test the Marketo connector

When the connector is configured correctly, you can test its status by running the following command:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system?_action=test"
[
  {
    "name": "marketo",
    "enabled": true,
    "config": "config/provisioner.openicf/marketo",
    "objectTypes": [
      "__ALL__",
      "account"
    ],
    "connectorRef": {
      "bundleName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.marketo-connector",
      "connectorName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.marketo.MarketoConnector",
      "bundleVersion": "[1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0)"
    },
    "displayName": "Marketo Connector",
    "ok": true
  }
]

A status of "ok": true indicates that the connector can reach your Marketo database.

Marketo remote connector

If you want to run this connector outside of PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or IDM, you can configure the Marketo connector as a remote connector. Java Connectors installed remotely on a Java Connector Server function identically to those bundled locally within PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or installed locally on IDM.

You can download the Marketo connector from here.

Refer to Remote connectors for configuring the Marketo remote connector.

Reconcile users with a Marketo leads database

The Marketo connector lets you reconcile IDM users (including managed users and users who have registered through a social identity provider) with a Marketo leads database. To set up reconciliation to a Marketo database, copy the following sample mapping file to your project’s conf directory:

/path/to/openidm/samples/example-configurations/marketo/sync.json

This file sets up a mapping from the managed user repository to Marketo user accounts. The file includes transformations for user accounts registered through Facebook and LinkedIn. You can use these transformations as a basis for transformations from other social identity providers.

If you have an existing mapping configuration, add the content of this sample sync.json to your existing mapping.

The sample mapping restricts reconciliation to users who have accepted the marketing preferences with the following validSource script:

"validSource" : {
    "type" : "text/javascript",
    "globals" : {
        "preferences" : [
            "marketing"
        ]
    },
    "file" : "ui/preferenceCheck.js"
}

When a user registers with IDM, they can choose to accept this condition. As a regular user, they can also select (or deselect) the condition in the End User UI by logging into IDM at http://localhost:8080/, and selecting Preferences.

If a user deselects the marketing preference after their account has been reconciled to Marketo, the next reconciliation run will remove the account from the Marketo database.

For more information on how preferences work in a mapping, refer to User preferences.

Implementation specifics

For PATCH requests, a connector can potentially add, remove, or replace an attribute value. The Marketo connector does not implement the add or remove operations, so a PATCH request always replaces the entire attribute value with the new value.

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the Marketo Connector

The Marketo Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Authenticate

Provides simple authentication with two parameters, presumed to be a user name and password.

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Resolve Username

Resolves an object by its username and returns the uid of the object.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Script on Resource

Runs a script on the target resource that is managed by this connector.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Sync

Polls the target resource for synchronization events, that is, native changes to objects on the target resource.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

Marketo Connector Configuration

The Marketo Connector has the following configurable properties:

Configuration properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

instance

String

null

Yes

The Marketo-assigned FQDN for your instance.

clientId

String

null

Yes

Your OAuth2 client ID.

clientSecret

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

Your OAuth2 client secret.

leadFields

String

null

No

Comma-delimited list of lead fields to fetch; Leave empty for default set.

partitionName

String

null

No

Name of the partition in which to create and update leads; May be left empty.

listName

String

null

Yes

Name of the Marketo static list the connector will use to manage leads.

accessToken

String

null

Yes

The access token for the application.

tokenExpiration

Long

null

Yes

The expiration token for the application.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Groovy Engine configuration

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

scriptRoots

String[]

['!/scripts/marketo/']

Yes

The root folder to load the scripts from. If the value is null or empty the classpath value is used.

classpath

String[]

[]

No

Classpath for use during compilation.

debug

boolean

false

No

If true, debugging code should be activated.

disabledGlobalASTTransformations

String[]

null

No

Sets a list of global AST transformations which should not be loaded even if they are defined in META-INF/org.codehaus.groovy.transform.ASTTransformation files. By default, none is disabled.

minimumRecompilationInterval

int

100

No

Sets the minimum of time after a script can be recompiled.

recompileGroovySource

boolean

false

No

If set to true recompilation is enabled.

scriptBaseClass

String

null

No

Base class name for scripts (must derive from Script).

scriptExtensions

String[]

['groovy']

No

Gets the extensions used to find groovy files.

sourceEncoding

String

UTF-8

No

Encoding for source files.

targetDirectory

File

null

No

Directory into which to write classes.

tolerance

int

10

No

The error tolerance, which is the number of non-fatal errors (per unit) that should be tolerated before compilation is aborted.

verbose

boolean

false

No

If true, the compiler should produce action information.

warningLevel

int

1

No

Warning Level of the compiler.

customConfiguration

String

null

No

Custom Configuration script for Groovy ConfigSlurper.

customSensitiveConfiguration

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Custom Sensitive Configuration script for Groovy ConfigSlurper.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Operation Script Files

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

authenticateScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the AUTHENTICATE operation.

createScriptFileName

String

CreateMarketo.groovy

The name of the file used to perform the CREATE operation.

customizerScriptFileName

String

null

No

The script used to customize some function of the connector. Read the documentation for more details.

deleteScriptFileName

String

DeleteMarketo.groovy

The name of the file used to perform the DELETE operation.

resolveUsernameScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the RESOLVE_USERNAME operation.

schemaScriptFileName

String

SchemaMarketo.groovy

The name of the file used to perform the SCHEMA operation.

scriptOnResourceScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the RUNSCRIPTONRESOURCE operation.

searchScriptFileName

String

SearchMarketo.groovy

The name of the file used to perform the SEARCH operation.

syncScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the SYNC operation.

testScriptFileName

String

TestMarketo.groovy

The name of the file used to perform the TEST operation.

updateScriptFileName

String

UpdateMarketo.groovy

The name of the file used to perform the UPDATE operation.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Microsoft Graph API connector

The Microsoft (MS) Graph API connector uses the Microsoft Graph SDK for Java and the Authentication Providers for the Microsoft Graph Java SDK. Unlike the PowerShell connector for Azure, the MS Graph API connector is a Java connector and does not need .NET RCS to run. As a Java connector, the MS Graph API connector functions like any standard IDM connector.

The MS Graph API connector can read, search, and fetch data from Microsoft Azure when Azure is the authoritative data source. It can also provision to Azure when IDM or Advanced Identity Cloud is the authoritative data source.

The MS Graph API connector is bundled with IDM and Advanced Identity Cloud, and is also available from the Backstage. The connector bundles all its dependencies.

Microsoft Graph API doesn’t support paging for all relationships/resources. Refer to the Microsoft Documentation.

Next steps:

  1. Install and configure the connector.

  2. Use the connector.

Install and configure the MS Graph API connector

Microsoft Azure requirements

Before you can use the connector, you must register an application with Azure. You need a Microsoft Azure subscription to complete this procedure:

  1. Log in to the MS Azure portal as an administrative user.

  2. Under Azure services , select App registrations.

  3. On the Register an application page, enter a name for the application; for example, FR-Connector.

  4. Select the supported account types, and enter a Redirect URI.

    The redirect URI is the IDM URI that Azure should redirect to after successful authentication; for example, https://idm.example.com:8443/.

  5. On the new registration page for your application, make a note of the Application (client) ID and the Directory (tenant) ID. You will need these to configure the connector:

    shared:ms-graph-api-app

  6. Generate a client secret:

    1. Select Certificates & secrets > New client secret .

    2. Enter a description, select an expiration date, and click Add.

    3. Copy the client secret Value:

      shared:ms-graph-api-secret
    You will not be able to retrieve the client secret in cleartext after you exit this screen.

  7. Set the API permissions:

    1. Select API permissions, click Microsoft Graph, and then click Application permissions.

      shared:ms-graph-api-app-permissions

    2. From the User item, select the following permissions:

      • User.Export.All

      • User.ManageIdentities.All

      • User.Read.All

      • User.ReadWrite.All

    3. From the Group item, select the following permissions:

      • Group.Create

      • Group.Read.All

      • Group.ReadWrite.All

    4. From the Directory item, select the following permissions:

      • Directory.Read.All

      • Directory.ReadWrite.All

    5. Click Add permissions .

  8. Grant admin consent for the API permissions:

    On the Configured permissions page, Grant admin consent for org-name, then click Yes.

    shared:ms-graph-api-consent

Install the MS Graph API connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

Microsoft Graph API

Yes

No

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/msgraphapi-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the MS Graph API connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select MS Graph API Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to MS Graph API Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

Alternatively, copy the sample connector configuration file from /path/to/openidm/samples/example-configurations/provisioners/provisioner.openicf-azuread.json to your project’s conf/ directory.

Set at least the Azure tenant, clientId and clientSecret in the configurationProperties. For example:

"configurationProperties" : {
    "tenant" : "your tenant ID",
    "clientId" : "your client ID",
    "clientSecret" : "your client secret"
}

MS Graph API remote connector

If you want to run this connector outside of PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or IDM, you can configure the MS Graph API connector as a remote connector. Java Connectors installed remotely on a Java Connector Server function identically to those bundled locally within PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or installed locally on IDM.

You can download the MS Graph API connector from here.

Refer to Remote connectors for configuring the MS Graph API remote connector.

Test the connector

One simple method for testing the connector configuration is using the test action on the openidm/system endpoint:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system?_action=test"
{
  "name": "azuread",
  "enabled": true,
  "config": "config/provisioner.openicf/azuread",
  "connectorRef": {
    "bundleVersion": "[1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0)",
    "bundleName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.msgraphapi-connector",
    "connectorName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.msgraphapi.MSGraphAPIConnector"
  },
  "displayName": "MSGraphAPI Connector",
  "objectTypes": [
    "servicePrincipal",
    "__GROUP__",
    "roleEligibilitySchedule",
    "roleEligibilityScheduleInstance",
    "__ALL__",
    "roleEligibilityScheduleRequest",
    "directoryRole",
    "team",
    "roleAssignmentSchedule",
    "roleDefinition",
    "servicePlan",
    "directoryRoleTemplate",
    "application",
    "roleAssignmentScheduleRequest",
    "roleAssignmentScheduleInstance",
    "subscribedSku",
    "__ACCOUNT__",
    "roleAssignment"
  ],
  "ok": true (1)
}
1 A status of "ok": true indicates that the connector is configured correctly.

Synchronize accounts between IDM and Azure

To use the MS Graph API connector to synchronize accounts between IDM and Azure, set up a mapping between the two data stores.

You can use the sample configuration file at /path/to/openidm/samples/sync-with-azuread/conf/sync.json as a starting point.

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the MSGraphAPI Connector

The MSGraphAPI Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Authenticate

Provides simple authentication with two parameters, presumed to be a user name and password.

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Sync

Polls the target resource for synchronization events, that is, native changes to objects on the target resource.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

MSGraphAPI Connector Configuration

The MSGraphAPI Connector has the following configurable properties:

Basic Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

tenant

String

null

Yes

The Azure AD tenant name or id.

clientId

String

null

Yes

The clientID used by the connector during the OAuth flow.

clientSecret

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

The client secret used by the connector during the OAuth flow.

httpProxyHost

String

null

No

The Http proxy host.

httpProxyPort

Integer

null

No

The Http proxy port.

httpProxyUsername

String

null

No

The Http proxy user name.

httpProxyPassword

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

The Http proxy user password.

performHardDelete

boolean

false

No

If set to true, the Azure object will be deleted permanently on delete operation.

readRateLimit

String

null

No

Defines throttling for read operations either per seconds ("30/sec") or per minute ("100/min").

writeRateLimit

String

null

No

Defines throttling for write operations (create/update/delete) either per second ("30/sec") or per minute ("100/min").

licenseCacheExpiryTime

Long

null

No

Defines the expiry time for cached license information (in minutes).

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Use the connector (MS Graph API)

After you configure the MS Graph API connector, you can use it to synchronize, read, and edit resources:

Microsoft Graph API doesn’t support paging for all relationships/resources. Refer to the Microsoft Documentation.

Users and groups (MS Graph API)

You can use the MS Graph API connector to list, create, update, and delete users and groups.

List user entries

This command retrieves a list of users in your Azure tenant. You can also use any system-enabled filter, such as those described in Construct Queries:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/user?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "c48be8cc-5846-4059-95e8-a7acbf6aec31"
    },
    {
      "_id": "c7fe57e2-3159-45e1-b67a-435232fd88d9"
    },
    {
      "_id": "9e714b5c-345a-430c-93f5-d8c6f9a2f225"
    },
    ...
  ],
  ...
}

Return a user entry

This command retrieves a specific user entry from your Azure tenant:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/user/c48be8cc-5846-4059-95e8-a7acbf6aec31"
{
  "_id": "c48be8cc-5846-4059-95e8-a7acbf6aec31",
  "surname": "Jensen",
  "displayName": "Babs Jensen",
  "memberOf": [
    "036f288c-6f71-41ae-9d09-6a68c8ba315b"
  ],
  "mail": "babs.jensen@example.onmicrosoft.com",
  "onPremisesExtensionAttributes": {
    ...
  },
  "usageLocation": "FR",
  "userType": "Member",
  "identities": [
    {
      "signInType": "userPrincipalName",
      "issuerAssignedId": "00991235@example.onmicrosoft.com",
      "issuer": "example.onmicrosoft.com"
    }
  ],
  "businessPhones": [],
  "createdDateTime": "2020-11-20T11:09:15Z",
  "accountEnabled": true,
  "userPrincipalName": "00991235@example.onmicrosoft.com",
  "proxyAddresses": [
    "smtp:00991235@example.onmicrosoft.com",
    "SMTP:babs.jensen@example.onmicrosoft.com"
  ],
  "imAddresses": [],
  "passwordPolicies": "None",
  "mailNickname": "00991235",
  "givenName": "Babs",
  "__NAME__": "00991235@example.onmicrosoft.com"
}

Create users or groups

This command creates a new user in your Azure tenant:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
--header "content-type: application/json" \
--data '{
  "surname": "Carter",
  "displayName": "Steve Carter",
  "givenName": "Steve",
  "userType": "Member",
  "accountEnabled": true,
  "mailNickname": "00654321",
  "userPrincipalName": "00654321@forgedemo.onmicrosoft.com",
  "__PASSWORD__": "MyPassw0rd"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/user?_action=create"
{
  "_id": "9fa6c765-0872-45f6-8714-1dcd1ed94859",
  "surname": "Carter",
  "displayName": "Steve Carter",
  "memberOf": [],
  "onPremisesExtensionAttributes": {
    "extensionAttribute14": null,
    ...
  },
  "userType": "Member",
  "identities": [
    {
      "signInType": "userPrincipalName",
      "issuerAssignedId": "00654321@example.onmicrosoft.com",
      "issuer": "example.onmicrosoft.com"
    }
  ],
  "businessPhones": [],
  "createdDateTime": "2020-12-18T13:23:58Z",
  "accountEnabled": true,
  "userPrincipalName": "00654321@example.onmicrosoft.com",
  "proxyAddresses": [],
  "imAddresses": [],
  "mailNickname": "00654321",
  "givenName": "Steve",
  "__NAME__": "00654321@example.onmicrosoft.com"
}

Update entries

This command changes the password for the user created previously:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request PATCH \
--header "content-type: application/json" \
--data '[ {
  "operation": "replace",
  "field": "__PASSWORD__",
  "value": "MyNewPassw0rd"
} ]' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/user/9fa6c765-0872-45f6-8714-1dcd1ed94859"
{
  "_id": "9fa6c765-0872-45f6-8714-1dcd1ed94859",
  "surname": "Carter",
  "displayName": "Steve Carter",
  "memberOf": [],
  "onPremisesExtensionAttributes": {
    "extensionAttribute14": null,
    ...
  },
  "userType": "Member",
  "identities": [
    {
      "signInType": "userPrincipalName",
      "issuerAssignedId": "00654321@forgedemo.onmicrosoft.com",
      "issuer": "forgedemo.onmicrosoft.com"
    }
  ],
  "businessPhones": [],
  "createdDateTime": "2020-12-18T13:23:58Z",
  "accountEnabled": true,
  "userPrincipalName": "00654321@forgedemo.onmicrosoft.com",
  "proxyAddresses": [],
  "imAddresses": [],
  "mailNickname": "00654321",
  "givenName": "Steve",
  "__NAME__": "00654321@forgedemo.onmicrosoft.com"
}

Delete users and groups

This command deletes a user:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request DELETE \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/user/9fa6c765-0872-45f6-8714-1dcd1ed94859"
{
  "_id": "9fa6c765-0872-45f6-8714-1dcd1ed94859",
  "surname": "Carter",
  "displayName": "Steve Carter",
  "memberOf": [],
  "onPremisesExtensionAttributes": {
    "extensionAttribute14": null,
    ...
  },
  "userType": "Member",
  "identities": [
    {
      "signInType": "userPrincipalName",
      "issuerAssignedId": "00654321@forgedemo.onmicrosoft.com",
      "issuer": "forgedemo.onmicrosoft.com"
    }
  ],
  "businessPhones": [],
  "createdDateTime": "2020-12-18T13:23:58Z",
  "accountEnabled": true,
  "userPrincipalName": "00654321@forgedemo.onmicrosoft.com",
  "proxyAddresses": [],
  "imAddresses": [],
  "mailNickname": "00654321",
  "givenName": "Steve",
  "__NAME__": "00654321@forgedemo.onmicrosoft.com"
}

Service plans (MS Graph API)

Use the MS Graph API connector to list the service plans in your Azure data source, get details on service plans, and manage service plans for specific users.

List available service plans in Azure

This command lists the values of the read-only servicePlan object:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/servicePlan?_queryFilter=true"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "80b2d799-d2ba-4d2a-8842-fb0d0f3a4b82:4a82b400-a79f-41a4-b4e2-e94f5787b113",
      "__NAME__": "EXCHANGEDESKLESS:EXCHANGE_S_DESKLESS",
      "appliesTo": "User",
      "subscribedSkuId": "9xdl4ChCwk2okl0_8zYaEIRZWEsbZYpEnlM7EPBpz38",
      "skuPartNumber": "EXCHANGEDESKLESS",
      "provisioningStatus": "Disabled",
      "servicePlanId": "4a82b400-a79f-41a4-b4e2-e94f5787b113"
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 1,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}

List service plans details

This command lists the details of a specific servicePlan:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/servicePlan/80b2d799-d2ba-4d2a-8842-fb0d0f3a4b82:4a82b400-a79f-41a4-b4e2-e94f5787b113"
{
  "_id": "80b2d799-d2ba-4d2a-8842-fb0d0f3a4b82:4a82b400-a79f-41a4-b4e2-e94f5787b113",
  "__NAME__": "EXCHANGEDESKLESS:EXCHANGE_S_DESKLESS",
  "appliesTo": "User",
  "subscribedSkuId": "9xdl4ChCwk2okl0_8zYaEIRZWEsbZYpEnlM7EPBpz38",
  "skuPartNumber": "EXCHANGEDESKLESS",
  "provisioningStatus": "Disabled",
  "servicePlanId": "4a82b400-a79f-41a4-b4e2-e94f5787b113"
}

Add service plans to a user

Add service plans to a user by supplying the __servicePlanIds__ array of strings with the format skuId:servicePlanId. This command adds two service plans to a specific user:

Request
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-None-Match: *" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__servicePlanIds__": [
    "4b585984-651b-448a-9e53-3b10f069cf7f:a82fbf69-b4d7-49f4-83a6-915b2cf354f4",
    "4b585984-651b-448a-9e53-3b10f069cf7f:b76fb638-6ba6-402a-b9f9-83d28acb3d86"
  ]
}
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/user/5e85a7a1-2e57-4be2-b912-3e50bc26c856"
Response
{
  "_id": "5e85a7a1-2e57-4be2-b912-3e50bc26c856",
  "__NAME__": "mciowixxlrcnbob@{AZURE_DOMAIN}",
  "__servicePlanIds__": [
    "4b585984-651b-448a-9e53-3b10f069cf7f:a82fbf69-b4d7-49f4-83a6-915b2cf354f4",
    "4b585984-651b-448a-9e53-3b10f069cf7f:b76fb638-6ba6-402a-b9f9-83d28acb3d86"
  ],
  "country": "US",
  "givenName": "mciowixx",
  "userPrincipalName": "mciowixxlrcnbob@{AZURE_DOMAIN}",
  "licenses": [
    {
      "skuPartNumber": "DESKLESSPACK",
      "servicePlans": [
        {
          "servicePlanName": "VIVAENGAGE_CORE",
          "provisioningStatus": "Success",
          "appliesTo": "User",
          "servicePlanId": "a82fbf69-b4d7-49f4-83a6-915b2cf354f4"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "VIVA_LEARNING_SEEDED",
          "provisioningStatus": "Success",
          "appliesTo": "User",
          "servicePlanId": "b76fb638-6ba6-402a-b9f9-83d28acb3d86"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "Nucleus",
          "provisioningStatus": "Success",
          "appliesTo": "Company",
          "servicePlanId": "db4d623d-b514-490b-b7ef-8885eee514de"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "MICROSOFTBOOKINGS",
          "provisioningStatus": "Disabled",
          "appliesTo": "User",
          "servicePlanId": "199a5c09-e0ca-4e37-8f7c-b05d533e1ea2"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "RMS_S_BASIC",
          "provisioningStatus": "Success",
          "appliesTo": "Company",
          "servicePlanId": "31cf2cfc-6b0d-4adc-a336-88b724ed8122"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "POWER_VIRTUAL_AGENTS_O365_F1",
          "provisioningStatus": "Disabled",
          "appliesTo": "User",
          "servicePlanId": "ba2fdb48-290b-4632-b46a-e4ecc58ac11a"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "CDS_O365_F1",
          "provisioningStatus": "Disabled",
          "appliesTo": "User",
          "servicePlanId": "90db65a7-bf11-4904-a79f-ef657605145b"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "PROJECT_O365_F3",
          "provisioningStatus": "Disabled",
          "appliesTo": "User",
          "servicePlanId": "7f6f28c2-34bb-4d4b-be36-48ca2e77e1ec"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "DYN365_CDS_O365_F1",
          "provisioningStatus": "Disabled",
          "appliesTo": "User",
          "servicePlanId": "ca6e61ec-d4f4-41eb-8b88-d96e0e14323f"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "PROJECTWORKMANAGEMENT",
          "provisioningStatus": "Disabled",
          "appliesTo": "User",
          "servicePlanId": "b737dad2-2f6c-4c65-90e3-ca563267e8b9"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "KAIZALA_O365_P1",
          "provisioningStatus": "Disabled",
          "appliesTo": "User",
          "servicePlanId": "73b2a583-6a59-42e3-8e83-54db46bc3278"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "MICROSOFT_SEARCH",
          "provisioningStatus": "Success",
          "appliesTo": "Company",
          "servicePlanId": "94065c59-bc8e-4e8b-89e5-5138d471eaff"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "WHITEBOARD_FIRSTLINE1",
          "provisioningStatus": "Disabled",
          "appliesTo": "User",
          "servicePlanId": "36b29273-c6d0-477a-aca6-6fbe24f538e3"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "OFFICEMOBILE_SUBSCRIPTION",
          "provisioningStatus": "Disabled",
          "appliesTo": "User",
          "servicePlanId": "c63d4d19-e8cb-460e-b37c-4d6c34603745"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "BPOS_S_TODO_FIRSTLINE",
          "provisioningStatus": "Disabled",
          "appliesTo": "User",
          "servicePlanId": "80873e7a-cd2a-4e67-b061-1b5381a676a5"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "FORMS_PLAN_K",
          "provisioningStatus": "Disabled",
          "appliesTo": "User",
          "servicePlanId": "f07046bd-2a3c-4b96-b0be-dea79d7cbfb8"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "STREAM_O365_K",
          "provisioningStatus": "Disabled",
          "appliesTo": "User",
          "servicePlanId": "3ffba0d2-38e5-4d5e-8ec0-98f2b05c09d9"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "FLOW_O365_S1",
          "provisioningStatus": "Disabled",
          "appliesTo": "User",
          "servicePlanId": "bd91b1a4-9f94-4ecf-b45b-3a65e5c8128a"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "POWERAPPS_O365_S1",
          "provisioningStatus": "Disabled",
          "appliesTo": "User",
          "servicePlanId": "e0287f9f-e222-4f98-9a83-f379e249159a"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "TEAMS1",
          "provisioningStatus": "Disabled",
          "appliesTo": "User",
          "servicePlanId": "57ff2da0-773e-42df-b2af-ffb7a2317929"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "Deskless",
          "provisioningStatus": "Disabled",
          "appliesTo": "User",
          "servicePlanId": "8c7d2df8-86f0-4902-b2ed-a0458298f3b3"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "MCOIMP",
          "provisioningStatus": "Disabled",
          "appliesTo": "User",
          "servicePlanId": "afc06cb0-b4f4-4473-8286-d644f70d8faf"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "SHAREPOINTWAC",
          "provisioningStatus": "Disabled",
          "appliesTo": "User",
          "servicePlanId": "e95bec33-7c88-4a70-8e19-b10bd9d0c014"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "SWAY",
          "provisioningStatus": "Disabled",
          "appliesTo": "User",
          "servicePlanId": "a23b959c-7ce8-4e57-9140-b90eb88a9e97"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "INTUNE_O365",
          "provisioningStatus": "PendingActivation",
          "appliesTo": "Company",
          "servicePlanId": "882e1d05-acd1-4ccb-8708-6ee03664b117"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "YAMMER_ENTERPRISE",
          "provisioningStatus": "Disabled",
          "appliesTo": "User",
          "servicePlanId": "7547a3fe-08ee-4ccb-b430-5077c5041653"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "SHAREPOINTDESKLESS",
          "provisioningStatus": "Disabled",
          "appliesTo": "User",
          "servicePlanId": "902b47e5-dcb2-4fdc-858b-c63a90a2bdb9"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "EXCHANGE_S_DESKLESS",
          "provisioningStatus": "Disabled",
          "appliesTo": "User",
          "servicePlanId": "4a82b400-a79f-41a4-b4e2-e94f5787b113"
        }
      ],
      "id": "9xdl4ChCwk2okl0_8zYaEIRZWEsbZYpEnlM7EPBpz38",
      "skuId": "4b585984-651b-448a-9e53-3b10f069cf7f"
    }
  ],
  "usageLocation": "US"
}

User licenses (MS Graph API)

The MS Graph API connector lets you list the available licenses in your Azure data source and manage those licenses for specific users.

List available licenses in Azure

This command lists the values of the read-only subscribedSku object. For more information about this object class, refer to the corresponding Microsoft documentation:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/subscribedSku?_queryFilter=true"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "5ee8xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-76dc2c2c30bc_f245ecc8-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx114de5f3",
      "prepaidUnits": {
        "warning": 0,
        "enabled": 1,
        "suspended": 0
      },
      "skuId": "f245ecc8-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx114de5f3",
      "skuPartNumber": "O365_BUSINESS_PREMIUM",
      "capabilityStatus": "Enabled",
      "appliesTo": "User",
      "consumedUnits": 1,
      "__NAME__": "O365_BUSINESS_PREMIUM",
      "servicePlans": [
        {
          "servicePlanName": "RMS_S_BASIC",
          "provisioningStatus": "PendingProvisioning",
          "appliesTo": "Company",
          "servicePlanId": "31cxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx122"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "POWER_VIRTUAL_AGENTS_O365_P2",
          "provisioningStatus": "PendingProvisioning",
          "appliesTo": "User",
          "servicePlanId": "041xxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxaee"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "CDS_O365_P2",
          "provisioningStatus": "PendingProvisioning",
          "appliesTo": "User",
          "servicePlanId": "95bxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxx95a"
        },
        ...
      ]
    }
  ],
  ...
}

List a user’s licenses

Each user object can include a read-only licenses property that contains an array of objects (maps).

This command lists a specific user’s licenses:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/user/c48be8cc-5846-4059-95e8-a7acbf6aec31?_fields=licenses"
{
  "_id": "c48be8cc-5846-4059-95e8-a7acbf6aec31",
  "licenses": [
    {
      "skuPartNumber": "O365_BUSINESS_PREMIUM",
      "servicePlans": [
        {
          "servicePlanName": "RMS_S_BASIC",
          "provisioningStatus": "PendingProvisioning",
          "appliesTo": "Company",
          "servicePlanId": "31cxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxx122"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "POWER_VIRTUAL_AGENTS_O365_P2",
          "provisioningStatus": "PendingProvisioning",
          "appliesTo": "Company",
          "servicePlanId": "041xxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxaee"
        },
        {
          "servicePlanName": "CDS_O365_P2",
          "provisioningStatus": "PendingProvisioning",
          "appliesTo": "Company",
          "servicePlanId": "95bxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxx95a"
        },
        ...
      ],
      "id": "c8noxxxxsEqoxxxxLCwwxxxxRfKvxxxxth8nxxxx5fM",
      "skuId": "f24xxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxx5f3"
    }
  ]
}

Add and remove a user’s licenses

You cannot manipulate a user’s licenses property directly because it is read-only. To add or remove licenses for a user, set the addLicenses or removeLicenses properties when you create or update the user.

The connector does not currently support PATCH add or PATCH remove operations. PATCH replace is supported because it is the equivalent of a PUT operation.

This command updates an existing user entry to add a license with the `skuId`f24xxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxx5f3:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-None-Match: *" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "addLicenses": [
    {
      "skuId": "f24xxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxx5f3"
    }
  ]
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/user/c48be8cc-5846-4059-95e8-a7acbf6aec31"

This command updates the user entry to remove the license with `skuId`f24xxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxx5f3:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "removeLicenses": "f24xxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxx5f3"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/user/c48be8cc-5846-4059-95e8-a7acbf6aec31"

Contacts (MS Graph API)

A contact is a resource type in Microsoft Outlook used to organize and store information about an associated object. Contacts use the /user endpoint. For more information, refer to the Microsoft Graph documentation.

The MS Graph API connector offers limited support for contacts and includes the following write-only attributes:

{
  "type": "array",
  "items": {
    "type": "object",
    "nativeType": "object"
  },
  "nativeName": "__addContacts__",
  "nativeType": "object",
  "flags": [
    "NOT_READABLE",
    "NOT_RETURNED_BY_DEFAULT"
  ]
},
{
  "type": "array",
  "items": {
    "type": "string",
    "nativeType": "string"
  },
  "nativeName": "__removeContacts__",
  "nativeType": "string",
  "flags": [
    "NOT_READABLE",
    "NOT_RETURNED_BY_DEFAULT"
  ]
},
{
  "type": "array",
  "items": {
    "type": "object",
    "nativeType": "object"
  },
  "nativeName": "__updateContacts__",
  "nativeType": "object",
  "flags": [
    "NOT_READABLE",
    "NOT_RETURNED_BY_DEFAULT"
  ]
}

Add contacts to a user

You must add contacts to an existing user. 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "_id": "671fa173-ad81-41c3-89bf-af939426eee7",
  "__addContacts__": {
    "givenName": "Test-Contact",
    "businessAddress": {
      "city": "exampleCity",
      "state": "exampleState",
      "postalCode": "99999",
      "street": "example st",
      "countryOrRegion": "United States"
    }
  }
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/user/671fa173-ad81-41c3-89bf-af939426eee7"

Return a user entry with contacts

Request
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/user/671fa173-ad81-41c3-89bf-af939426eee7?_fields="_id,contacts"'
Response
{
  "_id": "671fa173-ad81-41c3-89bf-af939426eee7",
  "contacts": [
    {
      "id": "{CONTACT-ID}",
      "givenName": "Test-Contact",
      "businessAddress": {
        "city": "exampleCity",
        "state": "exampleState",
        "postalCode": "99999",
        "street": "example st",
        "countryOrRegion": "United States"
      }
    }
  ]
}

Update a user’s contacts

Request
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "_id": "671fa173-ad81-41c3-89bf-af939426eee7",
  "__updateContacts__": {
    "id": "{CONTACT-ID}",
    "givenName": "Test-Contact-Updated",
    "businessAddress": {
      "city": "exampleCity",
      "state": "exampleState",
      "postalCode": "99999",
      "street": "example st",
      "countryOrRegion": "United States"
    }
  }
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/user/671fa173-ad81-41c3-89bf-af939426eee7"

After updating the user’s contacts, a subsequent read on the user with the contacts field returns the updated contacts:

Request
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/user/671fa173-ad81-41c3-89bf-af939426eee7?_fields="_id,contacts"'
Response
{
  "_id": "671fa173-ad81-41c3-89bf-af939426eee7",
  "contacts": [
    {
      "id": "{CONTACT-ID}",
      "givenName": "Test-Contact-Updated",
      "businessAddress": {
        "city": "exampleCity",
        "state": "exampleState",
        "postalCode": "99999",
        "street": "example st",
        "countryOrRegion": "United States"
      }
    }
  ]
}

Remove a user’s contacts

Request
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "_id": "671fa173-ad81-41c3-89bf-af939426eee7",
  "__removeContacts__": [
    "{CONTACT-ID}"
  ]
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/user/671fa173-ad81-41c3-89bf-af939426eee7"

After removing the user’s contacts, a subsequent read on the user with the contacts field returns an empty contacts array:

Request
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/user/671fa173-ad81-41c3-89bf-af939426eee7?_fields="_id,contacts"'
Response
{
  "_id": "671fa173-ad81-41c3-89bf-af939426eee7",
  "contacts": []
}

Role eligibility schedules (MS Graph API)

The MS Graph API connector lets you read and manage role eligibility schedules.

Create a role eligibility schedule request

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "action": "adminAssign",
  "justification": "Justification is required",
  "roleDefinitionId": "fdd7a751-b60b-444a-984c-02652fe8fa1c",
  "directoryScopeId": "/",
  "principalId": "2588c7f0-776e-407e-a1dc-f3a77a28e4fe",
  "scheduleInfo": {
    "startDateTime": "2022-04-10T00:00:00Z",
    "expiration": {
      "type": "noExpiration"
    }
  }
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/roleEligibilityScheduleRequest"
{
  "_id": "0d8a7bbe-e4ab-4798-8539-728c410ac7b7",
  "isValidationOnly": false,
  "targetScheduleId": "0d8a7bbe-e4ab-4798-8539-728c410ac7b7",
  "createdDateTime": "2023-02-15T23:59:45.143Z",
  "__NAME__": "0d8a7bbe-e4ab-4798-8539-728c410ac7b7",
  "directoryScopeId": "/",
  "principalId": "2588c7f0-776e-407e-a1dc-f3a77a28e4fe",
  "roleDefinitionId": "fdd7a751-b60b-444a-984c-02652fe8fa1c",
  "action": "adminAssign",
  "ticketInfo": {},
  "completedDateTime": "2023-02-15T23:59:45.167Z",
  "justification": "Justification is required",
  "status": "Provisioned",
  "scheduleInfo": {
    "startDateTime": "2023-02-15T23:59:45.168101400Z",
    "expiration": {
      "type": "noExpiration"
    }
  },
  "createdBy": {
    "user": {
      "id": "f516bdc4-0171-42ba-823a-4cbdff160d0f"
    }
  }
}

Read a role eligibility schedule request

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/roleEligibilityScheduleRequest/0d8a7bbe-e4ab-4798-8539-728c410ac7b7"
{
  "_id": "0d8a7bbe-e4ab-4798-8539-728c410ac7b7",
  "isValidationOnly": false,
  "targetScheduleId": "0d8a7bbe-e4ab-4798-8539-728c410ac7b7",
  "createdDateTime": "2023-02-15T23:59:45.143Z",
  "__NAME__": "0d8a7bbe-e4ab-4798-8539-728c410ac7b7",
  "directoryScopeId": "/",
  "principalId": "2588c7f0-776e-407e-a1dc-f3a77a28e4fe",
  "roleDefinitionId": "fdd7a751-b60b-444a-984c-02652fe8fa1c",
  "action": "adminAssign",
  "ticketInfo": {},
  "completedDateTime": "2023-02-15T23:59:45.167Z",
  "justification": "Justification is required",
  "status": "Provisioned",
  "scheduleInfo": {
    "startDateTime": "2023-02-15T23:59:45.168101400Z",
    "expiration": {
      "type": "noExpiration"
    }
  },
  "createdBy": {
    "user": {
      "id": "f516bdc4-0171-42ba-823a-4cbdff160d0f"
    }
  }
}

Get role eligibility schedules for a user

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/roleEligibilitySchedule?_queryFilter=principalId%20eq%20'2588c7f0-776e-407e-a1dc-f3a77a28e4fe'"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "0d8a7bbe-e4ab-4798-8539-728c410ac7b7",
      "modifiedDateTime": "0001-01-01T08:00Z",
      "createdDateTime": "2023-02-15T23:59:45.450Z",
      "principalId": "2588c7f0-776e-407e-a1dc-f3a77a28e4fe",
      "scheduleInfo": {
        "startDateTime": "2023-02-15T23:59:45.450Z",
        "expiration": {
          "type": "noExpiration"
        }
      },
      "createdUsing": "0d8a7bbe-e4ab-4798-8539-728c410ac7b7",
      "status": "Provisioned",
      "directoryScopeId": "/",
      "__NAME__": "0d8a7bbe-e4ab-4798-8539-728c410ac7b7",
      "roleDefinitionId": "fdd7a751-b60b-444a-984c-02652fe8fa1c",
      "memberType": "Direct"
    }
  ],
  ...
}

Get role eligibility schedule instance

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/roleEligibilityScheduleInstance?_queryFilter=principalId+eq+'2588c7f0-776e-407e-a1dc-f3a77a28e4fe'"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "UX6spHTVBkG5_Zv86oJthH0ZIKwfxAZIp1uoOmyPt1I-1-e",
      "roleDefinitionId": "a4ac7e51-d574-4106-b9fd-9bfcea826d84",
      "directoryScopeId": "/",
      "roleEligibilityScheduleId": "1248840c-f57d-4168-9e2c-1e0d0e9a46f4",
      "__NAME__": "UX6spHTVBkG5_Zv86oJthH0ZIKwfxAZIp1uoOmyPt1I-1-e",
      "principalId": "2588c7f0-776e-407e-a1dc-f3a77a28e4fe",
      "startDateTime": "2023-02-03T21:29:03.217Z",
      "memberType": "Direct"
    }
  ],
  ...
}

Role assignment schedules (MS Graph API)

The MS Graph API connector lets you read and manage role assignment schedules.

Create a role assignment schedule request

Request
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "action": "adminAssign",
  "justification": "Justification is required",
  "roleDefinitionId": "fdd7a751-b60b-444a-984c-02652fe8fa1c",
  "directoryScopeId": "/",
  "principalId": "a4375665-cba5-4208-a4f2-12a0d2fc0e85",
  "scheduleInfo": {
    "startDateTime": "2022-04-10T00:00:00Z",
    "expiration": {
      "type": "noExpiration"
    }
  }
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/roleAssignmentScheduleRequest"
Response
{
  "_id": "4b49df1e-4b59-4a93-a7c7-ad3b13ad98b0",
  "scheduleInfo": {
    "startDateTime": "2023-02-16T22:21:04.079921Z",
    "expiration": {
      "type": "noExpiration"
    }
  },
  "isValidationOnly": false,
  "createdBy": {
    "user": {
      "id": "f516bdc4-0171-42ba-823a-4cbdff160d0f"
    }
  },
  "ticketInfo": {},
  "roleDefinitionId": "fdd7a751-b60b-444a-984c-02652fe8fa1c",
  "principalId": "f96413e8-1366-426e-ab24-4d9380f11e2e",
  "__NAME__": "4b49df1e-4b59-4a93-a7c7-ad3b13ad98b0",
  "completedDateTime": "2023-02-16T22:21:04.080Z",
  "targetScheduleId": "4b49df1e-4b59-4a93-a7c7-ad3b13ad98b0",
  "action": "adminAssign",
  "directoryScopeId": "/",
  "status": "Provisioned",
  "createdDateTime": "2023-02-16T22:21:04.070Z",
  "justification": "Justification is required"
}

Read a role assignment schedule request

Request
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/roleAssignmentScheduleRequest/4b49df1e-4b59-4a93-a7c7-ad3b13ad98b0"
Response
{
  "_id": "4b49df1e-4b59-4a93-a7c7-ad3b13ad98b0",
  "scheduleInfo": {
    "startDateTime": "2023-02-16T22:21:04.079921Z",
    "expiration": {
      "type": "noExpiration"
    }
  },
  "isValidationOnly": false,
  "createdBy": {
    "user": {
      "id": "f516bdc4-0171-42ba-823a-4cbdff160d0f"
    }
  },
  "ticketInfo": {},
  "roleDefinitionId": "fdd7a751-b60b-444a-984c-02652fe8fa1c",
  "principalId": "f96413e8-1366-426e-ab24-4d9380f11e2e",
  "__NAME__": "4b49df1e-4b59-4a93-a7c7-ad3b13ad98b0",
  "completedDateTime": "2023-02-16T22:21:04.080Z",
  "targetScheduleId": "4b49df1e-4b59-4a93-a7c7-ad3b13ad98b0",
  "action": "adminAssign",
  "directoryScopeId": "/",
  "status": "Provisioned",
  "createdDateTime": "2023-02-16T22:21:04.070Z",
  "justification": "Justification is required"
}

Get role assignment schedules for a user

Request
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/roleAssignmentSchedule?_queryFilter=principalId%20eq%20’f96413e8-1366-426e-ab24-4d9380f11e2e'"
Response
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "4b49df1e-4b59-4a93-a7c7-ad3b13ad98b0",
      "__NAME__": "4b49df1e-4b59-4a93-a7c7-ad3b13ad98b0",
      "status": "Provisioned",
      "memberType": "Direct",
      "roleDefinitionId": "fdd7a751-b60b-444a-984c-02652fe8fa1c",
      "principalId": "f96413e8-1366-426e-ab24-4d9380f11e2e",
      "createdDateTime": "2023-02-16T22:21:07.727Z",
      "assignmentType": "Assigned",
      "directoryScopeId": "/",
      "createdUsing": "4b49df1e-4b59-4a93-a7c7-ad3b13ad98b0",
      "scheduleInfo": {
        "startDateTime": "2023-02-16T22:21:07.727Z",
        "expiration": {
          "type": "noExpiration"
        }
      }
    }
  ],
  ...
}

Get role assignment schedule instance

Request
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/roleAssignmentScheduleInstance?_queryFilter=principalId+eq+'f96413e8-1366-426e-ab24-4d9380f11e2e'"
Response
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "UafX_Qu2SkSYTAJlL-j6HOgTZPlmE25CqyRNk4DxHi4-1",
      "assignmentType": "Assigned",
      "memberType": "Direct",
      "principalId": "f96413e8-1366-426e-ab24-4d9380f11e2e",
      "startDateTime": "2023-02-16T22:21:07.727Z",
      "__NAME__": "UafX_Qu2SkSYTAJlL-j6HOgTZPlmE25CqyRNk4DxHi4-1",
      "roleAssignmentScheduleId": "4b49df1e-4b59-4a93-a7c7-ad3b13ad98b0",
      "directoryScopeId": "/",
      "roleDefinitionId": "fdd7a751-b60b-444a-984c-02652fe8fa1c",
      "roleAssignmentOriginId": "UafX_Qu2SkSYTAJlL-j6HOgTZPlmE25CqyRNk4DxHi4-1"
    }
  ],
  ...
}

Applications (MS Graph API)

The MS Graph API connector lets you read and manage applications.

Query all applications

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/application?_queryFilter=true"

Read an application

Request
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/application/e2dcfa77-5222-4715-a043-98baac00683d"
Response
{
  "_id": "e2dcfa77-5222-4715-a043-98baac00683d",
  "tags": [],
  "spa": {
    "redirectUris": []
  },
  "parentalControlSettings": {
    "legalAgeGroupRule": "Allow",
    "countriesBlockedForMinors": []
  },
  "api": {
    "requestedAccessTokenVersion": 2,
    "knownClientApplications": [],
    "oauth2PermissionScopes": [],
    "preAuthorizedApplications": []
  },
  "passwordCredentials": [],
  "info": {},
  "addIns": [],
  "keyCredentials": [],
  "publicClient": {
    "redirectUris": []
  },
  "verifiedPublisher": {},
  "identifierUris": [],
  "web": {
    "implicitGrantSettings": {
      "enableAccessTokenIssuance": false,
      "enableIdTokenIssuance": false
    },
    "redirectUris": []
  },
  "publisherDomain": "example.com",
  "createdDateTime": "2023-05-05T20:40:02Z",
  "displayName": "Test-Application",
  "appRoles": [],
  "isDeviceOnlyAuthSupported": false,
  "appId": "bc146d82-be72-4e16-814d-76e977ad198e",
  "signInAudience": "AzureADandPersonalMicrosoftAccount",
  "requiredResourceAccess": [
    {
      "resourceAppId": "00000002-0000-0000-c000-000000000000",
      "resourceAccess": [
        {
          "id": "311a71cc-e848-46a1-bdf8-97ff7156d8e6",
          "type": "Scope"
        }
      ]
    }
  ]
}

Create an application

Request
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "displayName": "Test-Application",
  "requiredResourceAccess": [
    {
      "resourceAppId": "00000002-0000-0000-c000-000000000000",
      "resourceAccess": [
        {
          "id": "311a71cc-e848-46a1-bdf8-97ff7156d8e6",
          "type": "Scope"
        }
      ]
    }
  ]
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/application"
Response
{
  "_id": "e2dcfa77-5222-4715-a043-98baac00683d",
  "tags": [],
  "spa": {
    "redirectUris": []
  },
  "parentalControlSettings": {
    "legalAgeGroupRule": "Allow",
    "countriesBlockedForMinors": []
  },
  "api": {
    "requestedAccessTokenVersion": 2,
    "knownClientApplications": [],
    "oauth2PermissionScopes": [],
    "preAuthorizedApplications": []
  },
  "passwordCredentials": [],
  "info": {},
  "addIns": [],
  "keyCredentials": [],
  "publicClient": {
    "redirectUris": []
  },
  "verifiedPublisher": {},
  "identifierUris": [],
  "web": {
    "implicitGrantSettings": {
      "enableAccessTokenIssuance": false,
      "enableIdTokenIssuance": false
    },
    "redirectUris": []
  },
  "publisherDomain": "example.com",
  "createdDateTime": "2023-05-05T20:40:02Z",
  "displayName": "Test-Application",
  "appRoles": [],
  "isDeviceOnlyAuthSupported": false,
  "appId": "bc146d82-be72-4e16-814d-76e977ad198e",
  "signInAudience": "AzureADandPersonalMicrosoftAccount",
  "requiredResourceAccess": [
    {
      "resourceAppId": "00000002-0000-0000-c000-000000000000",
      "resourceAccess": [
        {
          "id": "311a71cc-e848-46a1-bdf8-97ff7156d8e6",
          "type": "Scope"
        }
      ]
    }
  ]
}

Add a password (client secret) to an application

Adding passwordCredential when creating applications is not supported. You must use the addPassword method to add passwords or secrets to an application.

Some actions require more than a UUID on return and have no object to follow up with a subsequent read. In this instance, you can use the scriptOnConnector action, which requires at least the builtinAction parameter. Adding client secrets using this method requires the parameter builtinAction=addPassword. You can learn more about the other required parameter applicationId and optional parameters in the Microsoft Graph documentation.

The above also requires a dummy system action. For example:

{
  "scriptId": "addPassword",
  "actions": [
    {
      "systemType": ".*MSGraphAPIConnector",
      "actionSource": "return;",
      "actionType": "Groovy"
    }
  ]
}

The actionSource is ignored for these builtIn requests, but still required to invoke the scriptOnConnector action.

Request
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/?_action=script&scriptId=addPassword&displayName=TestSecretGenesis&applicationId=f619a0ac-0548-4e90-9314-84d967088d2b&builtinAction=addPassword"
Response
{
  "actions": [
    {
      "result": {
        "secretText": "{GENERATED-CLIENT-SECRET}",
        "startDateTime": {
          "dateTime": {
            "date": {
              "month": 5,
              "year": 2023,
              "day": 5
            },
            "time": {
              "hour": 20,
              "nano": 771787000,
              "minute": 40,
              "second": 27
            }
          },
          "offset": {
            "totalSeconds": 0
          }
        },
        "displayName": "TestSecretGenesis",
        "hint": "LS8",
        "keyId": "8f48fb5e-a295-4969-b988-a723a02f2f28",
        "endDateTime": {
          "dateTime": {
            "date": {
              "month": 5,
              "year": 2025,
              "day": 5
            },
            "time": {
              "hour": 20,
              "nano": 771787000,
              "minute": 40,
              "second": 27
            }
          },
          "offset": {
            "totalSeconds": 0
          }
        }
      }
    }
  ]
}

Update an application

Request
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request PATCH \
--data '[
  {
    "operation": "replace",
    "field": "/displayName",
    "value": "Test-Application-Updated"
  }
]' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/application/4eff1242-bd95-463b-9c8c-f221ec489ba1"
Response
{
  "_id": "4eff1242-bd95-463b-9c8c-f221ec489ba1",
  "tags": [],
  "spa": {
    "redirectUris": []
  },
  "parentalControlSettings": {
    "legalAgeGroupRule": "Allow",
    "countriesBlockedForMinors": []
  },
  "api": {
    "requestedAccessTokenVersion": 2,
    "knownClientApplications": [],
    "oauth2PermissionScopes": [],
    "preAuthorizedApplications": []
  },
  "passwordCredentials": [],
  "info": {},
  "addIns": [],
  "keyCredentials": [],
  "publicClient": {
    "redirectUris": []
  },
  "verifiedPublisher": {},
  "identifierUris": [],
  "web": {
    "implicitGrantSettings": {
      "enableAccessTokenIssuance": false,
      "enableIdTokenIssuance": false
    },
    "redirectUris": []
  },
  "publisherDomain": "example.com",
  "createdDateTime": "2023-05-05T20:40:11Z",
  "displayName": "Test-Application-Updated",
  "appRoles": [],
  "appId": "68e06ad2-569f-407d-b117-6cc1d9f5d787",
  "signInAudience": "AzureADandPersonalMicrosoftAccount",
  "requiredResourceAccess": []
}

Delete an application

Request
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request DELETE \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/application/579d5781-6e39-4b94-b741-1748d1e14199"
Response
{
  "_id": "579d5781-6e39-4b94-b741-1748d1e14199",
  "tags": [],
  "spa": {
    "redirectUris": []
  },
  "parentalControlSettings": {
    "legalAgeGroupRule": "Allow",
    "countriesBlockedForMinors": []
  },
  "api": {
    "requestedAccessTokenVersion": 2,
    "knownClientApplications": [],
    "oauth2PermissionScopes": [],
    "preAuthorizedApplications": []
  },
  "passwordCredentials": [],
  "info": {},
  "addIns": [],
  "keyCredentials": [],
  "publicClient": {
    "redirectUris": []
  },
  "verifiedPublisher": {},
  "identifierUris": [],
  "web": {
    "implicitGrantSettings": {
      "enableAccessTokenIssuance": false,
      "enableIdTokenIssuance": false
    },
    "redirectUris": []
  },
  "publisherDomain": "example.com",
  "createdDateTime": "2023-05-05T20:40:18Z",
  "displayName": "Test-Application",
  "appRoles": [],
  "appId": "6e26b7a3-53ef-45ea-8492-fed30f1dd2ad",
  "signInAudience": "AzureADandPersonalMicrosoftAccount",
  "requiredResourceAccess": []
}

servicePrincipal (MS Graph API)

The servicePrincipal resource type represents an instance of an application in a directory. For more information, refer to the Microsoft Graph documentation.

Query all servicePrincipal objects

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/servicePrincipal?_queryFilter=true"

Read a servicePrincipal

Request
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/servicePrincipal/1c696b95-7f68-4018-b627-6c9601faa80b"
Response
{
  "_id": "1c696b95-7f68-4018-b627-6c9601faa80b",
  "addIns": [],
  "replyUrls": [],
  "keyCredentials": [],
  "oauth2PermissionScopes": [],
  "displayName": "Test-Application",
  "appRoleAssignments": [],
  "alternativeNames": [],
  "resourceSpecificApplicationPermissions": [],
  "appDisplayName": "Test-Application",
  "accountEnabled": true,
  "appOwnerOrganizationId": "9e91bf24-7a08-433e-b111-5542416b4f20",
  "passwordCredentials": [],
  "servicePrincipalNames": [
    "a293dbaf-ba5d-4692-8898-521a1da51bac"
  ],
  "appId": "a293dbaf-ba5d-4692-8898-521a1da51bac",
  "signInAudience": "AzureADandPersonalMicrosoftAccount",
  "notificationEmailAddresses": [],
  "servicePrincipalType": "Application",
  "tags": [],
  "appRoleAssignedTo": [],
  "info": {},
  "appRoles": [],
  "appRoleAssignmentRequired": false
}

Create a servicePrincipal

A servicePrincipal requires an appId.
Request
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "appId": "0b9179f4-f617-4ab8-9c33-18a870c76722"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/servicePrincipal"
Response
{
  "_id": "7d164d58-6210-4c25-84db-d3dfce1171b4",
  "addIns": [],
  "replyUrls": [],
  "keyCredentials": [],
  "oauth2PermissionScopes": [],
  "displayName": "Test-Application",
  "appRoleAssignments": [],
  "alternativeNames": [],
  "resourceSpecificApplicationPermissions": [],
  "appDisplayName": "Test-Application",
  "accountEnabled": true,
  "appOwnerOrganizationId": "9e91bf24-7a08-433e-b111-5542416b4f20",
  "passwordCredentials": [],
  "servicePrincipalNames": [
    "0b9179f4-f617-4ab8-9c33-18a870c76722"
  ],
  "appId": "0b9179f4-f617-4ab8-9c33-18a870c76722",
  "signInAudience": "AzureADandPersonalMicrosoftAccount",
  "notificationEmailAddresses": [],
  "servicePrincipalType": "Application",
  "tags": [],
  "appRoleAssignedTo": [],
  "info": {},
  "appRoles": [],
  "appRoleAssignmentRequired": false
}

Add a password (client secret) to a servicePrincipal

Adding passwordCredential when creating a servicePrincipal is not supported. You must use the addPassword method to add passwords or secrets to a servicePrincipal.

Request
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/?_action=script&scriptId=addPassword&displayName=TestSecretGenesis&servicePrincipalId=32e18e7a-cb23-4453-b5f4-286bc1a629b8&builtinAction=addPassword"
Response
{
  "actions": [
    {
      "result": {
        "secretText": "{GENERATED-CLIENT-SECRET}",
        "startDateTime": {
          "dateTime": {
            "date": {
              "month": 5,
              "year": 2023,
              "day": 5
            },
            "time": {
              "hour": 20,
              "nano": 91094000,
              "minute": 41,
              "second": 8
            }
          },
          "offset": {
            "totalSeconds": 0
          }
        },
        "displayName": "TestSecretGenesis",
        "hint": "rJn",
        "keyId": "862c0883-45ac-4e13-8adc-ce9bf3036570",
        "endDateTime": {
          "dateTime": {
            "date": {
              "month": 5,
              "year": 2025,
              "day": 5
            },
            "time": {
              "hour": 20,
              "nano": 91094000,
              "minute": 41,
              "second": 8
            }
          },
          "offset": {
            "totalSeconds": 0
          }
        }
      }
    }
  ]
}

Update a servicePrincipal

Request
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request PATCH \
--data '[
  {
    "operation": "replace",
    "field": "/appRoleAssignmentRequired",
    "value": true
  }
]' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/servicePrincipal/7d164d58-6210-4c25-84db-d3dfce1171b4"
Response
{
  "_id": "7d164d58-6210-4c25-84db-d3dfce1171b4",
  "addIns": [],
  "replyUrls": [],
  "keyCredentials": [],
  "oauth2PermissionScopes": [],
  "displayName": "Test-Application",
  "appRoleAssignments": [],
  "alternativeNames": [],
  "resourceSpecificApplicationPermissions": [],
  "appDisplayName": "Test-Application",
  "accountEnabled": true,
  "appOwnerOrganizationId": "9e91bf24-7a08-433e-b111-5542416b4f20",
  "passwordCredentials": [],
  "servicePrincipalNames": [
    "0b9179f4-f617-4ab8-9c33-18a870c76722"
  ],
  "appId": "0b9179f4-f617-4ab8-9c33-18a870c76722",
  "signInAudience": "AzureADandPersonalMicrosoftAccount",
  "notificationEmailAddresses": [],
  "servicePrincipalType": "Application",
  "tags": [],
  "appRoleAssignedTo": [],
  "info": {},
  "appRoles": [],
  "appRoleAssignmentRequired": true
}

Delete a servicePrincipal

Request
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request DELETE \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/servicePrincipal/1df34a52-3491-4b3a-8ec7-51d77ab50860"
Response
{
  "_id": "1df34a52-3491-4b3a-8ec7-51d77ab50860",
  "addIns": [],
  "replyUrls": [],
  "keyCredentials": [],
  "oauth2PermissionScopes": [],
  "displayName": "Test-Application",
  "appRoleAssignments": [],
  "alternativeNames": [],
  "resourceSpecificApplicationPermissions": [],
  "appDisplayName": "Test-Application",
  "accountEnabled": true,
  "appOwnerOrganizationId": "9e91bf24-7a08-433e-b111-5542416b4f20",
  "passwordCredentials": [],
  "servicePrincipalNames": [
    "a2179b48-33f0-4933-8c59-39639469bb13"
  ],
  "appId": "a2179b48-33f0-4933-8c59-39639469bb13",
  "signInAudience": "AzureADandPersonalMicrosoftAccount",
  "notificationEmailAddresses": [],
  "servicePrincipalType": "Application",
  "tags": [],
  "appRoleAssignedTo": [],
  "info": {},
  "appRoles": [],
  "appRoleAssignmentRequired": false
}

Application permissions (MS Graph API)

Application permissions are also known as app roles or app role assignments. You can grant application permissions directly by adding an app role assignment to an object, such as user, group, or servicePrincipal. For more information about app role assignments, refer to the Microsoft Graph documentation.

The following table displays what the different id’s involved in app role assignment represent:

principalId

The id of a user, group, or client servicePrincipal. Depends on the type of object receiving the app role assignment.

resourceId

The object id of the servicePrincipal containing the appRole.

appRoleId

The id of the appRole.
Special schema definitions for app role assignments

The following schema definitions are special attributes in the connector, not real, readable properties of a servicePrincipal or other directory objects. They allow the connector to add and remove the respective app role assignments that appear in their related relationship fields.

For example, __addAppRoleAssignments__ stores a list of object data to populate the actual attribute appRoleAssignments.

__addAppRoleAssignments__
{
  "type": "array",
  "items": {
    "type": "object",
    "nativeType": "object"
  },
  "nativeName": "__addAppRoleAssignments__",
  "nativeType": "object"
}
__removeAppRoleAssignments__
{
  "type": "array",
  "items": {
    "type": "string",
    "nativeType": "string"
  },
  "nativeName": "__removeAppRoleAssignments__",
  "nativeType": "string"
}
__addAppRoleAssignedTo__
{
  "type": "array",
  "items": {
    "type": "object",
    "nativeType": "object"
  },
  "nativeName": "__addAppRoleAssignedTo__",
  "nativeType": "object"
}
__removeAppRoleAssignedTo__
{
  "type": "array",
  "items": {
    "type": "string",
    "nativeType": "string"
  },
  "nativeName": "__removeAppRoleAssignedTo__",
  "nativeType": "string"
}

Add an app role assignment to a servicePrincipal

This process is identical for users and groups.
Request
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__addAppRoleAssignments__": {
    "principalId": "05b49121-0bf5-479e-8a4e-140212648879",
    "resourceId": "b3e4e58e-16fa-4b3d-a7b5-f134b7387e62",
    "appRoleId": "df021288-bdef-4463-88db-98f22de89214"
  }
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/servicePrincipal/05b49121-0bf5-479e-8a4e-140212648879"
Response
{
  "_id": "05b49121-0bf5-479e-8a4e-140212648879",
  "addIns": [],
  "replyUrls": [],
  "keyCredentials": [],
  "oauth2PermissionScopes": [],
  "displayName": "Test-Application",
  "appRoleAssignments": [
    {
      "resourceDisplayName": "Microsoft Graph",
      "resourceId": "b3e4e58e-16fa-4b3d-a7b5-f134b7387e62",
      "principalDisplayName": "Test-Application",
      "appRoleId": "df021288-bdef-4463-88db-98f22de89214",
      "createdDateTime": "2023-05-05T20:41:15.373168300Z",
      "principalId": "05b49121-0bf5-479e-8a4e-140212648879",
      "id": "IZG0BfULnkeKThQCEmSIeS7n5ay2n99BiFNwyj97w8Y",
      "principalType": "ServicePrincipal"
    }
  ],
  "alternativeNames": [],
  "resourceSpecificApplicationPermissions": [],
  "appDisplayName": "Test-Application",
  "accountEnabled": true,
  "appOwnerOrganizationId": "9e91bf24-7a08-433e-b111-5542416b4f20",
  "passwordCredentials": [],
  "servicePrincipalNames": [
    "93dd36a4-61ca-4a1d-89cf-eac96587de35"
  ],
  "appId": "93dd36a4-61ca-4a1d-89cf-eac96587de35",
  "signInAudience": "AzureADandPersonalMicrosoftAccount",
  "notificationEmailAddresses": [],
  "servicePrincipalType": "Application",
  "tags": [],
  "appRoleAssignedTo": [],
  "info": {},
  "appRoles": [],
  "appRoleAssignmentRequired": false
}

Remove an app role assignment from a servicePrincipal

This process is identical for users and groups.
Request
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__removeAppRoleAssignments__": "IZG0BfULnkeKThQCEmSIeS7n5ay2n99BiFNwyj97w8Y"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/servicePrincipal/05b49121-0bf5-479e-8a4e-140212648879"
Response
{
  "_id": "05b49121-0bf5-479e-8a4e-140212648879",
  "addIns": [],
  "replyUrls": [],
  "keyCredentials": [],
  "oauth2PermissionScopes": [],
  "displayName": "Test-Application",
  "appRoleAssignments": [],
  "alternativeNames": [],
  "resourceSpecificApplicationPermissions": [],
  "appDisplayName": "Test-Application",
  "accountEnabled": true,
  "appOwnerOrganizationId": "9e91bf24-7a08-433e-b111-5542416b4f20",
  "passwordCredentials": [],
  "servicePrincipalNames": [
    "93dd36a4-61ca-4a1d-89cf-eac96587de35"
  ],
  "appId": "93dd36a4-61ca-4a1d-89cf-eac96587de35",
  "signInAudience": "AzureADandPersonalMicrosoftAccount",
  "notificationEmailAddresses": [],
  "servicePrincipalType": "Application",
  "tags": [],
  "appRoleAssignedTo": [],
  "info": {},
  "appRoles": [],
  "appRoleAssignmentRequired": false
}

Add an app role to a principal (user/group/servicePrincipal) via a servicePrincipal

Request
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__addAppRoleAssignedTo__": {
    "principalId": "87f5b3f8-6a8c-4e50-8fd6-0467d5e97e0c",
    "resourceId": "bf960539-a1d8-4eab-a46e-e9ce0b3f15c8",
    "appRoleId": "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
  }
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/servicePrincipal/bf960539-a1d8-4eab-a46e-e9ce0b3f15c8"
Response
{
  "_id": "bf960539-a1d8-4eab-a46e-e9ce0b3f15c8",
  "addIns": [],
  "replyUrls": [],
  "keyCredentials": [],
  "oauth2PermissionScopes": [],
  "displayName": "Test-Application",
  "appRoleAssignments": [],
  "alternativeNames": [],
  "resourceSpecificApplicationPermissions": [],
  "appDisplayName": "Test-Application",
  "accountEnabled": true,
  "appOwnerOrganizationId": "9e91bf24-7a08-433e-b111-5542416b4f20",
  "passwordCredentials": [],
  "servicePrincipalNames": [
    "62212657-8f49-40b3-874b-9d1c25cb4388"
  ],
  "appId": "62212657-8f49-40b3-874b-9d1c25cb4388",
  "signInAudience": "AzureADandPersonalMicrosoftAccount",
  "notificationEmailAddresses": [],
  "servicePrincipalType": "Application",
  "tags": [],
  "appRoleAssignedTo": [
    {
      "resourceDisplayName": "Test-Application",
      "resourceId": "bf960539-a1d8-4eab-a46e-e9ce0b3f15c8",
      "principalDisplayName": "qcmozfwwygkebie",
      "appRoleId": "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000",
      "createdDateTime": "2023-05-05T20:41:25.405071800Z",
      "principalId": "87f5b3f8-6a8c-4e50-8fd6-0467d5e97e0c",
      "id": "-LP1h4xqUE6P1gRn1el-DCzqXtqJH6NBt0Fr0lT0g2g",
      "principalType": "User"
    }
  ],
  "info": {},
  "appRoles": [],
  "appRoleAssignmentRequired": false
}

Remove an app role from a principal (user/group/servicePrincipal) via a servicePrincipal

Request
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__removeAppRoleAssignedTo__": "-LP1h4xqUE6P1gRn1el-DCzqXtqJH6NBt0Fr0lT0g2g"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azuread/servicePrincipal/bf960539-a1d8-4eab-a46e-e9ce0b3f15c8"
Response
{
  "_id": "bf960539-a1d8-4eab-a46e-e9ce0b3f15c8",
  "addIns": [],
  "replyUrls": [],
  "keyCredentials": [],
  "oauth2PermissionScopes": [],
  "displayName": "Test-Application",
  "appRoleAssignments": [],
  "alternativeNames": [],
  "resourceSpecificApplicationPermissions": [],
  "appDisplayName": "Test-Application",
  "accountEnabled": true,
  "appOwnerOrganizationId": "9e91bf24-7a08-433e-b111-5542416b4f20",
  "passwordCredentials": [],
  "servicePrincipalNames": [
    "62212657-8f49-40b3-874b-9d1c25cb4388"
  ],
  "appId": "62212657-8f49-40b3-874b-9d1c25cb4388",
  "signInAudience": "AzureADandPersonalMicrosoftAccount",
  "notificationEmailAddresses": [],
  "servicePrincipalType": "Application",
  "tags": [],
  "appRoleAssignedTo": [],
  "info": {},
  "appRoles": [],
  "appRoleAssignmentRequired": false
}

MongoDB connector

The MongoDB connector is an implementation of the Scripted Groovy Connector. This connector lets you interact with a MongoDB document database using Groovy scripts for the ICF operations.

The MongoDB connector uses the following Java MongoDB driver version:

Connector version Driver version

1.5.20.21 and earlier

v4.5.1

1.5.20.22 - 1.5.20.25

v4.11.2

1.5.20.26 and later

v4.11.4

For MongoDB version compatibility information, refer to Compatibility in the MongoDB Documentation.

Before you start

In a production environment, enable access control on your MongoDB database. If your connector will manage MongoDB users and roles, you must create an administrative user in the admin database. If your connector will manage collections in a database, this administrative user must create a specific user and role for the connector for the target database.

Learn more about enabling access control in MongoDB in the MongoDB documentation.

The commands in this chapter assume an administrative user named myUserAdmin with password Passw0rd who has the readWrite role on the test database.

Install the MongoDB connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

MongoDB

Yes

Yes

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/mongodb-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the MongoDB connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select MongoDB Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to MongoDB Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

Alternatively, configure the connector with a configuration file. A sample connector configuration file (provisioner.openicf-mongodb.json) is provided in the /path/to/openidm/samples/example-configurations/provisioners directory in IDM. Copy the sample connector configuration to your project’s conf/ directory, and adjust the configurationProperties to match your MongoDB instance:

"configurationProperties" : {
    "connectionURI" : "mongodb://localhost:27017",
    "host" : "localhost",
    "port" : "27017",
    "user" : "myUserAdmin",
    "password" : "Passw0rd",
    "userDatabase" : "admin",
    "database" : "test",
    ...
}

Set "enabled" : true to enable the connector.

Test the MongoDB connector

When your connector is configured correctly, you can test its status by running the following command:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system?_action=test"
[
  {
    "name": "mongodb",
    "enabled": true,
    "config": "config/provisioner.openicf/mongodb",
    "connectorRef": {
      "bundleVersion": "[1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0)",
      "bundleName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.mongodb-connector",
      "connectorName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.mongodb.MongoDBConnector"
    },
    "displayName": "MongoDB Connector",
    "objectTypes": [
      "__ALL__",
      "account",
      "role"
    ],
    "ok": true
  }
]

A status of "ok": true indicates that the MongoDB connector can connect to the database.

MongoDB remote connector

If you want to run this connector outside of PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or IDM, you can configure the MongoDB connector as a remote connector. Java Connectors installed remotely on a Java Connector Server function identically to those bundled locally within PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or installed locally on IDM.

You can download the MongoDB connector from here.

Refer to Remote connectors for configuring the MongoDB remote connector.

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the MongoDB Connector

The MongoDB Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Authenticate

Provides simple authentication with two parameters, presumed to be a user name and password.

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Resolve Username

Resolves an object by its username and returns the uid of the object.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Script on Resource

Runs a script on the target resource that is managed by this connector.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Sync

Polls the target resource for synchronization events, that is, native changes to objects on the target resource.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

MongoDB Connector Configuration

The MongoDB Connector has the following configurable properties:

Basic Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

connectionURI

String

null

No

The MongoDB client connection URI, for example "mongodb://localhost:27017". Overrides other connection parameters.

host

String

localhost

No

The MongoDB server host name.

port

int

27017

No

The MongoDB server port number.

user

String

null

No

The MongoDB username.

password

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

The password used to connect to MongoDB.

userDatabase

String

null

No

The name of the database in which the MongoDB user is defined.

clusterAddresses

String[]

null

No

A list of additional mongodbDB servers when connecting to a MongoDB cluster (["host1:27017","host2:27017",…​]").

dateAttributes

String[]

[]

No

Defines the list of attributes to convert to MongoDB BSON Date type on create/update.

database

String

null

No

The database to use.

arrayAttributes

String[]

[]

No

Defines the list of attributes that should be considered as BSON Arrays.

includeNullValue

boolean

false

No

If set to true, retains null values in the target MongoDB document.

includeEmptyList

boolean

false

No

If set to true, retains null values in the target MongoDB document.

dateFormat

String

yyyy-MM-dd’T’HH:mm:ss’Z'

No

Defines the date format to use for MongoDB Date attributes (defaults to ISO 8601 "yyyy-MM-ddTHH:mm:ssZ").

timeZone

String

UTC

No

Defines the timezone to use for MongoDB Date attributes.

ICFName

String

name

No

Defines the name to use in the target MongoDB document for the ICF NAME attribute.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Connection Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

sslEnabled

boolean

true

No

Use secure socket layer to connect to MongoDB.

sslHostNameValidation

boolean

true

No

Defines if host name should be validated when SSL is enabled.

maxConnectionIdleTime

int

0

No

The maximum idle time for a pooled connection in ms (0 means no limit).

maxConnectionLifeTime

int

0

No

The maximum life time for a pooled connection in ms (0 means no limit).

minConnectionsPerHost

int

0

No

The minimum number of connections per host (must be >= 0).

maxConnectionsPerHost

int

5

No

The maximum number of connections per host (must be > 0).

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Groovy Engine configuration

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

scriptRoots

String[]

['!/scripts/mongodb/']

Yes

The root folder to load the scripts from. If the value is null or empty the classpath value is used.

classpath

String[]

[]

No

Classpath for use during compilation.

debug

boolean

false

No

If true, debugging code should be activated.

disabledGlobalASTTransformations

String[]

null

No

Sets a list of global AST transformations which should not be loaded even if they are defined in META-INF/org.codehaus.groovy.transform.ASTTransformation files. By default, none is disabled.

minimumRecompilationInterval

int

100

No

Sets the minimum of time after a script can be recompiled.

recompileGroovySource

boolean

false

No

If set to true recompilation is enabled.

scriptBaseClass

String

null

No

Base class name for scripts (must derive from Script).

scriptExtensions

String[]

['groovy']

No

Gets the extensions used to find groovy files.

sourceEncoding

String

UTF-8

No

Encoding for source files.

targetDirectory

File

null

No

Directory into which to write classes.

tolerance

int

10

No

The error tolerance, which is the number of non-fatal errors (per unit) that should be tolerated before compilation is aborted.

verbose

boolean

false

No

If true, the compiler should produce action information.

warningLevel

int

1

No

Warning Level of the compiler.

customConfiguration

String

null

No

Custom Configuration script for Groovy ConfigSlurper.

customSensitiveConfiguration

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Custom Sensitive Configuration script for Groovy ConfigSlurper.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Operation Script Files

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

authenticateScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the AUTHENTICATE operation.

createScriptFileName

String

usersRoles/Create.groovy

The name of the file used to perform the CREATE operation.

customizerScriptFileName

String

null

No

The script used to customize some function of the connector. Read the documentation for more details.

deleteScriptFileName

String

usersRoles/Delete.groovy

The name of the file used to perform the DELETE operation.

resolveUsernameScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the RESOLVE_USERNAME operation.

schemaScriptFileName

String

usersRoles/Schema.groovy

The name of the file used to perform the SCHEMA operation.

scriptOnResourceScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the RUNSCRIPTONRESOURCE operation.

searchScriptFileName

String

usersRoles/Search.groovy

The name of the file used to perform the SEARCH operation.

syncScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the SYNC operation.

testScriptFileName

String

usersRoles/Test.groovy

The name of the file used to perform the TEST operation.

updateScriptFileName

String

usersRoles/Update.groovy

The name of the file used to perform the UPDATE operation.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Oracle EBS connector

The Oracle E-Business Suite (EBS) connector enables you to manage EBS accounts and synchronize accounts between EBS and the IDM managed user repository.

Before you start

These instructions assume you have an EBS administrator account and access to an Oracle EBS Database. You will need the following information to configure the connector:

Username

Your EBS administrator account username.

Password

Your EBS administrator account password.

JDBC Connection URL

The URL to establish the connection between the connector and the EBS application.

For more information, refer to the Oracle E-Business Suite documentation.

Install the EBS connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

Oracle EBS

No

Yes

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/ebs-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Download the Oracle JDBC driver (ojdbc8.jar).

  • If you are running the connector locally, place the library in the /path/to/openidm/lib/ directory:

    mv ~/Downloads/ojdbc8.jar /path/to/openidm/lib/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place the library in the /path/to/openicf/lib directory on the RCS.

Configure the EBS connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select EBS Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to EBS Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

Test the EBS connector

Test that the configuration is correct by running the following command:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/EBS?_action=test"
{
  "name" : "EBS",
  "enabled" : true,
  "config" : "config/provisioner.openicf/EBS",
  "connectorRef" : {
    "bundleVersion" : [1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0),
    "bundleName" : "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.ebs-connector",
    "connectorName" : "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.oracleebs.OracleEbsConnector"
  },
  "displayName" : "Oracle EBS Connector",
  "objectTypes" : [
    "__ACCOUNT__",
    "__ALL__"
  ],
  "ok" : true
}

If the command returns "ok": true, your connector has been configured correctly and can authenticate to the Oracle EBS server.

EBS remote connector

If you want to run this connector outside of PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or IDM, you can configure the EBS connector as a remote connector. Java Connectors installed remotely on a Java Connector Server function identically to those bundled locally within PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or installed locally on IDM.

You can download the EBS connector from here.

Refer to Remote connectors for configuring the EBS remote connector.

Configure Connection Pooling

The EBS connector embeds Tomcat JDBC pool. For more information, refer to Apache Tomcat 9 JDBC Connection Pool.

Supported resource types

The EBS connector supports the following resource types:

EBS connector supported resource types
ICF Native Type EBS Resource Type Naming Attribute

__ACCOUNT__

User

__NAME__

RESPONSIBILITY

Responsibilities

__NAME__

Supported search filters

The EBS connector supports Search operations with the following filter operators and attributes:

Supported Operators and Filter Attributes With EBS Searches
Object Type Operators Attributes

__ACCOUNT__

And, Contains, StartsWith, Equals, EndsWith, Or

  • USER_ID

  • USER_NAME

  • LAST_UPDATE_DATE

  • LAST_UPDATE_BY

  • CREATION_DATE

  • CREATED_BY

  • LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN

  • ENCRYPTED_USER_PASSWORD

  • SESSION_NUMBER

  • START_DATE

  • END_DATE

  • DESCRIPTION

  • LAST_LOGON_DATE

  • PASSWORD_DATE

  • PASSWORD_ACCESSES_LEFT

  • PASSWORD_LIFESPAN_ACCESSES

  • PASSWORD_LIFESPAN_DAYS

  • EMAIL_ADDRESS

  • FAX

  • RESPONSIBILITY

RESPONSIBILITY

Equals, And, Or

  • RESPONSIBILITY_ID

  • APPLICATION_ID

  • LAST_UPDATE_DATE

  • LAST_UPDATED_BY

  • CREATION_DATE

  • CREATED_BY

  • LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN

  • DATA_GROUP_APPLICATION_ID

  • DATA_GROUP_ID

  • MENU_ID

  • TERM_SECURITY_ENABLED_FLAG

  • START_DATE

  • END_DATE

  • GROUP_APPLICATION_ID

  • REQUEST_GROUP_ID

  • VERSION

  • WEB_HOST_NAME

  • WEB_AGENT_NAME

  • RESPONSIBILITY_KEY

  • RESPONSIBILITY_NAME

  • SECURITY_GROUP_ID

  • ZD_EDITION_NAME

  • ZD_SYNC

Attributes

The following attributes are supported by the connector:

Attributes Description

USER_ID

The user’s User ID

USER_NAME

The user’s username

ENCRYPTED_USER_PASSWORD

The user’s encrypted password

SESSION_NUMBER

Number of sessions

START_DATE

Start date for the created user

END_DATE

End date for the created user

DESCRIPTION

The user’s description

LAST_LOGON_DATE

Last logged on date

PASSWORD_DATE

The date the current password was set

PASSWORD_ACCESSES_LEFT

The number of accesses left for the password

PASSWORD_LIFESPAN_ACCESSES

The number of accesses allowed for the password

PASSWORD_LIFESPAN_DAYS

The number of days allowed for the password

EMAIL_ADDRESS

The user’s email address

FAX

The user’s fax number

Use the EBS connector

The EBS connector can perform the following actions:

Users

Create a user

The following example creates a user with all the creatable attributes:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data
'{
  "__NAME__": "BJENSEN",
  "__PASSWORD__": "Test@123",
  "EMAIL_ADDRESS": "bjensen@forgerock.com",
  "SESSION_NUMBER": "2",
  "START_DATE": "03-Nov-22",
  "END_DATE": "08-Nov-22",
  "LAST_LOGON_DATE": "08-DEC-2021",
  "PASSWORD_DATE": "08-JUN-2021",
  "PASSWORD_ACCESSES_LEFT": "1",
  "PASSWORD_LIFESPAN_ACCESSES": "1",
  "PASSWORD_LIFESPAN_DAYS": "1"
}' \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/EBS/__ACCOUNT__?_action=create"
{
  "_id": "1015488",
  "USER_ID": "1015488",
  "START_DATE": "03-Nov-22",
  "LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN": 1015131,
  "USER_NAME": "BJENSEN",
  "__ENABLE__": false,
  "EMAIL_ADDRESS": "bjensen@forgerock.com",
  "SESSION_NUMBER": 2,
  "LAST_LOGON_DATE": "08-Dec-21",
  "PASSWORD_ACCESSES_LEFT": 1,
  "PASSWORD_LIFESPAN_ACCESSES": 1,
  "END_DATE": "08-Nov-22",
  "PASSWORD_LIFESPAN_DAYS": 1,
  "PASSWORD_DATE": "08-Jun-21",
  "__NAME__": "BJENSEN",
  "LAST_UPDATE_DATE": "02-Dec-22"
}

When you create a new user, you must specify at least the __NAME__ attribute.

__NAME__ has a maximum length of 100 characters, should be in UPPER CASE, and must be unique.
Query a user by id

The following queries a specific user by their ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/EBS/__ACCOUNT__/1015488"
{
  "_id": "1015488",
  "USER_ID": "1015488",
  "START_DATE": "03-Nov-22",
  "LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN": 1015131,
  "USER_NAME": "BJENSEN",
  "__ENABLE__": false,
  "EMAIL_ADDRESS": "bjensen@forgerock.com",
  "SESSION_NUMBER": 7,
  "LAST_LOGON_DATE": "08-Dec-21",
  "PASSWORD_ACCESSES_LEFT": 1,
  "PASSWORD_LIFESPAN_ACCESSES": 1,
  "END_DATE": "08-Nov-22",
  "PASSWORD_LIFESPAN_DAYS": 1,
  "PASSWORD_DATE": "08-Jun-21",
  "__NAME__": "BJENSEN",
  "DESCRIPTION": "ebsuser",
  "LAST_UPDATE_DATE": "02-Dec-22"
}
Query all users

The following example queries all users:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/EBS/__ACCOUNT__?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result":[
    {"_id":"1000001"},
    {"_id":"3"},
    {"_id":"2"},
    {"_id":"0"},
    {"_id":"1001"},
    {"_id":"1555"},
    {"_id":"1003"},
    {"_id":"1004"},
    {"_id":"1005"},
    {"_id":"1007"}
    ],
  "resultCount":10,
  "pagedResultsCookie":null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy":"NONE",
  "totalPagedResults":-1,
  "remainingPagedResults":-1
}
Update a user

The EBS Connector can modify the following attributes of a user entry:

  • __PASSWORD__

  • __ENABLE__

  • EMAIL_ADDRESS

  • START_DATE

  • END_DATE

The following example updates a user:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request  PUT \
--data '{
  "__NAME__": "BJENSEN",
  "__PASSWORD__": "Test@123",
  "EMAIL_ADDRESS": "bjensen@forgerock.com",
  "SESSION_NUMBER": "7",
  "START_DATE": "03-Nov-22",
  "END_DATE": "08-Nov-22",
  "LAST_LOGON_DATE": "08-DEC-2021",
  "PASSWORD_DATE": "08-JUN-2021",
  "PASSWORD_ACCESSES_LEFT": "1",
  "PASSWORD_LIFESPAN_ACCESSES": "1",
  "PASSWORD_LIFESPAN_DAYS": "1",
  "DESCRIPTION": "ebsuser"
}' \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/EBS/__ACCOUNT__/1015488"
{
  "_id" : "1015488",
  "USER_ID" : "1015488",
  "START_DATE" : "03-Nov-22",
  "LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN" : 1015131,
  "USER_NAME" : "BJENSEN",
  "__ENABLE__" : false,
  "EMAIL_ADDRESS" : "bjensen@forgerock.com",
  "SESSION_NUMBER" : 7,
  "LAST_LOGON_DATE" : "08-Dec-21",
  "PASSWORD_ACCESSES_LEFT" : 1,
  "PASSWORD_LIFESPAN_ACCESSES" : 1,
  "END_DATE" : "08-Nov-22",
  "PASSWORD_LIFESPAN_DAYS" : 1,
  "PASSWORD_DATE" : "08-Jun-21",
  "__NAME__" : "BJENSEN",
  "DESCRIPTION" : "ebsuser",
  "LAST_UPDATE_DATE" : "02-Dec-22"
}
Reset a user’s password

To reset the password for a user account, update the user’s "__PASSWORD__" attribute:

curl \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "if-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__NAME__": "BJENSEN",
  "__PASSWORD__": "RRvts125!"
}' \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/EBS/__ACCOUNT__/1015488"
{
  "_id" : "1015488",
  "USER_ID" : "1015488",
  "START_DATE" : "03-Nov-22",
  "LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN" : 1015131,
  "USER_NAME" : "BJENSEN",
  "__ENABLE__" : false,
  "EMAIL_ADDRESS" : "bjensen@forgerock.com",
  "SESSION_NUMBER" : 7,
  "LAST_LOGON_DATE" : "08-Dec-21",
  "PASSWORD_ACCESSES_LEFT" : 1,
  "PASSWORD_LIFESPAN_ACCESSES" : 1,
  "END_DATE" : "08-Nov-22",
  "PASSWORD_LIFESPAN_DAYS" : 1,
  "PASSWORD_DATE" : "08-Jun-21",
  "__NAME__": "BJENSEN",
  "DESCRIPTION" : "ebsuser",
  "LAST_UPDATE_DATE" : "02-Dec-22"
}
Activate a user

The following example activates a user:

curl \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "if-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__NAME__":"BJENSEN",
  "__PASSWORD__":"Rvts12345",
  "__ENABLE__": true
}' \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/EBS/__ACCOUNT__/1015488"
{
  "_id" : "1015488",
  "USER_ID" : "1015488",
  "START_DATE" : "02-Dec-22",
  "LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN" : -1,
  "USER_NAME" : "BJENSEN",
  "__ENABLE__" : true,
  "EMAIL_ADDRESS" : "bjensen@forgerock.com",
  "SESSION_NUMBER" : 7,
  "LAST_LOGON_DATE" : "08-Dec-21",
  "PASSWORD_ACCESSES_LEFT" : 1,
  "PASSWORD_LIFESPAN_ACCESSES" : 1,
  "PASSWORD_LIFESPAN_DAYS" : 1,
  "PASSWORD_DATE" : "08-Jun-21",
  "__NAME__" : "BJENSEN",
  "DESCRIPTION" : "ebsuser",
  "LAST_UPDATE_DATE" : "02-Dec-22"
}
Deactivate a user

The following example deactivates a user:

curl \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "if-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__NAME__":"BJENSEN",
  "__PASSWORD__":"Rvts12345",
  "__ENABLE__": false
}' \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/EBS/__ACCOUNT__/1015488"
{
  "_id" : "1015488",
  "USER_ID" : "1015488",
  "START_DATE" : "03-Nov-22",
  "LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN" : -1,
  "USER_NAME" : "BJENSEN",
  "__ENABLE__" : false,
  "EMAIL_ADDRESS" : "bjensen@forgerock.com",
  "SESSION_NUMBER" : 7,
  "LAST_LOGON_DATE" : "08-Dec-21",
  "PASSWORD_ACCESSES_LEFT" : 1,
  "PASSWORD_LIFESPAN_ACCESSES" : 1,
  "END_DATE" : "02-Dec-22",
  "PASSWORD_LIFESPAN_DAYS" : 1,
  "PASSWORD_DATE" : "08-Jun-21",
  "__NAME__" : "BJENSEN",
  "DESCRIPTION" : "ebsuser",
  "LAST_UPDATE_DATE" : "02-Dec-22"
}

Responsibilities

Assign responsibilities to a user
After a user has been assigned a responsibility, the START_DATE and END_DATE can’t be changed. To edit either of these values, remove the responsibility and then add it again. 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "if-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__NAME__": "STUBBS",
  "__PASSWORD__": "Test@231",
  "EMAIL_ADDRESS": "STUBBS.SON@example.com",
  "SESSION_NUMBER": "3",
  "FAX": "56",
  "START_DATE": "15-Jan-24",
  "END_DATE": "23-Jan-24",
  "LAST_LOGON_DATE": "23-DEC-2021",
  "PASSWORD_DATE": "12-JUN-2022",
  "PASSWORD_ACCESSES_LEFT": "2",
  "PASSWORD_LIFESPAN_ACCESSES": "3",
  "DESCRIPTION": "EBSBARUSER",
  "PASSWORD_LIFESPAN_DAYS": "2",
  "RESPONSIBILITY": [
    {
      "RESP_APP": "IBE",
      "RESP_KEY": "IBE_CUSTOMER",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_SECURITY_GROUP": "STANDARD",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_DESCRIPTION": "updated",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_START_DATE": "29-SEP-2021",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_END_DATE": "29-SEP-2024"
    },
    {
      "RESP_APP": "CS",
      "RESP_KEY": "CS_KB_SYSTEM_ADMIN",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_SECURITY_GROUP": "STANDARD",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_DESCRIPTION": "updated",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_START_DATE": "29-SEP-2021",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_END_DATE": "29-SEP-2024"
    },
    {
      "RESP_APP": "PA",
      "RESP_KEY": "PROJECT_BILLING_SUPER_USER",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_SECURITY_GROUP": "STANDARD",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_DESCRIPTION": "responded",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_START_DATE": "15-JUL-2021",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_END_DATE": "13-SEP-2024"
    }
  ]
}' \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/EBS/__ACCOUNT__/1017315"
{
  "_id": "1017315",
  "PASSWORD_DATE": "12-Jun-22",
  "LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN": 1015131,
  "__ENABLE__": false,
  "PASSWORD_ACCESSES_LEFT": 2,
  "__NAME__": "STUBBS",
  "END_DATE": "23-Jan-24",
  "DESCRIPTION": "EBSBARUSER",
  "EMAIL_ADDRESS": "STUBBS.SON@example.com",
  "LAST_LOGON_DATE": "23-Dec-21",
  "RESPONSIBILITY": [
    {
      "RESP_KEY": "PROJECT_BILLING_SUPER_USER",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_SECURITY_GROUP": "STANDARD",
      "RESP_APP": "PA",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_DESCRIPTION": "responded",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_START_DATE": "15-Jul-21",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_END_DATE": "13-Sep-24"
    },
    {
      "RESP_KEY": "CS_KB_SYSTEM_ADMIN",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_SECURITY_GROUP": "STANDARD",
      "RESP_APP": "CS",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_DESCRIPTION": "updated",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_START_DATE": "29-Sep-21",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_END_DATE": "29-Sep-24"
    },
    {
      "RESP_KEY": "IBE_CUSTOMER",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_SECURITY_GROUP": "STANDARD",
      "RESP_APP": "IBE",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_DESCRIPTION": "updated",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_START_DATE": "29-Sep-21",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_END_DATE": "29-Sep-24"
    }
  ],
  "PASSWORD_LIFESPAN_DAYS": 2,
  "START_DATE": "15-Jan-24",
  "LAST_UPDATE_DATE": "17-May-24",
  "PASSWORD_LIFESPAN_ACCESSES": 3,
  "USER_ID": "1017315",
  "SESSION_NUMBER": 3,
  "FAX": "56"
}
Remove responsibilities from a user
When you remove a responsibility the END_DATE is updated to the current date. 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "if-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__NAME__": "STUBBS",
  "__PASSWORD__": "Test@231",
  "EMAIL_ADDRESS": "STUBBS.SON@example.com",
  "SESSION_NUMBER": "3",
  "FAX": "56",
  "START_DATE": "15-Jan-24",
  "END_DATE": "23-Jan-24",
  "LAST_LOGON_DATE": "23-DEC-2021",
  "PASSWORD_DATE": "12-JUN-2022",
  "PASSWORD_ACCESSES_LEFT": "2",
  "PASSWORD_LIFESPAN_ACCESSES": "3",
  "DESCRIPTION": "EBSBARUSER",
  "PASSWORD_LIFESPAN_DAYS": "2",
  "RESPONSIBILITY": [
    {
      "RESP_APP": "IBE",
      "RESP_KEY": "IBE_CUSTOMER",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_SECURITY_GROUP": "STANDARD",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_DESCRIPTION": "updated",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_START_DATE": "29-SEP-2021",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_END_DATE": "29-SEP-2024"
    },
    {
      "RESP_APP": "CS",
      "RESP_KEY": "CS_KB_SYSTEM_ADMIN",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_SECURITY_GROUP": "STANDARD",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_DESCRIPTION": "updated",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_START_DATE": "29-SEP-2021",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_END_DATE": "29-SEP-2024"
    }
  ]
}' \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/EBS/__ACCOUNT__/1017315"
{
  "_id": "1017315",
  "PASSWORD_DATE": "12-Jun-22",
  "LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN": 1015131,
  "__ENABLE__": false,
  "PASSWORD_ACCESSES_LEFT": 2,
  "__NAME__": "STUBBS",
  "END_DATE": "23-Jan-24",
  "DESCRIPTION": "EBSBARUSER",
  "EMAIL_ADDRESS": "STUBBS.SON@example.com",
  "LAST_LOGON_DATE": "23-Dec-21",
  "RESPONSIBILITY": [
    {
      "RESP_KEY": "PROJECT_BILLING_SUPER_USER",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_SECURITY_GROUP": "STANDARD",
      "RESP_APP": "PA",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_DESCRIPTION": "",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_START_DATE": "15-Jul-21",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_END_DATE": "17-May-24"
    },
    {
      "RESP_KEY": "CS_KB_SYSTEM_ADMIN",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_SECURITY_GROUP": "STANDARD",
      "RESP_APP": "CS",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_DESCRIPTION": "updated",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_START_DATE": "29-Sep-21",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_END_DATE": "29-Sep-24"
    },
    {
      "RESP_KEY": "IBE_CUSTOMER",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_SECURITY_GROUP": "STANDARD",
      "RESP_APP": "IBE",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_DESCRIPTION": "updated",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_START_DATE": "29-Sep-21",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_END_DATE": "29-Sep-24"
    }
  ],
  "PASSWORD_LIFESPAN_DAYS": 2,
  "START_DATE": "15-Jan-24",
  "LAST_UPDATE_DATE": "17-May-24",
  "PASSWORD_LIFESPAN_ACCESSES": 3,
  "USER_ID": "1017315",
  "SESSION_NUMBER": 3,
  "FAX": "56"
}
Query all responsibilities

The following example queries all user responsibilities by their IDs:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/EBS/RESPONSIBILITY?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "21766"
    },
    {
      "_id": "21765"
    },
    {
      "_id": "21764"
    },
    ...
  ],
  "resultCount": 5104,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Query a single responsibility

The following example queries a single user responsibility (50832):

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/EBS/RESPONSIBILITY?_queryFilter=_id%20eq%20%2250832%22"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "50832",
      "LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN": 0,
      "ZD_SYNC": "SYNCED",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_KEY": "CHEF CULINAIR",
      "ZD_EDITION_NAME": "SET1",
      "DATA_GROUP_ID": "0",
      "DATA_GROUP_APPLICATION_ID": "20021",
      "MENU_ID": "1000542",
      "WEB_HOST_NAME": "`",
      "START_DATE": "10-Feb-98",
      "CREATION_DATE": "10-Feb-98",
      "LAST_UPDATE_DATE": "10-Feb-98",
      "VERSION": "4",
      "APPLICATION_ID": "20021",
      "RESPONSIBILITY_ID": "50832",
      "LAST_UPDATED_BY": 2,
      "__NAME__": "CHEF CULINAIR",
      "CREATED_BY": 0,
      "RESPONSIBILITY_NAME": "Chef"
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 1,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the Oracle EBS Connector

The Oracle EBS Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Sync

Polls the target resource for synchronization events, that is, native changes to objects on the target resource.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

Oracle EBS Connector Configuration

The Oracle EBS Connector has the following configurable properties:

Configuration properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

connectionProperties

String

null

No

The connection properties that will be sent to our JDBC driver when establishing new connections. Format of the string must be [propertyName=property;]* NOTE - The "user" and "password" properties will be passed explicitly, so they do not need to be included here. The default value is null.

propagateInterruptState

boolean

false

No

Set this to true to propagate the interrupt state for a thread that has been interrupted (not clearing the interrupt state). Default value is false for backwards compatibility.

validationQuery

String

select 1 from dual

No

The SQL query that will be used to validate connections from this pool before returning them to the caller. If specified, this query does not have to return any data, it just cant throw a SQLException. The default value is null. Example values are SELECT 1(mysql), select 1 from dual(oracle), SELECT 1(MS Sql Server).

rollbackOnReturn

boolean

false

No

If autoCommit==false then the pool can terminate the transaction by calling rollback on the connection as it is returned to the pool Default value is false.

useDisposableConnectionFacade

boolean

true

No

Set this to true if you wish to put a facade on your connection so that it cannot be reused after it has been closed. This prevents a thread holding on to a reference of a connection it has already called closed on, to execute queries on it.

defaultCatalog

String

null

No

The default catalog of connections created by this pool.

validationInterval

long

3000

No

To avoid excess validation, run validation at most at this frequency (in milliseconds). If a connection is due for validation, but was validated within this interval, it will not be validated again. The default value is 3000 (3 seconds).

ignoreExceptionOnPreLoad

boolean

false

No

Flag whether ignore error of connection creation while initializing the pool. Set to true if you want to ignore error of connection creation while initializing the pool. Set to false if you want to fail the initialization of the pool by throwing exception.

jmxEnabled

boolean

true

No

Register the pool with JMX or not. The default value is true.

commitOnReturn

boolean

false

No

If autoCommit==false then the pool can complete the transaction by calling commit on the connection as it is returned to the pool If rollbackOnReturn==true then this attribute is ignored. Default value is false.

logAbandoned

boolean

false

No

Flag to log stack traces for application code which abandoned a Connection. Logging of abandoned Connections adds overhead for every Connection borrow because a stack trace has to be generated. The default value is false.

alternateUsernameAllowed

boolean

false

No

By default, the jdbc-pool will ignore the DataSource.getConnection(username,password) call, and simply return a previously pooled connection under the globally configured properties username and password, for performance reasons. The pool can however be configured to allow use of different credentials each time a connection is requested. To enable the functionality described in the DataSource.getConnection(username,password) call, simply set the property alternateUsernameAllowed to true. Should you request a connection with the credentials user1/password1 and the connection was previously connected using different user2/password2, the connection will be closed, and reopened with the requested credentials. This way, the pool size is still managed on a global level, and not on a per schema level.

validatorClassName

String

null

No

The name of a class which implements the org.apache.tomcat.jdbc.pool.Validator interface and provides a no-arg constructor (may be implicit). If specified, the class will be used to create a Validator instance which is then used instead of any validation query to validate connections. The default value is null. An example value is com.mycompany.project.SimpleValidator.

maxIdle

int

100

No

The maximum number of connections that should be kept in the pool at all times. Idle connections are checked periodically (if enabled) and connections that have been idle for longer than minEvictableIdleTimeMillis are released. The default value is derived from maxActive:100. (Also see testWhileIdle).

testWhileIdle

boolean

false

No

The indication of whether objects will be validated by the idle object evictor (if any). If an object fails to validate, it will be dropped from the pool. NOTE - for a true value to have any effect, the validationQuery parameter must be set to a non-null string. The default value is false and this property has to be set in order for the pool cleaner/test thread is to run (also see timeBetweenEvictionRunsMillis).

removeAbandoned

boolean

false

No

Flag to remove abandoned connections if they exceed the removeAbandonedTimeout. If set to true a connection is considered abandoned and eligible for removal if it has been in use longer than the removeAbandonedTimeout Setting this to true can recover db connections from applications that fail to close a connection. See also logAbandoned The default value is false.

suspectTimeout

int

0

No

Timeout value in seconds. Similar to to the removeAbandonedTimeout value but instead of treating the connection as abandoned, and potentially closing the connection, this simply logs the warning if logAbandoned is set to true. If this value is equal or less than 0, no suspect checking will be performed. Suspect checking only takes place if the timeout value is larger than 0 and the connection was not abandoned or if abandon check is disabled. If a connection is suspect a WARN message gets logged and a JMX notification gets sent once.

useEquals

boolean

true

No

Set to true if you wish the ProxyConnection class to use String.equals and set to false when you wish to use == when comparing method names. This property does not apply to added interceptors as those are configured individually. The default value is true.

removeAbandonedTimeout

int

60

No

Timeout in seconds before an abandoned(in use) connection can be removed. The default value is 60 (60 seconds). The value should be set to the longest running query your applications might have.

defaultAutoCommit

Boolean

null

No

The default auto-commit state of connections created by this pool. If not set, default is JDBC driver default (If not set then the setAutoCommit method will not be called).

testOnConnect

boolean

false

No

Returns true if we should run the validation query when connecting to the database for the first time on a connection. Normally this is always set to false, unless one wants to use the validationQuery as an init query.

abandonWhenPercentageFull

int

0

No

Connections that have been abandoned (timed out) wont get closed and reported up unless the number of connections in use are above the percentage defined by abandonWhenPercentageFull. The value should be between 0-100. The default value is 0, which implies that connections are eligible for closure as soon as removeAbandonedTimeout has been reached.

jdbcInterceptors

String

null

No

A semicolon separated list of classnames extending org.apache.tomcat.jdbc.pool.JdbcInterceptor class. See Configuring JDBC interceptors below for more detailed description of syntaz and examples. These interceptors will be inserted as an interceptor into the chain of operations on a java.test_sample.Connection object. The default value is null.

minIdle

int

10

No

The minimum number of established connections that should be kept in the pool at all times. The connection pool can shrink below this number if validation queries fail. The default value is derived from initialSize:10. (Also see testWhileIdle).

defaultReadOnly

Boolean

null

No

The default read-only state of connections created by this pool. If not set then the setReadOnly method will not be called. (Some drivers dont support read only mode, ex: Informix).

initialSize

int

10

No

The initial number of connections that are created when the pool is started. Default value is 10.

maxWait

int

30000

No

The maximum number of milliseconds that the pool will wait (when there are no available connections) for a connection to be returned before throwing an exception. Default value is 30000 (30 seconds).

defaultTransactionIsolation

int

-1

No

The default TransactionIsolation state of connections created by this pool. One of the following: NONE, READ_COMMITTED, READ_UNCOMMITTED, REPEATABLE_READ, SERIALIZABLE If not set, the method will not be called and it defaults to the JDBC driver.

numTestsPerEvictionRun

int

0

No

Property not used in tomcat-jdbc-pool.

url

String

null

No

The URL used to connect to the database.

testOnBorrow

boolean

true

No

The indication of whether objects will be validated before being borrowed from the pool. If the object fails to validate, it will be dropped from the pool, and we will attempt to borrow another. NOTE - for a true value to have any effect, the validationQuery parameter must be set to a non-null string. In order to have a more efficient validation, see validationInterval. Default value is false.

fairQueue

boolean

true

No

Set to true if you wish that calls to getConnection should be treated fairly in a true FIFO fashion. This uses the org.apache.tomcat.jdbc.pool.FairBlockingQueue implementation for the list of the idle connections. The default value is true. This flag is required when you want to use asynchronous connection retrieval. Setting this flag ensures that threads receive connections in the order they arrive. During performance tests, there is a very large difference in how locks and lock waiting is implemented. When fairQueue=true there is a decision making process based on what operating system the system is running. If the system is running on Linux (property os.name=Linux. To disable this Linux specific behavior and still use the fair queue, simply add the property org.apache.tomcat.jdbc.pool.FairBlockingQueue.ignoreOS=true to your system properties before the connection pool classes are loaded.

logValidationErrors

boolean

false

No

Set this to true to log errors during the validation phase to the log file. If set to true, errors will be logged as SEVERE. Default value is false for backwards compatibility.

accessToUnderlyingConnectionAllowed

boolean

true

No

Property not used. Access can be achieved by calling unwrap on the pooled connection. see javax.test_sample.DataSource interface, or call getConnection through reflection or cast the object as javax.test_sample.PooledConnection.

maxAge

long

0

No

Time in milliseconds to keep this connection. When a connection is returned to the pool, the pool will check to see if the now - time-when-connected > maxAge has been reached, and if so, it closes the connection rather than returning it to the pool. The default value is 0, which implies that connections will be left open and no age check will be done upon returning the connection to the pool.

minEvictableIdleTimeMillis

int

60000

No

The minimum amount of time an object may sit idle in the pool before it is eligible for eviction. The default value is 60000 (60 seconds).

timeBetweenEvictionRunsMillis

int

5000

No

The number of milliseconds to sleep between runs of the idle connection validation/cleaner thread. This value should not be set under 1 second. It dictates how often we check for idle, abandoned connections, and how often we validate idle connections. The default value is 5000 (5 seconds).

testOnReturn

boolean

false

No

The indication of whether objects will be validated before being returned to the pool. NOTE - for a true value to have any effect, the validationQuery parameter must be set to a non-null string. The default value is false.

driverClassName

String

null

No

The fully qualified Java class name of the JDBC driver to be used. The driver has to be accessible from the same classloader as tomcat-jdbc.jar.

name

String

Tomcat Connection Pool[4-351632824]

No

Returns the name of the connection pool. By default a JVM unique random name is assigned.

useStatementFacade

boolean

true

No

Returns true if this connection pool is configured to wrap statements in order to enable equals() and hashCode() methods to be called on the closed statements if any statement proxy is set.

useLock

boolean

false

No

Return true if a lock should be used when operations are performed on the connection object. Should be set to false unless you plan to have a background thread of your own doing idle and abandon checking such as JMX clients. If the pool sweeper is enabled, then the lock will automatically be used regardless of this setting.

initSQL

String

null

No

A custom query to be run when a connection is first created. The default value is null.

maxActive

int

100

No

The maximum number of active connections that can be allocated from this pool at the same time. The default value is 100.

username

String

null

No

The connection username to be passed to our JDBC driver to establish a connection. Note that method DataSource.getConnection(username,password) by default will not use credentials passed into the method, but will use the ones configured here. See alternateUsernameAllowed property for more details.

validationQueryTimeout

int

-1

No

The timeout in seconds before a connection validation queries fail. This works by calling java.test_sample.Statement.setQueryTimeout(seconds) on the statement that executes the validationQuery. The pool itself doesnt timeout the query, it is still up to the JDBC driver to enforce query timeouts. A value less than or equal to zero will disable this feature. The default value is -1.

password

String

null

Yes

Yes

Oracle EBS login password to authenticate the user.

pageSize

int

50

No

Page size of search.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

PeopleSoft connector

The PeopleSoft connector lets you manage and synchronize accounts between Oracle PeopleSoft and IDM managed user objects. A PeopleSoft administrator account is required for this connector to work.

Before you start

Before you configure the connector, log in to your PeopleSoft administrator account and note the following:

Host

The host address of the PeopleSoft instance.

Port

The port for the PeopleSoft instance.

User ID

The username to log into the PeopleSoft instance.

Password

The password to log into the PeopleSoft instance.

Domain Connect Password

The domain connection password for the PeopleSoft WebLogic application server.

Install the PeopleSoft connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

PeopleSoft

No

Yes

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/peoplesoft-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Download the connector dependencies.

  • psjoa.jar is a file unique to each installation of PeopleSoft. It is compiled and provided by your PeopleSoft administrator. If it is not provided to you, refer to Generate psjoa.jar

  • psft.jar is generated by the following commands:

    set CLASSPATH=%JAVA_HOME%\lib\tools.jar;%CLASSPATH%
jar cvf psft.jar .\PeopleSoft\Generated\CompIntfc*.class

Generate psjoa.jar

This procedure is only required if your PeopleSoft Administrator did not provide psjoa.jar.

  1. Start PeopleSoft Application Designer, and open any Component Interface definition.

  2. Select Build > PeopleSoft APIs.

    The Build PeopleSoft API Bindings window displays.

  3. Under the Java Classes group box, select Build, and specify a target directory.

  4. To build the selected bindings, click OK.

    The app builds the selected bindings in the specified directory. If the operation is successful, a Done message appears in the PeopleSoft Application Designer Build window.

  5. Compile the generated APIs:

    • Windows

    • Linux

    cd %PS_HOME%\class\PeopleSoft\Generated\CompIntfc
javac −classpath %PS_HOME%\class\psjoa.jar *.java
cd c:\pt8\class\PeopleSoft\ Generated\ PeopleSoft
javac −classpath %PS_HOME%\class\psjoa.jar *.java
    cd $PS_HOME/class/PeopleSoft/Generated/CompIntfc
javac classpath $PS_HOME/class/psjoa.jar *.java
cd $PS_HOME/class/PeopleSoft/Generated/PeopleSoft
javac classpath $PS_HOME/class/psjoa.jar *.java

  6. Copy psjoa.jar and generated jar into /path/to/openicf/lib.

Configure the PeopleSoft connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select PeopleSoft Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to PeopleSoft Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

Test the PeopleSoft connector

Test that the configuration is correct by running the following command:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/peoplesoft?_action=test"
{
  "name": "peoplesoft",
  "enabled": true,
  "config": "config/provisioner.openicf/peoplesoft",
  "connectorRef": {
    "bundleVersion": "[1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0)",
    "bundleName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.peoplesoft-connector",
    "connectorName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.peoplesoft.PeopleSoftConnector"
  },
  "displayName": "PeopleSoft Connector",
  "objectTypes": [
    "__ACCOUNT__",
    "__ALL__"
  ],
  "ok": true
}

If the command returns "ok": true, your connector has been configured correctly and can authenticate to the PeopleSoft system.

PeopleSoft remote connector

If you want to run this connector outside of PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or IDM, you can configure the PeopleSoft connector as a remote connector. Java Connectors installed remotely on a Java Connector Server function identically to those bundled locally within PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or installed locally on IDM.

You can download the PeopleSoft connector from here.

Refer to Remote connectors for configuring the PeopleSoft remote connector.

Use the PeopleSoft connector

The following PeopleSoft account attributes are supported by the PeopleSoft connector:

Attribute Description

__NAME__

The name of the user. Required.

UserID

ID of the user. Required.

IDTypes

The type of ID and ID value for the user. Required. This is an object, containing IDType and AttributeValue as sub-attributes. For example,

"IDTypes": [{
  "IDType": "EMP",
  "AttributeValue": "0001"
}]
Supported ID types
ID Type Name

BID

Bidder

CNT

Customer Contact

CST

Customer

EJA

External Job Applicant

EMP

Employee

NON

None

ORG

Organization ID

PER

Person (CRM)

VND

Vendor

PTN

Partner

UserIDAlias

Alias ID of the user. This should be a fully qualified email address.

UserDescription

A description of the user.

PrimaryPermissionList

Primary permission list for the user. Displays which permissions the user is granted in the primary permission list.

RowSecurityPermissionList

Row security permission list for the user. Displays which permissions the user is granted in the row security permission list.

ProcessProfilePermissionList

Process profile permission list for the user. Displays which permissions the user is granted in the process profile permission list.

NavigatorHomePermissionList

Navigator home permission list for the user. Displays which permissions the user is granted in the navigator home permission list.

SymbolicID

The symbolic ID of the user.

LanguageCode

The user’s language preference.

Supported languages
Language Code

Arabic

ARA

Afrikaans

AFR

Bulgarian

BUL

Simplified Chinese

ZHS

Traditional Chinese

ZHT

Croatian

CRO

Czech

CZE

Danish

DAN

Dutch

DUT

English

ENG

UK English

UKE

French

FRA

Canadian French

CFR

German

GER

Greek

GRK

Finnish

FIN

Hebrew

HEB

Hungarian

HUN

Italian

ITA

Japanese

JPN

Korean

KOR

Bahasa Malay

MAY

Norwegian

NOR

Polish

POL

Portuguese

POR

Romanian

ROM

Russian

RUS

Serbian

SER

Slovak

SLK

Slovenian

SLV

Spanish

ESP

Swedish

SVE

Thai

THA

Turkish

TUR

Vietnamese

VIE

The list of supported languages can vary depending on your Oracle PeopleSoft version.

MultiLanguageEnabled

Enable support for multiple languages for the user.

AccountLocked

Whether the user account is locked.

CurrencyCode

Three letter code for the user’s preferred currency.

FailedLogins

The number of failed logins for the user.

ExpertEntry

Whether the user is marked as an expert.

Opertype

The type of operation.

AllowSwitchUser

Determines whether the user has access to user switching.

WorklistEntriesCount

Number of worklist entries associated with the user.

WorklistUser

Whether there is a worklist associated with the user. Must be either Y (Yes) or N (No).

EmailUser

Email preference of the user. Must be either Y (Yes) or N (No).

AlternateUserID

Fallback user to route to if the user is unavailable. This must be filled out if you specify EffectiveDateFrom or EffectiveDateTo.

EffectiveDateFrom

Effective start date that a user will be unavailable. Must be in MM/DD/YYYY format.

EffectiveDateTo

Effective end date, marking when a user will become available again. Must be in MM/DD/YYYY format.

EmailAddresses

List of email addresses associated with the user. This is an object, with EmailType, EmailAddress, and PrimaryEmail as sub-attributes. For example:

"EmailAddresses": [{
  "EmailType":"BUS",
  "EmailAddress":"test@gmail.com",
  "PrimaryEmail":"Y"
}]
Supported email types
Email Code Email Type

BB

Blackberry

HOME

Home

WORK

Work

BUS

Business

OTH

Other

EMPTY

Empty field

Roles

List of roles the user has. Users inherit permissions based on the roles the user has. This is an object, with RoleName and Dynamic as sub-attributes. For example:

"Roles": [{
  "RoleName": "PeopleSoft User"
}]

__PASSWORD__

The password for the user.

ConfirmPassword

Used to confirm the password of the user. This needs to match the user’s password.

Encrypted

Status showing whether or not the user profile is encrypted.

Operations on PeopleSoft accounts

You can use the PeopleSoft connector to perform the following actions on a PeopleSoft account:

Create a PeopleSoft user

The following example creates a user with the minimum required attributes:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "__NAME__": "Barbara Jensen",
  "UserID": "BJENSEN",
  "IDTypes": [{
    "IDType": "EMP",
    "AttributeValue": "0001"
  }]
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/peoplesoft/__ACCOUNT__?_action=create"
{
  "_id": "BJENSEN",
  "ExpertEntry": 0,
  "LanguageCode": "ENG",
  "EmailUser": "Y",
  "__ENABLE__": 0,
  "__NAME__": "Barbara Jensen",
  "IDTypes": [
    {
      "IDType": "EMP",
      "AttributeValue": "0001"
    }
  ],
  "Encrypted": 1,
  "UserID": "BJENSEN",
  "Opertype": 0,
  "MultiLanguageEnabled": 0,
  "WorklistUser": "Y",
  "WorklistEntriesCount": 0,
  "AllowSwitchUser": 0,
  "FailedLogins": 0
}

When you create a new user, you must specify at least __NAME__, UserID, and IDTypes. refer to the list of available attributes for more information.
Update a PeopleSoft user

You can modify an existing user with a PUT request, including all attributes of the account in the request. The following attributes can be modified on a user:

  • UserIDAlias

  • UserDescription

  • PrimaryPermissionList

  • RowSecurityPermissionList

  • ProcessProfilePermissionList

  • NavigatorHomePermissionList

  • SymbolicID

  • LanguageCode

  • MultiLanguageEnabled

  • AccountLocked

  • CurrencyCode

  • FailedLogins

  • ExpertEntry

  • Opertype

  • AllowSwitchUser

  • WorklistUser

  • EmailUser

  • AlternateUserID

  • EffectiveDateFrom

  • EffectiveDateTo

  • EmailAddresses

  • Roles

  • IDTypes

  • Password

  • ConfirmPassword

  • Encrypted

For example, to update the EmailAddresses for a user:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__NAME__": "Barbara Jensen",
  "UserID": "BJENSEN",
  "IDTypes": [{
    "IDType": "EMP",
    "AttributeValue": "0001"
  }],
  "EmailAddresses": [{
    "EmailType":"BUS",
    "EmailAddress":"test@example.com",
    "PrimaryEmail":"Y"
  }]
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/peoplesoft/__ACCOUNT__/BJENSEN"
{
  "_id": "BJENSEN",
  "ExpertEntry": 0,
  "LanguageCode": "ENG",
  "EmailUser": "Y",
  "__ENABLE__": 0,
  "__NAME__": "Barbara Jensen",
  "IDTypes": [
    {
      "IDType": "EMP",
      "AttributeValue": "0001"
    }
  ],
  "Encrypted": 1,
  "EmailAddresses": [
    {
      "EmailType": "BUS",
      "EmailAddress": "test@example.com",
      "PrimaryEmail": "Y"
    }
  ],
  "UserID": "BJENSEN",
  "Opertype": 0,
  "MultiLanguageEnabled": 0,
  "WorklistUser": "Y",
  "WorklistEntriesCount": 0,
  "AllowSwitchUser": 0,
  "FailedLogins": 0
}
Query PeopleSoft users

The following example queries all PeopleSoft users:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/peoplesoft/__ACCOUNT__?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "AZIGLAR"
    },
    {
      "_id": "BCHALMERS"
    },
    {
      "_id": "BDAVIS"
    },
    {
      "_id": "BFRANCISCO"
    },
    {
      "_id": "BGONZALES"
    },
    {
      "_id": "BJENSEN"
    },
    {
      "_id": "BLOCHERTY"
    },
    [ ... ]
    {
      "_id": "SUNDERWOOD"
    },
    {
      "_id": "SVANDERSTEEN"
    },
    {
      "_id": "SWALTERS"
    },
    {
      "_id": "TCORY"
    },
    {
      "_id": "TELLIS"
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 300,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}

The following command queries a specific user by their ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/peoplesoft/__ACCOUNT__/BJENSEN"
{
  "_id": "BJENSEN",
  "ExpertEntry": 0,
  "LanguageCode": "ENG",
  "EmailUser": "Y",
  "__ENABLE__": 0,
  "__NAME__": "Barbara Jensen",
  "IDTypes": [
    {
      "IDType": "EMP",
      "AttributeValue": "0001"
    }
  ],
  "Encrypted": 1,
  "EmailAddresses": [
    {
      "EmailType": "BUS",
      "EmailAddress": "test@example.com",
      "PrimaryEmail": "Y"
    }
  ],
  "UserID": "BJENSEN",
  "Opertype": 0,
  "MultiLanguageEnabled": 0,
  "WorklistUser": "Y",
  "WorklistEntriesCount": 0,
  "AllowSwitchUser": 0,
  "FailedLogins": 0
}
Reset a PeopleSoft user account password 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "if-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__PASSWORD__": "Passw0rd",
  "__CURRENT_PASSWORD__": "Passw0rd"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/peoplesoft/__ACCOUNT__/BJENSEN"
{
  "_id": "BJENSEN",
  "ExpertEntry": 0,
  "LanguageCode": "ENG",
  "EmailUser": "Y",
  "__ENABLE__": 0,
  "__NAME__": "Barbara Jensen",
  "IDTypes": [
    {
      "IDType": "EMP",
      "AttributeValue": "0001"
    }
  ],
  "Encrypted": 1,
  "EmailAddresses": [
    {
      "EmailType": "BUS",
      "EmailAddress": "test@example.com",
      "PrimaryEmail": "Y"
    }
  ],
  "UserID": "BJENSEN",
  "Opertype": 0,
  "MultiLanguageEnabled": 0,
  "WorklistUser": "Y",
  "WorklistEntriesCount": 0,
  "AllowSwitchUser": 0,
  "FailedLogins": 0
}

While the __PASSWORD__ field is not returned as part of the response, the user object is updated.
Enable a PeopleSoft user 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__NAME__": "Barbara Jensen",
  "__ENABLE__": 1
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/peoplesoft/__ACCOUNT__/BJENSEN"
{
  "_id": "BJENSEN",
  "ExpertEntry": 0,
  "LanguageCode": "ENG",
  "EmailUser": "N",
  "__ENABLE__": 1,
  "__NAME__": "Barbara Jensen",
  "IDTypes": [
    {
      "IDType": "EMP",
      "AttributeValue": "0001"
    }
  ],
  "Encrypted": 1,
  "EmailAddresses": [
    {
      "EmailType": "BUS",
      "EmailAddress": "test@example.com",
      "PrimaryEmail": "Y"
    }
  ],
  "UserID": "BJENSEN",
  "Opertype": 0,
  "MultiLanguageEnabled": 0,
  "WorklistUser": "N",
  "WorklistEntriesCount": 0,
  "AllowSwitchUser": 0,
  "FailedLogins": 0
}
Disable a PeopleSoft user 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__NAME__": "Barbara Jensen",
  "__ENABLE__": 0
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/peoplesoft/__ACCOUNT__/BJENSEN"
{
  "_id": "BJENSEN",
  "ExpertEntry": 0,
  "LanguageCode": "ENG",
  "EmailUser": "N",
  "__ENABLE__": 0,
  "__NAME__": "Barbara Jensen",
  "IDTypes": [
    {
      "IDType": "EMP",
      "AttributeValue": "0001"
    }
  ],
  "Encrypted": 1,
  "EmailAddresses": [
    {
      "EmailType": "BUS",
      "EmailAddress": "test@example.com",
      "PrimaryEmail": "Y"
    }
  ],
  "UserID": "BJENSEN",
  "Opertype": 0,
  "MultiLanguageEnabled": 0,
  "WorklistUser": "N",
  "WorklistEntriesCount": 0,
  "AllowSwitchUser": 0,
  "FailedLogins": 0
}
Delete a PeopleSoft user account

You can use the PeopleSoft connector to delete an account from the PeopleSoft service.

The following example deletes an PeopleSoft account:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request DELETE \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/peoplesoft/__ACCOUNT__/BJENSEN"
{
  "_id": "BJENSEN",
  "ExpertEntry": 0,
  "LanguageCode": "ENG",
  "EmailUser": "N",
  "__ENABLE__": 0,
  "__NAME__": "Barbara Jensen",
  "IDTypes": [
    {
      "IDType": "EMP",
      "AttributeValue": "0001"
    }
  ],
  "Encrypted": 1,
  "EmailAddresses": [
    {
      "EmailType": "BUS",
      "EmailAddress": "test@example.com",
      "PrimaryEmail": "Y"
    }
  ],
  "UserID": "BJENSEN",
  "Opertype": 0,
  "MultiLanguageEnabled": 0,
  "WorklistUser": "N",
  "WorklistEntriesCount": 0,
  "AllowSwitchUser": 0,
  "FailedLogins": 0
}

Operations on other objects

The following operations are supported for other objects, including Employee, Permission, External Job Applicant, and Role:

Query all employees

The following example queries all employees' details:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/peoplesoft/__EMPLOYEE__?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result": [
    {"_id":"0001"},
    {"_id":"21"},
    {"_id":"22"},
    {"_id":"25"},
    {"_id":"AA0001"}
  ],
  "resultCount":5,
  "pagedResultsCookie":null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy":"NONE",
  "totalPagedResults":-1,
  "remainingPagedResults":-1
}
Query a single employee

The following example queries a single employee’s details:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/peoplesoft/__EMPLOYEE__/BJENSEN?_prettyprint=true"
{
  "_id" : "BJENSEN",
  "__NAME__" : "BJENSEN",
  "LAST_NAME" : "Jensen",
  "PROP_DERIVED_EMP" : "N",
  "COLL_NAME_TYPE_VW" : [ {
    "KEYPROP_NAME_TYPE" : "PRI",
    "FIRST_NAME" : "Barbara",
    "LAST_NAME" : "Jensen"
  }, {
    "KEYPROP_NAME_TYPE" : "PRF",
    "FIRST_NAME" : "Barbara",
    "LAST_NAME" : "Jensen"
  } ],
  "PROP_NAME" : "Barbara Jensen",
  "__UID__" : "BJENSEN",
  "COLL_ADDRESS_TYPE_VW" : [ {
    "KEYPROP_ADDRESS_TYPE" : "",
    "KEYPROP_EFFDT" : "11/14/2022",
    "PROP_EFF_STATUS" : "A",
    "PROP_COUNTRY" : "",
    "PROP_ADDRESS1" : "",
    "PROP_ADDRESS2" : "",
    "PROP_ADDRESS3" : "",
    "PROP_ADDRESS4" : "",
    "PROP_CITY" : "",
    "PROP_NUM1" : "",
    "PROP_NUM2" : "",
    "PROP_HOUSE_TYPE" : "",
    "PROP_ADDR_FIELD1" : "",
    "PROP_ADDR_FIELD2" : "",
    "PROP_ADDR_FIELD3" : "",
    "PROP_COUNTY" : "",
    "PROP_STATE" : "",
    "PROP_POSTAL" : "",
    "PROP_GEO_CODE" : "",
    "PROP_IN_CITY_LIMIT" : "",
    "PROP_ADDRESS1_AC" : "",
    "PROP_ADDRESS2_AC" : "",
    "PROP_ADDRESS3_AC" : "",
    "PROP_CITY_AC" : "",
    "PROP_REG_REGION" : ""
  } ],
  "COLL_PERSONAL_PHONE" : [ {
    "KEYPROP_PHONE_TYPE" : "",
    "PROP_COUNTRY_CODE" : "",
    "PROP_PHONE" : "",
    "PROP_EXTENSION" : "",
    "PROP_PREF_PHONE_FLAG" : "N"
  } ],
  "COLL_EMAIL_ADDRESSES" : [ {
    "KEYPROP_E_ADDR_TYPE" : "",
    "PROP_EMAIL_ADDR" : "",
    "PROP_PREF_EMAIL_FLAG" : "N"
  } ]
}
Query all permissions

The following example queries all employee permissions:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/peoplesoft/__PERMISSION__?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result": [
    {"_id":"11"},
    {"_id":"CI_PERSONAL_DATA"},
    {"_id":"CRM8000"},
    {"_id":"CRRW1000"},
    {"_id":"EOCB_CLIENT_USER"}
  ],
  "resultCount":5,
  "pagedResultsCookie":null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy":"NONE",
  "totalPagedResults":-1,
  "remainingPagedResults":-1
}
Query a single permission

The following example queries a single permission’s details:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/peoplesoft/__PERMISSION__/HCCPCSALL?_prettyprint=true"
{
  "_id" : "HCCPCSALL",
  "__UID__" : "HCCPCSALL",
  "__NAME__" : "Campus - Hidden Objects",
  "KEYPROP_CLASSID" : "HCCPCSALL"
}
Query all external job applicants

The following example queries all external job applicants:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/peoplesoft/__EXTERNAL_JOB_APPLICANT__?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result": [
    {"_id":"500000"},
    {"_id":"500001"},
    {"_id":"500002"},
    {"_id":"500003"},
    {"_id":"500004"}
  ],
  "resultCount":5,
  "pagedResultsCookie":null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy":"NONE",
  "totalPagedResults":-1,
  "remainingPagedResults":-1
}
Query a single external job applicant

The following example queries a single external job applicant’s details:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/peoplesoft/__EXTERNAL_JOB_APPLICANT__/500258?_prettyprint=true"
{
  "_id" : "500258",
  "__NAME__" : "500258",
  "__UID__" : "500258"
}
Query all roles

The following example queries all employee roles:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/peoplesoft/__ROLE__?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result": [
    {"_id":"ACM Administrator"},
    {"_id":"ADS Designer"},
    {"_id":"AG Composer Administrator"},
    {"_id":"AG Composer User"},
    {"_id":"AM Administrator"}
  ],
  "resultCount":5,
  "pagedResultsCookie":null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy":"NONE",
  "totalPagedResults":-1,
  "remainingPagedResults":-1
}
Query a single role

The following example queries a single role’s details:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/peoplesoft/__ROLE__/HR%20Matrix%20Manager?_prettyprint=true"
{
  "_id" : "HR Matrix Manager",
  "PSROLEGRANTORVW" : [ {
    "GRANTROLENAME" : "",
    "ROLENAME" : "HR Matrix Manager"
  } ],
  "PC_FUNCTION_NAME" : "HR Matrix Manager",
  "__UID__" : "HR Matrix Manager",
  "DESCRLONG" : "HR Matrix Manager",
  "ALLOWNOTIFY" : "HR Matrix Manager",
  "ROLE_PCODE_RULE_ON" : "HR Matrix Manager",
  "__NAME__" : "HR Matrix Manager",
  "PSROLECANGRANT" : [ {
    "GRANTROLENAME" : "",
    "ROLENAME" : "HR Matrix Manager"
  } ],
  "DESCR" : "HR Matrix Manager",
  "QRYNAME" : "HR Matrix Manager",
  "ROLE_QUERY_RULE_ON" : "HR Matrix Manager",
  "RECNAME" : "HR Matrix Manager",
  "FIELDNAME" : "HR Matrix Manager",
  "PSROLEMEMBER" : [ {
    "ROLEUSER" : "",
    "ROLENAME" : "HR Matrix Manager"
  } ],
  "PSROLEDYNMEMBER" : [ {
    "ROLEUSER" : "",
    "ROLENAME" : "HR Matrix Manager"
  } ],
  "ALLOWLOOKUP" : "HR Matrix Manager",
  "PSROLECLASS" : [ {
    "CLASSID" : "HCCPHR9435"
  } ],
  "LDAP_RULE_ON" : "HR Matrix Manager"
}

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the PeopleSoft Connector

The PeopleSoft Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

PeopleSoft Connector Configuration

The PeopleSoft Connector has the following configurable properties:

Configuration properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

host

String

null

Yes

Host name or IP address to connect to PeopleSoft server.

port

int

0

Yes

Port to connect to PeopleSoft server.

userId

String

null

Yes

The userid used to login to PeopleSoft server.

password

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

The password used to login to PeopleSoft server.

domainConnectPassword

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

The password for PeopleSoft app server domain.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

PingOne connector

This is a SaaS common connector.

The PingOne connector lets you manage and synchronize data between PingOne and IDM or Advanced Identity Cloud. A PingOne administrator account is required for this connector to work.

PingOne requirements

Before you can configure the connector, you must register an application in PingOne. You need a PingOne environment to complete this procedure:

  1. In your PingOne environment, create a new application:

    1. From the menu, expand the Applications node, and click Applications.

    2. On the Applications page, click the add button.

    3. In the Add Application window, enter the necessary details, select the Worker application type, and click Save.

    Show Me
    Create an application in PingOne

  2. In the Application Name window, enable the application.

    Show Me
    Enable the application in PingOne

  3. On the Roles tab, click Grant Roles.

  4. On the Available Responsibilities tab, expand the Identity Data Admin node, select the applicable environment, and click Save.

    Show Me
    Add PingOne application role

  5. Click the Configuration tab, and make note of the following:

    • URLs > Token Endpoint

    • General > Client ID

    • General > Client Secret

    • General > Environment ID

    Use these values when you Configure the PingOne connector.

Install the PingOne connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

PingOne

No

No

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/pingone-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the PingOne connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select PingOne Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to PingOne Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

Example PingOne configuration

This excerpt shows a sample PingOne connector configuration:

{
    "connectorRef" : {
        "displayName" : "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.pingone.PingOneConnector",
        "bundleVersion" : "[1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0)",
        "systemType" : "provisioner.openicf",
        "bundleName" : "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.pingone-connector",
        "connectorName" : "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.pingone.PingOneConnector",
        "connectorHostRef" : ""
    },
    "poolConfigOption" : {
        "maxObjects" : 10,
        "maxIdle" : 10,
        "maxWait" : 150000,
        "minEvictableIdleTimeMillis" : 120000,
        "minIdle" : 1
    },
    "resultsHandlerConfig" : {
        "enableNormalizingResultsHandler" : false,
        "enableFilteredResultsHandler" : false,
        "enableCaseInsensitiveFilter" : false,
        "enableAttributesToGetSearchResultsHandler" : true
    },
    "operationTimeout" : {
        "CREATE" : -1,
        "UPDATE" : -1,
        "DELETE" : -1,
        "TEST" : -1,
        "SCRIPT_ON_CONNECTOR" : -1,
        "SCRIPT_ON_RESOURCE" : -1,
        "GET" : -1,
        "RESOLVEUSERNAME" : -1,
        "AUTHENTICATE" : -1,
        "SEARCH" : -1,
        "VALIDATE" : -1,
        "SYNC" : -1,
        "SCHEMA" : -1
    },
    "configurationProperties" : {
        "environmentId" : null,
        "serviceUri" : null,
        "login" : null,
        "password" : null,
        "authenticationMethod" : "OAUTH",
        "tokenEndpoint" : null,
        "clientId" : null,
        "clientSecret" : null,
        "authToken" : null,
        "acceptSelfSignedCertificates" : false,
        "disableHostNameVerifier" : false,
        "disableHttpCompression" : false,
        "clientCertAlias" : null,
        "clientCertPassword" : null,
        "maximumConnections" : 10,
        "httpProxyHost" : null,
        "httpProxyPort" : null,
        "httpProxyUsername" : null,
        "httpProxyPassword" : null,
        "connectionTimeout" : 30,
        "refreshToken" : null,
        "grantType" : null,
        "scope" : null,
        "authorizationTokenPrefix" : "Bearer",
        "useBasicAuthForOauthTokenNeg" : true
    },
    "enabled" : true,
    "objectTypes" : {
        "__GROUP__" : {
            "$schema" : "http://json-schema.org/draft-03/schema",
            "id" : "__GROUP__",
            "type" : "object",
            "nativeType" : "__GROUP__",
            ...
            }
        },
        "__POPULATION__" : {
            "$schema" : "http://json-schema.org/draft-03/schema",
            "id" : "__POPULATION__",
            "type" : "object",
            "nativeType" : "__POPULATION__",
            ...
            }
        },
        "__ACCOUNT__" : {
            "$schema" : "http://json-schema.org/draft-03/schema",
            "id" : "__ACCOUNT__",
            "type" : "object",
            "nativeType" : "__ACCOUNT__",
            ...
            }
        },
        "__AVAILABLE_ROLE__" : {
            "$schema" : "http://json-schema.org/draft-03/schema",
            "id" : "__AVAILABLE_ROLE__",
            "type" : "object",
            "nativeType" : "__AVAILABLE_ROLE__",
            ...
            }
        },
        "__ROLE__" : {
            "$schema" : "http://json-schema.org/draft-03/schema",
            "id" : "__ROLE__",
            "type" : "object",
            "nativeType" : "__ROLE__",
            ...
            }
        }
    }
}

Test the PingOne connector

Test that the configuration is correct by running the following command:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/pingone?_action=test"
{
  "name": "pingone",
  "enabled": true,
  "config": "config/provisioner.openicf/pingone",
  "connectorRef": {
    "bundleVersion": "[1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0)",
    "bundleName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.pingone-connector",
    "connectorName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.pingone.PingOneConnector"
  },
  "displayName": "PingOne Connector",
  "objectTypes": [
    "__GROUP__",
    "__POPULATION__",
    "__ACCOUNT__",
    "__ALL__",
    "__AVAILABLE_ROLE__",
    "__ROLE__"
  ],
  "ok": true
}

If the command returns "ok": true, your connector has been configured correctly and can authenticate to the PingOne environment.

PingOne remote connector

If you want to run this connector outside of PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or IDM, you can configure the PingOne connector as a remote connector. Java Connectors installed remotely on a Java Connector Server function identically to those bundled locally within PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or installed locally on IDM.

You can download the PingOne connector from here.

Refer to Remote connectors for configuring the PingOne remote connector.

Implementation specifics

Any sync mapping that uses PingOne as the source or target must include the following in the mapping configuration:

  • Source

  • Target

{
  "reconSourceQueryPaging" : true
}
{
  "reconTargetQueryPaging" : true
}

The default recon query page size for IDM and Advanced Identity Cloud is too large for PingOne resources. You must set the source and target to 1000 or less. For example:

{
  "reconSourceQueryPageSize" : 1000,
  "reconTargetQueryPageSize" : 1000,
  ...
}

For more information about sync mappings, refer to:

Use the PingOne connector

You can use the PingOne connector to perform various actions on the following PingOne resources:

Connector resource PingOne resource type

__ACCOUNT__

Users

__GROUP__

Groups

__POPULATION__

Populations

__ROLE__

Roles

__AVAILABLE_ROLE__

Available roles

Users

Create a PingOne user 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "username": "A_20240223183659857",
  "nickname": "A_2024022",
  "email": "A_20240223183659857@example.com",
  "primaryPhone": "123 123 123"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/pingone/__ACCOUNT__?_action=create"
{
  "_id": "dc3c02ab-5a22-4537-b5cb-7f3a0c164ab1",
  "createdAt": "2024-02-24T02:37:01.889Z",
  "email": "A_20240223183659857@example.com",
  "__NAME__": "A_20240223183659857",
  "identityProvider": {
    "type": "PING_ONE"
  },
  "primaryPhone": "123 123 123",
  "enabled": true,
  "lifecycle": {
    "status": "ACCOUNT_OK"
  },
  "verifyStatus": "NOT_INITIATED",
  "username": "A_20240223183659857",
  "updatedAt": "2024-02-24T02:37:01.889Z",
  "mfaEnabled": true,
  "nickname": "A_2024022",
  "account": {
    "canAuthenticate": true,
    "status": "OK"
  },
  "population": {
    "id": "1a0348b5-c6f5-41b0-a71a-194ed76f703f"
  }
}

When you create a new user, you must specify at least the username attribute.
Create a PingOne user with group memberships and role assignments 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "username": "20240223183659857_gm",
  "nickname": "2024022318",
  "email": "20240223183659857_gm@example.com",
  "primaryPhone": "123 123 123",
  "__groupMemberships__": [
    "336c9e3e-5480-4f32-8706-ccd944531286",
    "aa4c33a9-6726-4526-b70f-7cd63fce5c28"
  ],
  "__roleAssignments__": [
    "9da69b4c-8101-4db8-8cef-66a9a167b02e:ENVIRONMENT:0bd9c966-7664-4ac1-b059-0ff9293908e2",
    "9da69b4c-8101-4db8-8cef-66a9a167b02e:ENVIRONMENT:ce00e15f-f845-4df1-abf3-fdc4ff4e176c"
  ]
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/pingone/__ACCOUNT__?_action=create"
{
  "_id": "e9c4a878-d26d-4a2e-9da7-3d83b5d6a8b9",
  "__groupMemberships__": [
    "336c9e3e-5480-4f32-8706-ccd944531286",
    "aa4c33a9-6726-4526-b70f-7cd63fce5c28"
  ],
  "__roleAssignments__": [
    "9da69b4c-8101-4db8-8cef-66a9a167b02e:ENVIRONMENT:0bd9c966-7664-4ac1-b059-0ff9293908e2",
    "9da69b4c-8101-4db8-8cef-66a9a167b02e:ENVIRONMENT:ce00e15f-f845-4df1-abf3-fdc4ff4e176c"
  ],
  "createdAt": "2024-02-24T02:37:09.365Z",
  "email": "20240223183659857_gm@example.com",
  "__NAME__": "20240223183659857_gm",
  "identityProvider": {
    "type": "PING_ONE"
  },
  "primaryPhone": "123 123 123",
  "enabled": true,
  "lifecycle": {
    "status": "ACCOUNT_OK"
  },
  "verifyStatus": "NOT_INITIATED",
  "username": "20240223183659857_gm",
  "updatedAt": "2024-02-24T02:37:09.967Z",
  "mfaEnabled": true,
  "nickname": "2024022318",
  "account": {
    "canAuthenticate": true,
    "status": "OK"
  },
  "population": {
    "id": "1a0348b5-c6f5-41b0-a71a-194ed76f703f"
  },
  "groupMemberships": [
    {
      "name": "20240223183659857_A",
      "environment": {
        "id": "d182d341-2739-4082-975f-bc94396a9651"
      },
      "id": "336c9e3e-5480-4f32-8706-ccd944531286",
      "isExternal": false,
      "type": "DIRECT"
    },
    {
      "name": "20240223183659857_B",
      "environment": {
        "id": "d182d341-2739-4082-975f-bc94396a9651"
      },
      "id": "aa4c33a9-6726-4526-b70f-7cd63fce5c28",
      "isExternal": false,
      "type": "DIRECT"
    }
  ],
  "roleAssignments": [
    {
      "environment": {
        "id": "d182d341-2739-4082-975f-bc94396a9651"
      },
      "role": {
        "id": "0bd9c966-7664-4ac1-b059-0ff9293908e2"
      },
      "scope": {
        "id": "9da69b4c-8101-4db8-8cef-66a9a167b02e",
        "type": "ENVIRONMENT"
      },
      "readOnly": false,
      "id": "2c48fdd6-fec3-47f6-80d7-c993bafc8802",
      "type": "DIRECT",
      "user": {
        "id": "fd5e0c14-ba9b-479b-85f8-80ac9222cc97"
      }
    },
    {
      "environment": {
        "id": "d182d341-2739-4082-975f-bc94396a9651"
      },
      "role": {
        "id": "ce00e15f-f845-4df1-abf3-fdc4ff4e176c"
      },
      "scope": {
        "id": "9da69b4c-8101-4db8-8cef-66a9a167b02e",
        "type": "ENVIRONMENT"
      },
      "readOnly": false,
      "id": "c5eda229-fdc7-4e4a-b887-833b53b3ec87",
      "type": "DIRECT",
      "user": {
        "id": "fd5e0c14-ba9b-479b-85f8-80ac9222cc97"
      }
    }
  ]
}
Update a PingOne user

To modify an existing user, include all user attributes in the PUT request. The following user attributes can’t be modified:

  • population

  • mfaEnabled

  • verifyStatus

  • identityProvider

  • linkedAccounts

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "username": "A_20240223183659857",
  "nickname": "A_2024022",
  "email": "update@email.com",
  "primaryPhone": "123 123 123"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/pingone/__ACCOUNT__/4da38ae8-50dc-4555-9c76-6d2f9a984007"
{
  "_id": "4da38ae8-50dc-4555-9c76-6d2f9a984007",
  "createdAt": "2024-02-24T02:37:04.668Z",
  "email": "update@email.com",
  "__NAME__": "A_20240223183659857",
  "identityProvider": {
    "type": "PING_ONE"
  },
  "primaryPhone": "123 123 123",
  "enabled": true,
  "lifecycle": {
    "status": "ACCOUNT_OK"
  },
  "verifyStatus": "NOT_INITIATED",
  "username": "C_20240223183659857",
  "updatedAt": "2024-02-24T02:37:05.866Z",
  "mfaEnabled": true,
  "nickname": "A_2024022",
  "account": {
    "canAuthenticate": true,
    "status": "OK"
  },
  "population": {
    "id": "1a0348b5-c6f5-41b0-a71a-194ed76f703f"
  }
}
Query all PingOne user IDs

The following example queries all PingOne users:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/pingone/__ACCOUNT__?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "ffc979b8-6279-4cb9-b327-98db745ff60b"
    },
    {
      "_id": "e0e0258a-87de-43c5-8e25-91915959317d"
    },
    ...
  ],
  "resultCount": 5,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Read all PingOne users

The following example reads all PingOne users:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/pingone/__ACCOUNT__?_queryFilter=true"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "ffc979b8-6279-4cb9-b327-98db745ff60b",
      "createdAt": "2024-02-24T02:35:33.304Z",
      "email": "OCPSGYHOARDL@example.com",
      "__NAME__": "OCPSGYHOARDL",
      "identityProvider": {
        "type": "PING_ONE"
      },
      "primaryPhone": "123 123 123",
      "enabled": true,
      "lifecycle": {
        "status": "ACCOUNT_OK"
      },
      "verifyStatus": "NOT_INITIATED",
      "username": "OCPSGYHOARDL",
      "updatedAt": "2024-02-24T02:35:33.304Z",
      "mfaEnabled": true,
      "nickname": "OCPSGY",
      "account": {
        "canAuthenticate": true,
        "status": "OK"
      },
      "population": {
        "id": "1a0348b5-c6f5-41b0-a71a-194ed76f703f"
      }
    },
    {
      "_id": "e0e0258a-87de-43c5-8e25-91915959317d",
      "createdAt": "2024-02-24T02:35:34.219Z",
      "email": "FQHCIODRAYIK@example.com",
      "__NAME__": "FQHCIODRAYIK",
      "identityProvider": {
        "type": "PING_ONE"
      },
      "primaryPhone": "123 123 123",
      "enabled": true,
      "lifecycle": {
        "status": "ACCOUNT_OK"
      },
      "verifyStatus": "NOT_INITIATED",
      "username": "FQHCIODRAYIK",
      "updatedAt": "2024-02-24T02:35:34.219Z",
      "mfaEnabled": true,
      "nickname": "FQHCIO",
      "account": {
        "canAuthenticate": true,
        "status": "OK"
      },
      "population": {
        "id": "1a0348b5-c6f5-41b0-a71a-194ed76f703f"
      }
    },
    ...
  ],
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Read a single PingOne user

The following example reads PingOne user dfdb1068-174c-4c05-8a73-8c91e3f20f83:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/pingone/__ACCOUNT__/dfdb1068-174c-4c05-8a73-8c91e3f20f83"
{
  "_id": "dfdb1068-174c-4c05-8a73-8c91e3f20f83",
  "createdAt": "2024-02-24T02:37:06.471Z",
  "email": "D_20240223183659857@example.com",
  "__NAME__": "D_20240223183659857",
  "identityProvider": {
    "type": "PING_ONE"
  },
  "primaryPhone": "123 123 123",
  "enabled": true,
  "lifecycle": {
    "status": "ACCOUNT_OK"
  },
  "verifyStatus": "NOT_INITIATED",
  "username": "D_20240223183659857",
  "updatedAt": "2024-02-24T02:37:06.471Z",
  "mfaEnabled": true,
  "nickname": "D_2024022",
  "account": {
    "canAuthenticate": true,
    "status": "OK"
  },
  "population": {
    "id": "1a0348b5-c6f5-41b0-a71a-194ed76f703f"
  }
}
Delete a PingOne user

The following example deletes a PingOne account:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request DELETE \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/pingone/__ACCOUNT__/dfdb1068-174c-4c05-8a73-8c91e3f20f83"
{
  "_id": "dfdb1068-174c-4c05-8a73-8c91e3f20f83",
  "createdAt": "2024-02-24T02:37:06.471Z",
  "email": "D_20240223183659857@example.com",
  "__NAME__": "D_20240223183659857",
  "identityProvider": {
    "type": "PING_ONE"
  },
  "primaryPhone": "123 123 123",
  "enabled": true,
  "lifecycle": {
    "status": "ACCOUNT_OK"
  },
  "verifyStatus": "NOT_INITIATED",
  "username": "D_20240223183659857",
  "updatedAt": "2024-02-24T02:37:06.471Z",
  "mfaEnabled": true,
  "nickname": "D_2024022",
  "account": {
    "canAuthenticate": true,
    "status": "OK"
  },
  "population": {
    "id": "1a0348b5-c6f5-41b0-a71a-194ed76f703f"
  }
}

Groups

Create a group 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "name": "A_20240223183647490",
  "description": "standard description"
}' \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/pingone/__GROUP__?_action=create'
{
  "_id": "bb6534d0-39a0-4e8e-b4b1-efe595063540",
  "directMemberCounts": {
    "users": 0,
    "groups": 0
  },
  "__NAME__": "A_20240223183647490",
  "name": "A_20240223183647490",
  "description": "standard description"
}

When you create a new group, you must specify at least the name attribute.
Query all group IDs 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/pingone/__GROUP__?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "c42b514f-56c9-4c63-a91c-679d006ac248"
    },
    {
      "_id": "bb6534d0-39a0-4e8e-b4b1-efe595063540"
    },
    {
      "_id": "1ce940ce-dde6-4066-8869-9435072c4089"
    },
    ...
  ],
  "resultCount": 14,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Query a specific group 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/pingone/__GROUP__/c42b514f-56c9-4c63-a91c-679d006ac248"
{
  "_id": "c42b514f-56c9-4c63-a91c-679d006ac248",
  "directMemberCounts": {
    "users": 0,
    "groups": 0
  },
  "__NAME__": "PY_GROUP_20240223183647490",
  "name": "PY_GROUP_20240223183647490",
  "description": "standard description"
}
Update a group 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'If-Match: *' \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "name": "C_20240223183647490",
  "description": "updated description"
}' \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/pingone/__GROUP__/bb6534d0-39a0-4e8e-b4b1-efe595063540'
{
  "_id": "bb6534d0-39a0-4e8e-b4b1-efe595063540",
  "directMemberCounts": {
    "users": 0,
    "groups": 0
  },
  "__NAME__": "A_20240223183647490",
  "name": "A_20240223183647490",
  "description": "updated description"
}
Delete a group 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--header 'Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0' \
--request DELETE \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/pingone/__GROUP__/1ce940ce-dde6-4066-8869-9435072c4089'
{
  "_id": "1ce940ce-dde6-4066-8869-9435072c4089",
  "directMemberCounts": {
    "users": 0,
    "groups": 0
  },
  "__NAME__": "D_20240223183647490",
  "name": "D_20240223183647490",
  "description": "standard description"
}

Populations

A PingOne population defines a particular set of users.

Create a population 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "name": "C_20240223183654888",
  "description": "standard description"
}' \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/pingone/__POPULATION__?_action=create'
{
  "_id": "e40936b4-36ec-4250-96dd-1c37ee8773e5",
  "createdAt": "2024-02-24T02:36:56.710Z",
  "environment": {
    "id": "d182d341-2739-4082-975f-bc94396a9651"
  },
  "description": "standard description",
  "default": "false",
  "updatedAt": "2024-02-24T02:36:56.710Z",
  "name": "C_20240223183654888",
  "userCount": 0,
  "__NAME__": "C_20240223183654888"
}

When you create a new population, you must specify at least the name attribute.
Read a single population 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/pingone/__POPULATION__/e40936b4-36ec-4250-96dd-1c37ee8773e5"
{
  "_id": "e40936b4-36ec-4250-96dd-1c37ee8773e5",
  "createdAt": "2024-02-24T02:36:56.710Z",
  "environment": {
    "id": "d182d341-2739-4082-975f-bc94396a9651"
  },
  "description": "standard description",
  "default": "false",
  "updatedAt": "2024-02-24T02:36:56.710Z",
  "name": "C_20240223183654888",
  "userCount": 0,
  "__NAME__": "C_20240223183654888"
}
Update a population 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'If-Match: *' \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "name": "C_20240223183654888",
  "description": "updated description"
}' \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/pingone/__POPULATION__/e40936b4-36ec-4250-96dd-1c37ee8773e5'
{
  "_id": "e40936b4-36ec-4250-96dd-1c37ee8773e5",
  "createdAt": "2024-02-24T02:36:56.710Z",
  "environment": {
    "id": "d182d341-2739-4082-975f-bc94396a9651"
  },
  "description": "updated description",
  "default": "false",
  "updatedAt": "2024-02-24T02:36:57.125Z",
  "name": "C_20240223183654888",
  "userCount": 0,
  "__NAME__": "C_20240223183654888"
}
Delete a population 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'If-Match: *' \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request DELETE \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/pingone/__POPULATION__/93c83bc9-a546-4728-bd1f-f75a6436616c'
{
  "_id": "93c83bc9-a546-4728-bd1f-f75a6436616c",
  "createdAt": "2024-02-24T02:36:57.463Z",
  "environment": {
    "id": "d182d341-2739-4082-975f-bc94396a9651"
  },
  "description": "standard description",
  "default": "false",
  "updatedAt": "2024-02-24T02:36:57.463Z",
  "name": "D_20240223183654888",
  "userCount": 0,
  "__NAME__": "D_20240223183654888"
}

Roles

Read all roles 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/pingone/__ROLE__?_queryFilter=true"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "1813bc13-8d13-4e88-a825-d40bfe82777b",
      "applicableTo": [
        "ORGANIZATION"
      ],
      "name": "Organization Admin",
      "description": "Organization Admin",
      "permissions": [
        {
          "id": "advancedservices:read:config",
          "classifier": "config",
          "description": "Retrieve PingOne Advanced Services customer configuration"
        },
        {
          "id": "authz:update:entity",
          "classifier": "entity",
          "description": "Update PingOne Authorize Entity"
        },
        {
          "id": "pingintelligence:create:orchestration",
          "classifier": "orchestration",
          "description": "Creates a Orchestration flow for Ping Intelligence deployment"
        },
        {
          "id": "authz:read:entity",
          "classifier": "entity",
          "description": "Read PingOne Authorize Entity"
        },
        {
          "id": "authz:create:condition",
          "classifier": "condition",
          "description": "Create a PingOne Authorize Condition"
        },
        {
          "id": "authz:test:condition",
          "classifier": "condition",
          "description": "Test a PingOne Authorize Condition"
        },
        {
          "id": "authz:create:service",
          "classifier": "service",
          "description": "Create a PingOne Authorize Service"
        },
        {
          "id": "authz:read:recentdecisions",
          "classifier": "recentdecisions",
          "description": "Read Recent Decisions of a PingOne Authorize Decision Endpoint"
        },
        {
          "id": "orgmgt:read:organization",
          "classifier": "organization",
          "description": "Read organizations"
        },
        {
          "id": "pingenterprise:update:orchestration",
          "classifier": "orchestration",
          "description": "Updates Orchestration flow for Ping Enterprise deployment"
        },
        ...
      ],
      "__NAME__": "Organization Admin"
    },
    ...
  ],
  "resultCount": 13,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Read a single role 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/pingone/__ROLE__/1813bc13-8d13-4e88-a825-d40bfe82777b"
{
  "_id": "1813bc13-8d13-4e88-a825-d40bfe82777b",
  "applicableTo": [
    "ORGANIZATION"
  ],
  "name": "Organization Admin",
  "description": "Organization Admin",
  "permissions": [
    {
      "id": "advancedservices:read:config",
      "classifier": "config",
      "description": "Retrieve PingOne Advanced Services customer configuration"
    },
    {
      "id": "authz:update:entity",
      "classifier": "entity",
      "description": "Update PingOne Authorize Entity"
    },
    {
      "id": "pingintelligence:create:orchestration",
      "classifier": "orchestration",
      "description": "Creates a Orchestration flow for Ping Intelligence deployment"
    },
    {
      "id": "authz:read:entity",
      "classifier": "entity",
      "description": "Read PingOne Authorize Entity"
    },
    {
      "id": "authz:create:condition",
      "classifier": "condition",
      "description": "Create a PingOne Authorize Condition"
    },
    {
      "id": "authz:test:condition",
      "classifier": "condition",
      "description": "Test a PingOne Authorize Condition"
    },
    {
      "id": "authz:create:service",
      "classifier": "service",
      "description": "Create a PingOne Authorize Service"
    },
    {
      "id": "authz:read:recentdecisions",
      "classifier": "recentdecisions",
      "description": "Read Recent Decisions of a PingOne Authorize Decision Endpoint"
    },
    {
      "id": "orgmgt:read:organization",
      "classifier": "organization",
      "description": "Read organizations"
    },
    {
      "id": "pingenterprise:update:orchestration",
      "classifier": "orchestration",
      "description": "Updates Orchestration flow for Ping Enterprise deployment"
    },
    {
      "id": "authz:read:condition",
      "classifier": "condition",
      "description": "Read a PingOne Authorize Condition"
    },
    {
      "id": "authz:test:service",
      "classifier": "service",
      "description": "Test a PingOne Authorize Service"
    },
    {
      "id": "pingenterprise:create:orchestration",
      "classifier": "orchestration",
      "description": "Creates a Orchestration flow for Ping Enterprise deployment"
    },
    {
      "id": "orgmgt:read:environment",
      "classifier": "environment",
      "description": "Read environments"
    },
    {
      "id": "authz:update:service",
      "classifier": "service",
      "description": "Update a PingOne Authorize Service"
    },
    {
      "id": "pingintelligence:update:orchestration",
      "classifier": "orchestration",
      "description": "Updates Orchestration flow for Ping Intelligence deployment"
    },
    {
      "id": "orgmgt:read:deployment",
      "classifier": "deployment",
      "description": "Read deployment resource"
    },
    {
      "id": "authz:update:tag",
      "classifier": "tag",
      "description": "Create and Update PingOne Authorize Policy Version Tag"
    },
    {
      "id": "authz:create:decisionendpoint",
      "classifier": "decisionendpoint",
      "description": "Create PingOne Authorize Decision Endpoint"
    },
    {
      "id": "advancedservices:delete:environment",
      "classifier": "environment",
      "description": "Delete PingOne Advanced Services environment"
    },
    {
      "id": "authz:create:entity",
      "classifier": "entity",
      "description": "Create PingOne Authorize Entity"
    },
    {
      "id": "authz:test:entity",
      "classifier": "entity",
      "description": "Test PingOne Authorize Entity"
    },
    {
      "id": "authz:delete:condition",
      "classifier": "condition",
      "description": "Delete a PingOne Authorize Condition"
    },
    {
      "id": "authz:update:decisionendpoint",
      "classifier": "decisionendpoint",
      "description": "Update PingOne Authorize Decision Endpoint"
    },
    {
      "id": "authz:delete:entity",
      "classifier": "entity",
      "description": "Delete PingOne Authorize Entity"
    },
    {
      "id": "orgmgt:update:environment",
      "classifier": "environment",
      "description": "Update environment"
    },
    {
      "id": "integrations:read:integration",
      "classifier": "integration",
      "description": "Read an integration in integration catalog"
    },
    {
      "id": "authz:read:service",
      "classifier": "service",
      "description": "Read a PingOne Authorize Service"
    },
    {
      "id": "authz:authorize:decisionendpoint",
      "classifier": "decisionendpoint",
      "description": "Request Decision from a PingOne Authorize Decision Endpoint"
    },
    {
      "id": "visualization:create:exploration",
      "classifier": "exploration",
      "description": "Create data exploration"
    },
    {
      "id": "bootstrap:read:bootstrap",
      "classifier": "bootstrap",
      "description": "Read bootstrap"
    },
    {
      "id": "authz:delete:service",
      "classifier": "service",
      "description": "Delete a PingOne Authorize Service"
    },
    {
      "id": "visualization:read:template",
      "classifier": "template",
      "description": "Read data exploration template"
    },
    {
      "id": "pingenterprise:read:orchestration",
      "classifier": "orchestration",
      "description": "Retrieve Orchestration flow for Ping Enterprise deployment"
    },
    {
      "id": "ratelimiting:read:rateLimits",
      "classifier": "rateLimits",
      "description": "Read rate limits"
    },
    {
      "id": "authz:delete:attribute",
      "classifier": "attribute",
      "description": "Delete a PingOne Authorize Attribute"
    },
    {
      "id": "authz:delete:adaptiveTrustPolicy",
      "classifier": "adaptiveTrustPolicy",
      "description": "Delete a PingOne Adaptive Trust Policy"
    },
    {
      "id": "pingenterprise:delete:orchestration",
      "classifier": "orchestration",
      "description": "Deletes Orchestration flow for Ping Enterprise deployment"
    },
    {
      "id": "visualization:read:exploration",
      "classifier": "exploration",
      "description": "Read data exploration"
    },
    {
      "id": "authz:delete:processor",
      "classifier": "processor",
      "description": "Delete a PingOne Authorize Processor"
    },
    {
      "id": "orgmgt:delete:environment",
      "classifier": "environment",
      "description": "Delete environment"
    },
    {
      "id": "orgmgt:promote:environment",
      "classifier": "environment",
      "description": "Promote environment"
    },
    ...
  ],
  "__NAME__": "Organization Admin"
}

Available roles

Available roles is a virtual object class, not a native PingOne resource. The _id is a concatenation of two other GUIDs and the level of access the role grants in the following format:

scopeId:scopeType:roleId
Available roles definitions

scopeId

The id for the associated scope type

scopeType

ORGANIZATION, ENVIRONMENT, or POPULATION

roleId

The role id

Example available role:

{
  "_id": "9da69b4c-8101-4db8-8cef-66a9a167b02e:ENVIRONMENT:0bd9c966-7664-4ac1-b059-0ff9293908e2",
  "role": {
    "id": "0bd9c966-7664-4ac1-b059-0ff9293908e2" (1)
  },
  "name": "ENVIRONMENT - Administrators: Identity Data Admin",
  "scope": {
    "id": "9da69b4c-8101-4db8-8cef-66a9a167b02e", (2)
    "type": "ENVIRONMENT" (3)
  },
  "environment": {
    "id": "d182d341-2739-4082-975f-bc94396a9651"
  },
  "__NAME__": "ENVIRONMENT - Administrators: Identity Data Admin"
}
1 roleId
2 scopeId
3 scopeType
Read all available roles 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/pingone/__AVAILABLE_ROLE__?_queryFilter=true'
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "9da69b4c-8101-4db8-8cef-66a9a167b02e:ENVIRONMENT:0bd9c966-7664-4ac1-b059-0ff9293908e2",
      "role": {
        "id": "0bd9c966-7664-4ac1-b059-0ff9293908e2"
      },
      "name": "ENVIRONMENT - Administrators: Identity Data Admin",
      "scope": {
        "id": "9da69b4c-8101-4db8-8cef-66a9a167b02e",
        "type": "ENVIRONMENT"
      },
      "environment": {
        "id": "d182d341-2739-4082-975f-bc94396a9651"
      },
      "__NAME__": "ENVIRONMENT - Administrators: Identity Data Admin"
    },
    {
      "_id": "9da69b4c-8101-4db8-8cef-66a9a167b02e:ENVIRONMENT:ce00e15f-f845-4df1-abf3-fdc4ff4e176c",
      "role": {
        "id": "ce00e15f-f845-4df1-abf3-fdc4ff4e176c"
      },
      "name": "ENVIRONMENT - Administrators: Identity Data Read Only",
      "scope": {
        "id": "9da69b4c-8101-4db8-8cef-66a9a167b02e",
        "type": "ENVIRONMENT"
      },
      "environment": {
        "id": "d182d341-2739-4082-975f-bc94396a9651"
      },
      "__NAME__": "ENVIRONMENT - Administrators: Identity Data Read Only"
    },
    ...
  ],
  "resultCount": 10,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Read a single available role 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/pingone/__AVAILABLE_ROLE__/9da69b4c-8101-4db8-8cef-66a9a167b02e:ENVIRONMENT:0bd9c966-7664-4ac1-b059-0ff9293908e2'
{
  "_id": "9da69b4c-8101-4db8-8cef-66a9a167b02e:ENVIRONMENT:0bd9c966-7664-4ac1-b059-0ff9293908e2",
  "role": {
    "id": "0bd9c966-7664-4ac1-b059-0ff9293908e2"
  },
  "name": "ENVIRONMENT - Administrators: Identity Data Admin",
  "scope": {
    "id": "9da69b4c-8101-4db8-8cef-66a9a167b02e",
    "type": "ENVIRONMENT"
  },
  "environment": {
    "id": "d182d341-2739-4082-975f-bc94396a9651"
  },
  "__NAME__": "ENVIRONMENT - Administrators: Identity Data Admin"
}

Supported search filters

The PingOne connector supports filtered searches against PingOne resources. However, certain limitations imposed by the PingOne APIs prevent the filtering of resource types based on arbitrary attributes and values. For a complete list, refer to Limiting and Filtering data in the PingOne documentation.

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the PingOne Connector

The PingOne Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

PingOne Connector Configuration

The PingOne Connector has the following configurable properties:

Configuration properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

environmentId

String

null

Yes

The environment identifier.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Basic Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

serviceUri

String

null

Yes

The service endpoint URI.

login

String

null

Yes

The service login name.

password

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

The service user password.

authenticationMethod

String

OAUTH

Yes

Defines which method is to be used to authenticate on the remote server. Options are BASIC (username/password), OAUTH (Client id/secret) or TOKEN (static token).

tokenEndpoint

String

null

No

When using OAUTH as authentication method, this property defines the endpoint where a new access token should be queried for (https://myserver.com/oauth2/token).

clientId

String

null

Yes

The client identifier for OAuth2.

clientSecret

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Secure client secret for OAuth2.

authToken

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Static authentication token.

acceptSelfSignedCertificates

boolean

false

Yes

To be used for debug/test purposes. To be avoided in production.

disableHostNameVerifier

boolean

false

Yes

To be used for debug/test purposes. To be avoided in production.

disableHttpCompression

boolean

false

Yes

Content compression is enabled by default. Set this property to true to disable it.

clientCertAlias

String

null

Yes

If TLS Mutual Auth is needed, set this to the certificate alias from the keystore.

clientCertPassword

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

If TLS Mutual Auth is needed and the client certificate (private key) password is different from the keystore password, set this to the client private key password.

maximumConnections

Integer

10

Yes

Defines the max size of the HTTP connection pool used.

httpProxyHost

String

null

Yes

Defines the Hostname if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and the service.

httpProxyPort

Integer

null

Yes

Defines the Port if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and the service.

httpProxyUsername

String

null

Yes

Defines Proxy Username if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and the service.

httpProxyPassword

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

Defines Proxy Password if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and the service.

connectionTimeout

int

30

No

Defines a timeout for the underlying HTTP connection in seconds.

refreshToken

GuardedString

null

No

Used by the refresh_token grant type.

grantType

String

null

No

The OAuth2 grant type to use (client_credentials or refresh_token).

scope

String

null

No

The OAuth2 scope to use.

authorizationTokenPrefix

String

Bearer

No

The prefix to be used in the Authorization HTTP header for Token authentication.

useBasicAuthForOauthTokenNeg

boolean

true

Yes

The Authentication method for refresh token (Basic Authentication or Sending the ClientId and Client Secret in the Header).

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

PowerShell connector toolkit

The PowerShell connector toolkit is not a complete connector in the traditional sense. Rather, it is a framework within which you must write your own PowerShell scripts to address your Microsoft Windows ecosystem requirements. You can use the PowerShell connector toolkit to create connectors that can provision any Microsoft system, including, but not limited to, Active Directory, Microsoft SQL, MS Exchange, SharePoint, Azure, and Office365. Any task you can perform with PowerShell can be executed through connectors based on this toolkit.

The PowerShell connector toolkit is available from the BackStage download site. It is also bundled with the .NET remote connector server.

To use this connector, you must write a PowerShell script for each operation that you want the connector to perform (create, read, update, delete, authenticate, and so on). Sample scripts for core operations are included with the .NET RCS.

Before you start

To implement a scripted PowerShell connector, you must install the following:

  • Microsoft .NET Framework 4.6.2 or later. Connectors created with the PowerShell connector toolkit run on the .NET platform and require the installation of a .NET connector server on the Windows system. To install the .NET connector server, follow the instructions in Install .NET RCS.

  • PowerShell version 4.0 or above.

  • The PowerShell connector toolkit.

Install the PowerShell connector

To run the commands in this procedure, start with the PowerShell command line. Some commands require administrative privileges.

  1. Install, configure, and start the .NET connector server on a Windows host. If you are running an Active Directory Domain Controller, install the .NET connector server on the same host on which the Windows PowerShell module is installed.

  2. Configure IDM to connect to the .NET connector server.

  3. The PowerShell connector toolkit comes bundled with the .NET RCS. To confirm it is installed, check the .NET RCS installation directory for a MsPowerShell.Connector.dll file.

  4. Sample scripts are provided with the .NET remote connector server.

    Reference the full path to the scripts in your connector configuration, for example:

    "CreateScriptFileName" : "C:/Program Files (x86)/ForgeRock/OpenICF/samples/ADCreate.ps1",
...

Configure the PowerShell connector

  1. You cannot configure a PowerShell connector through the UI. Configure the connector over REST, as described in Configure Connectors Over REST.

  2. Alternatively, copy the sample connector configuration file (provisioner.openicf-adpowershell.json ) from the samples\example-configurations\provisioners directory to your project’s conf directory.

    Paths in these files must use forward slash characters and not the backslash characters that you would expect in a Windows path.

  3. Verify that at least the path to the scripts and the connection and authentication details are correct for your deployment.

    PowerShell Connector Configuration Properties
    Property Type Example Encrypted[1] Required[2]

    operationScriptFileName

    String

    C:/openidm/AD/ADCreate.ps1,
    No
    Yes

    The full path to the script that implements the corresponding OpenICF operation.

    VariablesPrefix

    String

    Connector
    No
    No

    To avoid variable namespace conflicts, you can define a prefix for the connector variables. All variables are injected into the script under that prefix and can be used with the dotted notation.

    QueryFilterType

    String

    AdPsModule (for Active Directory)
    No
    Yes

    A configurable query filter visitor property that defines the format in which the query will be injected into the connector. Possible values are:

    • Map - the query filter is a map

    • Ldap - the query filter is in LDAP search format; for example, "(cn=Joe)"

    • Native - the query filter is a native OpenICF query filter

    • AdPsModule - the query filter is compatible with the Active Directory PowerShell module, Get-ADUser Filter

    ReloadScriptOnExecution

    Boolean

    true
    No
    No

    When true, the connector reloads the script from disk every time it is executed. This can be useful for debugging purposes. Set to false in production.

    UseInterpretersPool

    Boolean

    true
    No
    No

    If true, the connector leverages the PowerShell RunSpace Pool.

    MaxInterpretersPoolSize

    Integer

    5
    No
    No

    The maximum size of the interpreter pool.

    MinInterpretersPoolSize

    Integer

    1
    No
    No

    The minimum size of the interpreter pool.

    PoolCleanupInterval

    Double

    60
    No
    No

    Specifies the interval (in minutes) at which unused interpreter instances are discarded. To avoid cleaning up unused interpreter instances, set this property to 0.

    SubstituteUidAndNameInQueryFilter

    Boolean

    true
    No
    No

    Specifies whether the __UID__ and __NAME__ should be replaced by the value defined in the NameAttributeName and UidAttributeName in the query filter.

    UidAttributeName

    String

    ObjectGUID
    No
    No

    The attribute on the resource that contains the object __UID__.

    NameAttributeName

    String

    DistinguishedName
    No
    No

    The attribute on the resource that contains the object __NAME__.

    PsModulesToImport

    Array

    ["ActiveDirectory","C:/openidm/samples/scripted-powershell-with-ad/tools/ADSISearch.psm1"]
    No
    No

    An array of additional PowerShell modules that the connector must import.

    Host

    String

    ad.example.com
    No
    Yes

    The host name or IP address of the Active Directory server.

    Port

    Integer

    null
    No
    Yes

    The port number on which the remote resource listens for connections.

    Login

    String

    ""
    No
    Yes

    The user account in the remote resource that is used for the connection.

    Password

    String

    null
    Encrypted
    Yes

    The password of the user account that is used for the connection.

    CustomProperties

    Array

    [ ]
    No
    No

    An array of Strings to define custom configuration properties. Each property takes the format "name=value". For example:

    "configurationProperties" : {
      ...
      "CustomProperties" : ["baseContext = CN=Users,DC=example,DC=com" ],
      ...
}

    The custom property can then be read from the PowerShell scripts as follows:

    $base = $Connector.Configuration.PropertyBag.baseContext

Test the PowerShell connector

These examples show you how to test the connector is configured correctly and operating as expected.

Check the connector configuration

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system?_action=test"
{
  "name" : "adpowershell",
  "enabled" : true,
  "config" : "config/provisioner.openicf/adpowershell",
  "objectTypes" : [ "__ALL__", "group", "account" ],
  "connectorRef" : {
    "connectorName" : "Org.Forgerock.OpenICF.Connectors.MsPowerShell.MsPowerShellConnector",
    "bundleName" : "MsPowerShell.Connector",
    "bundleVersion" : "[1.4.3.0,1.5.0.0)"
  },
  "displayName" : "PowerShell Connector",
  "ok" : true
}

When you run this test, a log entry associated with the .NET connector server should be created in the logs/ directory of that server.

You can use the connector, with a PowerShell search script, to retrieve information from a target system. The PowerShell search script accepts IDM queries, including query-all-ids and _queryFilter.

The following command retrieves a list of users in an Active Directory server. You can also use any system-enabled filter, such as those described in Presence Expressions:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/adpowershell/account?_queryId=query-all-ids"

Create users or groups

This command creates a new user in Active Directory:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
--header "content-type: application/json" \
--data '{
  "distinguishedName" : "CN=Robert Smith,CN=Users,DC=EXAMPLE,DC=COM",
  "sAMAccountName" : "robert.smith",
  "sn" : "Smith",
  "cn" : "Robert Smith",
  "userPrincipalName": "Robert.Smith@example.com",
  "enabled" : true,
  "password" : "Passw0rd",
  "telephoneNumber" : "0052-611-091"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/adpowershell/account?_action=create"

Update entries

You can update the following properties with the sample scripts:

  • Password

  • Principal Name

  • License

  • Common user attributes

This command changes the password for the user with the specified _id:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request PATCH \
--header "content-type: application/json" \
--data '{
  "operation": "replace",
  "Field": "password",
  "value": "Passw1rd"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/adpowershell/account/1d4c9276-6937-4d9e-9c60-67e8b4207f4e"

Delete Users and Groups

This command deletes an Active Directory user entry with the specified _id:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request DELETE \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/adpowershell/account/1d4c9276-6937-4d9e-9c60-67e8b4207f4e"

Run Scripts Through the Connector

The runScriptOnConnector operation lets you run an arbitrary script action through the connector. This operation takes the following variables as input:

configuration

A handler to the connector’s configuration object.

options

A handler to the Operation Options.

operation

The operation type that corresponds to the action (RUNSCRIPTONCONNECTOR in this case).

log

A handler to the log.

The script can return any object that can be serialized by OpenICF, such as Boolean, String, Array, or Dictionary. If the object type cannot be serialized, such as Hashtable, the script fails with the error:

"error": "No serializer for class: System.Collections.Hashtable"

To run an arbitrary script on the PowerShell connector, define the script in the systemActions property of your provisioner file:

"systemActions" : [
    {
        "scriptId" : "MyScript",
        "actions" : [
            {
                "systemType" : ".*PowerShellConnector",
                "actionType" : "PowerShell",
                "actionFile" : "scripts/Myactionscript.ps1"
            }
        ]
    }
]

When you have defined the script, you can call it over REST on the system endpoint, as follows:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/adpowershell?_action=script&scriptId=MyScript&param1=value1&param2=value2"

You can also call it through the IDM script engine, as follows:

openidm.action("/system/adpowershell", "script", {}, {"scriptId": "MyScript", "param1": "value1", "param2": "value2"})

Because the action script is stored locally with IDM, it must be transmitted across the network every time it is called. An alternative approach is to write a PowerShell module and to load it using the PsModulesToImport option of the PowerShell connector. In this case, the action script is limited to a function call, and you do not need a script file on the IDM side.

The following example uses the actionSource property in the provisioner, instead of the actionFile property, to call the action. The example calls a custom Set-Exchange function from a module loaded on the .Net connector server by the PowerShell connector:

"systemActions" : [
    {
        "scriptId" : "SetExchange",
        "actions" : [
            {
                "systemType" : ".*PowerShellConnector",
                "actionType" : "PowerShell",
                "actionSource" : "Set-Exchange $Connector.Arguments.dn"
            }
        ]
    }
]

Manage Azure AD Objects With the PowerShell Connector

Ping provides two sets of sample scripts to let you manage objects in Azure AD with the PowerShell connector:

  • Version 1: These scripts are based on the older Microsoft Online (MSOL) V1 PowerShell module. For information on connecting to your Azure AD with this module, refer to the corresponding Microsoft documentation. Microsoft has expressed its intention to deprecate this module when its functionality has been completely migrated to the newer Azure Active Directory PowerShell for Graph Module. These scripts are supported only up to Windows 2012 R2.

    The Version 1 scripts can manage security groups but not dynamic groups.

  • Version 2: These scripts are based on the Azure Active Directory PowerShell for Graph Module. For information on connecting to your Azure AD with this module, refer to the corresponding Microsoft documentation. The cmdlets in this module let you perform CRUD operations on an Azure AD instance, and configure the directory and its features.

    The Version 2 scripts can manage user password policies, security and mail groups, dynamic groups, and devices.

Follow these procedures to use the sample Azure AD scripts with the PowerShell connector:

Set Up a Remote Connector Server

  1. Install a .NET connector server on your Windows host. These steps assume a Windows hostname of windows-host.example.com.

  2. On windows-host.example.com, install the PowerShell connector.

    When you have installed the PowerShell connector, make sure that the ICF .NET connector server is still running. If it is not running, restart the connector server and check the logs. In some cases, Windows blocks the PowerShell connector .dll files. If the connector server fails to start, right-click on MsPowerShell.Connector.dll and select Properties > Security

  3. If the following text displays:

    This file came from another computer and might be blocked to help protect this computer.

    Click Unblock to unblock the connector .dll file. Then, restart the connector server.

  4. On windows-host.example.com, install the Windows Azure AD Module that corresponds to the version of the scripts you are using.

  5. These instructions assume that you have an existing Azure AD instance.

    Create a specific administrative account in Azure AD, to run the PowerShell connector scripts.

  6. In a PowerShell window on windows-host.example.com, verify that your Windows host can connect to your Azure AD tenant:

    • For Version 1 scripts, run Connect-MsolService.

    • For Version 2 scripts, run Connect-AzureAD.

Set Up the PowerShell Azure AD Scripts

When all your systems are installed and running, and you have verified that your Windows host can connect to your Azure AD, set up the sample scripts as follows:

  1. On windows-host.example.com, create a directory for the PowerShell scripts, for example:

    PS C:\> mkdir -Path openidm\scripted-powershell-with-azure-ad\scripts

    Whatever location you choose for the scripts will be referenced in your connector configuration (provisioner file).

  2. Download the Azure AD scripts from the ForgeRock stash repository.

    Download either the V1 or V2 scripts, depending on your Azure AD module, and place them in the scripts directory you created in the previous step:

    ls C:\openidm\scripted-powershell-with-azure-ad\scripts
Directory: C:\openidm\scripted-powershell-with-azure-ad\scripts

Mode                LastWriteTime     Length Name
----                -------------     ------ ----
-a---          7/21/2020  4:00 AM      10965 AzureADCreate.ps1
-a---          7/21/2020  4:00 AM       3547 AzureADDelete.ps1
-a---          7/21/2020  4:00 AM       6952 AzureADSchema.ps1
-a---          7/21/2020  4:00 AM       8149 AzureADSearch.ps1
-a---          7/21/2020  4:00 AM       2465 AzureADTest.ps1
-a---          7/21/2020  4:00 AM      10840 AzureADUpdate.ps1

    By default, Windows does not trust downloaded scripts. To be able to run the scripts, you might need to do the following:

    • Run the Unblock-File cmdlet. This cmdlet unblocks PowerShell script files that were downloaded from the Internet so that you can run them, regardless of the PowerShell execution policy.

    • Change the PowerShell execution policy to let you run the scripts.

  3. In IDM, configure the connection to the .NET connector server.

  4. In IDM, configure the PowerShell connector.

    The ForgeRock stash repository includes a sample provisioner file for both versions of the scripts. Use those files as a starting point. Set at least the following properties:

    connectorHostRef

    The name of the connector server referenced in the previous step.
    *ScriptFileName

    Set the path to the script directory that you created on windows-host.example.com .

Test the PowerShell Connector With Azure AD

  1. Test that the connector has been configured correctly and can reach the Azure AD:

    curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/azureadpowershell?_action=test"
{
  "name": "azureadpowershell",
  "enabled": true,
  "config": "config/provisioner.openicf/azureadpowershell",
  "objectTypes": [
    "__ALL__",
    "account",
    "group"
  ],
  "connectorRef": {
    "bundleName": "MsPowerShell.Connector",
    "connectorName": "Org.ForgeRock.OpenICF.Connectors.MsPowerShell.MsPowerShellConnector",
    "bundleVersion": "[1.4.3.0,1.5.0.0)"
  },
  "displayName": "PowerShell Connector ",
  "ok": true
}

    If there is no response from this connector test, check your connector configuration and the connection to the .NET connector server.

Salesforce connector

The Salesforce connector lets you provision, reconcile, and synchronize users between Salesforce and the IDM managed user repository.

This topic describes how to install and configure the Salesforce connector, and how to perform basic tests to ensure that it’s running correctly.

For a complete example that includes the configuration required to synchronize users with this connector, refer to Synchronize users between Salesforce and IDM.

Before you configure the Salesforce connector

The instructions in this topic assume that you have an existing Salesforce organization, a Salesforce administrative account, and a Connected App with OAuth enabled.

For instructions on setting up a Connected App, refer to the corresponding Salesforce documentation. When you have set up the Connected App, locate the Consumer Key and Consumer Secret. You will need these details to configure the connector.

The Salesforce connector is bundled with IDM and Advanced Identity Cloud and has no specific installation requirements.

Install the Salesforce connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

Salesforce

Yes

No

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/salesforce-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the Salesforce connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select Salesforce Connector - 1.5.20.26.

    The Login URL is the OAuth endpoint used to make the OAuth authentication request to Salesforce.

    When you create your connected app, you are instructed to wait 2-10 minutes for the settings to propagate across all the Salesforce data centers. If you are using a Salesforce test tenant, such as https://eu26.lightning.force.com, you can specify a custom URL here and enter the FQDN of the test tenant. This lets you test the connector without waiting for the new app settings to be propagated.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to Salesforce Connector Configuration

    The connector attempts to access your Salesforce organization.

  6. Enter your Salesforce login credentials.

  7. On the permission request screen, click Allow to enable IDM to access your Salesforce Connected App.

  8. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

Configure the Salesforce connector with a configuration file

IDM provides a sample connector configuration file in the /path/to/openidm/samples/example-configurations/provisioners directory.

Copy this sample file (provisioner.openicf-salesforce.json) to your project’s conf directory and set at least the following properties, based on the grant type:

  • Refresh token

  • Client credentials

"configurationProperties" : {
    "grantType" : "refresh_token",
    "refreshToken" : "refreshToken",
    "loginUrl" : "loginURL",
    "clientSecret" : "clientSecret",
    "clientId" : "clientId",
    "instanceUrl" : "instanceURL"
}
"configurationProperties" : {
    "grantType" : "client_credentials",
    "loginUrl" : "loginURL",
    "clientSecret" : "clientSecret",
    "clientId" : "clientId",
    "instanceUrl" : "instanceURL"
}
loginUrl

The OAuth endpoint that will be used to make the OAuth authentication request to Salesforce.

The default endpoint for a production system is https://login.salesforce.com/services/oauth2/token. The default endpoint for a sandbox (test) system is https://test.salesforce.com/services/oauth2/token.

clientSecret

The Consumer Secret associated with your Connected App.

clientId

The Consumer Key associated with your Connected App.

grantType

The OAuth2 grant type to use (client_credentials or refresh_token).

client_credentials

This grant type requires clientId, clientSecret, loginURL, and instanceURL.

refresh_token

This grant type requires clientId, clientSecret, loginURL, and instanceURL, and refreshToken.

refreshToken

The admin UI gets the refreshToken automatically during connector configuration. Required when the grant type is refresh_token. To manually get the value, refer to Get the refreshToken and instanceURL.

instanceURL

The admin UI gets the instanceURL automatically during connector configuration when using the refresh_token grant type. For the client_credentials grant type, you must provide the value. This is typically a well-known value, but to manually get the value, refer to Get the refreshToken and instanceURL.

Get the refreshToken and instanceURL

  1. Browse to the following URL:

    SALESFORCE_URL/services/oauth2/authorize?response_type=code&client_id=CONSUMER_KEY&redirect_uri=REDIRECT_URI&scope=id+api+refresh_token

    • SALESFORCE_URL is one of the following:

      • A production URL (https://login.salesforce.com)

      • A sandbox URL (https://test.salesforce.com)

      • A custom Salesforce MyDomain URL, such as https://ic-example-com--SUP1.cs21.my.salesforce.com

    • CONSUMER_KEY is the Consumer Key associated with the Connected App that you created within your Salesforce organization.

    • REDIRECT_URI is the IDM URI Salesforce should redirect to during authentication. It must match the Redirect URI specified within your Salesforce Connect App configuration, for example:

      https://localhost:8443/

  2. You are redirected to Salesforce, and prompted to give this application access to your Salesforce account. When you have given consent, you should receive a response URL that looks similar to the following:

    https://localhost:8443/admin/index.html#connectors/edit//&code=aPrxJZTK7Rs03PU634VK8Jn9o_U3ZY1ERxM7IiklF...

    The &code part of this URL is an authorization code, that you need for the following step.

    This authorization code expires after 10 minutes. If you do not complete the OAuth flow within that time, you will need to start this process again.

  3. Copy the authorization code from the response URL and use it as the value of the code parameter in the following REST call. The consumer-key, redirect-uri, and SALESFORCE_URL must match what you used in the first step of this procedure:

    curl \
--verbose \
--data "grant_type=authorization_code" \
--data "client_id=consumer-key" \
--data "client_secret=consumer-secret" \
--data "redirect_uri=https://localhost:8443/" \
--data "code=access-token-code" \
"SALESFORCE_URL/services/oauth2/token"
{
  "access_token": "00DS0000003K4fU!AQMAQOzEU.8tCjg8Wk79yKPKCtrtaszX5jrHtoT4NBpJ8x...",
  "signature": "2uREX1lseXdg3Vng/2+Hrlo/KHOWYoim+poj74wKFtw=",
  "refresh_token": "5Aep861KIwKdekr90I4iHdtDgWwRoG7O_6uHrgJ.yVtMS0UaGxRqE6WFM77W7...",
  "token_type": "Bearer",
  "instance_url": "https://example-com.cs1.my.salesforce.com",
  "scope": "id api refresh_token",
  "issued_at": "1417182949781",
  "id": "https://login.salesforce.com/id/00DS0000003K4fUMAS/00530000009hWLcAAM"
}

    The output includes the refresh_token and instance_url you need to configure the connector.

  4. Set "enabled" : true to enable the connector.

  5. Save the connector configuration.

Use the Salesforce connector with a proxy server

If the IDM server is hosted behind a firewall and requests to the resource server are routed through a proxy, you must specify the proxy information in the connector configuration. The Salesforce connector supports two mutually exclusive configuration properties for specifying the proxy: proxyHost and proxyUri.

To specify the proxy server details using an HTTP scheme, set the proxyHost and proxyPort properties in the connector configuration. If the proxy requires authentication, set the proxyUsername and proxyPassword properties. For example:

"configurationProperties": {
    ...
    "proxyHost": "myproxy.example.com",
    "proxyPort": 8080,
    "proxyUsername": "hgale815",
    "proxyPassword": "password123",
    ...
}

To specify the proxy server details using a URI, set the proxyUri property in the connector configuration. The proxyUri property contains the scheme, host, and port. If the proxy requires authentication, set the proxyUsername and proxyPassword properties. For example:

"configurationProperties": {
    ...
    "proxyUri": "https://myproxy.example.com:8080",
    "proxyUsername": "hgale815",
    "proxyPassword": "password123",
    ...
}

Test the Salesforce connector

Test that the configuration is correct by running the following command:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/salesforce?_action=test"
{
  "name": "salesforce",
  "enabled": true,
  "config": "config/provisioner.openicf/salesforce",
  "connectorRef": {
    "bundleVersion": "[1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0)",
    "bundleName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.salesforce-connector",
    "connectorName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.salesforce.SalesforceConnector"
  },
  "displayName": "Salesforce Connector",
  "objectTypes": [
    "__ALL__",
    "User"
  ],
  "ok": true
}

+ If the command returns "ok": true, your connector has been configured correctly, and can authenticate to Salesforce.

Salesforce remote connector

If you want to run this connector outside of PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or IDM, you can configure the Salesforce connector as a remote connector. Java Connectors installed remotely on a Java Connector Server function identically to those bundled locally within PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or installed locally on IDM.

You can download the Salesforce connector from here.

Refer to Remote connectors for configuring the Salesforce remote connector.

Implementation Specifics

  • For PATCH requests, a connector can potentially add, remove, or replace an attribute value. The Salesforce connector does not implement the add or remove operations, so a PATCH request always replaces the entire attribute value with the new value. Salesforce does not support multi-valued attributes.

  • Attributes themselves cannot be removed from Salesforce. The connector therefore performs an update with "" as the value of the attribute being removed. This sets the value of the removed attribute to null.

    Salesforce does not support application user DELETE requests.

  • The Salesforce connector supports any Salesforce object that is available to the API. To check which objects are available, log in to Salesforce Workbench to access the API explorer. This URL points to Version 49 of the API. Adjust the URL for the latest API version.

    Because the number of Salesforce objects is potentially very large, the Salesforce connector configuration includes a supportedObjectTypes property that lets you specify the objects you want to support. The connector checks the metadata in Salesforce for each of the objects you list in this property, and dynamically builds the required schema. The sample connector configuration file (provisioner.openicf-salesforce.json) generates the schema only for the User object:

    {
    ...
    "configurationProperties": {
        ...
        "supportedObjectTypes": [
            "User"
        ]
    },
}

    You can add any object to the list of supportedObjectTypes, and the connector will build the schema for that object.

  • The Salesforce API restricts how query results can be paged. The default, and maximum page size is 2000. The minimum page size is 200. The Salesforce API does not guarantee that the requested page size is the actual page size. Returned results might vary, to maximize performance.

    For example, the following query (with "pageSize=1") might return more than one user if more than one user exists in Salesforce:

    http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/salesforce/user?_queryId=query-all-ids&_pageSize=1

    For more information, refer to the Salesforce documentation.

Permission sets and groups

The Salesforce connector can display and allow you to interact with a user’s groups and permissions on the user’s data model. This is done through the __PermissionSetIds__ and __GroupIds__ attributes.

Configure permission sets and groups

To configure these attributes, add the following to the user object in your provisioner file:

[...]
    "__PermissionSetIds__" : {
        "type" : "array",
        "items" : {
            "type" : "string",
            "nativeType" : "string"
        },
        "nativeName" : "__PermissionSetIds__",
        "nativeType" : "string",
        "absentIfEmpty" : true,
        "flags" : [
            "NOT_RETURNED_BY_DEFAULT"
        ]
    },
    "__GroupIds__" : {
        "type" : "array",
        "items" : {
            "type" : "string",
            "nativeType" : "string"
        },
        "nativeName" : "__GroupIds__",
        "nativeType" : "string",
        "absentIfEmpty" : true,
        "flags" : [
            "NOT_RETURNED_BY_DEFAULT"
        ]
    }
Both __PermissionSetIds__ and __GroupIds__ should have the NOT_RETURNED_BY_DEFAULT flag enabled.

Get a user’s permission sets and groups

When getting a user object, you must specifically request that the system return the __PermissionSetIds__ and __GroupIds__ fields. For example:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/salesforce/User?_queryFilter=Alias+eq+"bjensen"&_fields=_id,__PermissionSetIds__,__GroupIds__"
Salesforce assigns a default permission set to each created user.

Create a user with permissions sets and groups

To create a user object with associated permissions and groups, include the __PermissionSetIds__ and __GroupIds__ fields in the POST request. These fields are an array of strings.

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "Username": "bjensen@example.com",
  "LastName": "Jensen",
  "Email": "bjensen@example.com",
  "Alias": "bjensen",
  "LocaleSidKey": "en_US",
  "LanguageLocaleKey": "en_US",
  "FirstName": "Barbara"
  "TimeZoneSidKey": "America/Los_Angeles",
  "CommunityNickname": "bjensen"
  "ProfileId": "00e200000001ehhP"
  "__PermissionSetIds__": ["0P50300000QIbGAM"],
  "__GroupIds__": ["0J40700000DIg3Hm"]
}' \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/salesforce/User?_action=create"

Update a user’s permission sets and groups

You can update a user’s permission sets and groups through the API using a PUT call. The following request adds a permission set and group to scarter, a user with id 00503000002XmQqAAK.

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
    "OutOfOfficeMessage": "",
    "LastName": "Carter",
    "UserPreferencesSortFeedByComment": true,
    "UserPreferencesPathAssistantCollapsed": false,
    "BannerPhotoUrl": "/profilephoto/005/B",
    "EmailPreferencesAutoBcc": true,
    "TimeZoneSidKey": "America/Los_Angeles",
    "UserPreferencesHideLightningMigrationModal": false,
    "UserPreferencesFavoritesWTShown": false,
    "MediumPhotoUrl": "https://example.force.com/profilephoto/005/M",
    "UserPreferencesHideS1BrowserUI": false,
    "UserType": "Standard",
    "UserPreferencesDisableSharePostEmail": false,
    "UserPreferencesCreateLEXAppsWTShown": false,
    "UserPreferencesApexPagesDeveloperMode": false,
    "EmailPreferencesStayInTouchReminder": true,
    "UserPreferencesDisMentionsCommentEmail": false,
    "UserPreferencesShowMobilePhoneToExternalUsers": false,
    "Username": "scarter@example.com",
    "EmailEncodingKey": "UTF-8",
    "UserPreferencesShowFaxToExternalUsers": false,
    "UserPreferencesSuppressTaskSFXReminders": false,
    "UserPreferencesShowStateToGuestUsers": false,
    "UserPreferencesHideSfxWelcomeMat": true,
    "LanguageLocaleKey": "en_US",
    "UserPreferencesShowManagerToExternalUsers": false,
    "LastViewedDate": "2022-11-09T17:15:08.000+0000",
    "UserPermissionsAvantgoUser": false,
    "UserPreferencesHideCSNGetChatterMobileTask": false,
    "UserPreferencesPipelineViewHideHelpPopover": false,
    "UserPreferencesDisableLikeEmail": true,
    "UserPermissionsSupportUser": false,
    "UserPermissionsChatterAnswersUser": false,
    "FirstName": "Sam",
    "ForecastEnabled": false,
    "ReceivesAdminInfoEmails": false,
    "UserPreferencesDisableAllFeedsEmail": false,
    "LocaleSidKey": "en_US",
    "UserPreferencesHideCSNDesktopTask": false,
    "SystemModstamp": "2022-11-09T17:14:58.000+0000",
    "Id": "00503000002XmQqAAK",
    "UserPreferencesLightningExperiencePreferred": true,
    "UserPreferencesDisableBookmarkEmail": false,
    "UserPreferencesEventRemindersCheckboxDefault": true,
    "UserPreferencesDisableMentionsPostEmail": false,
    "CommunityNickname": "scarter",
    "UserPreferencesShowCityToExternalUsers": false,
    "UserPreferencesShowStreetAddressToExternalUsers": false,
    "IsProfilePhotoActive": false,
    "UserPreferencesDisProfPostCommentEmail": false,
    "CreatedById": "00530000009hWLcAAM",
    "UserPermissionsMobileUser": false,
    "UserPreferencesDisableLaterCommentEmail": false,
    "UserPreferencesShowMobilePhoneToGuestUsers": false,
    "UserPreferencesPreviewCustomTheme": false,
    "UserPermissionsCallCenterAutoLogin": false,
    "UserPreferencesPreviewLightning": false,
    "IsActive": true,
    "UserPreferencesDisableFileShareNotificationsForApi": false,
    "BadgeText": "",
    "UserPreferencesShowFaxToGuestUsers": false,
    "UserPreferencesHasCelebrationBadge": false,
    "UserPreferencesTaskRemindersCheckboxDefault": true,
    "LastReferencedDate": "2022-11-09T17:15:08.000+0000",
    "UserPreferencesDisableChangeCommentEmail": false,
    "FullPhotoUrl": "https://example.force.com/profilephoto/005/F",
    "UserPreferencesDisableEndorsementEmail": false,
    "UserPreferencesActivityRemindersPopup": true,
    "UserPreferencesEnableAutoSubForFeeds": false,
    "UserPreferencesShowStateToExternalUsers": false,
    "UserPermissionsOfflineUser": false,
    "UserPreferencesDisCommentAfterLikeEmail": false,
    "UserPreferencesShowTitleToGuestUsers": false,
    "SmallBannerPhotoUrl": "/profilephoto/005/D",
    "UserPreferencesShowWorkPhoneToExternalUsers": false,
    "MediumBannerPhotoUrl": "/profilephoto/005/E",
    "UserPreferencesShowProfilePicToGuestUsers": false,
    "UserPreferencesShowCountryToGuestUsers": false,
    "EmailPreferencesAutoBccStayInTouch": false,
    "UserPreferencesShowEmailToExternalUsers": false,
    "UserPreferencesShowWorkPhoneToGuestUsers": false,
    "UserPreferencesReminderSoundOff": false,
    "UserPreferencesUserDebugModePref": false,
    "LastModifiedById": "00530000009hWLcAAM",
    "UserPreferencesDisableFollowersEmail": false,
    "UserPreferencesHideEndUserOnboardingAssistantModal": false,
    "UserPreferencesShowStreetAddressToGuestUsers": false,
    "ReceivesInfoEmails": false,
    "UserPreferencesShowManagerToGuestUsers": false,
    "UserPreferencesExcludeMailAppAttachments": false,
    "UserPreferencesShowEmailToGuestUsers": false,
    "DigestFrequency": "D",
    "UserPreferencesRecordHomeReservedWTShown": false,
    "UserPermissionsMarketingUser": false,
    "UserPreferencesHideBiggerPhotoCallout": false,
    "UserPreferencesDisableProfilePostEmail": false,
    "UserPreferencesShowPostalCodeToExternalUsers": false,
    "LastModifiedDate": "2022-11-09T17:14:57.000+0000",
    "ProfileId": "00e30000001ehhPAAQ",
    "Name": "Sam Carter",
    "UserPreferencesNewLightningReportRunPageEnabled": false,
    "UserPermissionsSFContentUser": false,
    "UserPreferencesShowTitleToExternalUsers": true,
    "UserPreferencesGlobalNavBarWTShown": false,
    "UserPreferencesShowCityToGuestUsers": false,
    "UserPreferencesRecordHomeSectionCollapseWTShown": false,
    "Alias": "scarter",
    "DefaultGroupNotificationFrequency": "N",
    "__NAME__": "00503000002XmQqAAK",
    "UserPreferencesShowPostalCodeToGuestUsers": false,
    "UserPreferencesGlobalNavGridMenuWTShown": false,
    "UserPreferencesHideChatterOnboardingSplash": false,
    "UserPreferencesSuppressEventSFXReminders": false,
    "UserPreferencesFavoritesShowTopFavorites": false,
    "UserPreferencesDisableMessageEmail": false,
    "UserPreferencesCacheDiagnostics": false,
    "SmallPhotoUrl": "https://example.force.com/profilephoto/005/T",
    "IsExtIndicatorVisible": false,
    "Email": "scarter@example.com",
    "UserPreferencesShowCountryToExternalUsers": false,
    "CreatedDate": "2022-11-09T17:14:57.000+0000",
    "UserPreferencesHideSecondChatterOnboardingSplash": false,
    "__PermissionSetIds__": [
        "0PS30000000LFR9GAO"
    ],
    "__GroupIds__": [
        "00G03000001V8p5EAC"
    ]
}' \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/salesforce/User/00503000002XmQqAAK"

Feature licenses

The Salesforce connector can query all supported feature licenses and return details of individual feature licenses. The feature licenses available to your organization depend on your Salesforce instance. For more information, refer to View Your Organization’s Feature Licenses in the Salesforce help site.

Configure supported feature licenses

To configure supported feature licenses, make the following changes to your connector configuration (provisioner.openicf-salesforce.json):

  1. Add the supported feature licenses. For a complete list of licenses, refer to supportedFeatureLicenses in the Salesforce Connector Configuration.

    For example, to add UserPermissionsOfflineUser, UserPermissionsMarketingUser, and UserPermissionsWorkDotComUserFeature as supported feature licenses:

    "supportedFeatureLicenses": [
    "UserPermissionsOfflineUser",
    "UserPermissionsMarketingUser",
    "UserPermissionsWorkDotComUserFeature"
]

  2. Add the __FeatureLicenses__ property to the User object:

    "User" : {
    ...
    "properties" : {
        "__NAME__" : {
            "type" : "string",
            "nativeName" : "__NAME__",
            "nativeType" : "string"
        },
        "Id" : {
            "type" : "string",
            "nativeName" : "Id",
            "nativeType" : "string"
        },
        "__FeatureLicenses__" : {
            "type" : "array",
            "items" : {
                "type" : "string",
                "nativeType" : "string"
            },
            "nativeName" : "__FeatureLicenses__",
            "nativeType" : "string",
            "absentIfEmpty" : true,
            "flags" : [
                "NOT_RETURNED_BY_DEFAULT"
            ]
        },
        ...

Get a user’s feature licenses

When getting a user object, you must specifically request the system return the __FeatureLicenses__ field. For example:

Request
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/salesforce/User?_queryFilter=Alias+eq+"birdch"&_fields=_id,__FeatureLicenses__"
Return
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "00503000004PDoeAAG",
      "__FeatureLicenses__": [
        "UserPermissionsOfflineUser"
      ]
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 1,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}

Create a user with feature licenses

To create a user object with associated feature licenses, include the __FeatureLicenses__ field in the POST request. This field is an array of strings.

Request
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "Username": "birdyjbirch@example.com",
  "LastName": "birdyjbirch",
  "Email": "birdyjbirch@example.com",
  "Alias": "birdch",
  "LocaleSidKey": "en_US",
  "LanguageLocaleKey": "en_US",
  "EmailEncodingKey": "UTF-8",
  "FirstName": "birdyjbirch",
  "TimeZoneSidKey": "America/Los_Angeles",
  "CommunityNickname": "birdyjbirch",
  "ProfileId": "00e30000001ehhPAAQ",
  "__FeatureLicenses__": ["UserPermissionsOfflineUser"]
}' \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/salesforce/User?_action=create"
Return
{
  "_id": "00503000004PDoeAAG",
  "UserPreferencesShowStreetAddressToExternalUsers": false,
  "ForecastEnabled": false,
  "DigestFrequency": "D",
  "UserPreferencesPipelineViewHideHelpPopover": false,
  "UserPermissionsMarketingUser": false,
  "UserPreferencesPreviewCustomTheme": false,
  "UserPreferencesDisMentionsCommentEmail": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowMobilePhoneToGuestUsers": false,
  "UserPermissionsCallCenterAutoLogin": false,
  "UserPreferencesApexPagesDeveloperMode": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowCountryToGuestUsers": false,
  "Id": "00503000004PDoeAAG",
  "UserPreferencesHasCelebrationBadge": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowPostalCodeToExternalUsers": false,
  "IsExtIndicatorVisible": false,
  "BadgeText": "",
  "UserPreferencesDisableProfilePostEmail": false,
  "Username": "birdyjbirch@example.com",
  "UserPreferencesLightningExperiencePreferred": true,
  "UserPreferencesShowWorkPhoneToExternalUsers": false,
  "EmailPreferencesStayInTouchReminder": true,
  "UserPreferencesHideLightningMigrationModal": false,
  "UserPreferencesGlobalNavGridMenuWTShown": false,
  "EmailEncodingKey": "UTF-8",
  "UserPreferencesDisProfPostCommentEmail": false,
  "UserPreferencesHideCSNDesktopTask": false,
  "LastModifiedById": "00530000009hWLcAAM",
  "UserPreferencesShowStreetAddressToGuestUsers": false,
  "UserPreferencesHideBiggerPhotoCallout": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowWorkPhoneToGuestUsers": false,
  "UserPreferencesSuppressEventSFXReminders": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowManagerToExternalUsers": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowPostalCodeToGuestUsers": false,
  "UserPermissionsMobileUser": false,
  "CreatedDate": "2023-07-21T23:39:02.000+0000",
  "UserPreferencesFavoritesWTShown": false,
  "UserPreferencesDisableLikeEmail": true,
  "UserPreferencesShowMobilePhoneToExternalUsers": false,
  "UserPreferencesDisableSharePostEmail": false,
  "IsActive": true,
  "LastName": "birdyjbirch",
  "FirstName": "birdyjbirch",
  "DefaultGroupNotificationFrequency": "N",
  "UserPermissionsAvantgoUser": false,
  "UserPreferencesHideCSNGetChatterMobileTask": false,
  "CommunityNickname": "birdyjbirch",
  "UserPreferencesShowCityToGuestUsers": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowEmailToGuestUsers": false,
  "UserPreferencesDisableChangeCommentEmail": false,
  "UserPreferencesHideSfxWelcomeMat": true,
  "EmailPreferencesAutoBcc": true,
  "BannerPhotoUrl": "/profilephoto/005/B",
  "UserPreferencesCacheDiagnostics": false,
  "UserPreferencesHideEndUserOnboardingAssistantModal": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowCityToExternalUsers": false,
  "UserPermissionsSupportUser": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowProfilePicToGuestUsers": false,
  "SmallPhotoUrl": "https://example.force.com/profilephoto/005/T",
  "UserPreferencesShowTitleToGuestUsers": false,
  "SystemModstamp": "2023-07-21T23:39:02.000+0000",
  "UserPreferencesDisableLaterCommentEmail": false,
  "LocaleSidKey": "en_US",
  "UserPreferencesSuppressTaskSFXReminders": false,
  "UserPreferencesDisableBookmarkEmail": false,
  "__NAME__": "00503000004PDoeAAG",
  "UserPermissionsOfflineUser": true, (1)
  "UserPreferencesActivityRemindersPopup": true,
  "UserPreferencesEnableAutoSubForFeeds": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowEmailToExternalUsers": false,
  "UserPreferencesReminderSoundOff": false,
  "UserPreferencesCreateLEXAppsWTShown": false,
  "UserPreferencesDisableMentionsPostEmail": false,
  "UserPreferencesExcludeMailAppAttachments": false,
  "OutOfOfficeMessage": "",
  "SmallBannerPhotoUrl": "/profilephoto/005/D",
  "UserPreferencesDisableFileShareNotificationsForApi": false,
  "UserPreferencesEventRemindersCheckboxDefault": true,
  "UserPreferencesRecordHomeSectionCollapseWTShown": false,
  "MediumBannerPhotoUrl": "/profilephoto/005/E",
  "UserPreferencesUserDebugModePref": false,
  "UserPreferencesHideS1BrowserUI": false,
  "MediumPhotoUrl": "https://example.force.com/profilephoto/005/M",
  "UserPreferencesPathAssistantCollapsed": false,
  "Email": "birdyjbirch@example.com",
  "UserType": "Standard",
  "UserPreferencesDisableMessageEmail": false,
  "ReceivesInfoEmails": false,
  "EmailPreferencesAutoBccStayInTouch": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowManagerToGuestUsers": false,
  "IsProfilePhotoActive": false,
  "LastModifiedDate": "2023-07-21T23:39:02.000+0000",
  "UserPreferencesTaskRemindersCheckboxDefault": true,
  "UserPreferencesDisableEndorsementEmail": false,
  "FullPhotoUrl": "https://example.force.com/profilephoto/005/F",
  "Name": "birdyjbirch birdyjbirch",
  "UserPreferencesDisCommentAfterLikeEmail": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowFaxToExternalUsers": false,
  "UserPreferencesSortFeedByComment": true,
  "UserPreferencesRecordHomeReservedWTShown": false,
  "UserPreferencesGlobalNavBarWTShown": false,
  "TimeZoneSidKey": "America/Los_Angeles",
  "UserPreferencesShowFaxToGuestUsers": false,
  "ProfileId": "00e30000001ehhPAAQ",
  "UserPreferencesHideSecondChatterOnboardingSplash": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowTitleToExternalUsers": true,
  "UserPreferencesNewLightningReportRunPageEnabled": false,
  "UserPermissionsChatterAnswersUser": false,
  "LanguageLocaleKey": "en_US",
  "ReceivesAdminInfoEmails": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowStateToGuestUsers": false,
  "Alias": "birdch",
  "UserPreferencesPreviewLightning": false,
  "UserPreferencesHideChatterOnboardingSplash": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowStateToExternalUsers": false,
  "CreatedById": "00530000009hWLcAAM",
  "UserPreferencesDisableFollowersEmail": false,
  "UserPreferencesDisableAllFeedsEmail": false,
  "UserPermissionsSFContentUser": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowCountryToExternalUsers": false,
  "UserPreferencesFavoritesShowTopFavorites": false
}
1 UserPermissionsOfflineUser is now true.

Update a user’s feature licenses

You can update a user’s feature licenses through the API using a PUT call. The following request adds a feature license to birdj, a user with id 00503000004PDmsAAG:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "UserPreferencesShowStreetAddressToExternalUsers": false,
  "ForecastEnabled": false,
  "DigestFrequency": "D",
  "UserPreferencesPipelineViewHideHelpPopover": false,
  "UserPermissionsMarketingUser": false,
  "LastReferencedDate": "2023-07-21T23:29:42.000+0000",
  "UserPreferencesPreviewCustomTheme": false,
  "UserPreferencesDisMentionsCommentEmail": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowMobilePhoneToGuestUsers": false,
  "UserPermissionsCallCenterAutoLogin": false,
  "UserPreferencesApexPagesDeveloperMode": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowCountryToGuestUsers": false,
  "Id": "00503000004PDmsAAG",
  "UserPreferencesHasCelebrationBadge": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowPostalCodeToExternalUsers": false,
  "IsExtIndicatorVisible": false,
  "BadgeText": "",
  "UserPreferencesDisableProfilePostEmail": false,
  "Username": "birdyjbird@example.com",
  "UserPreferencesLightningExperiencePreferred": true,
  "UserPreferencesShowWorkPhoneToExternalUsers": false,
  "EmailPreferencesStayInTouchReminder": true,
  "UserPreferencesHideLightningMigrationModal": false,
  "UserPreferencesGlobalNavGridMenuWTShown": false,
  "EmailEncodingKey": "UTF-8",
  "UserPreferencesDisProfPostCommentEmail": false,
  "UserPreferencesHideCSNDesktopTask": false,
  "LastModifiedById": "00530000009hWLcAAM",
  "UserPreferencesShowStreetAddressToGuestUsers": false,
  "UserPreferencesHideBiggerPhotoCallout": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowWorkPhoneToGuestUsers": false,
  "UserPreferencesSuppressEventSFXReminders": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowManagerToExternalUsers": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowPostalCodeToGuestUsers": false,
  "UserPermissionsMobileUser": false,
  "CreatedDate": "2023-07-21T23:29:41.000+0000",
  "UserPreferencesFavoritesWTShown": false,
  "UserPreferencesDisableLikeEmail": true,
  "UserPreferencesShowMobilePhoneToExternalUsers": false,
  "UserPreferencesDisableSharePostEmail": false,
  "IsActive": true,
  "LastName": "birdyjbird",
  "FirstName": "birdyjbird",
  "DefaultGroupNotificationFrequency": "N",
  "UserPermissionsAvantgoUser": false,
  "UserPreferencesHideCSNGetChatterMobileTask": false,
  "CommunityNickname": "birdyjbird",
  "UserPreferencesShowCityToGuestUsers": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowEmailToGuestUsers": false,
  "UserPreferencesDisableChangeCommentEmail": false,
  "UserPreferencesHideSfxWelcomeMat": true,
  "EmailPreferencesAutoBcc": true,
  "LastViewedDate": "2023-07-21T23:29:42.000+0000",
  "BannerPhotoUrl": "/profilephoto/005/B",
  "UserPreferencesCacheDiagnostics": false,
  "UserPreferencesHideEndUserOnboardingAssistantModal": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowCityToExternalUsers": false,
  "UserPermissionsSupportUser": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowProfilePicToGuestUsers": false,
  "SmallPhotoUrl": "https://example.force.com/profilephoto/005/T",
  "UserPreferencesShowTitleToGuestUsers": false,
  "SystemModstamp": "2023-07-21T23:29:41.000+0000",
  "UserPreferencesDisableLaterCommentEmail": false,
  "LocaleSidKey": "en_US",
  "UserPreferencesSuppressTaskSFXReminders": false,
  "UserPreferencesDisableBookmarkEmail": false,
  "__NAME__": "00503000004PDmsAAG",
  "UserPermissionsOfflineUser": false,
  "UserPreferencesActivityRemindersPopup": true,
  "UserPreferencesEnableAutoSubForFeeds": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowEmailToExternalUsers": false,
  "UserPreferencesReminderSoundOff": false,
  "UserPreferencesCreateLEXAppsWTShown": false,
  "UserPreferencesDisableMentionsPostEmail": false,
  "UserPreferencesExcludeMailAppAttachments": false,
  "OutOfOfficeMessage": "",
  "SmallBannerPhotoUrl": "/profilephoto/005/D",
  "UserPreferencesDisableFileShareNotificationsForApi": false,
  "UserPreferencesEventRemindersCheckboxDefault": true,
  "UserPreferencesRecordHomeSectionCollapseWTShown": false,
  "MediumBannerPhotoUrl": "/profilephoto/005/E",
  "UserPreferencesUserDebugModePref": false,
  "UserPreferencesHideS1BrowserUI": false,
  "MediumPhotoUrl": "https://example.force.com/profilephoto/005/M",
  "UserPreferencesPathAssistantCollapsed": false,
  "Email": "birdyjbird@example.com",
  "UserType": "Standard",
  "UserPreferencesDisableMessageEmail": false,
  "ReceivesInfoEmails": false,
  "EmailPreferencesAutoBccStayInTouch": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowManagerToGuestUsers": false,
  "IsProfilePhotoActive": false,
  "LastModifiedDate": "2023-07-21T23:29:41.000+0000",
  "UserPreferencesTaskRemindersCheckboxDefault": true,
  "UserPreferencesDisableEndorsementEmail": false,
  "FullPhotoUrl": "https://example.force.com/profilephoto/005/F",
  "Name": "birdyjbird birdyjbird",
  "UserPreferencesDisCommentAfterLikeEmail": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowFaxToExternalUsers": false,
  "UserPreferencesSortFeedByComment": true,
  "UserPreferencesRecordHomeReservedWTShown": false,
  "UserPreferencesGlobalNavBarWTShown": false,
  "TimeZoneSidKey": "America/Los_Angeles",
  "UserPreferencesShowFaxToGuestUsers": false,
  "ProfileId": "00e30000001ehhPAAQ",
  "UserPreferencesHideSecondChatterOnboardingSplash": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowTitleToExternalUsers": true,
  "UserPreferencesNewLightningReportRunPageEnabled": false,
  "UserPermissionsChatterAnswersUser": false,
  "LanguageLocaleKey": "en_US",
  "ReceivesAdminInfoEmails": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowStateToGuestUsers": false,
  "Alias": "birdj",
  "UserPreferencesPreviewLightning": false,
  "UserPreferencesHideChatterOnboardingSplash": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowStateToExternalUsers": false,
  "CreatedById": "00530000009hWLcAAM",
  "UserPreferencesDisableFollowersEmail": false,
  "UserPreferencesDisableAllFeedsEmail": false,
  "UserPermissionsSFContentUser": false,
  "UserPreferencesShowCountryToExternalUsers": false,
  "UserPreferencesFavoritesShowTopFavorites": false,
  "__FeatureLicenses__": [ (1)
    "UserPermissionsOfflineUser"
  ]
}' \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/salesforce/User/00503000004PDmsAAG"
1 The __FeatureLicenses__ array of strings to add to the user.

Query all supported feature licenses

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/salesforce/FeatureLicense?_queryFilter=true"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "UserPermissionsOfflineUser",
      "__NAME__": "UserPermissionsOfflineUser"
    },
    {
      "_id": "UserPermissionsMarketingUser",
      "__NAME__": "UserPermissionsMarketingUser"
    },
    {
      "_id": "UserPermissionsInteractionUser",
      "__NAME__": "UserPermissionsInteractionUser"
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 3,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}

Read a feature license

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/salesforce/FeatureLicense/UserPermissionsMarketingUser"
{
  "_id": "UserPermissionsMarketingUser",
  "__NAME__": "UserPermissionsMarketingUser"
}

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the Salesforce Connector

The Salesforce Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Sync

Polls the target resource for synchronization events, that is, native changes to objects on the target resource.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

Salesforce Connector Configuration

The Salesforce Connector has the following configurable properties:

Basic Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

clientId

String

null

Yes

The client identifier.

clientSecret

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

The secure client secret for OAUTH.

grantType

String

refresh_token

Yes

The OAuth2 grant type to use (client_credentials or refresh_token).

refreshToken

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

The refresh token for the application. Required for refresh_token grant type.

loginUrl

String

https://login.salesforce.com/services/oauth2/token

Yes

The endpoint from which a new access token should be queried (https://login.salesforce.com/services/oauth2/token).

instanceUrl

String

null

Yes

The URL of the Salesforce instance (such as https://example-com.cs1.my.salesforce.com).

version

double

48.0

No

The Salesforce API version.

connectTimeout

long

120000

No

The maximum connection timeout.

proxyHost

String

null

No

The hostname of an HTTP proxy used between the connector and the Salesforce service provider. Mutually exclusive with proxyUri and uses http scheme.

proxyPort

Integer

3128

No

The proxy port number, if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and the Salesforce service provider.

maximumConnections

int

10

No

The maximum size of the HTTP connection pool.

supportedObjectTypes

String[]

[]

No

Defines a list of Salesforce objects that will be used to dynamically build the provisioner schema.

proxyUri

String

null

No

The URI of an HTTP proxy that contains the scheme, host, and port number for that proxy. Mutually exclusive with proxyHost.

proxyUsername

String

null

No

The proxy username to use with a proxy that requires authentication.

proxyPassword

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

The proxy user password to use with a proxy that requires authentication.

supportedFeatureLicenses

String[]

['UserPermissionsChatterAnswersUser', 'UserPermissionsInteractionUser', 'UserPermissionsKnowledgeUser', 'UserPermissionsLiveAgentUser', 'UserPermissionsMarketingUser', 'UserPermissionsOfflineUser', 'UserPermissionsSFContentUser', 'UserPermissionsSupportUser', 'UserPermissionsSiteforceContributorUser', 'UserPermissionsSiteforcePublisherUser', 'UserPermissionsWorkDotComUserFeature']

No

Defines a list of Salesforce feature licenses that can be assigned.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

SAP connector

The SAP connector is an implementation of the Scripted Groovy connector toolkit that connects to any SAP system using the SAP JCo Java libraries. This topic describes how to install and configure the scripted SAP connector and how to test the sample scripts bundled with the connector.

You can configure the SAP connector to work with either SAP HR or SAP ERP systems.

The sample scripts illustrate the following scenarios:

  • Synchronization of users between an SAP HR module and IDM

  • Synchronization of users between IDM and an SAP (R/3) system

Install the SAP connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

SAP

No

Yes

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/sap-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Download the connector dependencies.

  • The SAP connector requires the SAP Java Connector (JCo) libraries, version 3.0.12 or later. Ping distributes the SAP connector without these JCo libraries. Before you can use the SAP connector, you must obtain the JCo libraries that correspond to your architecture.

    Copy the required SAP JCo libraries to the /path/to/openidm/lib directory. For example:

    cp sapjco3.jar /path/to/openidm/lib
cp libsapjco3.so /path/to/openidm/lib

Change your IDM logging configuration to log messages from the SAP connector. By default, IDM logs nothing for the SAP connector. To troubleshoot any issues with the connector, set the following properties in your project’s conf/logging.properties file:

# SAP Connector Logging
org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.sap.level=FINER
scripts.sap.r3.level=FINER
scripts.sap.hr.level=FINER
scripts.sap.level=FINER

Using the SAP connector with an SAP HR system

The SAP HR sample scripts let you manage the email address and global employee UID of records in an SAP HR system.

The following sections explain how to configure IDM to use these sample scripts, how to test the connection to the SAP HR system, and how to update user records.

Setting up IDM for the SAP HR samples

  1. Create a connector configuration file for the SAP connector and place it in your project’s conf/ directory.

    Edit that file with the connection details for your SAP HR system. Specifically, set at least the following properties:

    destination

    An alias to the SAP system to which you are connecting, for example, SAP1. If you are connecting to more than one SAP system, the destination property for each system must be unique.

    The sample connector configuration assumes a connection to a single SAP system, so the value for this property in the sample configuration is OPENIDM.

    asHost

    The FQDN of your SAP Application Server, for example sap.example.com.

    user

    Your SAP user account.

    password

    The password of this SAP user account.

    client

    The SAP Client number that will be used to connect to the SAP system.

    systemNumber

    The SAP system number.

    directConnection

    A boolean (true/false). If true, the connection goes directly to an SAP ABAP Application server or SAP router. If false, the connection goes to a group of SAP instances through an SAP message server.

    sapRouter

    The IP address, port, and optional password of the SAP router, if applicable. The syntax is /H/host/S/port/W/optionalPassword. For example:

    /H/203.0.113.0/S/3299/W/48npb_hg815.77rr62.hdj
    poolCapacity

    The maximum number of idle connections kept open by the destination. If there is no connection pooling, set this to 0. The default value is 1.

    For optimum performance, set this value to an integer between 5 and 10.

  2. The connector bundles a number of sample Groovy scripts:

    • TestSAP.groovy

    • SearchSAPHR.groovy

    • UpdateSAPHR.groovy

    • SchemaSAPHR.groovy

    • EmplComm.groovy

      If necessary, you can customize these scripts to suit your deployment by extracting them from the connector JAR and updating the connector configuration to point to the new file path.

      The sample connector configuration assumes the following locations for the scripts (relative to the value of the scriptRoots property):

      "testScriptFileName" : "TestSAP.groovy",
"searchScriptFileName" : "hr/SearchSAPHR.groovy",
"updateScriptFileName" : "hr/UpdateSAPHR.groovy",
"schemaScriptFileName" : "hr/SchemaSAPHR.groovy",

      You must place the EmplComm.groovy in the same location as the Search, Update, and Schema scripts.

      The Groovy scripts belong to a specific package. The parent directory where the scripts are located must be the same as the package name. So the TestSAP.groovy script must be under a scripts/sap directory (because it belongs to the scripts/sap package) and the remaining HR scripts must be under a scripts/sap/hr directory (because they belong to the hr package).

Testing the connection to the SAP HR system

  1. Start IDM with the configuration for your SAP connector project.

    This procedure assumes that the configuration is in the default path/to/openidm directory. If your SAP project is in a different directory, use the -p option with the startup command to point to that directory:

    path/to/openidm/startup.sh

  2. Test that the connector has been configured correctly and that the SAP HR system can be reached:

    curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/saphr/?_action=test"
{
  "name" : "saphr",
  "enabled" : true,
  "config" : "config/provisioner.openicf/saphr2",
  "objectTypes" : [ "__ALL__", "employee" ],
  "connectorRef" : {
    "connectorName" : "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.sap.SapConnector",
    "bundleName" : "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.sap-connector",
    "bundleVersion" : "[1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0)"
  },
  "displayName" : "Sap Connector",
  "ok" : true
}

  3. Retrieve a list of the existing users (with their employee number) in the SAP HR system:

    curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/saphr/employee?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result" : [
    {
      "_id" : "00000010",
      "__NAME__" : "00000010"
    },
    {
      "_id" : "00000069",
      "__NAME__" : "00000069"
    },
    {
      "_id" : "00000070",
      "__NAME__" : "00000070"
    },
    ...
  ]
}

  4. Retrieve the complete record of an employee in the SAP HR system by including the employee’s ID in the URL.

    The following command retrieves the record for employee Maria Gonzales:

    curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/saphr/employee/55099307"
{
  "_id" : "55099307",
  "PERSONAL_DATA" : {
    "PERNO" : "55099307",
    "INFOTYPE" : "0002",
    "TO_DATE" : "Fri Dec 31 00:00:00 CET 9999",
    "FROM_DATE" : "Tue Mar 30 00:00:00 CET 1954",
    "SEQNO" : "000",
    "CH_ON" : "Thu Mar 27 00:00:00 CET 2003",
    "CHANGED_BY" : "MAYROCK",
    "LAST_NAME" : "Gonzales",
    "FIRSTNAME" : "Maria",
    "NAME_FORM" : "00",
    "FORMOFADR" : "2",
    "GENDER" : "2",
    "BIRTHDATE" : "Tue Mar 30 00:00:00 CET 1954",
    "LANGU" : "D",
    "NO_O_CHLDR" : "0",
    "BIRTHYEAR" : "1954",
    "BIRTHMONTH" : "03",
    "BIRTHDAY" : "30",
    "LASTNAME_M" : "GONZALES",
    "FSTNAME_M" : "MARIA"
  },
  ...
}

Using the SAP connector to manage employee information (SAP HR)

The following sample commands show how you can use the SAP connector to manage the email account of user Maria Gonzales, retrieved in the previous step. Management of the global UID (SYS-UNAME) works in the same way.

  1. Check if Maria Gonzales already has an email account on the SAP HR system by filtering a query on her user account for the EMAIL field:

    curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/saphr/employee/55099307?_fields=EMAIL"
{
  "_id" : "55099307",
}

    No email account is found for Maria Gonzales.

  2. Add an email account by sending a PUT request. The JSON payload should include the email address as the value of the ID property:

    curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "EMAIL": { "ID": "maria.gonzales@example.com" }
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/saphr/employee/55099307"
{
  "_id" : "55099307",
  "EMAIL" : [ {
    "EMPLOYEENO" : "55099307",
    "SUBTYPE" : "0010",
    "VALIDEND" : "Fri Dec 31 00:00:00 CET 9999",
    "VALIDBEGIN" : "Fri March 18 00:00:00 CET 2016",
    "RECORDNR" : "000",
    "COMMTYPE" : "0010",
    "NAMEOFCOMMTYPE" : "E-mail",
    "ID" : "Maria.Gonzales@example.com"
  } ],
  ...
}

    By default, the connector sets the VALIDBEGIN date to the current date, and the VALIDEND date to the SAP "END" date (12/31/9999). You can specify different temporal constraints by including these properties in the JSON payload, with the format YYYYMMDD. For example:

    {
  "EMAIL": {
    "ID": "maria.gonzales@example.com"
    "VALIDBEGIN": "20160401",
    "VALIDEND": "20161231"
  }
}

  3. To change the value of an existing email account, provide a new value for the ID.

    The JSON payload of the change request must also include the RECORDNR attribute, as well as the VALIDBEGIN and VALIDEND dates, in SAP format (YYYYMMDD).

    The following example changes Maria Gonzales' email address to maria.gonzales-admin@example.com:

    curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "EMAIL": {
    "ID": "maria.gonzales-admin@example.com",
    "RECORDNR" : "000",
    "VALIDEND" : "99991231",
    "VALIDBEGIN" : "20000101"
  }
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/saphr/employee/55099307"

  4. To change the temporal constraint (VALIDEND date) of the record, include the existing VALIDEND data in the JSON payload, and specify the new end date as a value of the DELIMIT_DATE attribute.

    The following example changes the end date of Maria Gonzales' new mail address to December 31st, 2016:

    curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "EMAIL": {
    "ID": "maria.gonzales-admin@example.com",
    "RECORDNR" : "000",
    "VALIDEND" : "99991231",
    "VALIDBEGIN" : "20000101",
    "DELIMIT_DATE": "20161231"
  }
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/saphr/employee/55099307"

  5. To delete the email address of the record, send a PUT request with the current RECORDNR, VALIDBEGIN, and VALIDEND attributes, but without the ID.

    The following request removes the email address from Maria Gonzales' record:

    curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "EMAIL": {
    "RECORDNR" : "000",
    "VALIDEND" : "99991231",
    "VALIDBEGIN" : "20000101"
  }
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/saphr/employee/55099307"

Using the SAP connector to manage SAP Basis System (R/3) users

The SAP connector enables you to perform the following operations on SAP system user accounts:

  • List all users

  • List all activity groups (roles)

  • List all user profiles

  • List all user companies

  • List all user groups

  • Obtain a user’s details

  • Create a user

  • Update a user

  • Assign roles to a user

  • Lock a user account

  • Unlock a user account

  • Delete a user account

Setting up IDM for the SAP R/3 samples

  1. Create a connector configuration file for the SAP connector and place it in your project’s conf/ directory.

    Edit that file with the connection details for your SAP R/3 system. Specifically, set at least the following properties:

    destination

    An alias to the SAP system to which you are connecting, for example, SAP1. If you are connecting to more than one SAP system, the destination property for each system must be unique.

    The sample connector configuration assumes a connection to a single SAP system, MYSAP.

    asHost

    The FQDN of your SAP Application Server, for example sap.example.com.

    user

    Your SAP user account.

    password

    The password of this SAP user account.

    client

    The SAP Client number that will be used to connect to the SAP system.

    systemNumber

    The SAP system number.

    directConnection

    A boolean (true/false). If true, the connection goes directly to an SAP ABAP Application server or SAP router. If false, the connection goes to a group of SAP instances through an SAP message server.

    sapRouter

    The IP address and port of the SAP router, if applicable. The syntax is /H/host/S/port/W/optionalPassword. For example:

    /H/203.0.113.0/S/3299/W/48npb_hg815.77rr62.hdj
    poolCapacity

    The maximum number of idle connections kept open by the destination. If there is no connection pooling, set this to 0. The default value is 1.

    For optimum performance, set this value to an integer between 5 and 10.

  2. The connector bundles a number of sample Groovy scripts:

    • TestSAP.groovy

    • SearchSAPR3.groovy

    • CreateSAPR3.groovy

    • UpdateSAPR3.groovy

    • DeleteSAPR3.groovy

    • SyncSAPR3.groovy

    • SchemaSAPR3.groovy

    • ListR3Objects.groovy

    • R3User.groovy

    • R3UserActivityGroup.groovy

    • R3UserAddress.groovy

    • R3UserGroup.groovy

    • R3UserLogonData.groovy

    • R3UserProfile.groovy

    • R3Config.groovy

    • ListTablesR3Objects.groovy

    • QueryTable.groovy

      If necessary, you can customize these scripts to suit your deployment by extracting them from the connector JAR and updating the connector configuration to point to the new file path.

      The sample connector configuration assumes the following locations for the scripts (relative to the value of the scriptRoots property):

      "testScriptFileName" : "TestSAP.groovy",
"searchScriptFileName" : "r3/SearchSAPR3.groovy",
"createScriptFileName" : "r3/CreateSAPR3.groovy",
"updateScriptFileName" : "r3/UpdateSAPR3.groovy",
"deleteScriptFileName" : "r3/DeleteSAPR3.groovy",
"syncScriptFileName" : "r3/SyncSAPR3.groovy",
"schemaScriptFileName" : "r3/SchemaSAPR3.groovy",
      The Groovy scripts belong to a specific package. The parent directory where the scripts are located must be the same as the package name. So the TestSAP.groovy script must be under a scripts/sap directory (because it belongs to the scripts/sap package) and the R/3 scripts must be under a scripts/sap/r3 directory (because they belong to the r3 package).

Testing the connection to the SAP R/3 system

  1. Start IDM with the configuration for your SAP R/3 project.

    This procedure assumes that the configuration is in the default path/to/openidm directory. If your SAP project is in a different directory, use the -p option with the startup command to point to that directory:

    /path/to/openidm/startup.sh

  2. Test that the connector has been configured correctly and that the SAP R/3 system can be reached:

    curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/mysap/?_action=test"
{
  "name": "mysap",
  "enabled": true,
  "config": "config/provisioner.openicf/mysap",
  "objectTypes": [
    "__ALL__",
    "user",
    "activity_group",
    "company",
    "profile",
    "group"
  ],
  "connectorRef": {
    "connectorName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.sap.SapConnector",
    "bundleName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.sap-connector",
    "bundleVersion": "[1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0)"
  },
  "displayName": "Sap Connector",
  "ok": true
}

Using the SAP connector to manage SAP R/3 users

This section provides sample commands for managing users in an SAP system.

Listing the users in the SAP system

The following command returns a list of the existing users in the SAP system, with their IDs:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/mysap/user?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "BJENSEN",
      "__NAME__": "BJENSEN"
    },
    {
      "_id": "DDIC",
      "__NAME__": "DDIC"
    },
    ...
    {
      "_id": "USER4",
      "__NAME__": "USER4"
    },
    {
      "_id": "USER6",
      "__NAME__": "USER6"
    },
    {
      "_id": "USER7",
      "__NAME__": "USER7"
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 9,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Obtaining the details of an SAP user

The following command uses the SAP connector to obtain a user’s details from a target SAP system:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/mysap/user/BJENSEN"
{
  "__NAME__": "BJENSEN",
  "__ENABLE__": true,
  "__ENABLE_DATE__": "2015-09-01",
  "__DISABLE_DATE__": "2016-09-01",
  "__LOCK_OUT__": false,
  "ADDTEL": [
    {
      "COUNTRY": "DE",
      "TELEPHONE": "19851444",
      ...
    },
    ...
  ],
  "PROFILES": [
    "T_ALM_CONF",
    ...
  ],
  "ISLOCKED": {
    "WRNG_LOGON": "U",
    ...
  },
  "ACTIVITYGROUPS": [
    {
      "AGR_NAME": "MW_ADMIN",
      "FROM_DAT": "2015-07-15",
      "TO_DAT": "9999-12-31"
    },
    ...
  ],
  "DEFAULTS": {
    ...
  },
  "COMPANY": {
    "COMPANY": "SAP AG"
  },
  "ADDRESS": {
    ...
  },
  "UCLASS": {
    ...
  },
  "LASTMODIFIED": {
    "MODDATE": "2015-07-15",
    "MODTIME": "14:22:57"
  },
  "LOGONDATA": {
    "GLTGV": "2015-09-01",
    "GLTGB": "2016-09-01",
    ...
  },
  "GROUPS": {
    "USERGROUP": "SUPER"
    ...
  },
  "_id": "BJENSEN"
}

When using Central User Administration (CUA), the system also returns the SUBSYSTEMS attribute. Additionally, PROFILES and ACTIVITYGROUPS have a different definition:

"SYSTEMS": [
  "TE9CLNT200",
  "TE9CLNT300",
  \...
],
"PROFILES": [
  {
    "BAPIPROF": "T_ALM_CONF",
    "SUBSYSTEM: "TE9CLNT200"
  },
  {
    "BAPIPROF": "T_ALM_CONF",
    "SUBSYSTEM: "TE9CLNT300"
  },
  \...
],
"ACTIVITYGROUPS": [
  {
    "AGR_NAME": "MW_ADMIN",
    "FROM_DAT": "2015-07-15",
    "TO_DAT": "9999-12-31",
    "SUBSYSTEM": "TE9CLNT200"
  },
  {
    "AGR_NAME": "MW_ADMIN",
    "FROM_DAT": "2015-07-15",
    "TO_DAT": "9999-12-31",
    "SUBSYSTEM": "TE9CLNT300"
  },
  \...
]
...

In addition to the standard user attributes, the GET request returns the following ICF operational attributes:

  • __ENABLE__ - indicates whether the account is enabled, based on the value of the LOGONDATA attribute

  • __ENABLE_DATE__ - set to the value of LOGONDATA/GLTGV (date from which the user account is valid)

  • __DISABLE_DATE__ - set to the value of LOGONDATA/GLTGB (date to which the user account is valid)

  • __LOCK_OUT__ - indicates whether the account is locked

Creating SAP user accounts

To create a user, you must supply at least a username and password. If you do not provide a lastname, the connector uses the value of the username.

The following command creates a new SAP user, SCARTER:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "__NAME__" : "SCARTER",
  "__PASSWORD__": "Passw0rd"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/mysap/user/?_action=create"
{
  "_id": "SCARTER",
  "COMPANY": {
    "COMPANY": "SAP AG"
  },
  "__LOCK_OUT__": false,
  "ADDRESS": {
    ...
  },
  "__NAME__": "SCARTER",
  "LASTMODIFIED": {
    "MODDATE": "2016-04-20",
    "MODTIME": "04:14:29"
  },
  "UCLASS": {
    "COUNTRY_SURCHARGE": "0",
    "SUBSTITUTE_FROM": "0000-00-00",
    "SUBSTITUTE_UNTIL": "0000-00-00"
  },
  "__ENABLE__": true,
  "DEFAULTS": {
    "SPDB": "H",
    "SPDA": "K",
    "DATFM": "1",
    "TIMEFM": "0"
  },
  "LOGONDATA": {
    ...
  },
  "ISLOCKED": {
    "WRNG_LOGON": "U",
    "LOCAL_LOCK": "U",
    "GLOB_LOCK": "U",
    "NO_USER_PW": "U"
  }
}

The SAP account that is created is valid and enabled, but the password is expired by default. To log in to the SAP system, the newly created user must first provide a new password.

To create a user with a valid (non-expired) password, include the __PASSWORD_EXPIRED__ attribute in the JSON payload with a value of false. For example:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "__NAME__" : "SCARTER",
  "__PASSWORD__": "Passw0rd",
  "__PASSWORD_EXPIRED__": false
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/mysap/user/?_action=create"

To create an account that is locked by default, include the __LOCK_OUT__ attribute in the JSON payload with a value of true. For example:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "__NAME__" : "SCARTER",
  "__PASSWORD__": "Passw0rd",
  "__LOCK_OUT__": true
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/mysap/user/?_action=create"
{
  "__NAME__": "SCARTER",
  "__ENABLE__": false,
  "__LOCK_OUT__": true,
  "LOGONDATA": {
    "GLTGV": "0000-00-00",
    "GLTGB": "0000-00-00",
    "USTYP": "A",
    "LTIME": "00:00:00"
  },
  "LASTMODIFIED": {
    "MODDATE": "2015-10-01",
    "MODTIME": "15:25:18"
  },
  "ISLOCKED": {
    "WRNG_LOGON": "U",
    "LOCAL_LOCK": "L",     (1)
    "GLOB_LOCK": "U",     (2)
    "NO_USER_PW": "U"
  },
  ...
}
1 "L" indicates that the user is locked on the local system.
2 On CUA Systems "GLOB_LOCK" will be marked as locked instead of "LOCAL_LOCK".
Schema used by the SAP connector for user accounts

For the most part, the SAP connector uses the standard SAP schema to create a user account. The most common attributes in an SAP user account are as follows:

  • ADDRESS - user address data

  • LOGONDATA - user logon data

  • DEFAULTS - user account defaults

  • COMPANY - the company to which the user is assigned

  • REF_USER - the usernames of the Reference User

  • ALIAS - an alias for the username

  • UCLASS - license-related user classification

  • LASTMODIFIED - read-only attribute that indicates the date and time that the account was last changed

  • ISLOCKED - read-only attribute that indicates the lockout status of the account

  • IDENTITY - assignment of a personal identity to the user account

  • PROFILES - any profiles assigned to the user account (see connector-reference:sap.adoc#user-profiles).

  • ACTIVITYGROUPS - activity groups assigned to the user (Roles)

  • ADDTEL - telephone numbers assigned to the user

  • GROUPS - groups assigned to the user

  • SYSTEMS - subsystems assigned to the user (Only on CUA systems)

In addition, the SAP connector supports the following ICF operational attributes for CREATE requests:

  • LOCK_OUT

  • PASSWORD

  • PASSWORD_EXPIRED

The following example creates a user, KVAUGHAN, with all the standard attributes:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "__NAME__" : "KVAUGHAN",
  "__PASSWORD__": "Passw0rd",
  "__PASSWORD_EXPIRED__": false,
  "LOGONDATA": {
    "GLTGV": "2016-04-01",
    "GLTGB": "2016-12-01",
    "USTYP": "A"
  },
  "ADDRESS": {
    "FIRSTNAME": "Katie",
    "LASTNAME": "Vaughan",
    "TEL1_NUMBR": "33297603177",
    "E_MAIL": "katie.vaughan@example.com",
    "FUNCTION": "Test User"
  },
  "COMPANY": {
    "COMPANY": "EXAMPLE.COM"
  },
  "ALIAS": {
    "USERALIAS": "KVAUGHAN"
  }
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/mysap/user/?_action=create"
{
  "_id": "KVAUGHAN",
  "ADDRESS": {
    "PERS_NO": "0000010923",
    "ADDR_NO": "0000010765",
    "FIRSTNAME": "Katie",
    "LASTNAME": "Vaughan",
    "FULLNAME": "Katie Vaughan",
    ...
    "E_MAIL": "katie.vaughan@example.com",
    "LANGU_CR_P": "E",
    "LANGUCPISO": "EN"
  },
  "LOGONDATA": {
    "GLTGV": "2016-04-01",
    "GLTGB": "2016-12-01",
    ...
  },
  "COMPANY": {
    "COMPANY": "SAP AG"
  },
  "__ENABLE__": true,
  "ADDTEL": [
    {
      ...
    }
  ],
  "ISLOCKED": {
    "WRNG_LOGON": "U",
    "LOCAL_LOCK": "U",
    "GLOB_LOCK": "U",
    "NO_USER_PW": "U"
  },
  "UCLASS": {
    "COUNTRY_SURCHARGE": "0",
    "SUBSTITUTE_FROM": "0000-00-00",
    "SUBSTITUTE_UNTIL": "0000-00-00"
  },
  "ALIAS": {
    "USERALIAS": "KVAUGHAN"
  },
  "__NAME__": "KVAUGHAN",
  "__LOCK_OUT__": false,
  "LASTMODIFIED": {
    "MODDATE": "2016-04-20",
    "MODTIME": "04:55:08"
  },
  "__ENABLE_DATE__": "2016-04-01",      (1)
  "DEFAULTS": {
    "SPDB": "H",
    "SPDA": "K",
    "DATFM": "1",
    "TIMEFM": "0"
  },
  "__DISABLE_DATE__": "2016-12-01"     (2)
}
1 Value of LOGONDATA/GLTGV.
2 Value of LOGONDATA/GLTGB.
Updating SAP user accounts

The following sections provide sample commands for updating an existing user account.

Locking and unlocking an account

To lock or unlock a user’s account, send a PUT request, and set the value of the user’s __LOCK_OUT__ attribute to true or false.

The following example locks user KVAUGHAN’s account:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__LOCK_OUT__": true
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/mysap/user/KVAUGHAN"

The following example unlocks KVAUGHAN’s account:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__LOCK_OUT__": false
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/mysap/user/KVAUGHAN"
Updating the standard attributes of a user’s account

To update a user’s standard attributes, send a PUT request to the user ID. The JSON payload must respect the structure for each attribute, as indicated in connector-reference:sap.adoc#sap-user-schema.

The following command updates the ADDRESS attribute of user KVAUGHAN:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "ADDRESS": {
    "FIRSTNAME": "Katie",
    "LASTNAME": "Vaughan",
    "FULLNAME": "Katie Vaughan",
    "FUNCTION": "Administrator",
    "TITLE": "Company",
    "NAME": "EXAMPLE.COM",
    "CITY": "San Francisco",
    "POSTL_COD1": "94105",
    "STREET": "Sacramento St",
    "HOUSE_NO": "2912",
    "COUNTRY": "US",
    "COUNTRYISO": "US",
    "LANGU": "E",
    "LANGU_ISO": "EN",
    "REGION": "CA",
    "TIME_ZONE": "PST",
    "TEL1_NUMBR": "33297603177",
    "E_MAIL": "katie.vaughan@example.com",
    "LANGU_CR_P": "E",
    "LANGUCPISO": "EN"
  }
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/mysap/user/KVAUGHAN"
Resetting a user’s password

To reset the user’s password, provide the new password as the value of the __PASSWORD__ attribute in a PUT request. The following command resets KVAUGHAN’s password to MyPassw0rd:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__PASSWORD__": "MyPassw0rd"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/mysap/user/KVAUGHAN"

Note that unless you set the __PASSWORD_EXPIRED__ attribute to false, the user will be required to reset her password the next time she logs into the SAP system.

The following command resets KVAUGHAN’s password to MyPassw0rd, and ensures that she does not have to reset her password the next time she logs in:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__PASSWORD__": "MyPassw0rd",
  "__PASSWORD_EXPIRED__": false
}'
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/mysap/user/KVAUGHAN"
Deleting user accounts

To delete a user account, send a DELETE request to the user ID. The following example deletes KVAUGHAN:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request DELETE \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/mysap/user/KVAUGHAN"

The command returns the complete user object that was deleted.

Get the latest changes with LiveSync

The following example updates the user’s data since the last synchronization:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system?_action=liveSync&source=system/mysap/__ACCOUNT__"
{
  "connectorData": {
    "nativeType": "string",
    "syncToken": "20230707160932"
  },
  "_rev": "b69ca221-6610-484a-983f-142e8544e519-101",
  "_id": "SYSTEMMYSAP+ACCOUNT+"
}
Managing user profiles

An SAP system uses profiles to manage authorization. The following examples demonstrate how to add, change, and remove a user’s profiles.

Creating a user with one or more profiles

Profiles are added as an array of one or more strings.

The following command creates a user BJENSEN with the system administrator profile (S_A.SYSTEM):

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "__NAME__" : "BJENSEN",
  "__PASSWORD__": "Passw0rd",
  "__PASSWORD_EXPIRED__": false,
  "PROFILES": [
    "S_A.SYSTEM"
  ]
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/mysap/user/?_action=create"
{
  "_id": "BJENSEN",
  "PROFILES": [
    "S_A.SYSTEM"
  ],
  ...
  "__NAME__": "BJENSEN"
}

Note that the additional information regarding that profile is added to the user account automatically.

Updating a user’s profiles

To update a user’s profiles, send a PUT request to the user’s ID, specifying the new profiles as an array of values for the PROFILES attribute. The values provided in the PUT request will replace the current profiles, so you must include the existing profiles in the request.

The following example adds the SAP_ALL profile to user BJENSEN’s account:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "PROFILES": [
    "S_A.SYSTEM",
    "SAP_ALL"
  ]
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/mysap/user/BJENSEN"
{
  "_id": "BJENSEN",
  "PROFILES": [
    "SAP_ALL",
    "S_A.SYSTEM"
  ],
  ...
  "__NAME__": "BJENSEN"
}
Removing all profiles from a user account

To remove all profiles from a user’s account, update the account with an empty array. The following example removes all profiles from BJENSEN’s account:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "PROFILES": []
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/mysap/user/BJENSEN"
{
  "_id": "BJENSEN",
  ...
  "__NAME__": "BJENSEN"
}

The output shows no PROFILES attribute, as this attribute is now empty for this user.

When using CUA systems, each PROFILE has to be specified with a SUBSYSTEM like the next example:

"PROFILES": [
  {
    "BAPIPROF": "SAP_ALL",
    "SUBSYSTEM: "TE9CLNT200"
  },
  {
    "BAPIPROF": "S_A.SYSTEM",
    "SUBSYSTEM: "TE9CLNT200"
  },
],
...
Managing user roles

SAP user roles (or activity groups) are an alternative mechanism to grant authorization to an SAP system. Essentially, a role encapsulates a set of one or more profiles.

Roles can be granted with temporal constraints, that is, a period during which the role is valid. If no temporal constraints are specified, the SAP connector sets the FROM date to the current date and the TO date to 9999-12-31.

Creating a user with one or more profiles

Roles are added as an array of one or more objects.

The following command creates a user SCARTER, with two roles: SAP_AUDITOR_SA_CCM_USR and SAP_ALM_ADMINISTRATOR. The auditor role includes a temporal constraint, which is only valid from May 1st, 2016 to April 30th, 2017. The format of the temporal constraint is YYYY-mm-dd:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "__NAME__" : "SCARTER",
  "__PASSWORD__": "Passw0rd",
  "__PASSWORD_EXPIRED__": false,
  "ACTIVITYGROUPS": [
    {
      "AGR_NAME": "SAP_AUDITOR_SA_CCM_USR",
      "FROM_DAT": "2016-05-01",
      "TO_DAT": "2017-04-30"
    },
    {
      "AGR_NAME": "SAP_ALM_ADMINISTRATOR"
    }
  ]
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/mysap/user/?_action=create"
{
  "_id": "SCARTER",
  "PROFILES": [
    "T_ALM_CONF"
  ],
  ...
  "ACTIVITYGROUPS": [
    {
      "AGR_NAME": "SAP_ALM_ADMINISTRATOR",
      "FROM_DAT": "2016-04-20",
      "TO_DAT": "9999-12-31"
    },
    {
      "AGR_NAME": "SAP_AUDITOR_SA_CCM_USR",
      "FROM_DAT": "2016-05-01",
      "TO_DAT": "2017-04-30"
    }
  ],
  "__NAME__": "SCARTER"
}

When a role is granted, the corresponding profiles are attached to the user account automatically.

Updating a user’s roles

To update a user’s roles, send a PUT request to the user’s ID specifying the new roles as an array of values of the ACTIVITYGROUPS attribute. The values provided in the PUT request will replace the current ACTIVITYGROUPS.

The following example removes the SAP_AUDITOR_SA_CCM_USR role and changes the temporal constraints on the SAP_ALM_ADMINISTRATOR role for SCARTER’s account:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "ACTIVITYGROUPS": [
    {
      "AGR_NAME": "SAP_ALM_ADMINISTRATOR",
      "FROM_DAT": "2015-06-02",
      "TO_DAT": "2016-06-02"
    }
  ]
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/mysap/user/SCARTER"
{
  "_id": "SCARTER",
  "PROFILES": [
    "T_ALM_CONF"
  ],
  ...
  "ACTIVITYGROUPS": [
    {
      "AGR_NAME": "SAP_ALM_ADMINISTRATOR",
      "FROM_DAT": "2015-06-02",
      "TO_DAT": "2016-06-02"
    }
  ],
  "__NAME__": "SCARTER"
}
Removing all roles from a user account

To remove all roles from a user’s account, update the value of the ACTIVITYGROUPS attribute with an empty array. The following example removes all roles from SCARTER’s account:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "ACTIVITYGROUPS": []
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/mysap/user/SCARTER"
{
  "_id": "SCARTER",
  ...
  "LASTMODIFIED": {
    "MODDATE": "2016-04-21",
    "MODTIME": "04:27:00"
  },
  "__NAME__": "SCARTER"
}

The output shows no ACTIVITYGROUPS attribute, as this attribute is now empty.

On CUA systems, each ACTIVITYGROUP has to be specified with a SUBSYSTEM like the next example:

"ACTIVITYGROUPS": [
  {
    "AGR_NAME": "SAP_ALM_ADMINISTRATOR",
    "SUBSYSTEM": "T9CLNT200",
    "FROM_DAT": "2015-06-02",
    "TO_DAT": "2016-06-02"
  }
],
...
Managing user groups

One of the Primary uses of user groups is to sort users into logical groups. This allows users to be categorized in a method that is not dependent on roles, AG’s, Responsibilities, Profiles, and so on.

User Groups also allow segregation of user maintenance, this is especially useful in a large organisation as you can control who your user admin team can maintain - an example would be giving a team leader the authority to change passwords for users in their team.

Creating a user with one or more groups

You add groups as an array of one or more strings.

The following command creates a user SCARTER, with two groups, SUPER and TEST_GROUP:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "__NAME__" : "SCARTER",
  "__PASSWORD__": "Passw0rd",
  "__PASSWORD_EXPIRED__": false,
  "GROUPS": [
    "SUPER",
    "TEST_GROUP"
  ]
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/mysap/user/?_action=create"
{
  "_id": "SCARTER",
  "GROUPS": [
    "SUPER",
    "TEST_GROUP"
  ],
  ...
  "__NAME__": "SCARTER"
}
Updating a user’s groups

To update a user’s groups, send a PUT request to the user’s ID, specifying the new groups as an array of values of the GROUPS attribute. The values provided in the PUT request replaces the current GROUPS.

The following example removes the SUPER group for SCARTER’s account:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "GROUPS": [
    "TEST_GROUP"
  ]
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/mysap/user/SCARTER"
{
  "_id": "SCARTER",
  ...
  "GROUPS": [
    "TEST_GROUP"
  ],
  "__NAME__": "SCARTER"
}
Removing all groups from a user account

To remove all groups from a user’s account, update the value of the GROUPS attribute with an empty array. The following example removes all groups from SCARTER’s account:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "GROUPS": []
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/mysap/user/SCARTER"
{
  "_id": "SCARTER",
  ...
  "LASTMODIFIED": {
    "MODDATE": "2016-04-21",
    "MODTIME": "04:27:00"
  },
  "__NAME__": "SCARTER"
}

The output shows no GROUPS attribute, as this attribute is now empty.

Configuring the SAP connector for OpenIDM user interface for R3

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select SAP Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to SAP Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

Base Connector Details

To run the connector, you need the following minimum configuration:

  • Gateway Host: Host name or IP address of the SAP Gateway Server

  • Application Server Host: Host name or IP address of the SAP Application Server (or SAP Netweaver Gateway)

  • Client: Name of the SAP logon client

  • Language: Language of the remote SAP System

  • SAP Router

  • User: Logon used for authenticating on the remote SAP System

  • Password: Password of the previously specified logon, used for authenticating on the remote SAP System

  • Scripts Root: Full Path To Script Files

  • Search Script

  • Create Script

  • Update Script

  • Delete Script

  • Sync Script

  • Test Script

  • Schema Script

Object Types

You must add or edit your Object Types including the following four objects with the listed minimum properties:

__ACCOUNT__
PROPERTY NAME TYPE NATIVE TYPE REQUIRED ITEM TYPE ITEM NATIVE TYPE

__NAME__

String

String

YES

-

-

__PASSWORD__

String

JAVA_TYPE_GUARDEDSTRING

YES

-

-

ALIAS

String

String

YES

-

-

LOGONDATA

Object

Object

NO

-

-

COMPANY

Object

Object

NO

-

-

ADDRESS

Object

Object

YES

-

-

__LOCK_OUT__

Boolean

JAVA_TYPE_PRIMITIVE_BOOLEAN

NO

-

-

ACTIVITYGROUPS

Array

Object

NO

Object

Object

PROFILES (2)

Array

String

NO

String

String

GROUPS

Array

String

NO

String

String

SYSTEMS (1)

Array

String

NO

String

String

(1) On CUA Systems only.

(2) On CUA Systems it works as an array of objects.

profile
PROPERTY NAME TYPE NATIVE TYPE REQUIRED

MANDT

String

String

NO

BAPIPTEXT

String

String

NO

PROFN

String

String

NO

TYP

String

String

NO

SUBSYSTEMS (1)

Array

String

NO

SUB_PROF (2)

Array

String

NO

(1) On CUA Systems only.

(2) Currently on non CUA Systems only.

activity_group
PROPERTY NAME TYPE NATIVE TYPE REQUIRED

AGR_NAME

String

String

NO

MANDT

String

String

NO

SUBSYSTEMS (1)

Array

String

NO

SUB_AGR (2)

Array

String

NO

PROFILES (2)

Array

String

NO

T_CODES (2)

Array

String

NO

(1) On CUA Systems only.

(2) Currently on non CUA Systems only.

group
PROPERTY NAME TYPE NATIVE TYPE REQUIRED

USERGROUP

String

String

NO

MANDT

String

String

NO
system

This object type is available on CUA Systems only

PROPERTY NAME TYPE NATIVE TYPE REQUIRED

SYSNAME

String

String

NO

SYSTEMTYPE

String

String

NO

RFCDEST

String

String

NO

RCVSYSTEM

String

String

NO

NEW_SYSTEM

String

String

NO

MODEL

String

String

NO

SYSCLIENT

String

String

NO

CLIENT

String

String

NO

Configuring the SAP connector for SNC

The SAP connector supports an SNC (Secure Network Connection) configuration. SNC is a software layer in the SAP System architecture that provides an interface to an external security product.

For a list of the configuration properties specific to SNC, refer to SAP Secure Network Connection Configuration Properties.

Implementation specifics

For PATCH requests, a connector can potentially add, remove, or replace an attribute value. The SAP connector implements the add, remove, and replace operations but the sample scripts provided with the connector implement only the replace operation. If you use these sample scripts, a PATCH request will therefore always replace the entire attribute value with the new value.

Setting productive passwords on the SAP system

Synchronization of passwords to the SAP system requires that you configure SNC and SSO. If you do not configure these two elements correctly, passwords that are updated by IDM are set as initial passwords rather than productive passwords, and users are forced to change their passwords on login.

  1. To configure the SAP connector to use SNC, set the sncMode property to "1".

    To configure the connector to use SSO with SNC, set the sncSSO property to "1".

  2. The logon session during which a productive password is set must be secured using the authentication method Single Sign-On (SSO) using Secure Network Communications (SNC). IDM must request and receive an SSO logon ticket from the SAP system to allow the BAPI_USER_CHANGE process to set a productive password. For more information, refer to SAP Note 1287410.

    To configure the connector to request this logon ticket, set the value of the x509Cert property as follows:

    • If you are using an X509 certificate to negotiate with the SAP server, set the x509Cert property to the base 64-encoded certificate.

      Note that the certificate must be a valid, CA-signed certificate. You cannot use a self-signed certificate here.

    • If you do not use an X509 certificate to negotiate with the SAP server, set the x509Cert property to null.

      In this case, the connector will use the user and password specified in the connector configuration to request the SSO logon ticket.

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the SAP Connector

The SAP Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Authenticate

Provides simple authentication with two parameters, presumed to be a user name and password.

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Resolve Username

Resolves an object by its username and returns the uid of the object.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Script on Resource

Runs a script on the target resource that is managed by this connector.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Sync

Polls the target resource for synchronization events, that is, native changes to objects on the target resource.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

SAP Connector Configuration

The SAP Connector has the following configurable properties:

Basic Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

gwHost

String

null

No

SAP gateway host name.

gwServ

String

null

No

SAP gateway service.

asHost

String

null

No

The FQDN of your SAP Application Server, for example sap.example.com.

user

String

null

Yes

SAP Logon user.

password

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

SAP Logon password.

client

String

000

Yes

SAP client.

systemNumber

String

00

Yes

SAP system number.

language

String

EN

Yes

SAP Logon language.

destination

String

OPENIDM

Yes

SAP JCo destination name.

directConnection

boolean

true

Yes

If true, direct connection to an SAP ABAP Application server or SAP router. If false connection to a group of SAP instances through an SAP message server.

sapRouter

String

null

No

SAP router string to use for a system protected by a firewall. (/H/host[/S/port]).

cua

boolean

false

Yes

Description is not available

threadPoolSize

int

8

No

Description is not available

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Advanced Configuration

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

r3Name

String

null

No

Specifies the name of the SAP system, used when you log in to a logon group that uses load balancing.

msHost

String

null

No

Specifies the host that the message server is running on.

msServ

String

null

No

Name of the service where the message server can be reached.

group

String

null

No

Specifies the group name of the application servers, used when you log in to a logon group that uses load balancing.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

SAP Secure Network Connection Configuration

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

x509Cert

String

null

Yes

No

The X509 certificate supplied for authentication.

sncPartnerName

String

null

No

Specifies the AS ABAP SNC name, for example, "p:CN=ABC, O=MyCompany, C=US". You can find the application server SNC name in the profile parameter snc/identity/as on the AS ABAP.

sncQoP

String

3

No

Specifies the security level to use for the connection. Possible values are 1 - Authentication only, 2 - Integrity protection, 3 - Privacy protection, 8 - Use the value from snc/data_protection/use on the application server, 9 - Use the value from snc/data_protection/max on the application server.

sncMyName

String

null

No

Specifies the connector SNC name, for example, "p:CN=OpenIDM, O=MyCompany, C=US". This parameter is optional, but you should set it to make sure that the correct SNC name is used for the connection.

sncMode

String

0

Yes

Flag used to activate SNC. Possible values are 0 (OFF) and 1 (ON).

sncSSO

String

0

No

Specifies whether the connection should be configured for single sign-on (SSO). Possible values are 0 (OFF) and 1 (ON).

sncLibrary

String

null

No

Specifies the path to the external library that provides Secure Network Connection service. The default is the system-defined library as defined in the environment variable SNC_LIB.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

JCo Connection Pool Configuration

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

peakLimit

String

0

No

Maximum number of active connections that can be created for a destination simultaneously. The value 0 means unlimited.

poolCapacity

String

1

No

Maximum number of idle connections kept open by the destination. 0 = no connection pooling.

expirationTime

String

60000

No

Time in ms after that a free connection can be closed.

expirationPeriod

String

60000

No

Period in ms after that the destination checks the released connections for expiration.

maxGetTime

String

30000

No

Maximum time in ms to wait for a connection, if the maximum allowed number of connections is allocated by the pool.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

SAP Jco Logs Configuration

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

cpicTrace

String

0

No

Enable/disable CPIC trace [0..3].

trace

String

0

No

Enable/disable RFC trace (0 or 1).

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Groovy Engine configuration

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

scriptRoots

String[]

['!/scripts/sap/']

Yes

The root folder to load the scripts from. If the value is null or empty the classpath value is used.

classpath

String[]

[]

No

Classpath for use during compilation.

debug

boolean

false

No

If true, debugging code should be activated.

disabledGlobalASTTransformations

String[]

null

No

Sets a list of global AST transformations which should not be loaded even if they are defined in META-INF/org.codehaus.groovy.transform.ASTTransformation files. By default, none is disabled.

minimumRecompilationInterval

int

100

No

Sets the minimum of time after a script can be recompiled.

recompileGroovySource

boolean

false

No

If set to true recompilation is enabled.

scriptBaseClass

String

null

No

Base class name for scripts (must derive from Script).

scriptExtensions

String[]

['groovy']

No

Gets the extensions used to find groovy files.

sourceEncoding

String

UTF-8

No

Encoding for source files.

targetDirectory

File

null

No

Directory into which to write classes.

tolerance

int

10

No

The error tolerance, which is the number of non-fatal errors (per unit) that should be tolerated before compilation is aborted.

verbose

boolean

false

No

If true, the compiler should produce action information.

warningLevel

int

1

No

Warning Level of the compiler.

customConfiguration

String

null

No

Custom Configuration script for Groovy ConfigSlurper.

customSensitiveConfiguration

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Custom Sensitive Configuration script for Groovy ConfigSlurper.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Operation Script Files

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

authenticateScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the AUTHENTICATE operation.

createScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the CREATE operation.

customizerScriptFileName

String

null

No

The script used to customize some function of the connector. Read the documentation for more details.

deleteScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the DELETE operation.

resolveUsernameScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the RESOLVE_USERNAME operation.

schemaScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the SCHEMA operation.

scriptOnResourceScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the RUNSCRIPTONRESOURCE operation.

searchScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the SEARCH operation.

syncScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the SYNC operation.

testScriptFileName

String

TestSAP.groovy

The name of the file used to perform the TEST operation.

updateScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the UPDATE operation.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

SAP HANA Database connector

Before you start

These connector instructions require a SAP HANA Database account with elevated privileges to add roles, system, and application privileges. The following information is required to configure the connector:

Username

Your SAP HANA Database username.

Password

Your SAP HANA Database password.

JDBC Connection URL

The URL to establish the connection between the connector and the SAP HANA Database.

Driver class name

The class name driver path.

For more information, refer to the Connect to SAP HANA via JDBC documentation.

Install the SAP HANA Database connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

SAP HANA Database

No

Yes

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/saphanadb-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Download the Sap Hana JDBC driver.

The minimum required JDBC version is 2.16.14.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place the library in the /path/to/openidm/lib/ directory:

    mv ~/Downloads/ngdbc-version.jar /path/to/openidm/lib/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the SAP HANA Database connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select SAP HANA Database Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to SAP HANA Database Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

Base connector details

username

The username for logging in to the database.
password

The user password for logging in to the database.
url

The database connection string in the form of jdbc:sap://<server>:<port>[/?<options>].
driverClassName

The file directory location of DBC driver files.
pageSize

Defines the page size to be displayed to users.
ignoreUsers

Database users to ignore. Typically, these are internal database users to avoid for security reasons. SYS and SYSTEM internal users are ignored by default.

Object types

You can add or edit the object type to obtain any of the following objects and their properties:

__ACCOUNT__
PROPERTY NAME TYPE NATIVE TYPE REQUIRED

USER_ID

String

String

NO

USER_NAME

String

String

NO

PASSWORD

GuardedString

String

NO

USER_MODE

String

String

NO

EMAIL_ADDRESS

String

String

NO

CLIENT

String

String

NO

TIME_ZONE

String

String

NO

CREATOR

String

String

NO

VALID_FROM

String

String

NO

VALID_UNTIL

String

String

NO

IS_RESTRICTED

Boolean

Boolean

NO

IS_CLIENT_CONNECT_ENABLED

Boolean

Boolean

NO

HAS_REMOTE_USERS

Boolean

Boolean

NO

PASSWORD_CHANGE_NEEDED

Boolean

Boolean

NO

IS_KERBEROS_ENABLED

Boolean

Boolean

NO

IS_SAML_ENABLED

Boolean

Boolean

NO

IS_PASSWORD_ENABLED

Boolean

Boolean

NO

SAML_PROVIDERS

Array

Object

NO

SYSTEM_PRIVILEGES

Array

String

NO

APPLICATION_PRIVILEGES

Array

String

NO

ROLES

Array

String

NO

EXTERNAL_IDENTITY

Array

String

NO
ROLES
PROPERTY NAME TYPE NATIVE TYPE REQUIRED

ROLE_ID

String

String

NO

ROLE_NAME

String

String

NO

GLOBAL_IDENTITY

String

String

NO

ROLE_SCHEMA_NAME

String

String

NO

ROLE_MODE

String

String

NO
APPLICATION_PRIVILEGES

PROPERTY NAME

TYPE

NATIVE TYPE

REQUIRED

__NAME__

String

String

NO
SYSTEM_PRIVILEGES

PROPERTY NAME

TYPE

NATIVE TYPE

REQUIRED

__NAME__

String

String

NO

To configure the connector over REST or using the filesystem, specify the connection details to the SAP HANA Database resource provider in the configurationProperties for the connector. The minimum required properties are username, password, url and driverClassName.

Sample configuration

{
    "configurationProperties" : {
        "connectionProperties" : null,
        "propagateInterruptState" : false,
        "useDisposableConnectionFacade" : true,
        "defaultCatalog" : null,
        "validationInterval" : 3000,
        "ignoreExceptionOnPreLoad" : false,
        "jmxEnabled" : true,
        "commitOnReturn" : false,
        "logAbandoned" : false,
        "maxIdle" : 100,
        "testWhileIdle" : false,
        "removeAbandoned" : false,
        "abandonWhenPercentageFull" : 0,
        "minIdle" : 10,
        "defaultReadOnly" : null,
        "maxWait" : 30000,
        "logValidationErrors" : false,
        "name" : "Tomcat Connection Pool[1-20280544]",
        "useStatementFacade" : true,
        "initSQL" : null,
        "validationQueryTimeout" : -1,
        "validationQuery" : null,
        "rollbackOnReturn" : false,
        "alternateUsernameAllowed" : false,
        "dataSourceJNDI" : null,
        "validatorClassName" : null,
        "suspectTimeout" : 0,
        "useEquals" : true,
        "removeAbandonedTimeout" : 60,
        "defaultAutoCommit" : null,
        "testOnConnect" : false,
        "jdbcInterceptors" : null,
        "initialSize" : 10,
        "defaultTransactionIsolation" : -1,
        "numTestsPerEvictionRun" : 0,
        "url" : "jdbc:sap://HOST:PORT",
        "testOnBorrow" : false,
        "fairQueue" : true,
        "accessToUnderlyingConnectionAllowed" : true,
        "maxAge" : 0,
        "minEvictableIdleTimeMillis" : 60000,
        "timeBetweenEvictionRunsMillis" : 5000,
        "testOnReturn" : false,
        "useLock" : false,
        "maxActive" : 100,
        "username" : "USERNAME",
        "password" : "PASSWORD",
        "pageSize" : "50",
        "driverClassName" : "com.sap.db.jdbc.Driver",
        "ignoreUsers" : [
            "SYS",
            "SYSTEM"
        ]
    }
}

Mapping

From SAP HANA Database users to IDM or Advanced Identity Cloud users
Attributes
SOURCE TARGET TRANSFORMATION SCRIPT

USER_ID

_id

N/A

USER_NAME

userName

N/A

PASSWORD

password

N/A

EMAIL_ADDRESS

mail

N/A

TIME_ZOME

timeZone

N/A

CLIENT

sessionClient

N/A

VALID_FROM

validFrom

N/A

VALID_UNTIL

validUntil

N/A

IS_RESTRICTED

isRestricted

N/A

ROLES

grantedRoles

N/A

APPLICATION_PRIVILEGES

applicationPrivileges

N/A

SYSTEM_PRIVILEGES

systemPrivileges

N/A

SAML_PROVIDERS

samlProviders

N/A

IS_SAML_ENABLED

isSamlEnabled

N/A

IS_KERBEROS_ENABLED

isKerberosEnabled

N/A

PASSWORD_CHANGE_NEEDED

passwordChangeNeeded

N/A

EXTERNAL_IDENTITY

externalIdentity

N/A

Association>Association Rules>Correlation Queries

  • Link Qualifier: default

  • Any of the following fields: USER_NAME

From IDM or Advanced Identity Cloud users to SAP HANA Database users
Attributes
SOURCE TARGET TRANSFORMATION SCRIPT

userName

USER_NAME

N/A

password

PASSWORD

N/A

mail

EMAIL_ADDRESS

N/A

timeZone

TIME_ZONE

N/A

sessionClient

CLIENT

N/A

validFrom

VALID_FROM

N/A

validUntil

VALID_UNTIL

N/A

isRestricted

IS_RESTRICTED

N/A

grantedRoles

ROLES

N/A

applicationPrivileges

APPLICATION_PRIVILEGES

N/A

systemPrivileges

SYSTEM_PRIVILEGES

N/A

samlProviders

SAML_PROVIDERS

N/A

isSamlEnabled

IS_SAML_ENABLED

N/A

isKerberosEnabled

IS_KERBEROS_ENABLED

N/A

passwordChangeNeeded

PASSWORD_CHANGE_NEEDED

N/A

externalIdentity

EXTERNAL_IDENTITY

N/A

Association>Association Rules>Correlation Queries

  • Link Qualifier: default

  • Any of the following fields: USER_NAME

Test the SAP HANA Database connector

Test the connector configuration:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0' \
--request POST \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/saphanadb?_action=test'
{
    "name": "saphanadb",
    "enabled": true,
    "config": "config/provisioner.openicf/saphanadb",
    "connectorRef": {
        "bundleVersion": [1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0),
        "bundleName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.saphanadb-connector",
        "connectorName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.saphanadb.SapHanaDBConnector"
    },
    "displayName": "SAP HANA Database Connector",
    "objectTypes": [
        "APPLICATION_PRIVILEGES",
        "__ACCOUNT__",
        "SYSTEM_PRIVILEGES",
        "ROLES",
        "__ALL__"
    ],
    "ok": true
}

Use the SAP HANA Database connector

Database user

Create a user

To create a new user, you must include at least the USER_NAME and PASSWORD fields. The default configuration requires passwords to have:

  • a minimum of 8 characters.

  • at least one number.

  • at least one uppercase letter.

  • at least one lowercase letter.

Special characters are optional, but the default password setting (Aa1) only accepts underscores (_). For more information, refer to Password Policy Configuration Options.

If the IS_RESTRICTED field is true, a restricted user is created. A restricted user has no default roles and an unrestricted user has the default PUBLIC role.

The possible date format for the fields VALID_FROM and VALID_UNTIL is: yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm AM/PM.

When assigning SAML Providers to a User, only those providers that already exist within the database can be assigned during a create operation.

To grant and revoke roles, application or system privileges, some requirements are necessary, as detailed here.

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0' \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request POST \
--data '{
    "USER_NAME" : "SAPHANADB_NEWUSER",
    "PASSWORD" : "Password123",
    "EMAIL_ADDRESS" : "SAPHANADB_NEWUSER@example.com",
    "CLIENT" : "001",
    "TIME_ZONE" : "GMT",
    "VALID_FROM" : "2024-12-12 12:30",
    "VALID_UNTIL" : "2025-12-12 15:00",
    "IS_SAML_ENABLED" : true,
    "IS_KERBEROS_ENABLED" : true,
    "IS_PASSWORD_ENABLED" : true,
    "IS_CLIENT_CONNECT_ENABLED": true,
    "ROLES" : [
      "MODELING"
    ],
    "APPLICATION_PRIVILEGES" : [
        "sap.hana.backup::Admin"
    ],
    "SYSTEM_PRIVILEGES" : [
        "REPO.EXPORT",
        "REPO.IMPORT",
        "REPO.MAINTAIN_DELIVERY_UNITS"
    ]
}' \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/saphanadb/__ACCOUNT__'
{
    "USER_NAME" : "SAPHANADB_NEWUSER",
    "EMAIL_ADDRESS" : "SAPHANADB_NEWUSER@example.com",
    "IS_RESTRICTED" : false,
    "CLIENT" : "001",
    "TIME_ZONE" : "GMT",
    "USER_MODE" : "LOCAL"
    "VALID_FROM": "2024-12-12 12:30",
    "VALID_UNTIL": "2025-12-12 15:00",
    "IS_SAML_ENABLED" : true,
    "IS_KERBEROS_ENABLED" : true,
    "IS_PASSWORD_ENABLED" : true,
    "PASSWORD_CHANGE_NEEDED" : false,
    "IS_CLIENT_CONNECT_ENABLED": true,
    "HAS_REMOTE_USERS" : false,
    "EXTERNAL_IDENTITY" : false,
    "CREATOR" : "USER_CREATOR",
    "ROLES" : [
        "PUBLIC",
        "MODELING"
    ],
    "APPLICATION_PRIVILEGES" : [
        "sap.hana.backup::Admin"
    ],
    "SYSTEM_PRIVILEGES" : [
        "REPO.EXPORT",
        "REPO.IMPORT",
        "REPO.MAINTAIN_DELIVERY_UNITS"
    ]
}
Get users

Retrieve a list of database user ids from SAP HANA Database:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/saphanadb/__ACCOUNT__?_queryId=query-all-ids'
{
    "result": [
        {
            "_id" : "001"
        },
        {
            "_id" : "002"
        },
        {
            "_id" : "003"
        },
        ...
    ]
}
Get a user

Retrieve a user from SAP HANA Database. You must specify the id in the URI path:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/saphanadb/__ACCOUNT__/USER_ID'
{
    "USER_NAME" : "NEW_USER",
    "EMAIL_ADDRESS" : "NEW_USER@example.com",
    "IS_RESTRICTED" : false,
    "CLIENT" : "000",
    "TIME_ZONE" : "GMT",
    "USER_MODE" : "LOCAL",
    "VALID_FROM": "2023-09-06",
    "VALID_UNTIL": "2023-12-31",
    "IS_SAML_ENABLED" : fale,
    "IS_KERBEROS_ENABLED" : false,
    "IS_PASSWORD_ENABLED" : true,
    "PASSWORD_CHANGE_NEEDED" : false,
    "HAS_REMOTE_USERS" : false,
    "IS_CLIENT_CONNECT_ENABLED": true,
    "EXTERNAL_IDENTITY" : "999",
    "CREATOR" : "USER_CREATOR",
    "ROLES": [
        "PUBLIC",
        "MODELING"
    ],
    "APPLICATION_PRIVILEGES" : [
        "sap.hana.backup::Admin"
    ],
    "SYSTEM_PRIVILEGES" : [
        "REPO.EXPORT",
    ],
    "SAML_PROVIDERS" : [
        {
            "SAML_PROVIDER_NAME" : "PROVIDER_NAME",
            "EXTERNAL_IDENTITY" : null
        }
    ]
}
Update a user

Update a user from the database. You must specify the id in the URI path.

The roles field combines the catalog and repository roles. To grant and revoke roles, application or system privileges, some requirements are necessary, as detailed here.

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0' \
--request PUT \
--data '{
    "EMAIL_ADDRESS": "NEW_MAIL@EMAIL.COM",
    "CLIENT" : "002",
    "TIME_ZONE" : "PST",
    "VALID_FROM" : "2023-09-06",
    "VALID_UNTIL" : "2023-12-31",
    "IS_KERBEROS_ENABLED" : true,
    "IS_SAML_ENABLED" : true,
    "IS_PASSWORD_ENABLED" : true,
    "PASSWORD_CHANGE_NEEDED": true,
    "IS_CLIENT_CONNECT_ENABLED": true,
    "EXTERNAL_IDENTITY": "999",
    "ROLES": [
        "PUBLIC",
        "RESTRICTED_USER_JDBC_ACCESS"
    ]
}' \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/saphanadb/__ACCOUNT__/USER_ID'
{
    "USER_NAME": "USERNAME",
    "EMAIL_ADDRESS": "NEW_MAIL@EMAIL.COM",
    "IS_RESTRICTED": false,
    "CLIENT": "002",
    "TIME_ZONE": "PST",
    "USER_MODE": "LOCAL",
    "VALID_FROM": "2023-09-06",
    "VALID_UNTIL": "2023-12-31",
    "IS_KERBEROS_ENABLED": true,
    "IS_SAML_ENABLED": true,
    "IS_PASSWORD_ENABLED": true,
    "PASSWORD_CHANGE_NEEDED": true,
    "IS_CLIENT_CONNECT_ENABLED": true,
    "EXTERNAL_IDENTITY": "999",
    "HAS_REMOTE_USERS": false,
    "CREATOR": "USER_CREATOR",
    "ROLES": [
        "PUBLIC",
        "RESTRICTED_USER_JDBC_ACCESS",
    ],
    "APPLICATION_PRIVILEGES": [],
    "SYSTEM_PRIVILEGES": [],
    "SAML_PROVIDERS" : []
}
Delete a user

Delete a user from a database. You must specify the id in the URI path:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0' \
--request DELETE \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/saphanadb/__ACCOUNT__/USER_ID'
{
    "USER_NAME" : "NEW_USER",
    "EMAIL_ADDRESS" : "NEW_USER@EMAIL.COM",
    "IS_RESTRICTED" : false,
    "CLIENT" : "001",
    "TIME_ZONE" : "GMT",
    "USER_MODE" : "LOCAL"
    "VALID_FROM": "2024-12-12",
    "VALID_UNTIL": "2025-12-12",
    "IS_SAML_ENABLED" : false,
    "IS_KERBEROS_ENABLED" : false,
    "IS_PASSWORD_ENABLED" : true,
    "PASSWORD_CHANGE_NEEDED" : false,
    "IS_CLIENT_CONNECT_ENABLED": true,
    "HAS_REMOTE_USERS" : false,
    "EXTERNAL_IDENTITY" : "999",
    "CREATOR" : "USER_CREATOR",
    "ROLES": [
        "PUBLIC"
    ],
    "APPLICATION_PRIVILEGES" : [],
    "SYSTEM_PRIVILEGES" : [],
    "SAML_PROVIDERS" : []
}
Get roles

Retrieve roles from a SAP HANA Database:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/saphanadb/ROLES?_queryFilter=true'
{
    "result": [
        {
            "_id": "2361418",
            "ROLE_NAME": "ABAP_READ",
            "ROLE_ID": "2361418",
            "ROLE_MODE": "LOCAL",
            "__NAME__": "ABAP_READ",
            "ROLE_SCHEMA_NAME": null,
            "GLOBAL_IDENTITY": null
        },
        ...
}
Get system privileges

Retrieve system privileges from a SAP HANA Database:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/saphanadb/SYSTEM_PRIVILEGES?_queryFilter=true'
{
    "result": [
        {
            "_id": "ADAPTER ADMIN",
            "__NAME__": "ADAPTER ADMIN",
        },
        ...
}
Get application privileges

Retrieve application privileges from a SAP HANA Database:

curl
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0' \
--request GET 'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/saphanadb/APPLICATION_PRIVILEGES/_queryFilter=true'
{
    "result": [
        {
            "_id": "sap.hana.ide::Catalog",
            "__NAME__": "sap.hana.ide::Catalog"
        },
        ...
}

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the SAP HANA Database Connector

The SAP HANA Database Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

SAP HANA Database Connector Configuration

The SAP HANA Database Connector has the following configurable properties:

Configuration properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

connectionProperties

String

null

No

Description is not available

propagateInterruptState

boolean

false

No

Description is not available

useDisposableConnectionFacade

boolean

true

No

Description is not available

defaultCatalog

String

null

No

Description is not available

validationInterval

long

3000

No

Description is not available

ignoreExceptionOnPreLoad

boolean

false

No

Description is not available

jmxEnabled

boolean

true

No

Description is not available

commitOnReturn

boolean

false

No

Description is not available

logAbandoned

boolean

false

No

Description is not available

maxIdle

int

100

No

Description is not available

testWhileIdle

boolean

false

No

Description is not available

removeAbandoned

boolean

false

No

Description is not available

abandonWhenPercentageFull

int

0

No

Description is not available

minIdle

int

10

No

Description is not available

defaultReadOnly

Boolean

null

No

Description is not available

maxWait

int

30000

No

Description is not available

logValidationErrors

boolean

false

No

Description is not available

driverClassName

String

null

No

Description is not available

name

String

Tomcat Connection Pool[7-351632824]

No

Description is not available

useStatementFacade

boolean

true

No

Description is not available

initSQL

String

null

No

Description is not available

validationQueryTimeout

int

-1

No

Description is not available

validationQuery

String

null

No

Description is not available

rollbackOnReturn

boolean

false

No

Description is not available

alternateUsernameAllowed

boolean

false

No

Description is not available

dataSourceJNDI

String

null

No

Description is not available

validatorClassName

String

null

No

Description is not available

suspectTimeout

int

0

No

Description is not available

useEquals

boolean

true

No

Description is not available

removeAbandonedTimeout

int

60

No

Description is not available

defaultAutoCommit

Boolean

null

No

Description is not available

testOnConnect

boolean

false

No

Description is not available

jdbcInterceptors

String

null

No

Description is not available

initialSize

int

10

No

Description is not available

defaultTransactionIsolation

int

-1

No

Description is not available

numTestsPerEvictionRun

int

0

No

Description is not available

url

String

null

No

Description is not available

testOnBorrow

boolean

false

No

Description is not available

fairQueue

boolean

true

No

Description is not available

accessToUnderlyingConnectionAllowed

boolean

true

No

Description is not available

maxAge

long

0

No

Description is not available

minEvictableIdleTimeMillis

int

60000

No

Description is not available

timeBetweenEvictionRunsMillis

int

5000

No

Description is not available

testOnReturn

boolean

false

No

Description is not available

useLock

boolean

false

No

Description is not available

maxActive

int

100

No

Description is not available

username

String

null

No

The connection username to be passed to our JDBC driver to establish a connection

password

String

null

Yes

Yes

SAP HANA Database login password to authenticate the user

pageSize

Integer

50

No

Page size of search

ignoreUsers

String[]

['SYS', 'SYSTEM']

No

List of database users to be ignored by the connector

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

SAP S/4HANA connector

The SAP S/4HANA connector lets you manage and synchronize accounts between SAP S/4HANA and IDM and Advanced Identity Cloud managed user objects. An SAP S/4HANA administrator account is required for this connector to work.

The SAP S/4HANA connector only supports SAP HANA Cloud. To connect to HANA DB use the SAP HANA Database connector.

Before you start

Before you configure the connector, log in to your AWS administrator account and note the following:

Username

Inbound Communication user of SAP S/4HANA.

Password

Inbound Communication user password of SAP S/4HANA.

Tenant ID

Which tenant the SAP S/4HANA instance is hosted on.

Install the SAP S/4HANA connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

SAP S/4HANA

No

No

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/saphana-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the SAP S/4HANA connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select SAP S/4HANA Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to SAP S/4HANA Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

Test the SAP S/4HANA connector

Test that the configuration is correct by running the following command:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/saphana?_action=test"
{
  "name": "saphana",
  "enabled": true,
  "config": "config/provisioner.openicf/saphana",
  "connectorRef": {
    "bundleVersion": "[1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0)",
    "bundleName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.saphana-connector",
    "connectorName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.saphana.SapHanaConnector"
  },
  "displayName": "SAP HANA Connector",
  "objectTypes": [
    "__ACCOUNT__",
    "__ALL__"
  ],
  "ok": true
}

If the command returns "ok": true, your connector has been configured correctly and can authenticate to the SAP S/4HANA system.

SAP S/4HANA remote connector

If you want to run this connector outside of PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or IDM, you can configure the SAP S/4HANA connector as a remote connector. Java Connectors installed remotely on a Java Connector Server function identically to those bundled locally within PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or installed locally on IDM.

You can download the SAP S/4HANA connector from here.

Refer to Remote connectors for configuring the SAP S/4HANA remote connector.

Use the SAP S/4HANA connector

The following SAP S/4HANA account attributes are supported by the SAP S/4HANA connector:

Attribute Description

PersonUUID

Unique identifier for a user.

PersonExternalID

The external ID of the user. This can only include uppercase letters, numbers, ., -, and _. Required.

UserId

Auto-generated user id.

PersonID

Auto-generated user id.

__USER__

Login username for the user. This can only include uppercase letters, numbers, ., -, and _. Required.

FirstName

First name of the user. Required.

LastName

Last name of the user. Required.

MiddleName

Middle name of the user.

LockedIndicator

Status of the user. Either active or inactive.

GenderCode

Gender of the user. Permitted values are 1 (Male), or 2 (Female). Required; use 0 to leave it unspecified. If specified, this must match the values listed in FormOfAddress.

FormOfAddress

Salutation of the user. Permitted values are 00001 or 1 (Mr), or 00002 or 2 (Mrs). Values must match GenderCode.

StartDate

Start date for the created user, in YYYY-MM-DD format. Required.

EndDate

End date for the created user, in YYYY-MM-DD format.

PersonFullName

Full name of the user.

AcademicTitle

Academic title of the user. Permitted values are 0001 (DR.), 0002 (PROF.), 0003 (PROF. DR.), 0004 (B.A.), 0005 (MBA), or 0006 (PH.D.).

CorrespondenceLanguage

The correspondence language for the user. For example, DE, or EN.

AdditionalLastName

Additional last name of the user.

BirthName

Birth name of the user.

NickName

Nickname of the user.

Initials

Initials of the user.

AcademicSecondTitle

Academic secondary title of the user. Permitted values are 0001 (DR.), 0002 (PROF.), 0003 (PROF. DR.), 0004 (B.A.), 0005 (MBA), or 0006 (PH.D.).

NameSupplement

Supplemental titles of the user. Permitted values are 0001 or 1 (Earl), 0002 or 2 (Freifrau), 0003 or 3 (Freiherr), 0004 or 4 (Fürst), 0005 or 5 (Fürstin), 0006 or 6 (Graf), 0007 or 7 (Gräfin), and 0008 or 8 (Sir).

PhoneInformation

Object with the following sub-attributes:

  • PhoneNumberType: Type of phone number. Permitted values are ECPC (Cell phone), or ECPB (Landline).

  • CountryDialingCode: Country dialing code, such as 1 (USA) or 33 (France). Numbers only, + is not allowed.

  • PhoneNumberSubscriberID: Phone number of the user.

EmailAddress

Email address of the user.

CompanyCode

Predefined code of the company of the user. Required.

WorkAgreementStatus

Status of the work agreement for the user. Permitted values are 0 (Inactive), or 1 (Active).

LogonLanguageCode

Language code for the user.

DateFormatCode

What format dates should be displayed in. For example, 6 formats dates according to ISO 8601 (YYYY-MM-DD). Available codes:

  • 1 - DD.MM.YYYY (Gregorian Date)

  • 2 - MM/DD/YYYY (Gregorian Date)

  • 3 - MM-DD-YYYY (Gregorian Date)

  • 4 - YYYY.MM.DD (Gregorian Date)

  • 5 - YYYY/MM/DD (Gregorian Date)

  • 6 - YYYY-MM-DD (Gregorian Date, ISO 8601)

  • 7 - GYY.MM.DD (Japanese Date)

  • 8 - GYY/MM/DD (Japanese Date)

  • 9 - GYY-MM-DD (Japanese Date)

  • A - YYYY/MM/DD (Islamic Date 1)

  • B - YYYY/MM/DD (Islamic Date 2)

  • C - YYYY/MM/DD (Iranian Date)

TimeFormatCode

What format times should be displayed in. For example, 0 formats times in a 24 hour format (14:35:59 PM). Available codes:

  • 0 - 24 Hour Format (Example: 12:05:10)

  • 1 - 12 Hour Format (Example: 12:05:10 PM)

  • 2 - 12 Hour Format (Example: 12:05:10 pm)

  • 3 - Hours from 0 to 11 (Example: 00:05:10 PM)

  • 4 - Hours from 0 to 11 (Example: 00:05:10 pm)

TimeZoneCode

Time zone code of the user.

DecimalFormatCode

What decimal notation numbers should be displayed in. Available codes:

  • 1.234.567,89

  • X - 1,234,567.89

  • Y - 1 234 567,89

Role

Role assignment of the user.

PersonWorkAgreementUUID

Unique ID of the work agreement associated with the user.

PersonWorkAgreementExternalID

External ID of the work agreement associated with the user.

PersonWorkAgreementType

Role of the work agreement associated with the user. Permitted values are 1 (User), or 3 (Service performer).

The following attributes are mapped in the connector automatically:

  • PersonWorkAgreementUUID is mapped to PersonExternalID

  • PersonWorkAgreementExternalID is mapped to PersonExternalID

  • PersonWorkAgreementType is assigned to its default value

You can use the SAP S/4HANA connector to perform the following actions on an SAP S/4HANA account:

Create an SAP S/4HANA user

The following example creates a user with the minimum required attributes:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "__NAME__": "BJENSEN",
  "FirstName": "Barbara",
  "LastName": "Jensen",
  "StartDate": "2022-06-02",
  "PersonExternalID": "BJENSEN",
  "CompanyCode": 1010,
  "GenderCode": 2
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/saphana/__ACCOUNT__?_action=create"
{
  "_id": "9980004320",
  "TimeFormatCode": "0",
  "PersonFullName": "Barbara Jensen",
  "__UID__": "9980004320",
  "FirstName": "Barbara",
  "UserID": "CB9980004320",
  "__NAME__": "BJENSEN",
  "DecimalFormatCode": "X",
  "StartDate": "2022-06-02",
  "LogonLanguageCode": "EN",
  "LastName": "Jensen",
  "PersonExternalID": "BJENSEN",
  "PersonUUID": "FA163EA9-3617-1EEC-B8DA-AD865EF3B625",
  "__ENABLE__": true,
  "TimeZoneCode": "CET",
  "EndDate": "9999-12-31",
  "DateFormatCode": "1"
}

When you create a new user, you must specify at least:

  • __NAME__

  • PersonExternalID

  • FirstName

  • LastName

  • GenderCode

  • StartDate

  • CompanyCode

See the list of available attributes for more information.
Update an SAP S/4HANA user

You can modify an existing user with a PUT request, including all attributes of the account in the request. The following attributes can be modified on a user:

  • __USER__

  • PersonExternalID

  • FirstName

  • LastName

  • GenderCode

  • EmailAddress

  • PhoneInformation

  • PersonFullName

  • AcademicTitle

  • CorrespondenceLanguage

  • MiddleName

  • AdditionalLastName

  • BirthName

  • NickName

  • Initials

  • AcademicSecondTitle

  • NameSupplement

  • WorkAgreementStatus

  • CompanyCode

  • StartDate

  • EndDate

  • LockedIndicator

  • DateFormatCode

  • DecimalFormatCode

  • TimeFormatCode

  • TimeZoneCode

  • LogonLanguageCode

  • Role

When updating the validity period for a user, both StartDate and EndDate are required.

For example, to add an email address to a user:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__NAME__": "BJENSEN",
  "FirstName": "Barbara",
  "LastName": "Jensen",
  "StartDate": "2022-06-02",
  "PersonExternalID": "BJENSEN",
  "CompanyCode": 1010,
  "GenderCode": 2,
  "EmailAddress": "bjensen@example.com"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/saphana/__ACCOUNT__/9980004320"
{
  "_id": "9980004320",
  "TimeFormatCode": "0",
  "PersonFullName": "Barbara Jensen",
  "__UID__": "9980004320",
  "EmailAddress": "bjensen@example.com",
  "FirstName": "Barbara",
  "UserID": "CB9980004320",
  "__NAME__": "BJENSEN",
  "DecimalFormatCode": "X",
  "StartDate": "2022-06-02",
  "LogonLanguageCode": "EN",
  "LastName": "Jensen",
  "PersonExternalID": "BJENSEN",
  "PersonUUID": "FA163EA9-3617-1EEC-B8DA-AD865EF3B625",
  "__ENABLE__": true,
  "TimeZoneCode": "CET",
  "EndDate": "9999-12-31",
  "DateFormatCode": "1"
}
Query SAP S/4HANA users

The following example queries all SAP S/4HANA users:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/saphana/__ACCOUNT__?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "9980000000"
    },
    {
      "_id": "9980000002"
    },
    {
      "_id": "9980000004"
    },
    {
      "_id": "9980000006"
    },
    [ ... ]
    {
      "_id": "9980004314"
    },
    {
      "_id": "9980004316"
    },
    {
      "_id": "9980004318"
    },
    {
      "_id": "9980004320"
    }
  ],
  "resultCount": 2139,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}

The following command queries a specific user by their ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/saphana/__ACCOUNT__/9980004320"
{
  "_id": "9980004320",
  "TimeFormatCode": "0",
  "PersonFullName": "Barbara Jensen",
  "__UID__": "9980004320",
  "EmailAddress": "bjensen@example.com",
  "FirstName": "Barbara",
  "UserID": "CB9980004320",
  "__NAME__": "BJENSEN",
  "DecimalFormatCode": "X",
  "StartDate": "2022-06-02",
  "LogonLanguageCode": "EN",
  "LastName": "Jensen",
  "PersonExternalID": "BJENSEN",
  "PersonUUID": "FA163EA9-3617-1EEC-B8DA-AD865EF3B625",
  "__ENABLE__": true,
  "TimeZoneCode": "CET",
  "EndDate": "9999-12-31",
  "DateFormatCode": "1"
}
Enable an SAP S/4HANA user 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__NAME__": "BJENSEN",
  "__ENABLE__": true
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/saphana/__ACCOUNT__/9980004320"
{
  "_id": "9980004320",
  "TimeFormatCode": "0",
  "PersonFullName": "Barbara Jensen",
  "__UID__": "9980004320",
  "EmailAddress": "bjensen@example.com",
  "FirstName": "Barbara",
  "UserID": "CB9980004320",
  "__NAME__": "BJENSEN",
  "DecimalFormatCode": "X",
  "StartDate": "2022-06-02",
  "LogonLanguageCode": "EN",
  "LastName": "Jensen",
  "PersonExternalID": "BJENSEN",
  "PersonUUID": "FA163EA9-3617-1EEC-B8DA-AD865EF3B625",
  "__ENABLE__": true,
  "TimeZoneCode": "CET",
  "EndDate": "9999-12-31",
  "DateFormatCode": "1"
}
Disable an SAP S/4HANA user 
curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__NAME__": "BJENSEN",
  "__ENABLE__": false
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/saphana/__ACCOUNT__/9980004320"
{
  "_id": "9980004320",
  "TimeFormatCode": "0",
  "PersonFullName": "Barbara Jensen",
  "__UID__": "9980004320",
  "EmailAddress": "bjensen@example.com",
  "FirstName": "Barbara",
  "UserID": "CB9980004320",
  "__NAME__": "BJENSEN",
  "DecimalFormatCode": "X",
  "StartDate": "2022-06-02",
  "LogonLanguageCode": "EN",
  "LastName": "Jensen",
  "PersonExternalID": "BJENSEN",
  "PersonUUID": "FA163EA9-3617-1EEC-B8DA-AD865EF3B625",
  "__ENABLE__": false,
  "TimeZoneCode": "CET",
  "EndDate": "9999-12-31",
  "DateFormatCode": "1"
}

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the SAP HANA Connector

The SAP HANA Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

SAP HANA Connector Configuration

The SAP HANA Connector has the following configurable properties:

Basic Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

userName

String

null

Yes

Provides the Username to authorize the SAP HANA APIs.

password

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

Provides the Password to authorize the SAP HANA APIs.

instanceUrl

String

null

Yes

Instance URL of the SAP HANA instance.

tenantId

String

null

No

Provides the Tenant ID to identify your custom SAP HANA APIs.

pageSize

Integer

1000

No

Page Size for search operation.

httpProxyHost

String

null

No

Provides the HTTP Proxy Host.

httpProxyPort

Integer

null

No

Provides the HTTP Proxy Port.

httpProxyUsername

String

null

No

Provides the HTTP Proxy Username.

httpProxyPassword

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Provides the HTTP Proxy Password.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

SCIM connector

The SCIM connector is based on the Simple Cloud Identity Management (SCIM) protocol and lets you manage user and group accounts on any SCIM-compliant resource provider, such as Slack or Facebook. The SCIM connector implements both 1.1 and 2.0 endpoints.

Ping strongly recommends that you do not use the SCIM connector to connect to Salesforce systems. Use the Salesforce connector.

The SCIM connector uses the Apache HTTP client, which leverages the HTTP client connection pool, not the ICF connector pool.

Install the SCIM connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

SCIM

Yes

Yes

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/scim-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the SCIM connector

SCIM V2 supports a "path" attribute value describing the target of the operation. The attribute value is optional for patch "add" and "replace" operations. If the SCIM resource provider requires this configuration, do one of the following:

  • Using the IDM admin UI, enable Use Path for Patch v2 in the Additional Options area of the connector configuration. Refer to the following procedure for additional details on configuring the connector using the UI.

  • Add the following to the connector configuration configurationProperties:

    "usePathForPatchV2" : true

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select SCIM Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to SCIM Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

Configure the SCIM connector using the filesystem

Alternatively, create a connector configuration file in your project’s conf directory:

  1. Copy /path/to/openidm/samples/example-configurations/provisioners/provisioner.openicf-scim.json to your project’s conf/ directory.

  2. Edit conf/provisioner.openicf-scim.json , as necessary. The following changes are required:

    • "enabled" : true

    • To specify the connection details to the SCIM resource provider, set the configurationProperties. The required properties vary, based on the authenticationMethod:

      OAUTH

      The minimum required properties are grantType, SCIMEndpoint, tokenEndpoint, clientId, and clientSecret.

      BASIC

      The minimum required properties are user and password.

      TOKEN

      The minimum required property is authToken.

    Sample Configuration Using OAUTH 
    "configurationProperties" : {
    "SCIMEndpoint" : "https://example.com/scim",
    "SCIMVersion" : 1,
    "authenticationMethod" : "OAUTH",
    "user" : null,
    "password" : null,
    "tokenEndpoint" : "https://example.com/oauth2/token",
    "clientId" : "Kdvl...................j3fka",
    "clientSecret" : "xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx",
    "acceptSelfSignedCertificates" : true,
    "grantType" : "client_credentials",
    "disableHostNameVerifier" : true,
    "connectionTimeout" : 30,
    "maximumConnections" : 10,
    "httpProxyHost" : null,
    "httpProxyPort" : null
}
    On startup, IDM encrypts the value of the clientSecret.

Test the SCIM connector

After the connector is properly configured, you can test its status:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system?_action=test"
[
  {
    "name": "SCIM",
    "enabled": true,
    "config": "config/provisioner.openicf/SCIM",
    "connectorRef": {
      "bundleName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.scim-connector",
      "connectorName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.scim.ScimConnector",
      "bundleVersion": "[1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0)"
    },
    "displayName": "Scim Connector",
    "objectTypes": [
      "__ACCOUNT__",
      "__ALL__",
      "__GROUP__"
    ],
    "ok": true
  }
]

A status of "ok": true indicates that the SCIM connector can reach the configured resource provider.

SCIM remote connector

If you want to run this connector outside of PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or IDM, you can configure the SCIM connector as a remote connector. Java Connectors installed remotely on a Java Connector Server function identically to those bundled locally within PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or installed locally on IDM.

You can download the SCIM connector from here.

Refer to Remote connectors for configuring the SCIM remote connector.

Implementation specifics

For PATCH requests, a connector can potentially add, remove, or replace an attribute value. The SCIM connector does not implement the add or remove operations, so a PATCH request always replaces the entire attribute value with the new value.

Using the SCIM connector with a proxy server

If the IDM server is hosted behind a firewall and requests to the resource provider are routed through a proxy, you must specify the proxy host and port in the connector configuration.

To specify the proxy server details, set the httpProxyHost, and httpProxyPort properties in the connector configuration. For example:

"configurationProperties": {
    ...
    "httpProxyHost": "myproxy.home.com",
    "httpProxyPort": 8080,
    ...
},

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the Scim Connector

The Scim Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Sync

Polls the target resource for synchronization events, that is, native changes to objects on the target resource.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

Scim Connector Configuration

The Scim Connector has the following configurable properties:

Basic Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

SCIMEndpoint

String

null

Yes

The HTTP URL defining the root for the SCIM endpoint (https://myserver.com/service/scim).

SCIMVersion

Integer

1

Yes

Defines the SCIM protocol version. Values can be either 1 or 2. Default is 1.

authenticationMethod

String

OAUTH

Yes

Defines which method is to be used to authenticate on the remote server. Options are BASIC (username/password), OAUTH (Client id/secret) or TOKEN (static token). Defaults to OAUTH.

user

String

null

Yes

In case of BASIC authentication type, this property defines the remote user.

password

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

In case of BASIC authentication type, this property defines the remote password.

tokenEndpoint

String

null

No

When using OAuth, this property defines the endpoint where a new access token should be requested (https://myserver.com/oauth2/token).

clientId

String

null

Yes

Secure client identifier for OAuth2.

clientSecret

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Secure client secret for OAuth2.

authToken

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Some service providers (Slack for instance) use static authentication tokens.

refreshToken

GuardedString

null

Yes

Used by the refresh_token grant type.

grantType

String

null

No

The OAuth2 grant type to use (client_credentials or refresh_token).

scope

String

null

No

The OAuth2 scope to use.

acceptSelfSignedCertificates

boolean

false

Yes

To be used for debug/test purposes. To be avoided in production. Defaults to false.

disableHostNameVerifier

boolean

false

Yes

To be used for debug/test purposes. To be avoided in production. Defaults to false.

disableHttpCompression

boolean

false

Yes

Content compression is enabled by default. Set this property to true to disable it. Defaults to false.

clientCertAlias

String

null

Yes

If TLS Mutual Auth is needed, set this to the certificate alias from the keystore.

clientCertPassword

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

If TLS Mutual Auth is needed and the client certificate (private key) password is different than the keystore password, set this to the client private key password.

maximumConnections

Integer

10

Yes

Defines the max size of the http connection pool used. Defaults to 10.

httpProxyHost

String

null

Yes

Defines the Hostname if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and the SCIM service provider. Defaults to null.

httpProxyPort

Integer

null

Yes

Defines the Port if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and the SCIM service provider. Defaults to null.

httpProxyUsername

String

null

Yes

Defines Proxy Username if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and the SCIM service provider. Defaults to null.

httpProxyPassword

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

Defines Proxy Password if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and the SCIM service provider. Defaults to null.

connectionTimeout

int

30

No

Defines a timeout for the underlying http connection in seconds. Defaults to 30.

authorizationTokenPrefix

String

Bearer

No

The prefix to be used in the Authorization HTTP header for Token authentication. Defaults to "Bearer."

useBasicAuthForOauthTokenNeg

boolean

true

Yes

Client Id and Client Secret are sent in the Header when this is unchecked. Defaults to true.

readRateLimit

String

null

No

Defines throttling for read operations either per seconds ("30/sec") or per minute ("100/min").

acceptHeader

String

null

No

The connector is using "application/json" by default. SCIM V2 Service Provider may require "application/scim+json". It can be overwritten with this property.

contentTypeHeader

String

null

No

The connector is using "application/json" by default. SCIM V2 Service Provider may require "application/scim+json". It can be overwritten with this property.

writeRateLimit

String

null

No

Defines throttling for write operations (create/update/delete) either per second ("30/sec") or per minute ("100/min").

usePathForPatchV2

boolean

false

No

If true, then "path" will always be included in Patch add or replace operations. If false, it will only be used for remove operations. Defaults to false.

readSchema

boolean

false

No

If true, the connector will read the schema from the server. If false, the connector will provide a default schema based on the object classes in the configuration. This property must be true in order to use extended object classes. Defaults to false.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Scripted REST connector

The Scripted REST connector is an implementation of the Scripted Groovy connector toolkit. It can interact with any REST API, using Groovy scripts for the ICF operations. This connector type lets you develop a fully functional REST-based connector for in-house applications or any cloud-based application not yet supported with the standard set of connectors.

To use this connector, you must write a Groovy script for each operation that you want the connector to perform (create, read, update, delete, authenticate, and so on). No sample scripts are bundled with the connector, but IDM customers have access to the Scripted REST connector source code in the connectors-customers-ga repo. This repository includes sample scripts for all the ICF operations.

You cannot configure the Scripted REST connector through the UI. Configure the connector over REST, as described in Configure Connectors Over REST.

Alternatively, a sample connector configuration and scripts are provided in the /path/to/openidm/samples/scripted-rest-with-dj/ directory and described in Connect to DS with ScriptedREST. The scripts provided with this sample demonstrate how the connector can be used, but most likely cannot be used as is in your deployment. They are a good starting point from which to base your customization. For information about writing your own scripts, refer to Scripted connectors with Groovy.

Script custom behavior

The Scripted REST connector uses the Apache HTTP client library. Unlike the Scripted SQL connector, which uses JDBC drivers and a Tomcat JDBC connection pool, the Scripted REST connector includes a special script to customize the Apache HTTP client.

This customizer script lets you customize the Apache HTTP client connection pool, proxy, default headers, timeouts, and so on.

The customizer script is referenced in the connector configuration, in the CustomizerScriptFileName property:

{
...
   "configurationProperties": {
       ...
       "customizerScriptFileName": "CustomizerScript.groovy",
       ...
   }
}

The script can implement two predefined Groovy closures — init {} and decorate {}.

init {}

The Apache HTTP client provides an HTTPClientBuilder class, to build an instance of the HTTPClient. The Scripted REST connector injects this builder into the init closure when the connector is first instantiated. The init closure is the ideal place to customize the HTTP client with the builder.

You can customize the following elements of the client:

  • Connection pool

  • Connection timeouts

  • Proxy

  • Default HTTP headers

  • Certificate handling

Example init closure 
/**
 * A customizer script defines the custom closures to interact with the default implementation and customize it.
 * Here, the {@link HttpClientBuilder} is passed to the customize closure. This is where the pooling, the headers,
 * the timeouts etc... should be defined.
 */
customize {
    init { HttpClientBuilder builder ->

        //SETUP: org.apache.http
        def c = delegate as ScriptedRESTConfiguration
        def httpHost = new HttpHost(c.serviceAddress?.host, c.serviceAddress?.port, c.serviceAddress?.scheme)

        PoolingHttpClientConnectionManager cm = new PoolingHttpClientConnectionManager()
        // Increase max total connection to 200
        cm.setMaxTotal(200)
        // Increase default max connection per route to 20
        cm.setDefaultMaxPerRoute(20)
        // Increase max connections for httpHost to 50
        cm.setMaxPerRoute(new HttpRoute(httpHost), 50)

        builder.setConnectionManager(cm)

        // configure timeout on the entire client
        RequestConfig requestConfig = RequestConfig.custom()/*
                                                             * .
                                                             * setConnectionRequestTimeout
                                                             * ( 50).
                                                             * setConnectTimeout
                                                             * (50)
                                                             * .setSocketTimeout
                                                             * (50)
                                                             */.build();
        builder.setDefaultRequestConfig(requestConfig)

        ...
    }
}

Call the builder methods to fit your requirements. The init{} closure does not need to return anything.

decorate {}

The init closure configures a Java instance of the HTTP client, which is injected into every CRUD script. In addition to the libraries provided by the Apache HTTP client, Groovy provides a number of libraries to deal with requests and responses.

The decorate closure lets you inject a "decorated" instance of the HTTP client into your scripts. For example, the sample scripts use the groovyx.net.http.RESTClient library.

This excerpt of a sample delete script shows the injection of the httpClient and connection variables into the script. The connection variable is the output of the decorate closure.

Example decorate closure 
def operation = operation as OperationType
def configuration = configuration as ScriptedRESTConfiguration
def httpClient = connection as HttpClient
def connection = customizedConnection as RESTClient
def log = log as Log
def objectClass = objectClass as ObjectClass
def options = options as OperationOptions
def uid = uid as Uid

log.info("Entering " + operation + " Script");

switch (objectClass) {
    case ObjectClass.ACCOUNT:
        connection.delete(path: '/api/users/' + uid.uidValue);
        break
    case ObjectClass.GROUP:
        connection.delete(path: '/api/groups/' + uid.uidValue);
}

When you use the defaultRequestHeaders configuration property to set HTTP request headers, the syntax requires an = sign rather than a :. For example, to generate a request header such as "Authorization: Bearer rg1cwAeQJxEf", you must set the following value for defaultRequestHeaders in the connector configuration:

"defaultRequestHeaders" : [ "Authorization = Bearer rg1cwAeQJxEf" ]
Example OAuth2 Authentication Implementation

This example shows how to use the customizer script to implement OAuth2 authentication in the Scripted REST connector.

Although grant types are largely standardized across OAuth2 authentication providers, the way in which different providers handle flows, headers, attribute names, and so on, often differs. This makes it difficult to include a single implementation of OAuth2 authentication in the Scripted REST connector. To make sure that OAuth2 authentication works in your specific use case, you use the customizer script, which can be adapted without requiring a new version of the connector itself.

The Scripted REST connector includes a simple implementation of the OAuth2 Client Credentials grant type. The connector needs to get an access token, using the Client ID and the Client Secret, cache it, and renew it when it expires or when the server revokes it. The Apache client provides interceptors for requests and responses. These interceptors can be used in the customizer script to manage the access token:

  • In the request: If the access token is absent or expired, renew the token and cache it in the Scripted REST connector property bag.

  • In the response: If the server returns a 401 error, delete the Access Token from the connector property bag. This will ensure that the next connector request gets a new access token. The HTTP POST query to get the access token is also handled by the customizer script.

This example shows a complete customizer script for the OAuth2 implementation:

init { HttpClientBuilder builder ->

        switch (ScriptedRESTConfiguration.AuthMethod.valueOf(c.defaultAuthMethod)) {
 // ......
            case ScriptedRESTConfiguration.AuthMethod.OAUTH:
                // define a request interceptor to set the Authorization header if absent or expired
                HttpRequestInterceptor requestInterceptor = { HttpRequest request, HttpContext context ->
                    if (null == context.getAttribute("oauth-request")) {
                        def exp = c.propertyBag.tokenExpiration as Long
                        if (c.propertyBag.accessToken == null || exp < System.currentTimeMillis() / 1000) {
                            new NewAccessToken(c).clientCredentials()
                        }
                        request.addHeader(new BasicHeader(HttpHeaders.AUTHORIZATION, "Bearer " + c.propertyBag.accessToken))
                    }
                }

                // define a response interceptor to catch a 401 response code and delete access token from cache
                HttpResponseInterceptor responseInterceptor = { HttpResponse response, HttpContext context ->
                    if (HttpStatus.SC_UNAUTHORIZED == response.statusLine.statusCode) {
                        if (c.propertyBag.accessToken != null) {
                            c.propertyBag.remove("accessToken")
                            Log.getLog(ScriptedRESTConnector.class).info("Code 401 - accessToken removed")
                        }
                    }
                }

                builder.addInterceptorLast(requestInterceptor)
                builder.addInterceptorLast(responseInterceptor)
                break

            default:
                throw new IllegalArgumentException()
        }
    }

class NewAccessToken {

    static final String  GRANT_TYPE = "grant_type"
    static final String  REFRESH_TOKEN = "refresh_token"
    static final String  CLIENT_CREDENTIALS = "client_credentials"
    static final String  CLIENT_ID = "client_id"
    static final String  CLIENT_SECRET = "client_secret"
    static final String  OAUTH_REQUEST = "oauth-request"

    Log logger = Log.getLog(NewAccessToken.class)
    ScriptedRESTConfiguration c = null
    final CloseableHttpClient client = null
    final HttpPost post = null

    NewAccessToken(ScriptedRESTConfiguration conf) {
        this.c = conf
        this.client = c.getHttpClient()
        this.post = new HttpPost(c.getOAuthTokenEndpoint())
        post.setHeader(HttpHeaders.CONTENT_TYPE, "application/x-www-form-urlencoded")
        post.setHeader(HttpHeaders.ACCEPT, "application/json")
    }

    @Synchronized
    void clientCredentials() {
        boolean expired = (c.propertyBag.tokenExpiration as Long) < System.currentTimeMillis() / 1000
        if (c.propertyBag.accessToken == null || expired ) {
            if (c.propertyBag.tokenExpiration != null && expired) {
                logger.info("Token expired!")
            }
            logger.info("Getting new access token...")

            final List<NameValuePair> pairs = new ArrayList<>()
            pairs.add(new BasicNameValuePair(GRANT_TYPE, CLIENT_CREDENTIALS))
            pairs.add(new BasicNameValuePair(CLIENT_ID, c.getOAuthClientId()))
            pairs.add(new BasicNameValuePair(CLIENT_SECRET, SecurityUtil.decrypt(c.getOAuthClientSecret())))
            post.setEntity(new UrlEncodedFormEntity(pairs))

            CloseableHttpResponse response = null
            try {
                HttpClientContext ctx = HttpClientContext.create()
                ctx.setAttribute(OAUTH_REQUEST, true)
                response = client.execute(post, ctx)
                int statusCode = response.getStatusLine().getStatusCode()
                if (HttpStatus.SC_OK == statusCode) {
                    def jsonSlurper = new JsonSlurper()
                    def oauthResponse = jsonSlurper.parseText(EntityUtils.toString(response.getEntity()))
                    c.propertyBag.accessToken = oauthResponse.access_token
                    c.propertyBag.tokenExpiration = System.currentTimeMillis() / 1000 + oauthResponse.expires_in as Long
                } else {
                    throw new InvalidCredentialException("Retrieve Access Token failed with code: " + statusCode)
                }
            } catch (ClientProtocolException ex) {
                logger.info("Trace: {0}", ex.getMessage())
                throw new ConnectorException(ex)
            } catch (IOException ex) {
                logger.info("Trace: {0}", ex.getMessage())
                throw new ConnectionFailedException(ex)
            } finally {
                try {
                    if (response != null) {
                        response.close()
                    }
                } catch (IOException e) {
                    logger.info("Can't close HttpResponse")
                }
            }
        }
    }
}

Using the Scripted REST connector with a proxy server

If the IDM server is hosted behind a firewall and requests to the resource are routed through a proxy, you must specify the proxy host and port in the connector configuration.

To specify the proxy server details, set the proxyAddress property in the connector configuration. For example:

"configurationProperties": {
    ...
    "proxyAddress": "http://myproxy:8080",
    ...
}

Run scripts through the connector

Groovy toolkit connectors have two operations that allow you to run arbitrary script actions: runScriptOnConnector and runScriptOnResource. runScriptOnConnector is an operation that sends the script action to the connector to be compiled and executed. runScriptOnResource is an operation that sends the script to another script to be handled.

runScriptOnConnector

The runScriptOnConnector script lets you run an arbitrary script action through the connector. This script takes the following variables as input:

configuration

A handler to the connector’s configuration object.

options

A handler to the Operation Options.

operation

The operation type that corresponds to the action (RUNSCRIPTONCONNECTOR in this case).

log

A handler to the connector’s log.

To run an arbitrary script on a Groovy toolkit connector, define the script in the systemActions property of your provisioner file:

"systemActions" : [
    {
        "scriptId" : "MyScript",
        "actions" : [
            {
                "systemType" : ".*ScriptedConnector",
                "actionType" : "groovy",
                "actionFile" : "path/to/<script-name>.groovy"
            }
        ]
    }
]

If you want to define your script in the provisioner file itself rather than in a separate file, you can use the actionSource property instead of the actionFile one. A simple example follows:

"systemActions" : [
    {
        "scriptId" : "MyScript",
        "actions" : [
            {
                "systemType" : ".*ScriptedConnector",
                "actionType" : "groovy",
                "actionSource" : "2 * 2"
            }
        ]
    }
]
It is optional to prepend the last script statement in actionSource with return.

Running MyScript will return:

{
  "actions" : [
    {
      "result": 4
    }
  ]
}

If your script accepts parameters, you may supply them in the request body or the query string. For example:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
--data-raw '{"param1":"value1"}'
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/groovy?_action=script&scriptId=MyScript&param2=value2"**

You can also call it through the IDM script engine. Note that the system can accept arbitrary parameters, as demonstrated here:

openidm.action("/system/groovy", "script", {"contentParameter": "value"}, {"scriptId": "MyScript", "additionalParameter1": "value1", "additionalParameter2": "value2"})

runScriptOnResource

To run an arbitrary script using runScriptOnResource, you must add some configuration details to your provisioner file. These details include a scriptOnResourceScriptFileName which references a script file located in a path contained in the scriptRoots array.

Define these properties in your provisioner file as follows:

"configurationProperties": {
  "scriptRoots": [
    "path/to/scripts"
  ],
  "scriptOnResourceScriptFileName": "ScriptOnResourceScript.groovy"
},
"systemActions" : [
    {
        "scriptId" : "script-1",
        "actions" : [
            {
                "systemType" : ".*ScriptedConnector",
                "actionType" : "groovy",
                "actionFile" : "path/to/<script-name>.groovy"
            }
        ]
    }
]

When you have defined the script, you can call it over REST on the system endpoint, as follows:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/groovy?_action=script&scriptId=scriptOnResourceScript&scriptExecuteMode=resource"

Implemented interfaces

This table lists the ICF interfaces that are implemented for the scripted REST connector:

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the Scripted REST Connector

The Scripted REST Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Authenticate

Provides simple authentication with two parameters, presumed to be a user name and password.

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Resolve Username

Resolves an object by its username and returns the uid of the object.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Script on Resource

Runs a script on the target resource that is managed by this connector.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Sync

Polls the target resource for synchronization events, that is, native changes to objects on the target resource.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

Scripted REST Connector Configuration

The Scripted REST Connector has the following configurable properties:

Basic Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

username

String

null

No

The Remote user to authenticate with.

password

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

The Password to authenticate with.

serviceAddress

URI

null

Yes

The service URI (example: http://myservice.com/api).

proxyAddress

URI

null

No

The optional Proxy server URI (example: http://myproxy:8080).

proxyUsername

String

null

No

The username to authenticate with the proxy server.

proxyPassword

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

The password to authenticate with the proxy server.

defaultAuthMethod

String

BASIC

No

Authentication method used. Can be: BASIC, BASIC_PREEMPTIVE, OAUTH or NONE.

defaultContentType

String

application/json

No

Default HTTP request content type. Can be: JSON, TEXT, XML, HTML, URLENC, BINARY.

defaultRequestHeaders

String[]

null

No

Placeholder for default HTTP request headers.

OAuthTokenEndpoint

URI

null

No

When using OAUTH, this property defines the endpoint where a new access token should be queried for (https://myserver.com/oauth2/token).

OAuthClientId

String

null

No

The client identifier.

OAuthClientSecret

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Secure client secret for OAUTH.

OAuthRefreshToken

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

The refresh token used to renew the access token for the refresh_token grant type.

OAuthScope

String

null

No

The optional scope.

OAuthGrantType

String

client_credentials

No

The grant type to use. Can be: client_credentials or any grant type supported by the customizer script.

readRateLimit

String

null

No

Defines throttling for read operations either per seconds ("30/sec") or per minute ("100/min").

writeRateLimit

String

null

No

Defines throttling for write operations (create/update/delete) either per second ("30/sec") or per minute ("100/min").

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Groovy Engine configuration

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

scriptRoots

String[]

null

Yes

The root folder to load the scripts from. If the value is null or empty the classpath value is used.

classpath

String[]

[]

No

Classpath for use during compilation.

debug

boolean

false

No

If true, debugging code should be activated.

disabledGlobalASTTransformations

String[]

null

No

Sets a list of global AST transformations which should not be loaded even if they are defined in META-INF/org.codehaus.groovy.transform.ASTTransformation files. By default, none is disabled.

minimumRecompilationInterval

int

100

No

Sets the minimum of time after a script can be recompiled.

recompileGroovySource

boolean

false

No

If set to true recompilation is enabled.

scriptBaseClass

String

null

No

Base class name for scripts (must derive from Script).

scriptExtensions

String[]

['groovy']

No

Gets the extensions used to find groovy files.

sourceEncoding

String

UTF-8

No

Encoding for source files.

targetDirectory

File

null

No

Directory into which to write classes.

tolerance

int

10

No

The error tolerance, which is the number of non-fatal errors (per unit) that should be tolerated before compilation is aborted.

verbose

boolean

false

No

If true, the compiler should produce action information.

warningLevel

int

1

No

Warning Level of the compiler.

customConfiguration

String

null

No

Custom Configuration script for Groovy ConfigSlurper.

customSensitiveConfiguration

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Custom Sensitive Configuration script for Groovy ConfigSlurper.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Operation Script Files

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

authenticateScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the AUTHENTICATE operation.

createScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the CREATE operation.

customizerScriptFileName

String

null

No

The script used to customize some function of the connector. Read the documentation for more details.

deleteScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the DELETE operation.

resolveUsernameScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the RESOLVE_USERNAME operation.

schemaScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the SCHEMA operation.

scriptOnResourceScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the RUNSCRIPTONRESOURCE operation.

searchScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the SEARCH operation.

syncScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the SYNC operation.

testScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the TEST operation.

updateScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the UPDATE operation.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Scripted SQL connector

The Scripted SQL connector is an implementation of the Scripted Groovy connector toolkit. This connector lets you interact with any SQL database, using Groovy scripts for the ICF operations.

To use this connector, you must write a Groovy script for each operation that you want the connector to perform (create, read, update, delete, authenticate, and so on). No sample scripts are bundled with the connector, but IDM customers have access to the Scripted SQL connector source code in the connectors-customers-ga repo. This repository includes sample scripts for all the ICF operations.

Configure the Scripted SQL connector

You cannot configure the Scripted SQL connector through the UI. Configure the connector over REST, as described in Configure Connectors Over REST.

Alternatively, a sample connector configuration and scripts are provided in the /path/to/openidm/samples/scripted-sql-with-mysql/ directory and described in Connect to a MySQL database with ScriptedSQL. The scripts provided with this sample demonstrate how the connector can be used, but most likely cannot be used as is in your deployment. They are a good starting point from which to base your customization. For information about writing your own scripts, refer to Scripted connectors with Groovy.

Run scripts through the connector

Groovy toolkit connectors have two operations that allow you to run arbitrary script actions: runScriptOnConnector and runScriptOnResource. runScriptOnConnector is an operation that sends the script action to the connector to be compiled and executed. runScriptOnResource is an operation that sends the script to another script to be handled.

runScriptOnConnector

The runScriptOnConnector script lets you run an arbitrary script action through the connector. This script takes the following variables as input:

configuration

A handler to the connector’s configuration object.

options

A handler to the Operation Options.

operation

The operation type that corresponds to the action (RUNSCRIPTONCONNECTOR in this case).

log

A handler to the connector’s log.

To run an arbitrary script on a Groovy toolkit connector, define the script in the systemActions property of your provisioner file:

"systemActions" : [
    {
        "scriptId" : "MyScript",
        "actions" : [
            {
                "systemType" : ".*ScriptedConnector",
                "actionType" : "groovy",
                "actionFile" : "path/to/<script-name>.groovy"
            }
        ]
    }
]

If you want to define your script in the provisioner file itself rather than in a separate file, you can use the actionSource property instead of the actionFile one. A simple example follows:

"systemActions" : [
    {
        "scriptId" : "MyScript",
        "actions" : [
            {
                "systemType" : ".*ScriptedConnector",
                "actionType" : "groovy",
                "actionSource" : "2 * 2"
            }
        ]
    }
]
It is optional to prepend the last script statement in actionSource with return.

Running MyScript will return:

{
  "actions" : [
    {
      "result": 4
    }
  ]
}

If your script accepts parameters, you may supply them in the request body or the query string. For example:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
--data-raw '{"param1":"value1"}'
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/groovy?_action=script&scriptId=MyScript&param2=value2"**

You can also call it through the IDM script engine. Note that the system can accept arbitrary parameters, as demonstrated here:

openidm.action("/system/groovy", "script", {"contentParameter": "value"}, {"scriptId": "MyScript", "additionalParameter1": "value1", "additionalParameter2": "value2"})

runScriptOnResource

To run an arbitrary script using runScriptOnResource, you must add some configuration details to your provisioner file. These details include a scriptOnResourceScriptFileName which references a script file located in a path contained in the scriptRoots array.

Define these properties in your provisioner file as follows:

"configurationProperties": {
  "scriptRoots": [
    "path/to/scripts"
  ],
  "scriptOnResourceScriptFileName": "ScriptOnResourceScript.groovy"
},
"systemActions" : [
    {
        "scriptId" : "script-1",
        "actions" : [
            {
                "systemType" : ".*ScriptedConnector",
                "actionType" : "groovy",
                "actionFile" : "path/to/<script-name>.groovy"
            }
        ]
    }
]

When you have defined the script, you can call it over REST on the system endpoint, as follows:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/groovy?_action=script&scriptId=scriptOnResourceScript&scriptExecuteMode=resource"

Implemented interfaces

This table lists the ICF interfaces that are implemented for the scripted SQL connector:

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the Scripted SQL Connector

The Scripted SQL Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Authenticate

Provides simple authentication with two parameters, presumed to be a user name and password.

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Resolve Username

Resolves an object by its username and returns the uid of the object.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Script on Resource

Runs a script on the target resource that is managed by this connector.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Sync

Polls the target resource for synchronization events, that is, native changes to objects on the target resource.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

Scripted SQL Connector Configuration

The Scripted SQL Connector has the following configurable properties:

Configuration properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

password

String

null

Yes

No

The connection password to be passed to our JDBC driver to establish a connection. Note that method DataSource.getConnection(username,password) by default will not use credentials passed into the method, but will use the ones configured here. See alternateUsernameAllowed property for more details.

connectionProperties

String

null

No

The connection properties that will be sent to our JDBC driver when establishing new connections. Format of the string must be [propertyName=property;]* NOTE - The "user" and "password" properties will be passed explicitly, so they do not need to be included here.

propagateInterruptState

boolean

false

No

Set this to true to propagate the interrupt state for a thread that has been interrupted (not clearing the interrupt state). Set the value as false for backwards compatibility.

useDisposableConnectionFacade

boolean

true

No

Set this to true if you wish to put a facade on your connection so that it cannot be reused after it has been closed. This prevents a thread holding on to a reference of a connection it has already called closed on, to execute queries on it.

defaultCatalog

String

null

No

The default catalog of connections created by this pool.

validationInterval

long

3000

No

avoid excess validation, only run validation at most at this frequency - time in milliseconds. If a connection is due for validation, but has been validated previously within this interval, it will not be validated again.

ignoreExceptionOnPreLoad

boolean

false

No

Flag whether ignore error of connection creation while initializing the pool. Set to true if you want to ignore error of connection creation while initializing the pool. Set to false if you want to fail the initialization of the pool by throwing exception.

jmxEnabled

boolean

true

No

Register the pool with JMX or not.

commitOnReturn

boolean

false

No

If autoCommit==false then the pool can complete the transaction by calling commit on the connection as it is returned to the pool If rollbackOnReturn==true then this attribute is ignored.

logAbandoned

boolean

false

No

Flag to log stack traces for application code which abandoned a Connection. Logging of abandoned Connections adds overhead for every Connection borrow because a stack trace has to be generated.

maxIdle

int

100

No

The maximum number of connections that should be kept in the pool at all times. Idle connections are checked periodically (if enabled) and connections that been idle for longer than minEvictableIdleTimeMillis will be released. (also see testWhileIdle).

testWhileIdle

boolean

false

No

The indication of whether objects will be validated by the idle object evictor (if any). If an object fails to validate, it will be dropped from the pool. NOTE - for a true value to have any effect, the validationQuery parameter must be set to a non-null string. This property has to be set in order for the pool cleaner/test thread is to run (also see timeBetweenEvictionRunsMillis).

removeAbandoned

boolean

false

No

Flag to remove abandoned connections if they exceed the removeAbandonedTimeout. If set to true a connection is considered abandoned and eligible for removal if it has been in use longer than the removeAbandonedTimeout Setting this to true can recover db connections from applications that fail to close a connection. See also logAbandoned.

abandonWhenPercentageFull

int

0

No

Connections that have been abandoned (timed out) wont get closed and reported up unless the number of connections in use are above the percentage defined by abandonWhenPercentageFull. The value should be between 0-100. The value 0 implies that connections are eligible for closure as soon as removeAbandonedTimeout has been reached.

minIdle

int

10

No

The minimum number of established connections that should be kept in the pool at all times. The connection pool can shrink below this number if validation queries fail (also see testWhileIdle).

defaultReadOnly

Boolean

null

No

The default read-only state of connections created by this pool. If not set then the setReadOnly method will not be called (Some drivers dont support read only mode, ex: Informix).

maxWait

int

30000

No

The maximum number of milliseconds that the pool will wait (when there are no available connections) for a connection to be returned before throwing an exception.

logValidationErrors

boolean

false

No

Set this to true to log errors during the validation phase to the log file. If set to true, errors will be logged as SEVERE. Set the value as false for backwards compatibility.

driverClassName

String

null

No

The fully qualified Java class name of the JDBC driver to be used. The driver has to be accessible from the same classloader as tomcat-jdbc.jar.

name

String

Tomcat Connection Pool[10-351632824]

No

Returns the name of the connection pool. By default a JVM unique random name is assigned.

useStatementFacade

boolean

true

No

If a statement proxy is set, wrap statements so that equals() and hashCode() methods can be called on closed statements.

initSQL

String

null

No

A custom query to be run when a connection is first created.

validationQueryTimeout

int

-1

No

The timeout in seconds before a connection validation queries fail. This works by calling java.test_sample.Statement.setQueryTimeout(seconds) on the statement that executes the validationQuery. The pool itself doesnt timeout the query, it is still up to the JDBC driver to enforce query timeouts. A value less than or equal to zero will disable this feature.

validationQuery

String

null

No

The SQL query that will be used to validate connections from this pool before returning them to the caller. If specified, this query does not have to return any data, it just cant throw a SQLException. Example values are SELECT 1(mysql), select 1 from dual(oracle), SELECT 1(MS Sql Server).

rollbackOnReturn

boolean

false

No

If autoCommit==false then the pool can terminate the transaction by calling rollback on the connection as it is returned to the pool.

alternateUsernameAllowed

boolean

false

No

By default, the jdbc-pool will ignore the DataSource.getConnection(username,password) call, and simply return a previously pooled connection under the globally configured properties username and password, for performance reasons. The pool can however be configured to allow use of different credentials each time a connection is requested. To enable the functionality described in the DataSource.getConnection(username,password) call, simply set the property alternateUsernameAllowed to true. Should you request a connection with the credentials user1/password1 and the connection was previously connected using different user2/password2, the connection will be closed, and reopened with the requested credentials. This way, the pool size is still managed on a global level, and not on a per schema level.

dataSourceJNDI

String

null

No

The JNDI name for a data source to be looked up in JNDI and then used to establish connections to the database. See the dataSource attribute.

validatorClassName

String

null

No

The name of a class which implements the org.apache.tomcat.jdbc.pool.Validator interface and provides a no-arg constructor (may be implicit). If specified, the class will be used to create a Validator instance which is then used instead of any validation query to validate connections. An example value is com.mycompany.project.SimpleValidator.

suspectTimeout

int

0

No

Timeout value in seconds. Similar to to the removeAbandonedTimeout value but instead of treating the connection as abandoned, and potentially closing the connection, this simply logs the warning if logAbandoned is set to true. If this value is equal or less than 0, no suspect checking will be performed. Suspect checking only takes place if the timeout value is larger than 0 and the connection was not abandoned or if abandon check is disabled. If a connection is suspect a WARN message gets logged and a JMX notification gets sent once.

useEquals

boolean

true

No

Set to true if you wish the ProxyConnection class to use String.equals and set to false when you wish to use == when comparing method names. This property does not apply to added interceptors as those are configured individually.

removeAbandonedTimeout

int

60

No

Timeout in seconds before an abandoned(in use) connection can be removed. The value should be set to the longest running query your applications might have.

defaultAutoCommit

Boolean

null

No

The default auto-commit state of connections created by this pool. If not set, default is JDBC driver default (If not set then the setAutoCommit method will not be called).

testOnConnect

boolean

false

No

Validate the connection when connecting to the database for the first time. Set to true if you want to use the validationQuery as an init query.

jdbcInterceptors

String

null

No

A semicolon separated list of classnames extending org.apache.tomcat.jdbc.pool.JdbcInterceptor class. See Configuring JDBC interceptors below for more detailed description of syntaz and examples. These interceptors will be inserted as an interceptor into the chain of operations on a java.test_sample.Connection object.

initialSize

int

10

No

The initial number of connections that are created when the pool is started.

defaultTransactionIsolation

int

-1

No

The default TransactionIsolation state of connections created by this pool. One of the following: NONE, READ_COMMITTED, READ_UNCOMMITTED, REPEATABLE_READ, SERIALIZABLE If not set, the method will not be called and it defaults to the JDBC driver.

numTestsPerEvictionRun

int

0

No

Property not used in tomcat-jdbc-pool.

url

String

null

No

The URL used to connect to the database.

testOnBorrow

boolean

false

No

The indication of whether objects will be validated before being borrowed from the pool. If the object fails to validate, it will be dropped from the pool, and we will attempt to borrow another. NOTE - for a true value to have any effect, the validationQuery parameter must be set to a non-null string. In order to have a more efficient validation, see validationInterval.

fairQueue

boolean

true

No

Set to true if you wish that calls to getConnection should be treated fairly in a true FIFO fashion. This uses the org.apache.tomcat.jdbc.pool.FairBlockingQueue implementation for the list of the idle connections. This flag is required when you want to use asynchronous connection retrieval. Setting this flag ensures that threads receive connections in the order they arrive. During performance tests, there is a very large difference in how locks and lock waiting is implemented. When fairQueue=true there is a decision making process based on what operating system the system is running. If the system is running on Linux (property os.name=Linux. To disable this Linux specific behavior and still use the fair queue, simply add the property org.apache.tomcat.jdbc.pool.FairBlockingQueue.ignoreOS=true to your system properties before the connection pool classes are loaded.

accessToUnderlyingConnectionAllowed

boolean

true

No

Property not used. Access can be achieved by calling unwrap on the pooled connection. see javax.test_sample.DataSource interface, or call getConnection through reflection or cast the object as javax.test_sample.PooledConnection.

maxAge

long

0

No

Time in milliseconds to keep this connection. When a connection is returned to the pool, the pool will check to see if the now - time-when-connected > maxAge has been reached, and if so, it closes the connection rather than returning it to the pool. The value 0 implies that connections will be left open and no age check will be done upon returning the connection to the pool.

minEvictableIdleTimeMillis

int

60000

No

The minimum amount of time an object may sit idle in the pool before it is eligible for eviction.

timeBetweenEvictionRunsMillis

int

5000

No

The number of milliseconds to sleep between runs of the idle connection validation/cleaner thread. This value should not be set under 1 second. It dictates how often we check for idle, abandoned connections, and how often we validate idle connections.

testOnReturn

boolean

false

No

The indication of whether objects will be validated before being returned to the pool. NOTE - for a true value to have any effect, the validationQuery parameter must be set to a non-null string.

useLock

boolean

false

No

Use a lock when performing operations on the connection object. Set to true if you will use a separate background thread for idle and abandon checking (e.g. JMX clients). If the pool sweeper is enabled, a lock is used, regardless of this setting.

maxActive

int

100

No

The maximum number of active connections that can be allocated from this pool at the same time.

username

String

null

No

The connection username to be passed to our JDBC driver to establish a connection. Note that method DataSource.getConnection(username,password) by default will not use credentials passed into the method, but will use the ones configured here. See alternateUsernameAllowed property for more details.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Groovy Engine configuration

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

scriptRoots

String[]

null

Yes

The root folder to load the scripts from. If the value is null or empty the classpath value is used.

classpath

String[]

[]

No

Classpath for use during compilation.

debug

boolean

false

No

If true, debugging code should be activated.

disabledGlobalASTTransformations

String[]

null

No

Sets a list of global AST transformations which should not be loaded even if they are defined in META-INF/org.codehaus.groovy.transform.ASTTransformation files. By default, none is disabled.

minimumRecompilationInterval

int

100

No

Sets the minimum of time after a script can be recompiled.

recompileGroovySource

boolean

false

No

If set to true recompilation is enabled.

scriptBaseClass

String

null

No

Base class name for scripts (must derive from Script).

scriptExtensions

String[]

['groovy']

No

Gets the extensions used to find groovy files.

sourceEncoding

String

UTF-8

No

Encoding for source files.

targetDirectory

File

null

No

Directory into which to write classes.

tolerance

int

10

No

The error tolerance, which is the number of non-fatal errors (per unit) that should be tolerated before compilation is aborted.

verbose

boolean

false

No

If true, the compiler should produce action information.

warningLevel

int

1

No

Warning Level of the compiler.

customConfiguration

String

null

No

Custom Configuration script for Groovy ConfigSlurper.

customSensitiveConfiguration

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Custom Sensitive Configuration script for Groovy ConfigSlurper.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Operation Script Files

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

authenticateScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the AUTHENTICATE operation.

createScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the CREATE operation.

customizerScriptFileName

String

null

No

The script used to customize some function of the connector. Read the documentation for more details.

deleteScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the DELETE operation.

resolveUsernameScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the RESOLVE_USERNAME operation.

schemaScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the SCHEMA operation.

scriptOnResourceScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the RUNSCRIPTONRESOURCE operation.

searchScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the SEARCH operation.

syncScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the SYNC operation.

testScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the TEST operation.

updateScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the UPDATE operation.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

ServiceNow connector

This connector lets you manage objects in the ServiceNow platform, integrating with ServiceNow’s REST API.

Before you start

The connector requires a ServiceNow instance with OAuth enabled. You might need to activate the OAuth plugin and set the OAuth activation property if OAuth is not yet enabled on your ServiceNow instance. For more information, refer to the ServiceNow documentation that corresponds to your ServiceNow version.

When Oauth is enabled, register an OAuth client application for the connection to IDM. Take note of the client_id and client_secret of the application, as you need these values when you configure the connector.

The connector configuration must include a ServiceNow user who has the following roles:

  • admin

  • rest_api_explorer

If you do not want to give complete admin rights to this user, you can create a new role that provides access to the following tables:

  • sys_user_has_role

  • sys_user_grmember

  • sys_user_delegate

  • sys_user_role

  • sys_user_group

  • core_company

  • cmn_department

  • cmn_cost_center

  • cmn_location

Install the ServiceNow connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

ServiceNow

Yes

No

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/servicenow-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the ServiceNow connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select ServiceNow Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to ServiceNow Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

The following excerpt of connector configuration shows the required configurationProperties:

"configurationProperties" : {
    "instance" : "example.service-now.com/",
    "username" : "admin",
    "password" : {encrypted-password},
    "clientID" : "4xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxee",
    "clientSecret" : {encrypted-client-secret},
    "readSchema" : false
}
instance (string)

The ServiceNow instance URL; for example, example.service-now.com/.

username (string)

The name of a ServiceNow user with the admin and rest_api_explorer roles.

password (string)

The password of the ServiceNow user.

clientID (string)

The ID of your OAuth application.

clientSecret (string)

The client secret of your OAuth application.

IDM encrypts the value of the password and clientSecret on startup.

Test the ServiceNow connector

When your connector is configured correctly, test its status by running the following command:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system?_action=test"
[
  {
    "name": "serviceNow",
    "enabled": true,
    "config": "config/provisioner.openicf/serviceNow",
    "connectorRef": {
      "bundleVersion": "[1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0)",
      "bundleName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.servicenow-connector",
      "connectorName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.servicenow.ServiceNowConnector"
    },
    "displayName": "ServiceNow Connector",
    "objectTypes": [
      "delegate",
      "role",
      "__ALL__",
      "costCenter",
      "location",
      "company",
      "userHasGroup",
      "department",
      "user",
      "userHasRole",
      "group"
    ],
    "ok": true
  }
]

A status of "ok": true indicates that the ServiceNow connector can reach the configured resource provider.

ServiceNow remote connector

If you want to run this connector outside of PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or IDM, you can configure the ServiceNow connector as a remote connector. Java Connectors installed remotely on a Java Connector Server function identically to those bundled locally within PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or installed locally on IDM.

You can download the ServiceNow connector from here.

Refer to Remote connectors for configuring the ServiceNow remote connector.

Manage users with the ServiceNow connector

These examples show the basic CRUD operations using the ServiceNow connector.

Query all ServiceNow users

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/serviceNow/user?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "02826bf03710200044e0bfc8bcbe5d3f",
      "__NAME__": "lucius.bagnoli@example.com"
    },
    {
      "_id": "02826bf03710200044e0bfc8bcbe5d55",
      "__NAME__": "jimmie.barninger@example.com"
    },
    {
      "_id": "02826bf03710200044e0bfc8bcbe5d5e",
      "__NAME__": "melinda.carleton@example.com"
    },
...
  ],
  "resultCount": 578,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}

Query a single ServiceNow user

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/serviceNow/user/02826bf03710200044e0bfc8bcbe5d3f"
{
  "_id": "02826bf03710200044e0bfc8bcbe5d3f",
  "internal_integration_user": false,
  "department": "5d7f17f03710200044e0bfc8bcbe5d43",
  "sys_mod_count": "5",
  "location": "0002c0a93790200044e0bfc8bcbe5df5",
  "web_service_access_only": false,
  "sys_updated_on": "2018-02-25 16:42:47",
  "sys_domain": "global",
  "notification": "2",
  "sys_created_by": "admin",
  "locked_out": "false",
  "__NAME__": "lucius.bagnoli@example.com",
  "company": "81fd65ecac1d55eb42a426568fc87a63",
  "sys_domain_path": "/",
  "password_needs_reset": "false",
  "active": "true",
  "gender": "Male",
  "sys_created_on": "2012-02-18 03:04:49",
  "sys_class_name": "sys_user",
  "calendar_integration": "1",
  "email": "lucius.bagnoli@example.com",
  "sys_id": "02826bf03710200044e0bfc8bcbe5d3f",
  "user_password": "md5230ls7L",
  "user_name": "lucius.bagnoli",
  "sys_updated_by": "developer.program@snc",
  "vip": "false",
  "last_name": "Bagnoli",
  "first_name": "Lucius"
}

Create a ServiceNow user

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "__NAME__": "bjensen@example.com",
  "first_name": "Barbara",
  "last_name": "Jensen",
  "email": "bjensen@example.com",
  "phone": "555-123-1234"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/serviceNow/user?_action=create"
{
  "_id": "4116e0690fa01300f6af65ba32050e7a",
  "sys_mod_count": "0",
  "password_needs_reset": "false",
  "notification": "2",
  "locked_out": "false",
  "phone": "555-123-1234",
  "sys_created_on": "2018-02-27 13:33:38",
  "first_name": "Barbara",
  "email": "bjensen@example.com",
  "active": "true",
  "sys_domain": "global",
  "calendar_integration": "1",
  "web_service_access_only": false,
  "vip": "false",
  "sys_id": "4116e0690fa01300f6af65ba32050e7a",
  "sys_updated_on": "2018-02-27 13:33:38",
  "sys_domain_path": "/",
  "sys_created_by": "admin",
  "sys_class_name": "sys_user",
  "last_name": "Jensen",
  "__NAME__": "bjensen@example.com",
  "sys_updated_by": "admin",
  "internal_integration_user": false
}

Update a ServiceNow user

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__NAME__": "bjensen@example.com",
  "first_name": "Barbara",
  "last_name": "Jensen",
  "email": "bjensen@example.com",
  "phone": "555-000-0000"
}' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/serviceNow/user/4116e0690fa01300f6af65ba32050e7a"
{
  "_id": "4116e0690fa01300f6af65ba32050e7a",
  "sys_mod_count": "1",
  "password_needs_reset": "false",
  "notification": "2",
  "locked_out": "false",
  "phone": "555-000-0000",
  "sys_created_on": "2018-02-27 13:33:38",
  "first_name": "Barbara",
  "email": "bjensen@example.com",
  "active": "true",
  "sys_domain": "global",
  "calendar_integration": "1",
  "web_service_access_only": false,
  "vip": "false",
  "sys_id": "4116e0690fa01300f6af65ba32050e7a",
  "sys_updated_on": "2018-02-27 13:35:32",
  "sys_domain_path": "/",
  "sys_created_by": "admin",
  "sys_class_name": "sys_user",
  "last_name": "Jensen",
  "__NAME__": "bjensen@example.com",
  "sys_updated_by": "admin",
  "internal_integration_user": false
}

Delete a ServiceNow user

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "If-Match:*" \
--request DELETE \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/serviceNow/user/4116e0690fa01300f6af65ba32050e7a"
{
  "_id": "4116e0690fa01300f6af65ba32050e7a",
  "sys_mod_count": "1",
  "password_needs_reset": "false",
  "notification": "2",
  "locked_out": "false",
  "phone": "555-000-0000",
  "sys_created_on": "2018-02-27 13:33:38",
  "first_name": "Barbara",
  "email": "bjensen@example.com",
  "active": "true",
  "sys_domain": "global",
  "calendar_integration": "1",
  "web_service_access_only": false,
  "vip": "false",
  "sys_id": "4116e0690fa01300f6af65ba32050e7a",
  "sys_updated_on": "2018-02-27 13:35:32",
  "sys_domain_path": "/",
  "sys_created_by": "admin",
  "sys_class_name": "sys_user",
  "last_name": "Jensen",
  "__NAME__": "bjensen@example.com",
  "sys_updated_by": "admin",
  "internal_integration_user": false
}

Synchronize ServiceNow users

The ServiceNow connector supports bidirectional reconciliation and liveSync. To set up user synchronization, create a mapping between managed users and ServiceNow users.

This example assumes that you have configured a mapping. The example runs a reconciliation operation from ServiceNow to the managed user repository:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/recon?_action=recon&mapping=systemServicenowUser_managedUser"
{
  "_id": "19755e51-5c3b-4362-b316-601856cb282c-13624",
  "state": "ACTIVE"
}

The following example runs a liveSync operation from ServiceNow to the managed user repository:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/serviceNow/user?_action=liveSync"
{
  "connectorData": {
    "nativeType": "string",
    "syncToken": "2018-02-275 11:29:15"
  },
  "_rev": "0000000031285d9b",
  "_id": "SYSTEMSERVICENOWUSER"
}

The ServiceNow connector does not support the __ALL__ object type, so you must specify the object type (for example, User) in your liveSync operation.

Implementation specifics

For PATCH requests, a connector can potentially add, remove, or replace an attribute value. The ServiceNow connector does not implement the add or remove operations, so a PATCH request always replaces the entire attribute value with the new value.

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the ServiceNow Connector

The ServiceNow Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Sync

Polls the target resource for synchronization events, that is, native changes to objects on the target resource.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

ServiceNow Connector Configuration

The ServiceNow Connector has the following configurable properties:

Basic Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

instance

String

null

Yes

URL of the ServiceNow instance, for example: dev00000.service-now.com.

username

String

null

Yes

An API user in ServiceNow that can consume the REST API.

password

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

Password for the user.

clientID

String

null

Yes

Client ID of the OAuth application in ServiceNow.

clientSecret

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

Client Secret for the preceding Client ID.

pageSize

int

100

No

Default page size.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

SSH connector

The SSH connector is an implementation of the Scripted Groovy connector toolkit based on Java Secure Channel (JSch) and the Java implementation of the Expect library (Expect4j). This connector lets you interact with any SSH server, using Groovy scripts for the ICF operations.

The SSH connector is a poolable connector. This means that each connector instance is placed into a connection pool every time an action is completed. Subsequent actions can re-use connector instances from the connector pool. When a new connector instance is created, a new SSH client connection is created against the target SSH server. This SSH connection remains open as long as the connector instance is in the connection pool. Note that when a new action is performed, it finds the SSH connection in the exact state that it was left by the previous action.

The following image shows the relationship between SSH connector instances and SSH connections to the target server:

ssh-connector

Configure authentication to the SSH server

The SSH connector authenticates to the SSH server using either a login/password or a public/private key. The authentication method is specified in the authenticationType property in the connector configuration.

Authenticate with a login and password

To authenticate with a login and password, set the authenticationType to PASSWORD in the connector configuration file, and set a user and password. For example:

"configurationProperties" : {
    ...
    "authenticationType" : "PASSWORD",
    "user" : "<USERNAME>",
    "password" : "<PASSWORD>",
    ...

The password is encrypted when IDM loads the provisioner file.

Authenticate with a passphrase and private key

To authenticate with a secure certificate, generate a pair of public/private keys. Install the public key on the server side and the private key on the IDM host (where the connector is located). Set the authenticationType to PUBKEY in the connector configuration file and set the user, password, passphrase and privateKey properties. For example:

"configurationProperties" : {
    ...
    "authenticationType" : "PUBKEY",
    "user" : "<USERNAME>",
    "password" : "<PASSWORD>",
    "passphrase" : "secret",
    "privateKey" : ["-----BEGIN DSA PRIVATE KEY-----",
              "MIIBugIBAAKBgQDcB0ztVMCFptpJhqlLNZSdN/5cDL3S7aOVy52Ae7vwwCqQPCQr",
              "6NyUk+wtkDr07NlYd3sg7a9hbsEnlYChsuX+/WUIvbOKdMfeqcQ+jKK26YdkTCGj",
              "g86dBj9JYhobSHDoQ9ov31pYN/cfW5BAZwkm9TdpEjHPvMIaOxx7GPGKWwIVALbD",
              "CEuf1yJk9UB7v0dmJS7bKkbxAoGARcbAuDP4rB6MsgAAkVwf+1sHXEiGPShYWrVV",
              "qBgCZ/S45ELqUuiaN/1N/nip/Cc/0SBPKqwl7o50CUg9GH9kTAjmXiwmbkwvtUv+",
              "Xjn5vCHS0w18yc3rGwyr2wj+D9KtDLFJ8+T5HmsbPoDQ3mIZ9xPmRQuRFfVMd9wr",
              "DY0Rs7cCgYAxjGjWDSKThowsvOUCiE0ySz6tWggHH3LTrS4Mfh2t0tnbUfrXq2cw",
              "3CN+T6brgnpYbyX5XI17p859C+cw90MD8N6vvBxaN8QMDRFk+hHNUeSy8gXeem9x",
              "O0vdIxCgKvA4dh5nSVb5VGKENEGNEHRlYxEPzbqlPa/C/ZvzIvdKXQIUQMoidPFC",
              "n9z+mE2dAADnPf2m9vk=",
              "-----END DSA PRIVATE KEY-----"
             ],
    ...

The default value for the passphrase property is null. If you do not set a passphrase for the private key, the passphrase value must be equal to an empty string.

You must set a value for the password property, because the connector uses sudo to perform actions on the SSH server.

The private key (PEM certificate) must be defined as a JSON String array.

The values of the passphrase, password and privateKey are encrypted when IDM loads the provisioner file.

Install the SSH connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

SSH

Yes

Yes

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/ssh-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the SSH connector

You cannot configure the SSH connector through the UI. Configure the connector over REST, as described in Configure Connectors Over REST.

Alternatively, copy the sample connector configuration file (/path/to/openidm/samples/example-configurations/provisioners/provisioner.openicf-ssh.json) to your project’s conf/ directory, and edit it to match your environment.

Set the authentication properties, as described in Configure Authentication to the SSH Server. In addition, set at least the following properties:

host

Specify the hostname or IP address of the SSH server.

port

Set the port on which the SSH server listens.

Default: 22

user

The username of the account that connects to the SSH server.

This account must be able to ssh into the server, with the password provided in the next parameter.

password

The password of the account that is used to connect to the SSH server.

prompt

A string representing the remote SSH session prompt. This must be the exact prompt string, in the format username@target:, for example admin@myserver:~$ . Include any trailing spaces.

This list describes the required configuration properties of the SSH connector. Typically, you can use the default values. For a list of all the configuration properties, refer to SSH Connector Configuration

sudoCommand

A string that shows the full path to the sudo command, for example /usr/bin/sudo.

echoOff

If set to true (the default), the input command echo is disabled. If set to false, every character that is sent to the server is sent back to the client in the expect() call.

terminalType

Sets the terminal type to use for the session. The list of supported types is determined by your Linux/UNIX system. For more information, refer to the terminfo manual page (man terminfo).

Default: vt102

setLocale

If set to true, indicates that the default environment locale should be changed to the value of the locale property.

Default: false

locale

Sets the locale for the LC_ALL, LANG and LANGUAGE environment variables, if setLocale is set to true.

Default: en_US.utf8

connectionTimeout

Specifies the connection timeout to the remote server, in milliseconds.

Default: 5000

expectTimeout

Specifies the timeout used by the expect() calls in scripts, in milliseconds.

Default: 5000

authenticationType

Sets the authentication type, either PASSWORD or PUBKEY. For more information, refer to connector-reference:ssh.adoc#ssh-authentication.

Default: PASSWORD

throwOperationTimeoutException

If true, the connector throws an exception when the expectTimeout is reached for an operation. Otherwise, the operation fails silently.

Default: true

scriptRoots

The path to the Groovy scripts that perform the ICF operations, relative to your IDM installation directory. The sample connector configuration expects the scripts in project-dir/tools, so this parameter is set to &{idm.instance.dir}/tools in the sample configuration.

classpath

The directory in which the compiler should look for compiled classes. The default classpath, if not is specified, is install-dir/lib.

*ScriptFileName

The name of the Groovy script that is used for each ICF operation.

SSH remote connector

If you want to run this connector outside of PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or IDM, you can configure the SSH connector as a remote connector. Java Connectors installed remotely on a Java Connector Server function identically to those bundled locally within PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or installed locally on IDM.

You can download the SSH connector from here.

Refer to Remote connectors for configuring the SSH remote connector.

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the SSH Connector

The SSH Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Authenticate

Provides simple authentication with two parameters, presumed to be a user name and password.

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Resolve Username

Resolves an object by its username and returns the uid of the object.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Script on Resource

Runs a script on the target resource that is managed by this connector.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Sync

Polls the target resource for synchronization events, that is, native changes to objects on the target resource.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

SSH Connector Configuration

The SSH Connector has the following configurable properties:

Basic Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

host

String

null

Yes

The hostname to connect to.

port

int

22

Yes

TCP port to use.

user

String

null

Yes

The user name used to login to remote server.

password

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

The password used to login to remote server.

passphrase

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

The passphrase used to read the private key when using Public Key authentication.

privateKey

String[]

[]

Yes

No

The base 64 encoded value (PEM) of the private key used for Public Key authentication.

authenticationType

String

PASSWORD

Yes

Defines which authentication type should be use: PASSWORD or PUBKEY.

prompt

String

`root@localhost:# `

Yes

A string representing the remote SSH session prompt.

sudoCommand

String

/usr/bin/sudo

Yes

A string representing the sudo command.

echoOff

boolean

true

Yes

Disable the input command echo.

terminalType

String

vt102

Yes

Defines the terminal type to use for the session.

locale

String

en_US.utf8

Yes

Define the locale for LC_ALL, LANG and LANGUAGE environment variables to use if setLocale=true.

setLocale

boolean

false

Yes

Defines if the default environment locale should be changed with the value provided for locale.

connectionTimeout

int

5000

Yes

Defines the connection timeout to the remote server in milliseconds.

expectTimeout

long

5000

Yes

Defines the timeout used by the expect() calls in the scripts in milliseconds.

throwOperationTimeoutException

boolean

true

Yes

Defines if an OperationTimeoutException should be thrown if any call to expect times out.

promptReadyTimeout

long

20

No

Defines the "prompt ready" timeout for the promptReady() command in milliseconds.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Groovy Engine configuration

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

scriptRoots

String[]

null

Yes

The root folder to load the scripts from. If the value is null or empty the classpath value is used.

classpath

String[]

[]

No

Classpath for use during compilation.

debug

boolean

false

No

If true, debugging code should be activated.

disabledGlobalASTTransformations

String[]

null

No

Sets a list of global AST transformations which should not be loaded even if they are defined in META-INF/org.codehaus.groovy.transform.ASTTransformation files. By default, none is disabled.

minimumRecompilationInterval

int

100

No

Sets the minimum of time after a script can be recompiled.

recompileGroovySource

boolean

false

No

If set to true recompilation is enabled.

scriptBaseClass

String

null

No

Base class name for scripts (must derive from Script).

scriptExtensions

String[]

['groovy']

No

Gets the extensions used to find groovy files.

sourceEncoding

String

UTF-8

No

Encoding for source files.

targetDirectory

File

null

No

Directory into which to write classes.

tolerance

int

10

No

The error tolerance, which is the number of non-fatal errors (per unit) that should be tolerated before compilation is aborted.

verbose

boolean

false

No

If true, the compiler should produce action information.

warningLevel

int

1

No

Warning Level of the compiler.

customConfiguration

String

null

No

Custom Configuration script for Groovy ConfigSlurper.

customSensitiveConfiguration

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Custom Sensitive Configuration script for Groovy ConfigSlurper.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Operation Script Files

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

authenticateScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the AUTHENTICATE operation.

createScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the CREATE operation.

customizerScriptFileName

String

null

No

The script used to customize some function of the connector. Read the documentation for more details.

deleteScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the DELETE operation.

resolveUsernameScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the RESOLVE_USERNAME operation.

schemaScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the SCHEMA operation.

scriptOnResourceScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the RUNSCRIPTONRESOURCE operation.

searchScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the SEARCH operation.

syncScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the SYNC operation.

testScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the TEST operation.

updateScriptFileName

String

null

The name of the file used to perform the UPDATE operation.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

SAP SuccessFactors connector

The SAP SuccessFactors connector enables you to manage and synchronize objects between SuccessFactors and the IDM managed user repository. These instructions assume you have a SuccessFactors administrator account, and you have created an OAuth2 Client Application.

Before you start

Before you configure the connector, gather the following details:

Host

The SuccessFactors API hostname. For example, apisalesdemo2.successfactors.eu.

Client ID

The SuccessFactors API Key or client ID. To locate this value:

  1. Log in to your SuccessFactors administrator account.

  2. Click Manage OAuth2 Client Applications.

  3. Select your registered OAuth2 Client Application.

  4. Click View.

  5. Copy the API key.

User ID

The API User ID of the SuccessFactors user who authenticates to the REST server.

Private Key

A private key. To configure this, generate a key pair from the X.509 certificate and copy the value of the private key.

Company ID

The API Company ID of the admin user. This is specified in the SuccessFactors login URL.

Person Segments (optional)

SuccessFactors person segments; for example, EmpJob, EmpEmployment, PerPersonal. You can add segments and their attributes that are not provided by the connector by default.

  • If the person segment field is empty, the following default segments are added to the schema:

    • EmpEmployment

    • EmpJob

    • PerPerson

    • PerPersonal

  • If the person segment field contains EmpJob_All, PerPersonal_All, PerPhone_All, all attributes of the applicable segment(s) EmpJob, PerPersonal, and PerPhone are added to the schema, respectively.

  • If the person segment field contains PerPhone_phoneNumber, PerPhone_secondaryPhoneNumber, PerEmail_emailAddress, PerEmail_secondaryEmailAddress, the applicable attributes of the segment(s) EmpJob, PerPersonal, and PerPhone are added to the schema.

Add segment nav-specific attributes in EmpJob_locationNav and PerEmail_emailTypeNav.

Install the SuccessFactors connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

SAP SuccessFactors

No

No

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/successfactors-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the SuccessFactors connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select SuccessFactors Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to SuccessFactors Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

Sample Configuration

"configurationProperties" : {
    "host" : null,
    "clientId" : null,
    "userId" : null,
    "privateKey" : null,
    "companyId" : null,
    "personSegments" : "EmpJob,PerPersonal,EmpEmployment",
    "pageSize" : 0,
    "maximumConnections" : 10,
    "connectionTimeout" : 600,
    "httpProxyHost" : null,
    "httpProxyPort" : null,
    "httpProxyUsername" : null,
    "httpProxyPassword" : null
}

For more information, refer to:

Configure connection pooling

The SuccessFactors connector uses the Apache HTTP client, which leverages the HTTP client connection pool, not the ICF connector pool.

Test the SuccessFactors connector

Test that the configuration is correct by running the following command:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/Successfactors?_action=test"
{
  "name" : "Successfactors",
  "enabled" : true,
  "config" : "config/provisioner.openicf/Successfactors",
  "connectorRef" : {
    "bundleVersion" : "[1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0)",
    "bundleName" : "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.successfactors-connector",
    "connectorName" : "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.successfactors.SuccessFactorsConnector"
  },
  "displayName" : "SuccessFactors Connector",
  "objectTypes" : [
    "__GROUP__",
    "__PERSON__",
    "__ACCOUNT__",
    "__ALL__"
  ],
  "ok" : true
}

If the command returns "ok": true, your connector has been configured correctly and can authenticate to the SuccessFactors system.

SuccessFactors remote connector

If you want to run this connector outside of PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or IDM, you can configure the SuccessFactors connector as a remote connector. Java Connectors installed remotely on a Java Connector Server function identically to those bundled locally within PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or installed locally on IDM.

You can download the SuccessFactors connector from here.

Refer to Remote connectors for configuring the SuccessFactors remote connector.

Supported resource types

The SuccessFactors connector supports the following resource types:

SuccessFactors connector supported resource types
ICF Native Type SuccessFactors Resource Type Naming Attribute

__ACCOUNT__

User profile

userId, username

__GROUP__

Dynamic group 1

groupID

__PERSON__

Segments in Person object:

PerPerson

PerPersonal

EmpEmployment

EmpJob

PerPhone

PerEmail

EmpCompensation

PerAddressDEFLT

 

PerPerson_personIdExternal

PerPersonal_personIdExternal

EmpEmployment_userId

EmpJob_userId

PerPhone_personIdExternal

PerEmail_personIdExternal

EmpCompensation_userId

PerAddressDEFLT_personIdExternal

1 Permission is the only supported sub-attribute for dynamic group resources.

Supported search filters

The SuccessFactors connector supports search operations with the following filter operators and attributes:

Supported Operators and Filter Attributes With SuccessFactors Searches
Object Type Operators Attributes

__ACCOUNT__

Equals, And, Or, StartsWith, EndsWith, Less than, Less than or equal, Greater than, Greater than or equal, Contains

  • username

  • userId

  • country

  • department

  • division

  • location

  • lastModifiedWithTZ

  • dateOfBirth

  • lastModified

  • lastModifiedDateTime

  • jobCode

  • firstName

  • lastName

  • manager

__GROUP__

Equals, And, Or, StartsWith, EndsWith, Less than, Less than or equal, Greater than, Greater than or equal, Contains

  • groupID

  • groupType

  • staticGroup

  • createdBy

  • lastModifiedDate

__PERSON__

Equals, And, Or, StartsWith, EndsWith, Less than, Less than or equal, Greater than, Greater than or equal, Contains

Person Segments

PerPerson

  • personIdExternal

  • dateOfBirth

  • lastModifiedOn

  • lastModifiedDateTime

  • createdOn

  • countryOfBirth

  • createdBy

  • createdDateTime

  • lastModifiedBy

  • perPersonUuid

  • personId

  • username

EmpEmployment

  • personIdExternal

  • userId

  • assignmentIdExternal

  • serviceDate

  • professionalServiceDate

  • originalStartDate

  • seniorityDate

  • endDate

  • lastModifiedDateTime

EmpJob

  • userId

  • payGrade

  • seqNumber

  • managerId

  • lastModifiedDateTime

  • eventReason

  • company

  • timezone

  • startDate

  • jobCode

  • jobTitle

  • position

  • location

  • payScaleType

  • payScaleArea

  • businessUnit

PerPersonal

  • startDate

  • personIdExternal

  • nativePreferredLang

  • nationality

  • lastName

  • firstName

  • endDate

  • gender

  • maritalStatus

  • middleName

  • lastModifiedDateTime

PerPhone

  • personIdExternal

  • areaCode

  • countryCode

  • createdBy

  • createdDateTime

  • createdOn

  • extension

  • includeAllRecords

  • isPrimary

  • lastModifiedBy

  • lastModifiedDateTime

  • lastModifiedOn

  • phoneNumber

  • phoneType

  • PerPhone_secondaryPhoneNumber

Attributes

Account attributes

The SuccessFactors connector supports the following account attributes:

Attribute Description

userId

The user’s User ID.

userName

The user’s username.

status

The user’s status.

firstName

The user’s first name.

lastName

The user’s last name.

mi

The user’s middle name.

email

The user’s email address.

dateOfBirth

The user’s birthdate.

defaultFullName

The default full name for the user.

password

The user’s password.

lastModifiedDateTime

The last modified date and time without time zone information.

country

The user’s country of residence.

citizenship

The user’s country of citizenship.

married

The user’s marital status.

state

The state where the user lives.

city

The city where the user lives.

division

The division the user works in.

department

The department the user works in.

jobCode

The Job code of the user.

jobLevel

The Job level of the user.

timeZone

The user’s time zone.

location

The user’s location.

manager

The user’s manager.

hireDate

The date the user was hired.

lastModifiedWithTZ

The last modified date and time with time zone information.

lastModified

The last modified date.

__GROUP__

The user’s group list.

empId

The user’s empId.

custom09

The user’s Custom 09 attribute.

custom10

The user’s Custom 10 attribute.

Group attributes

The SuccessFactors connector supports the following group attributes:

Attribute Description

groupId

The unique ID of the group.

groupName

The name of the group.

groupType

The type of the group.

activeMembershipCount

The number of active members.

totalMemberCount

The number of total members.

dgExcludePools

Users excluded from the group.

dgIncludePools

Users included in the group.

createdBy

The user who created the group.

lastModifiedDate

The last modified date.

Person attributes

The SuccessFactors connector supports the following person segment attributes:

PerPerson attributes

The SuccessFactors connector supports the following PerPerson attributes:

Attribute Description

personIdExternal

The person’s external ID.

personId

The person’s internal ID.

userId

The person’s user ID.

dateOfBirth

The person’s date of birth.

lastModifiedOn

The person’s last modified date.

lastModifiedDateTime

The person’s last modified date and time.

createdOn

The person’s date of creation.

countryOfBirth

The person’s country of birth.

createdBy

The ID of the user who created the person.

createdDateTime

The person’s date and time of creation.

lastModifiedBy

The ID of the last user to modify the person.

perPersonUuid

The person’s UUID.

regionOfBirth

The person’s birth region.

username

The person’s username.
PerPersonal attributes

The SuccessFactors connector supports the following PerPersonal attributes:

Attribute Description

personIdExternal

The employee’s external ID.

endDate

The employment end date.

startDate

The employment start date.

firstName

The employee’s first name.

lastName

The employee’s last name.

gender

The employee’s gender.

nativePreferredLang

The employee’s preferred native language code.

salutation

The employee’s salutation.

maritalStatus

The employee’s marital status.

nationality

The employee’s nationality.

middleName

The employee’s middle name.

preferredName

The employee’s preferred name.

lastModifiedDateTime

The time the PerPersonal was last updated.
EmpEmployment attributes

The SuccessFactors connector supports the following EmpEmployment attributes:

Attribute Description

personIdExternal

An ID used to represent the employee externally.

userId

The employee’s user ID.

assignmentIdExternal

An assignment ID used to identify users across the suite.

firstDateWorked

The first date the employee worked.

endDate

The end date of the employment.

startDate

The start date of the employment.

eligibleForStock

Whether or not the user is eligible for stock.

initialOptionGrant

The initial grant value of the employment.

serviceDate

The service date of employment.

professionalServiceDate

The professional service date of employment.

originalStartDate

The original start date of the employment.

initialStockGrant

The initial stock grant of the employment.

seniorityDate

The date of seniority.

lastModifiedDateTime

The time the EmpEmployment object was last updated.

lastDateWorked

The date of the last day the employee worked.
EmpJob attributes

The SuccessFactors connector supports the following EmpJob attributes:

Attribute Description

seqNumber

The sequence number associated with the job.

userId

The employee’s user ID.

eventReason

The reason for action.

company

The company the job is for.

managerId

The ID of the job manager.

timezone

The time zone the job is in.

startDate

The date the job begins.

endDate

The date the job ends.

payGrade

The job’s pay grade.

jobCode

The job’s code.

jobTitle

The job’s title.

position

The position of the job.

location

The job’s location.

payScaleType

The payscale type for the job.

payScaleArea

The payscale area for the job.

businessUnit

The business unit the job belongs to.

lastModifiedDateTime

The date the job was last modified.
PerPhone attributes

To add all PerPhone attributes to the schema, you must define PerPhone_ALL in the person segment during configuration or define the specific attribute(s) with the segment name, such as PerPhone_phoneNumber.

The SuccessFactors connector supports the following PerPhone attributes:

Attribute Description

personIdExternal

The employee’s external ID.

areaCode

The person’s phone number area code.

countryCode

The person’s phone number country code.

createdBy

The user who created the person’s phone number.

createdDateTime

The date and time of creation for a person’s phone number.

createdOn

The date of creation for a person’s phone number.

includeAllRecords

Include all records for the person’s phone number.

extension

The person’s phone number extension.

isPrimary

Whether the person’s phone number is primary.

lastModifiedBy

The ID of the last user to modify the person’s phone number.

lastModifiedDateTime

The time and date the person’s phone number was last updated.

lastModifiedOn

The date the person’s phone number was last updated.

phoneNumber

The person’s phone number.

phoneType

The person’s phone type.

PerPhone_secondaryPhoneNumber

The person’s secondary phone number.

Use the SuccessFactors connector

Accounts

You can perform the following actions on a SAP SuccessFactors account:

Create a SuccessFactors user

The following example creates a user with every available attribute:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request  POST \
--data '{
  "userId": "BJENSEN",
  "username": "bjensen",
  "__ENABLE__": true,
  "email": "bjensen@example.com",
  "firstName": "Barbara",
  "lastName": "Jensen",
  "country": "USA",
  "married": false,
  "timeZone": "US/Eastern",
  "department": "Cloud",
  "state": "New York",
  "city": "New York City",
  "jobLevel": "2",
  "location": "40.6635°N 73.9387°W",
  "__PASSWORD__": "Test@123",
  "division": "Manufacturing",
  "hireDate": "2021-07-26 00:00:00",
  "dateOfBirth": "2012-08-22 00:00:00",
  "__GROUP__": [
    {"groupId": "6895"},
    {"groupId": "6095"}
  ]
}' \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/successfactors/__ACCOUNT__?_action=create"
{
  "_id" : "BJENSEN",
  "userId" : "BJENSEN",
  "jobLevel" : "2",
  "__GROUP__" : [
    {
      "groupId" : "1586",
      "groupName" : "EVERYONE"
    }, {
      "groupId" : "6895",
      "groupName" : "SAP_Managers"
    }, {
      "groupId" : "6095",
      "groupName" : "SAP_ONB2_ErrorFlowAdmins"
    }
  ],
  "department" : "Cloud",
  "dateOfBirth" : "2012-08-22 00:00:00",
  "lastModifiedDateTime" : "2022-11-02 09:13:49",
  "__ENABLE__" : true,
  "email" : "bjensen@example.com",
  "country" : "USA",
  "lastModified" : "2022-11-02 10:13:49",
  "location" : "40.6635°N 73.9387°W",
  "lastName" : "Jensen",
  "lastModifiedWithTZ" : "2022-11-02 09:13:49",
  "username" : "bjensen",
  "timeZone" : "US/Eastern",
  "city" : "New York City",
  "state" : "New York",
  "__NAME__" : "bjensen",
  "hireDate" : "2021-07-26 00:00:00",
  "married" : false,
  "division" : "Manufacturing",
  "firstName" : "Barbara"
}
New users must have at least the username, userId, and status properties.
Query all users

The following example queries all SuccessFactors users:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/successfactors/__ACCOUNT__?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result":[
    {"_id":"1007373"},
    {"_id":"1007371"},
    {"_id":"1007376"},
    {"_id":"1007370"},
    {"_id":"1007377"}
  ],
  "resultCount":5,
  "pagedResultsCookie":null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy":"NONE",
  "totalPagedResults":-1,
  "remainingPagedResults":-1
}
Query a single user

The following example queries a single user by their ID:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/successfactors/__ACCOUNT__?_queryFilter=_id%20eq%20%22BJENSEN%22"
{
  "_id" : "BJENSEN",
  "userId" : "BJENSEN",
  "jobLevel" : "2",
  "__GROUP__" : [
    {
      "groupId" : "1586",
      "groupName" : "EVERYONE"
    }, {
      "groupId" : "6895",
      "groupName" : "SAP_Managers"
    }, {
      "groupId" : "6095",
      "groupName" : "SAP_ONB2_ErrorFlowAdmins"
    }
  ],
  "department" : "Cloud",
  "dateOfBirth" : "2012-08-22 00:00:00",
  "lastModifiedDateTime" : "2022-11-02 09:13:49",
  "__ENABLE__" : true,
  "email" : "bjensen@example.com",
  "country" : "USA",
  "lastModified" : "2022-11-02 10:13:49",
  "location" : "40.6635�N 73.9387�W",
  "lastName" : "Jensen",
  "lastModifiedWithTZ" : "2022-11-02 09:13:49",
  "username" : "bjensen",
  "timeZone" : "US/Eastern",
  "city" : "New York City",
  "state" : "New York",
  "__NAME__" : "bjensen",
  "hireDate" : "2021-07-26 00:00:00",
  "married" : false,
  "division" : "Manufacturing",
  "firstName" : "Barbara"
}
Modify a user

You can use the SuccessFactors connector to modify the following attributes of a user entry:

Show attributes

  • username

  • email

  • status

  • country

  • department

  • timeZone

  • jobLevel

  • married

  • city

  • state

  • division

  • citizenship

  • location

  • firstName

  • lastName

  • gender

  • dateOfBirth

  • jobCode

The following example updates the division property on a user:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "If-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "division": "Engineering"
}' \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/successfactors/__ACCOUNT__/BJENSEN"
{
  "_id" : "BJENSEN",
  "userId" : "BJENSEN",
  ...
  "division" : "Engineering",
  "firstName" : "Barbara"
}
Reset a user’s password

The following example resets the password for a SuccessFactors user account:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request PATCH \
--data '[{
  "operation": "replace",
  "field": "__PASSWORD__",
  "value": "__CHANGEME__"
}]' \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/successfactors/__ACCOUNT__/BJENSEN"
{
  "_id" : "BJENSEN",
  "userId" : "BJENSEN",
  ...
}
The updated password is not included in the response object; however, the value is updated in the system.
Activate a user

The following example activates a user with the minimum required attributes:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "username": "bjensen",
  "__ENABLE__": true,
  "firstName": "Barbara",
  "userId": "BJENSEN"
}' \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/successfactors/__ACCOUNT__/BJENSEN"
{
  "_id": "BJENSEN",
  "userId": "BJENSEN",
  ...
  "__ENABLE__": true
}
Deactivate a user account

The SuccessFactors connector does not support deleting accounts. To deactivate an unwanted account, set the account’s __ENABLE__ attribute value to false. A deactivated account remains in the SuccessFactors system and can still be queried by its ID, but cannot be accessed.

The following example deactivates a SuccessFactors user account:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
--data '{
  "username": "bjensen",
  "__ENABLE__": false,
  "firstName": "Barbara",
  "userId": "BJENSEN"
}' \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/successfactors/__ACCOUNT__/BJENSEN"
{
  _id: "BJENSEN"
}

Groups

Assign a user to a group

The following example assigns a user to a group:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "if-Match:*" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "__ENABLE__":true,
  "__GROUP__":[
    {
      "groupId":1001
    }
  ]
}' \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/successfactors/__ACCOUNT__/BJENSEN"
{
  "_id" : "BJENSEN",
  "userId" : "BJENSEN",
  "jobLevel" : "2",
  "__GROUP__" : [
    {
      "groupId" : "1001",
      "groupName" : "Example Working Group"
    },
    ...
}
Query all groups

The following example queries all groups in the system:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--header "if-Match:*" \
--request GET \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/successfactors/__GROUP__?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result": [
    {"_id":"6637"},
    {"_id":"2202"},
    {"_id":"1588"},
    {"_id":"6877"},
    {"_id":"2203"}
  ],
  "resultCount":5,
  "pagedResultsCookie": null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
  "totalPagedResults": -1,
  "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Query a single group

The following example queries a single group:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/successfactors/__GROUP__?/1001"
{
  "_id": "1001",
  "__NAME__": "1001",
  "groupName": "Example Working Group",
  "lastModifiedDate" : "2015-01-04 23:29:38",
  "createdBy" : "v4admin",
  "totalMemberCount" : "33590",
  "activeMembershipCount" : "2294",
  "groupID" : "1001",
  "groupType" : "permission"
}

Persons

Query all persons

The following example queries all persons in the system:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/successfactors/__PERSON__?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result":[
    {"_id":"69119"},
    {"_id":"69120"},
    {"_id":"69121"},
    {"_id":"80279"},
    {"_id":"80280"}
  ],
  "resultCount":5,
  "pagedResultsCookie":null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy":"NONE",
  "totalPagedResults":-1,
  "remainingPagedResults":-1
}
Query a single person

The following example queries a single group:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request GET \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/successfactors/__PERSON__?_queryFilter=_id%20%22scarter%22"
{
  "result":[{
    "_id":"scarter",
    "EmpJob_payGrade":"GR-08",
    "EmpEmployment_firstDateWorked":"2002-03-17 00:00:00",
    "PerPersonal_maritalStatus":"10819",
    "PerPersonal_nationality":"USA",
    "EmpEmployment_lastDateWorked":null,
    "EmpEmployment_userId":"scarter",
    "PerPersonal_personIdExternal":"scarter",
    "EmpEmployment_initialStockGrant":null,
    "PerPerson_countryOfBirth":"USA",
    "PerPersonal_endDate":"9999-12-31 00:00:00",
    "PerPersonal_firstName":"Sam",
    "EmpEmployment_eligibleForStock":null,
    "PerPersonal_lastName":"Carter",
    "EmpJob_payScaleArea":"USA/US2",
    "EmpJob_jobCode":"50070968",
    "PerPerson_regionOfBirth":null,
    "PerPersonal_startDate":"2002-03-17 00:00:00",
    "PerPerson_personIdExternal":"scarter",
    "PerPerson_lastModifiedDateTime":"2015-10-30 10:05:06",
    "EmpEmployment_lastModifiedDateTime":"2018-07-15 23:12:06",
    "PerPersonal_lastModifiedDateTime":"2018-10-25 23:51:29",
    "EmpJob_timezone":"US/Eastern",
    "PerPersonal_gender":"M",
    "PerPerson_dateOfBirth":"1983-02-15 00:00:00",
    "PerPersonal_nativePreferredLang":"10223",
    "EmpEmployment_serviceDate":null,
    "EmpEmployment_assignmentIdExternal":"scarter",
    "EmpJob_lastModifiedDateTime":"2020-06-23 10:50:43",
    "PerPerson_createdOn":"2015-01-05 23:34:22",
    "EmpJob_company":"1710",
    "EmpEmployment_originalStartDate":"2002-03-17 00:00:00",
    "EmpEmployment_endDate":null,
    "EmpJob_position":"3000325",
    "EmpJob_jobTitle":"Administrative Support",
    "PerPersonal_salutation":"10810",
    "EmpEmployment_seniorityDate":"2002-03-17 00:00:00",
    "PerPerson_createdDateTime":"2015-01-05 22:34:22",
    "EmpEmployment_professionalServiceDate":null,
    "EmpJob_startDate":"2017-01-01 00:00:00",
    "PerPersonal_middleName":null,
    "PerPerson_createdBy":"v4admin",
    "PerPersonal_preferredName":null,
    "PerPerson_lastModifiedBy":"scarter",
    "EmpJob_businessUnit":"CORP",
    "EmpJob_seqNumber":"1",
    "PerPerson_perPersonUuid":"87AF10389BCC4F29BC3F3A225B321E14",
    "EmpJob_location":"1710-2001",
    "EmpJob_managerId":"108743",
    "EmpJob_eventReason":"PAYOTH",
    "PerPerson_lastModifiedOn":"2015-10-30 11:05:06",
    "EmpJob_payScaleType":"USA/US2",
    "EmpJob_userId":"scarter",
    "EmpEmployment_initialOptionGrant":null,
    "EmpEmployment_personIdExternal":"scarter",
    "PerPerson_personId":"8",
    "__NAME__":"scarter"}],
  "resultCount":1,
  "pagedResultsCookie":null,
  "totalPagedResultsPolicy":"NONE",
  "totalPagedResults":-1,
  "remainingPagedResults":-1
}
Modify a person

You can use the SuccessFactors connector to modify the following attributes of a user entry:

Show attributes

  • PerPerson_dateOfBirth

  • PerPerson_countryOfBirth

  • PerPerson_regionOfBirth

  • EmpEmployment_firstDateWorked

  • EmpEmployment_eligibleForStock

  • EmpEmployment_initialOptionGrant

  • EmpEmployment_serviceDate

  • EmpEmployment_professionalServiceDate

  • EmpEmployment_originalStartDate

  • EmpEmployment_initialStockGrant

  • EmpEmployment_seniorityDate

  • EmpEmployment_startDate

  • EmpJob_jobCode

  • EmpJob_startDate

  • EmpJob_eventReason

  • EmpJob_businessUnit

  • EmpJob_managerId

  • EmpJob_seqNumber

  • EmpJob_payGrade

  • EmpJob_jobTitle

  • EmpJob_company

  • EmpJob_location

  • EmpJob_timezone

  • EmpJob_position

  • EmpJob_payScaleArea

  • EmpJob_payScaleType

  • PerPersonal_gender

  • PerPersonal_endDate

  • PerPersonal_startDate

  • PerPersonal_firstName

  • PerPersonal_lastName

  • PerPersonal_nativePreferredLang

  • PerPersonal_salutation

  • PerPersonal_maritalStatus

  • PerPersonal_nationality

  • PerPersonal_preferredName

  • PerPersonal_middleName

  • PerPhone_phoneType

  • PerPhone_phoneNumber

  • PerPhone_isPrimary

  • PerPhone_secondaryPhoneNumber

  • PerEmail_emailType

  • PerEmail_emailAddress

  • PerEmail_isPrimary

  • PerEmail_secondaryEmailAddress

  • EmpCompensation_startDate

  • EmpCompensation_endDate

  • EmpCompensation_bonusTarget

  • EmpCompensation_payGrade

  • EmpCompensation_payrollSystemId

  • EmpCompensation_benefitsRate

  • EmpCompensation_isHighlyCompensatedEmployee

  • EmpCompensation_eventReason

  • EmpCompensation_payGroup

  • EmpCompensation_isEligibleForCar

  • EmpCompensation_isInsider

  • EmpCompensation_isEligibleForBenefits

  • PerAddressDEFLT_addressType

  • PerAddressDEFLT_startDate

  • PerAddressDEFLT_country

  • PerAddressDEFLT_zipCode

  • PerAddressDEFLT_notes

  • PerAddressDEFLT_city

  • PerAddressDEFLT_endDate

  • PerAddressDEFLT_county

  • PerAddressDEFLT_address2

  • PerAddressDEFLT_address1

To modify an existing person entry, use a PUT request and include all attributes of the person in the request:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "If-Match: *" \
--header "Content-Type: application/json" \
--request PUT \
--data '{
  "PerPerson_dateOfBirth":"1960-05-04 00:00:00",
  "PerPerson_countryOfBirth":"USA",
  "PerPerson_regionOfBirth":"null",
  "EmpEmployment_firstDateWorked":"2017-01-01 00:00:00",
  "EmpEmployment_eligibleForStock":true,
  "EmpEmployment_initialOptionGrant":"118.8",
  "EmpEmployment_serviceDate":"2018-01-01 00:00:00",
  "EmpEmployment_professionalServiceDate":"2019-02-01 00:00:00",
  "EmpEmployment_originalStartDate":"2018-03-01 00:00:00",
  "EmpEmployment_initialStockGrant":"3000",
  "EmpEmployment_seniorityDate":"2022-04-01 00:00:00",
  "EmpEmployment_startDate":"2016-05-01 00:00:00",
  "EmpJob_jobCode":"50070999",
  "EmpJob_startDate":"2019-01-01 00:00:00",
  "EmpJob_eventReason":"HIRNEW",
  "EmpJob_businessUnit":"PRODS",
  "EmpJob_managerId":"sMeias",
  "EmpJob_seqNumber":"2",
  "EmpJob_payGrade":"GR-08",
  "EmpJob_jobTitle":"Planning & Scheduling Manager",
  "EmpJob_company":"2100",
  "EmpJob_location":"2100-0001",
  "EmpJob_timezone":"Europe/Lisbon",
  "EmpJob_position":"3000909",
  "EmpJob_payScaleArea":"USA/US2",
  "EmpJob_payScaleType":"USA/US2",
  "PerPersonal_gender":"F",
  "PerPersonal_endDate":"9999-12-31 00:00:00",
  "PerPersonal_startDate":"2019-07-26 00:00:00",
  "PerPersonal_firstName":"sam",
  "PerPersonal_lastName":"carter",
  "PerPersonal_nativePreferredLang":"10223",
  "PerPersonal_salutation":"30085",
  "PerPersonal_maritalStatus":"10820",
  "PerPersonal_nationality":"USA",
  "PerPersonal_preferredName":"sammy",
  "PerPersonal_middleName":" M",
  "PerPhone_phoneType":"10605",
  "PerPhone_phoneNumber":"55555556",
  "PerPhone_isPrimary":true,
  "PerPhone_secondaryPhoneNumber":[
    {
      "phoneNumber":"555555555",
      "phoneType":"10606",
      "isPrimary":false,
      "areaCode":"312",
      "countryCode":"3",
      "extension":"76858"
    }
  ],
  "PerEmail_emailType":"8448",
  "PerEmail_emailAddress":"scarter@example.com",
  "PerEmail_isPrimary":true,
  "PerEmail_secondaryEmailAddress":[
    {
      "emailAddress":"scarter.21@example.com",
      "emailType":"8447",
      "isPrimary":false
    },
    {
      "emailAddress":"scarter.31@example.com",
      "emailType":"8446",
      "isPrimary":false
    }
  ],
  "EmpCompensation_startDate":"2021-12-31 00:00:00",
  "EmpCompensation_endDate":"9999-12-31 00:00:00",
  "EmpCompensation_bonusTarget":"47",
  "EmpCompensation_payGrade":"GR-12",
  "EmpCompensation_payrollSystemId":"ajukuio",
  "EmpCompensation_benefitsRate":"1",
  "EmpCompensation_isHighlyCompensatedEmployee":true,
  "EmpCompensation_eventReason":"PAYOTH",
  "EmpCompensation_payGroup":"D2",
  "EmpCompensation_isEligibleForCar":false,
  "EmpCompensation_isInsider":false,
  "EmpCompensation_isEligibleForBenefits":true,
  "PerAddressDEFLT_addressType":"home",
  "PerAddressDEFLT_startDate":"2012-01-01 00:00:00",
  "PerAddressDEFLT_country":"SGP",
  "PerAddressDEFLT_zipCode":"345653",
  "PerAddressDEFLT_notes":"notes",
  "PerAddressDEFLT_city":"Singapore",
  "PerAddressDEFLT_endDate":"9999-12-31 00:00:00",
  "PerAddressDEFLT_county":"11224",
  "PerAddressDEFLT_address2":"4815",
  "PerAddressDEFLT_address1":"Oceanic Avenue"
}' \
"https://localhost:8443/openidm/system/successfactors/__PERSON__/scarter"
{
  "_id":"scarter",
  "PerPersonal_maritalStatus":"10820",
  ...
  "PerPersonal_lastName":"carter",
  "__NAME__":"scarter"
}

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the SuccessFactors Connector

The SuccessFactors Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Sync

Polls the target resource for synchronization events, that is, native changes to objects on the target resource.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

SuccessFactors Connector Configuration

The SuccessFactors Connector has the following configurable properties:

Configuration properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

host

String

null

Yes

Hostname of the target.

clientId

String

null

Yes

The client identifier.

userId

String

null

Yes

User id for authentication.

privateKey

GuardedString

null

Yes

The private key which is used for signing JWT.

companyId

String

null

Yes

Company id as present in target application.

personSegments

String

null

No

The person segments to retrieve, specified as individual attributes or all (For example: EmpJob_All, EmpEmployment_startDate).

pageSize

int

0

No

Page size for search operation.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Basic Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

maximumConnections

Integer

10

No

Provides the maximum connections.

connectionTimeout

int

600

No

Provides the maximum connection timeout in seconds.

httpProxyHost

String

null

No

Provides the HTTP proxy host.

httpProxyPort

Integer

null

No

Provides the HTTP proxy port.

httpProxyUsername

String

null

No

Provides the HTTP proxy username.

httpProxyPassword

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Provides the HTTP proxy password.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Webex Connector

This is a SaaS common connector.

The Webex connector allows you to manage users and groups between Webex Control Hub and IDM. A Webex administrator account is required for the connector to work.

Before you start

  1. Create a Webex developer account.

  2. Create an integration application. Add the required scopes to manage users, groups, licenses, and roles. Minimum scope required:

    • spark-admin:people_write

    • spark-admin:people_read

    • spark-admin:licenses_read

    • spark-admin:roles_read

    • identity:groups_rw

    • identity:groups_read

  3. Remember to save the client secret and client id and get a refresh token.

    A refresh_token is not required when configuring the Connector via the UI.

Install the Webex connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

Webex

No

No

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/webex-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the Webex connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select Webex Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to Webex Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

Base Connector Details

  • Webex Endpoint : https://webexapis.com/v1

  • Use Basic Auth For OAuth Token Neg : true | false

  • Max connections: Max size of the http connection pool used. Defaults to 10.

  • Connection Timeout (seconds): Defines a timeout for the underlying http connection in seconds. Defaults to 30.

Authentication

  • Token Endpoint: https://webexapis.com/v1/access_token

  • Client ID: Your Client ID.

  • Client Secret: Your Client Secret.

  • Refresh Token: Your Refresh Token.

Additional Options

  • Read rate limit: 2.5

  • Write read limi: 2.5

Object Types

If necessary, add or edit your object types to have these three objects with their properties:

__ACCOUNT__
PROPERTY NAME TYPE NATIVE TYPE REQUIRED

_id

String

String

NO

firstName

String

String

NO

lastName

String

String

NO

displayName

String

String

YES

emails

Array

String

YES

avatar

String

String

NO

licenses

Array

String

YES

groups

Array

String

NO

roles

Array

String

NO

extension

String

String

NO

locationId

String

String

NO

orgId

String

String

NO

department

String

String

NO

manager

String

String

NO

managerId

String

String

NO

title

String

String

NO

siteUrls

Array

String

NO

phoneNumbers

Array

Object

NO

addresses

Array

Object

NO
__GROUP__
PROPERTY NAME TYPE NATIVE TYPE REQUIRED

_id

String

String

NO

displayName

String

String

YES

orgId

String

String

NO

description

String

String

NO

members

Array

Object

NO
Roles
PROPERTY NAME TYPE NATIVE TYPE REQUIRED

id

String

String

NO

name

String

String

NO
Licenses
PROPERTY NAME TYPE NATIVE TYPE REQUIRED

id

String

String

NO

name

String

String

NO

totalUnits

Integer

Integer

NO

consumedUnits

Integer

Integer

NO

subscriptionId

String

String

NO

siteUrl

String

String

NO

siteType

String

String

NO

If configuring the connector over REST or through the filesystem, specify the connection details to the Webex resource provider in the configurationProperties for the connector. If you are using OAuth for your connection, the minimum required properties are serviceUri, tokenEndpoint, refreshToken, clientId, and clientSecret. The readRateLimit and writeRateLimit fields are for limiting the rate of requests. The recommended rate is 2.5.

Sample Configuration 
{
    "configurationProperties" : {
        "tokenExpiration" : null,
        "accessToken" : null,
        "serviceUri" : "https://webexapis.com/v1",
        "readRateLimit" : "2.5",
        "login" : null,
        "password" : null,
        "writeRateLimit" : "2.5",
        "authenticationMethod" : "OAUTH",
        "tokenEndpoint" : "https://webexapis.com/v1/access_token",
        "clientId" : "k3..........5g",
        "clientSecret" : "xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx",
        "refreshToken" : "xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx",
        "authToken" : null,
        "acceptSelfSignedCertificates" : false,
        "disableHostNameVerifier" : false,
        "disableHttpCompression" : false,
        "clientCertAlias" : null,
        "clientCertPassword" : null,
        "maximumConnections" : "10",
        "httpProxyHost" : null,
        "httpProxyPort" : null,
        "httpProxyUsername" : null,
        "httpProxyPassword" : null,
        "connectionTimeout" : "30",
        "grantType" : "refresh_token",
        "scope" : null,
        "authorizationTokenPrefix" : "Bearer",
        "useBasicAuthForOauthTokenNeg" : true
    }
}
On startup, IDM encrypts the value of the clientSecret and refreshToken.

Mapping

From Webex users to OpenIDM Users

Attributes Grid: Where the columns represent the attribute name mapped from source to target and the necessary data transformation to synchronize successfully.

SOURCE TARGET TRANSFORMATION SCRIPT

id

_id

N/A

email

emails

N/A

lastName

sn

N/A

firstname

givenName

N/A

displayName

displayName

N/A

extension

extension

N/A

locationId

locationId

N/A

avatar

avatar

N/A

title

title

N/A

orgId

orgId

N/A

department

department

N/A

roles

roles

N/A

licenses

licenses

N/A

addresses

addresses

N/A

siteUrls

siteUrls

N/A

phoneNumbers

phoneNumbers

N/A

manager

manager

N/A

managerId

managerId

N/A
From OpenIDM Users to Webex Users

Attributes Grid: Where the columns represent the attribute name mapped from source to target and the necessary data transformation to synchronize successfully.

This mapping depends on the previous mapping.

SOURCE TARGET TRANSFORMATION SCRIPT

_id

id

N/A

sn

firstName

N/A

givenName

lastName

N/A

displayName

displayName

N/A

emails

emails

N/A

roles

roles

N/A

licenses

licenses

N/A

addresses

addresses

N/A

siteUrls

siteUrls

N/A

phoneNumbers

phoneNumbers

N/A

department

department

N/A

extension

extension

N/A

avatar

avatar

N/A

locationId

locationId

N/A

manager

manager

N/A

managerId

managerId

N/A

title

title

N/A

orgId

orgId

N/A
From Webex Groups to OpenIDM Groups

Attributes Grid: Where the columns represent the attribute name mapped from source to target and the necessary data transformation to synchronize successfully.

SOURCE TARGET TRANSFORMATION SCRIPT

id

_id

N/A

displayName

displayName

N/A

orgId

orgId

N/A

members

members

N/A

description

description

N/A
From OpenIDM Groups to Webex Groups

Attributes Grid: Where the columns represent the attribute name mapped from source to target and the necessary data transformation to synchronize successfully.

This mapping depends on the previous mapping.

SOURCE TARGET TRANSFORMATION SCRIPT

displayName

displayName

N/A

groupManagementType

group_management_type

N/A

groupExternalId

group_external_id

N/A

members

members

N/A

Test the Webex connector

Test that the connector was configured correctly:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0' \
--request POST \
'http://localhost:8080/system/webex?_action=test'
{
    "name": "Webex",
    "enabled": true,
    "config": "config/provisioner.openicf/Webex",
    "connectorRef": {
        "bundleVersion": "1.5.20.26",
        "bundleName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.webex-connector",
        "connectorName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.webex.WebexConnector"
    },
    "displayName": "Webex Connector",
    "objectTypes": [
        "__GROUP__",
        "__ACCOUNT__",
        "ROLES",
        "__ALL__",
        "LICENSES"
    ],
    "ok": true
}

Use the Webex connector

User

Create user

To create a user, it is necessary to at least provide the email and displayName fields. Some fields, such as extension, locationId, or siteUrls require their respective licenses. Field locationId requires the extension field, and locationId and phoneNumbers fields are mutually exclusive.

It is possible that licenses will be added by default, so it is advisable to perform a reconciliation to be up to date.

If you create a user with a role or license (bad format) that is not allowed to be assigned or with an incorrect avatar URL, the user is still created with the exception of the fields that failed:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request POST \
--data '{
    "displayName" : "John Doe",
    "firstName" : "John",
    "LastName" : "Doe",
    "groups" : [
            "groupId",
            "groupId"
    ],
    "emails" : [
        "john.doe@example.com"
    ],
    "licenses" : [
        "licenseId"
    ],
    "roles" : [
        "roleId"
    ],
    "extension" : "123",
    "avatar" : "urlAvatar",
    "title" : "Title",
    "department" : "Sales",
    "manager" : "Manager Name",
    "managerId" : "managerId",
    "phoneNumbers": [
        {
          "type": "work",
          "value": "+1 010 110 1101"
        }
    ],
    "addresses": [
        {
          "type": "work",
          "country": "US",
          "locality": "Milpitas",
          "region": "California",
          "streetAddress": "1111 Bird Ave.",
          "postalCode": "010101"
        }
    ],
    "siteUrls": [
        "mysite.webex.com#attendee"
    ],
    "orgId" : "orgId",
    "locationId" : "locationId"
}'\
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/webex/__ACCOUNT__?_action=create'
{
    "_id" : "userId",
    "displayName" : "John Doe",
    "firstName" : "John",
    "LastName" : "Doe",
    "groups" : [
            "groupId",
            "groupId"
    ],
    "emails" : [
        "john.doe@example.com"
    ],
    "licenses" : [
        "licenseId"
    ],
    "roles" : [
        "roleId"
    ],
    "extension" : "123",
    "avatar" : "urlAvatar",
    "title" : "Title",
    "department" : "Sales",
    "manager" , "Manager Name",
    "managerId" : "managerId",
    "phoneNumbers": [
        {
          "type": "work",
          "value": "+1 010 110 1101"
        }
    ],
    "addresses": [
        {
          "type": "work",
          "country": "US",
          "locality": "Milpitas",
          "region": "California",
          "streetAddress": "1111 Bird Ave.",
          "postalCode": "010101"
        }
    ],
    "siteUrls": [
        "mysite.webex.com#attendee"
    ],
    "orgId" : "orgId",
    "locationId" : "locationId"
}
Get Users

Retrieve a list of user ids from Webex. By default, retrieves all users:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/webex/__ACCOUNT__?_queryId=query-all-ids'
{
    "result": [
        {
            "_id" : "001"
        },
        {
            "_id" : "002"
        },
        {
            "_id" : "003"
        },
    ],
    "resultCount": 999,
    "pagedResultsCookie": null,
    "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
    "totalPagedResults": -1,
    "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Get user

Retrieve a user from Webex. The user id must be provided in the URI path.

The locationId and extension fields will only be displayed if they have their corresponding license:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/webex/__ACCOUNT__/ID'
{
    "_id" : "userId",
    "displayName" : "active",
    "firstName" : "active",
    "LastName" : "active",
    "groups" : [
            "groupId",
            "groupId",
    ],
    "emails" : [
        "test@email.com"
    ],
    "licenses" : [
        "licenseId"
    ],
    "roles" : [
        "roleId"
    ],
    "extension" : "gs",
    "avatar" : "avatarURL",
    "title" : "surname",
    "department" : "Sales",
    "manager" , "John Doe",
    "managerId" : "managerId",
    "phoneNumbers": [
        {
          "type": "work",
          "value": "+1 010 110 1101"
        }
    ],
    "addresses": [
        {
          "type": "work",
          "country": "US",
          "locality": "Milpitas",
          "region": "California",
          "streetAddress": "1099 Bird Ave.",
          "postalCode": "99212"
        }
    ],
    "siteUrls": [
        "mysite.webex.com#attendee"
    ],
    "orgId" : true,
    "locationId" : "locationId"
}
Get user emails

Retrieve a user in Webex filtering by the emails field:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/webex/__ACCOUNT__?_queryFilter=true&_fields=emails'
{
    "result": [
        {
            "_id" : "001",
            "emails": [
            "email001@example.wbx.ai"
            ],
        },
        {
            "_id" : "003",
            "emails": [
            "email003@example.wbx.ai"
            ],
        },
        {
            "_id" : "003",
            "emails": [
            "email003@example.wbx.ai"
            ],
        }
    ],
    "resultCount": 999,
    "pagedResultsCookie": null,
    "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
    "totalPagedResults": -1,
    "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Get user filter by email

Retrieve a user in Webex filtering by the emails field.

The locationId and extension fields will only be displayed if they have their corresponding license:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/webex/__ACCOUNT__?_queryFilter=emails%20eq%20"email@example.wbx.ai"'
{
    "result": [
        {
            "_id": "userId",
            "firstName": "John",
            "displayName": "John Doe",
            "lastName": "Doe",
            "orgId": "orgId",
            "emails": [
                "john@example.wbx.ai"
            ],
            "roles": [
                "roleId"
            ],
            "groups": [],
            "licenses": [
                "licenseId"
            ],
            "__NAME__": "John"
        }
    ]
}
Get user filter starts with

Retrieve a user in Webex filtering by the displayName field. Minimum characters to search for displayName.

The locationId and extension fields will only be displayed if they have their corresponding license:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/webex/__ACCOUNT__?_queryFilter=displayName%20sw%20"john"'
{
    "result": [
        {
            "_id": "userId",
            "firstName": "John",
            "displayName": "John Doe",
            "lastName": "Doe",
            "orgId": "orgId",
            "emails": [
                "john@example.wbx.ai"
            ],
            "roles": [
                "roleId"
            ],
            "groups": [
                "groupId_1",
                "groupId_2"
            ],
            "licenses": [
                "licenseId"
            ],
            "__NAME__": "John"
        }
    ],
    "resultCount": 1,
    "pagedResultsCookie": null,
    "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
    "totalPagedResults": -1,
    "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Update user

To update a user, it is necessary to at least provide the email, displayName and licenses fields. To update the locationId, extension, and siteUrls fields, the user must have the corresponding licenses.

locationId requires the extension field. locationId and phoneNumbers are mutually exclusive:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request PUT \
--data '{
    "displayName" : "John Doe",
    "firstName" : "John",
    "LastName" : "Doe",
    "groups" : [
            "groupId",
            "groupId"
    ],
    "emails" : [
        "john.doe@example.com"
    ],
    "licenses" : [
        "licenseId"
    ],
    "roles" : [
        "roleId"
    ],
    "extension" : "123",
    "avatar" : "urlAvatar",
    "title" : "Title",
    "department" : "Sales",
    "manager" , "Manager Name",
    "managerId" : "managerId",
    "phoneNumbers" : [
        {
          "type": "work",
          "value": "+1 010 110 1101"
        }
    ],
    "addresses" : [
        {
          "type": "work",
          "country": "US",
          "locality": "Milpitas",
          "region": "California",
          "streetAddress": "1111 Bird Ave.",
          "postalCode": "010101"
        }
    ],
    "siteUrls": [
        "mysite.webex.com#attendee"
    ],
    "orgId" : "orgId",
    "locationId" : "locationId"
}' \
'http://localhost:8080/system/webex/__ACCOUNT__/USER_ID'
{
    "_id" : "userId",
    "displayName" : "John Doe",
    "firstName" : "John",
    "LastName" : "Doe",
    "groups" : [
            "groupId",
            "groupId",
    ],
    "emails" : [
        "john.doe@example.com"
    ],
    "licenses" : [
        "licenseId"
    ],
    "roles" : [
        "roleId"
    ],
    "extension" : "123",
    "avatar" : "avatarURL",
    "title" : "Title",
    "department" : "Developer",
    "manager" , "Manager Name",
    "managerId" : "managerId",
    "phoneNumbers": [
        {
          "type": "work",
          "value": "+1 010 110 1101"
        }
    ],
    "addresses": [
        {
          "type": "work",
          "country": "US",
          "locality": "Milpitas",
          "region": "California",
          "streetAddress": "1111 Bird Ave.",
          "postalCode": "010101"
        }
    ],
    "siteUrls": [
        "mysite.webex.com#attendee"
    ],
    "orgId" : "orgId",
    "locationId" : "locationId"
}
To update the licenses correctly, it is necessary to deactivate the default licenses and to have the option "Preserve licenses for users joining another group" activated in Webex Control Hub in the user licenses tab.
Delete user

Delete a user from the Webex organization. The user id must be provided in the URI path:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request DELETE \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/webex/__ACCOUNT__/USER_ID'
{
    "_id" : "USER_ID",
    "email" : "deleted.member@email.com",
    ...
}

GROUPS

Create group

To create a group, it is necessary to at least provided displayName field:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request POST \
--data '{
    "displayName" : "Group name",
    "description" : "Group Description",
    "orgId" : "orgId"
}' \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/webex/__GROUP__?_action=create' 
{
    "_id" : "groupId",
    "displayName" : "Group name",
    "description" : "Group Description",
    "orgId" : "orgId",
    "members": []
}
Get groups

Retrieve a list of groups showing only the ids. By default returns all groups:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/webex/__GROUP__?_queryId=query-all-ids'
{
    "result": [
        {
            "_id" : "groupid1"
        },
        {
            "_id" : "groupId2"
        },
        {
            "_id" : "groupId3",
        },
        ...
    ],
    "resultCount": 999,
    "pagedResultsCookie": null,
    "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
    "totalPagedResults": -1,
    "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Update a group

The fields that can be updated for a group are description and displayName. The group id must be provided in the URI path:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request PUT \
--header 'If-Match: *' \
--data '{
    "displayName" : "New Group Name",
    "description" : "New Description"
}' \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/webex/__GROUP__/GROUP_ID'
{
    "_id" : "groupId",
    "displayName" : "New Group Name",
    "description" : "New Description",
    "orgId" : "orgId",
    "members": []
}
Delete a group

The group id must be provided in the URI path:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request DELETE \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/webex/__GROUP__/GROUP_ID'
{
    "_id" : "groupId",
    "displayName" : "New Group Name",
    "description" : "New Description",
    "orgId" : "orgId",
    "members": []
}

Get Roles

Retrieve a list of roles for Webex users.

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/webex/ROLES/?_queryFilter=true'
{
    "result" : [
        {
            "_id" : "roleId",
            "__NAME__" : "Role name",
        },
        ...
    ],
    "resultCount": 999,
    "pagedResultsCookie": null,
    "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
    "totalPagedResults": -1,
    "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Get Role

Retrieve a role from the Webex organization. The user id must be provided in the URI path:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/webex/ROLES/ROLE_ID'
{
    "_id": "roleId",
    "__NAME__": "Role Name"
}

Get Licenses

Retrieve a list of licenses for Webex users.

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/webex/LICENSES/?_queryFilter=true'
{
    "result" : [
        {
            "_id" : "LicenseId",
            "name" : "Role Name",
            "totalUnits" : 50,
            "consumedUnits": 1,
            "subscriptionId": "subscriptionId",
            "siteUrl": "site1-example.webex.com",
            "siteType": "Control Hub managed site",
        },
        ...
    ],
    "resultCount": 999,
    "pagedResultsCookie": null,
    "totalPagedResultsPolicy": "NONE",
    "totalPagedResults": -1,
    "remainingPagedResults": -1
}
Get License

Retrieve a user license. The user id must be provided in the URI path:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header 'Content-Type: application/json' \
--request GET \
'http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/webex/LICENSES/LICENSE_ID'
{
    "_id": "LicenseId",
    "name": "License Name",
    "totalUnits": "10",
    "subscriptionId": "subscriptionId",
    "siteType": "Control Hub managed site",
    "__NAME__": "License Name",
    "siteUrl": "sityUrl.webex.com"
}

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the Webex Connector

The Webex Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Create

Creates an object and its uid.

Delete

Deletes an object, referenced by its uid.

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

Webex Connector Configuration

The Webex Connector has the following configurable properties:

Basic Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

serviceUri

String

null

Yes

The service endpoint URI.

readRateLimit

String

null

Yes

Defines throttling for read operations either per seconds ("30/sec") or per minute ("100/min").

login

String

null

Yes

The service login name.

writeRateLimit

String

null

Yes

Defines throttling for write operations (create/update/delete) either per second ("30/sec") or per minute ("100/min").

password

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

The service user password.

authenticationMethod

String

OAUTH

Yes

Defines which method is to be used to authenticate on the remote server. Options are BASIC (username/password), OAUTH (Client id/secret) or TOKEN (static token).

tokenEndpoint

String

null

No

When using OAUTH as authentication method, this property defines the endpoint where a new access token should be queried for (https://myserver.com/oauth2/token).

clientId

String

null

Yes

The client identifier for OAuth2.

clientSecret

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Secure client secret for OAuth2.

authToken

GuardedString

null

Yes

No

Static authentication token.

acceptSelfSignedCertificates

boolean

false

Yes

To be used for debug/test purposes. To be avoided in production.

disableHostNameVerifier

boolean

false

Yes

To be used for debug/test purposes. To be avoided in production.

disableHttpCompression

boolean

false

Yes

Content compression is enabled by default. Set this property to true to disable it.

clientCertAlias

String

null

Yes

If TLS Mutual Auth is needed, set this to the certificate alias from the keystore.

clientCertPassword

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

If TLS Mutual Auth is needed and the client certificate (private key) password is different from the keystore password, set this to the client private key password.

maximumConnections

Integer

10

Yes

Defines the max size of the HTTP connection pool used.

httpProxyHost

String

null

Yes

Defines the Hostname if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and the service.

httpProxyPort

Integer

null

Yes

Defines the Port if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and the service.

httpProxyUsername

String

null

Yes

Defines Proxy Username if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and the service.

httpProxyPassword

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

Defines Proxy Password if an HTTP proxy is used between the connector and the service.

connectionTimeout

int

30

No

Defines a timeout for the underlying HTTP connection in seconds.

refreshToken

GuardedString

null

No

Used by the refresh_token grant type.

grantType

String

null

No

The OAuth2 grant type to use (client_credentials or refresh_token).

scope

String

null

No

The OAuth2 scope to use.

authorizationTokenPrefix

String

Bearer

No

The prefix to be used in the Authorization HTTP header for Token authentication.

useBasicAuthForOauthTokenNeg

boolean

true

Yes

The Authentication method for refresh token (Basic Authentication or Sending the ClientId and Client Secret in the Header).

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Workday connector

Workday is a multi-tenant Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) application. The Workday connector lets you synchronize user accounts between IDM and Workday’s cloud-based HR system.

The connector supports reconciliation of users and organizations from Workday to an IDM repository, liveSync of users from Workday to IDM, and updating users in a Workday system.

To use the connector, you need a Workday instance with the required permissions and a set of credentials to access the instance, including the username, password, tenant name, and host name.

Install the Workday connector

If you are looking for the Advanced Identity Cloud application for this connector, refer to:

You can download any connector from Backstage, but some are included in the default deployment for Advanced Identity Cloud, IDM, or RCS. When using an included connector, you can skip installing it and move directly to configuration.

Connector included in default deployment
Connector IDM RCS

Workday

No

No

Download the connector .jar file from Backstage.

  • If you are running the connector locally, place it in the /path/to/openidm/connectors directory, for example:

    mv ~/Downloads/workday-connector-1.5.20.26.jar /path/to/openidm/connectors/

  • If you are using a remote connector server (RCS), place it in the /path/to/openicf/connectors directory on the RCS.

Configure the Workday connector

Create a connector configuration using the IDM admin UI:

  1. From the navigation bar, click Configure > Connectors.

  2. On the Connectors page, click New Connector.

  3. On the New Connector page, type a Connector Name.

  4. From the Connector Type drop-down list, select Workday Connector - 1.5.20.26.

  5. Complete the Base Connector Details.

    For a list of all configuration properties, refer to Workday Connector Configuration

  6. Click Save.

When your connector is configured correctly, the connector displays as Active in the admin UI.

Refer to this procedure to create a connector configuration over REST.

Alternatively, copy the sample configuration file /path/to/openidm/samples/example-configurations/provisioners/provisioner.openicf-workday.json to your project’s conf/ directory, and set enabled to true. Edit the configurationProperties to specify the connection to the Workday instance, for example:

"configurationProperties" : {
    "hostname" : "example.workday.net",
    "tenant" : "example-tenant",
    "username" : "admin",
    "password" : "Passw0rd",
    ...
}

Set at least the following properties:

hostname

The fully qualified name of the Workday instance. The connector uses the hostname to construct the endpoint URL.

tenant

The tenant to which you are connecting. The connector uses the tenant name to construct the endpoint URL, and the complete username (in the form username@tenant).

username

The username used to log in to the Workday instance. Do not specify the complete username including the tenant. The connector constructs the complete username.

password

The password used to log in to the Workday instance.

connectionTimeout

The timeout (in milliseconds) that the connector should wait for a request to be sent to the Workday instance. The default timeout is 60000ms or one minute. Requests that take longer than a minute throw an exception.

receiveTimeout

The timeout (in milliseconds) that the connector waits to receive a response. The default timeout is 60000ms or one minute. Because the Workday can be slow, and the amount of information returned can be very large, you should set this parameter carefully to avoid unnecessary timeouts.

Check that the connector is retrieving the exact data that you need.

The configurationProperties also specify the data that the connector should retrieve with a number of boolean include... and exclude... properties. These properties can be divided as follows:

Worker types

By default, all worker types are retrieved. Use any the following settings to exclude specific worker types:

  • excludeContingentWorkers - exclude contingent workers from query results, false by default.

  • excludeEmployees - exclude regular employees from query results, false by default.

  • excludeInactiveWorkers - exclude inactive workers from query results, false by default.

Specific worker data

These parameters specify the properties to return for every included worker type. For performance reasons, set all of these to false initially, and then include only the necessary properties.

Properties List

  • includeWorkerDocuments

  • includeDevelopmentItems

  • includeRoles

  • includeQualifications

  • includeTransactionLogData

  • includeCareer

  • includeContingentWorkerTaxAuthorityFormInformation

  • includeUserAccount

  • includeFeedbackReceived

  • includeEmployeeContractData

  • includeSkills

  • includeAccountProvisioning

  • includeGoals

  • includeSuccessionProfile

  • includeBackgroundCheckData

  • includeEmployeeReview

  • includeManagementChainData

  • includeOrganizations

  • includePhoto

  • includeRelatedPersons

  • includeBenefitEligibility

  • includeTalentAssessment

  • includeBenefitEnrollments

  • includeCompensation

Specific organizational data

Included in the data of each worker is the organization to which the user belongs. If you have set includeOrganizations to true, you can specify the organizational data that should be excluded from the query response. By default, all organizational data is included. To exclude data from a response, set its corresponding property to true. For performance reasons, set all of these to true initially, and then include only the necessary properties.

Properties List

  • excludeCompanies

  • excludeBusinessUnits

  • excludeCustomOrganizations

  • excludeMatrixOrganizations

  • excludeGiftHierarchies

  • excludeCostCenterHierarchies

  • excludeGrants

  • excludeProgramHierarchies

  • excludeFunds

  • excludeOrganizationSupportRoleData

  • excludeGifts

  • excludeBusinessUnitHierarchies

  • excludeCostCenters

  • excludePrograms

  • excludeSupervisoryOrganizations

  • excludeRegionHierarchies

  • excludeTeams

  • excludeLocationHierarchies

  • excludeRegions

  • excludePayGroups

  • excludeFundHierarchies

  • excludeGrantHierarchies

For information about all the configurable properties for this connector, refer to Workday Connector Configuration.

Workday remote connector

If you want to run this connector outside of PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or IDM, you can configure the Workday connector as a remote connector. Java Connectors installed remotely on a Java Connector Server function identically to those bundled locally within PingOne Advanced Identity Cloud or installed locally on IDM.

You can download the Workday connector from here.

Refer to Remote connectors for configuring the Workday remote connector.

Test the Workday connector

When your connector is configured correctly, test its status by running the following command:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system?_action=test"
[
  {
    "name": "workday",
    "enabled": true,
    "config": "config/provisioner.openicf/workday",
    "connectorRef": {
      "bundleVersion": "[1.5.0.0,1.6.0.0)",
      "bundleName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.workday-connector",
      "connectorName": "org.forgerock.openicf.connectors.workday.WorkdayConnector"
    },
    "displayName": "Workday Connector",
    "objectTypes": [
      "employee",
      "__ALL__"
    ],
    "ok": true
  }
]

A status of "ok": true indicates that the connector can contact the Workday instance.

To retrieve the workers in the Workday system, run the following command:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/workday/employee?_queryId=query-all-ids"
{
  "result": [
    {
      "_id": "3aa5550b7fe348b98d7b5741afc65534",
      "employeeID": "21001"
    },
    {
      "_id": "0e44c92412d34b01ace61e80a47aaf6d",
      "employeeID": "21002"
    },
    {
      "_id": "3895af7993ff4c509cbea2e1817172e0",
      "employeeID": "21003"
    },
    ...
  ]
}

The first time the connector retrieves the employees from the Workday system, the following warning, which you can safely ignore, might display in the console:

WARNING: Default key managers cannot be initialized: Invalid keystore format
java.io.IOException: Invalid keystore format

To retrieve a specific user, include the user’s ID in the URL. For example:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request GET \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/workday/employee/3aa5550b7fe348b98d7b5741afc65534"

Reconcile users from Workday to IDM

To reconcile users from Workday to IDM, set up a mapping between Workday and IDM managed users.

When you have created a mapping, run reconciliation using the admin UI or with a REST call similar to the following:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--request POST \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/recon?_action=recon&mapping=systemWorkdayEmployee_managedUser&waitForCompletion=true"
{
  "_id": "db2bc7f4-e9a8-4315-9dd1-e2cdcd85ae6e-33099",
  "state": "SUCCESS"
}

Update users in the Workday system

The connector supports updates to system users only for the following properties:

  • Account credentials (username and password)

  • email

  • mobile (telephone number)

The following command updates a user’s mobile number:

curl \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Username: openidm-admin" \
--header "X-OpenIDM-Password: openidm-admin" \
--header "Accept-API-Version: resource=1.0" \
--header "Content-type: application/json" \
--request PATCH \
--data '[
  {
    "operation": "replace",
    "field": "mobile",
    "value": "+1 (415) 859-4366"
  }
]' \
"http://localhost:8080/openidm/system/workday/employee/3aa5550b7fe348b98d7b5741afc65534"

Implementation specifics

For PATCH requests, a connector can potentially add, remove, or replace an attribute value. The Workday connector does not implement the add or remove operations, so a PATCH request always replaces the entire attribute value with the new value.

OpenICF Interfaces Implemented by the Workday Connector

The Workday Connector implements the following OpenICF interfaces. For additional details, see ICF interfaces:

Schema

Describes the object types, operations, and options that the connector supports.

Script on Connector

Enables an application to run a script in the context of the connector.

Any script that runs on the connector has the following characteristics:

  • The script runs in the same execution environment as the connector and has access to all the classes to which the connector has access.

  • The script has access to a connector variable that is equivalent to an initialized instance of the connector. At a minimum, the script can access the connector configuration.

  • The script has access to any script arguments passed in by the application.

Search

Searches the target resource for all objects that match the specified object class and filter.

Sync

Polls the target resource for synchronization events, that is, native changes to objects on the target resource.

Test

Tests the connector configuration.

Testing a configuration checks all elements of the environment that are referred to by the configuration are available. For example, the connector might make a physical connection to a host that is specified in the configuration to verify that it exists and that the credentials that are specified in the configuration are valid.

This operation might need to connect to a resource, and, as such, might take some time. Do not invoke this operation too often, such as before every provisioning operation. The test operation is not intended to check that the connector is alive (that is, that its physical connection to the resource has not timed out).

You can invoke the test operation before a connector configuration has been validated.

Update

Updates (modifies or replaces) objects on a target resource.

Workday Connector Configuration

The Workday Connector has the following configurable properties:

Worker Response Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

includeManagementChainDataForWorkers

Boolean

true

No

Indicates if the Management Chain Data element is included in the response.

includeOrganizationsForWorkers

Boolean

true

No

Indicates if the Organization Data element is included in the response.

includePersonalInformationForWorkers

Boolean

true

No

Indicates if the Personal Data element is included in the response.

excludeCostCentersForWorkers

Boolean

false

No

Excludes the cost centers from the Organization Data element response. This can only be selected when the Include Organization Data boolean is also selected.

excludeCustomOrganizationsForWorkers

Boolean

true

No

Excludes the custom organizations from the Organization Data element response. This can only be selected when the Include Organization Data boolean is also selected.

includeRolesForWorkers

Boolean

false

No

Indicates if the Role Data element is included in the response.

excludeMatrixOrganizationsForWorkers

Boolean

true

No

Excludes the matrix organizations from the Organization Data element response. This can only be selected when the Include Organization Data boolean is also selected.

includeEmploymentInformationForWorkers

Boolean

true

No

Indicates if the Employment Data element is included in the response.

includeAccountProvisioningForWorkers

Boolean

false

No

Indicates that Account Provisioning Data will be included in the web service response.

excludeBusinessUnitHierarchiesForWorkers

Boolean

true

No

Excludes the business unit hierarchies from the Organization Data element response. This can only be selected when the Include Organization Data boolean is also selected.

includeRelatedPersonsForWorkers

Boolean

false

No

Indicates if the Related Person Data element is included in the response.

includePhotoForWorkers

Boolean

false

No

Indicates if the Photo Data element is included in the response.

excludeSupervisoryOrganizationsForWorkers

Boolean

true

No

Excludes the supervisory organizations from the Organization Data element response. This can only be selected when the Include Organization Data boolean is also selected.

excludeTeamsForWorkers

Boolean

false

No

Excludes the teams from the Organization Data element response. This can only be selected when the Include Organization Data boolean is also selected.

includeTransactionLogDataForWorkers

Boolean

true

No

Indicates if the Transaction Log Data element is included in the response.

excludeCompaniesForWorkers

Boolean

false

No

Excludes the company organizations from the Organization Data element response. This can only be selected when the Include Organization Data boolean is also selected.

excludeBusinessUnitsForWorkers

Boolean

false

No

Excludes the Business Units from the Organization Data element response. This can only be selected when the Include Organization Data boolean is also selected.

includeEmployeeContractDataForWorkers

Boolean

false

No

Indicates if the Employee Contract element is included in the response.

includeUserAccountForWorkers

Boolean

true

No

Indicates that User Account Data will be included in the web service response.

excludeRegionsForWorkers

Boolean

false

No

Excludes the regions from the Organization Data element response. This can only be selected when the Include Organization Data boolean is also selected.

includeMultipleManagersInManagementChainDataForWorkers

Boolean

false

No

If set to true, multiple managers in the management chain data are returned.

includeAdditionalJobsForWorkers

Boolean

false

No

If true, the data for Additional Jobs and International Assignments is included in the response.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Organization Response Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

includeStaffingRestrictionsDataForOrganizations

Boolean

false

No

Indicates whether the Staffing Restrictions Data element is included in the response.

includeSupervisoryDataForOrganizations

Boolean

false

No

Indicates whether the Supervisory Data element is included in the response.

includeHierarchyDataForOrganizations

Boolean

false

No

Indicates whether the Hierarchy Data element is included in the response.

includeRolesDataForOrganizations

Boolean

false

No

Indicates whether the Roles Data element is included in the response.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

Basic Configuration Properties

Property Type Default Encrypted(1) Required(2)

hostname

String

null

Yes

The hostname for the Workday service. Example: https://[workday hostname]/ccx/service/[workday tenant]/. You need to configure the bracketed Workday hostname and tenant name to successfully connect to the proper instance.

tenant

String

null

Yes

The tenant in URL for the Workday service. For example: https://[workday hostname]/ccx/service/[workday tenant]/. You need to configure the bracketed Workday hostname and tenant name to successfully connect to the proper instance.

username

String

null

Yes

The username for logging into the Workday service. It will be concatenated with the tenant name (user@tenant)

password

GuardedString

null

Yes

Yes

The user password for logging into the Workday service

excludeInactiveWorkers

boolean

false

No

Excludes terminated employees or contingent workers whose contracts have ended from the query response (defaults to false).

excludeContingentWorkers

boolean

false

No

Excludes contingent workers from the query response.

excludeEmployees

boolean

false

No

Excludes employees from the query response.

connectionTimeout

int

30

No

Specifies the amount of time, in seconds, that the client will attempt to establish a connection before it times out. The default is 30 seconds). Set to 0 for no timeout.

receiveTimeout

int

60

No

Specifies the amount of time, in seconds, that the client will wait for a response before it times out. The default is 60. Set to 0 for no timeout.

pageSize

long

100

No

Sets the page size used for search operations (defaults to 100).

proxyHost

String

null

No

If defined, the connection to Workday goes through this HTTP proxy server.

proxyPort

int

8080

No

The HTTP proxy server port number (defaults to 8080).

xslTransformer

File

null

No

The file path to the XSL File to get the custom attributes.

asOfEffectiveDate

String

null

No

Optional configuration of Response_Filter/As_Of_Effective_Date element. Valid values are: Date (http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions/#date-time-values http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2/#dateTime-order) or Duration (http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions/#dt-dayTimeDuration). If set to Duration, the effective date is calculated as current date + duration.

effectiveFrom

String

null

No

Sets the Get_Workers_Request/Request_Criteria/Transaction_Log_Criteria_Data/Transaction_Date_Range_Data/Effective_From for every outbound query request. Valid value could be Date (http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions/#date-time-values http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2/#dateTime-order) or string Today representing the current time of the request.

effectiveThrough

String

null

No

Sets the Get_Workers_Request/Request_Criteria/Transaction_Log_Criteria_Data/Transaction_Date_Range_Data/Effective_Through for every outbound query request. Valid value could be Date (http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions/#date-time-values http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2/#dateTime-order) or Duration (http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath-functions/#dt-dayTimeDuration).

externalFieldAndParameterCriteria

String[]

[]

No

A list of external fields to add to the search/query criteria.

(1) Whether the property value is considered confidential, and is therefore encrypted in IDM.

(2) A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.

1. Indicates whether the property value is considered confidential, and therefore encrypted in IDM.
2. A list of operations in this column indicates that the property is required for those operations.